Home

Avaya Using Technician Interface Scripts User's Manual

1. APPN RTP Connection Routing Info RTP Conn Name Route R000001 USWFLTO1 VEGAS gt TG 21 gt USWFLT0O1 RALEIGH C R000002 USWFLTO1 VEGAS gt TG 21 gt USWFLT0O1 RALEIGH ROOO003 USWFLTO1 VEGAS gt TG 21 gt USWFLT0O1 RALEIGH C R000004 USWFLTO1 VEGAS gt TG 21 gt USWFLT0O1 RALEIGH 4 Entries Route selection control vector RSCV of the RTP connection 117380 A Rev A 2 31 Using Technician Interface Scripts rtp statistics Displays statistics for all RTP connections or a specific RTP connection RTP Connection Name Cur Session Dir Bytes Pkts SessCtl Frames Rate Discarded Bytes Discarded Pkts Resent Bytes Resent Pkts Name of the RTP connection Number of currently active sessions on this RTP connection Direction Rx Tx of the specified statistic Number of bytes received transmitted on the RTP connection Number of packets received transmitted on the RTP connection Number of session control frames sent on the RTP connection Current receive transmit rate in Kbits sec of the RTP connection Total number of bytes sent by the remote node that were discarded as duplicates Total number of packets sent by the remote node that were discarded as duplicates Total number of bytes resent by the local node that were lost in transit Total number of packets resent by the local node that were lost in transit Sample Display show appn rtp st
2. base Enables or disables VINES on the router Sample Display enable vines base VINES base record enabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit 117380 A Rev A 3 57 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable wcp Use the enable wep lt option gt commands to enable Wellfleet Compression Protocol WCP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable wcp lt option gt commands to disable WCP services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of WCP refer to Configuring Data Compression Services The enable disable wcp commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit name gt line lt line number llindex gt circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables compression for a specific WCP circuit Sample Display enable wep circuit S31 WCP circuit S31 enabled line lt ine number llindex gt Enables or disables compression for a specific WCP line Sample Display enable wcp line 203101 0 WCP line 203101 0 enabled 3 58 117380 A Rev A enable disable x25 enable disable x25 Use the enable x25 lt option gt commands to enable X 25 services on a Bay Networks router and the disable x25 lt option gt commands to disable X 25 services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of X 25 refer to Configuring X 25 Services The enable disable x 25 commands s
3. Port Readabl Readabl Total Auto Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions 1 0 0 0 0 0 O 2 0 0 0 0 0 O 3 3 192 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 O 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 O 10 0 0 0 0 0 O 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 700 97973 0 0 0 C 13 3 192 0 0 0 0 Port FCS Alignment Long Short Late Very Long Data Rate Errors Errors Frames Events Events Events Mismatch 1 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 O 0 0 0 O 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 O 0 0 9 O 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 117380 A Rev A 2 535 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show rpir sample 3 port 12 Repeater Port Statistics Sampled Data over 3 seconds Port Readabl Readabl Total Auto Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions 12 41 8053 0 0 0 Port FCS Alignment Long Short Late Very Long Data Rate Errors Errors Frames Events Events Events Mismatch 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 stats all totals port lt port numbers errors Displays statistical information for all ports or a specified port This command displays either a total list of statistics or error statistics only This command displays the actual values of the SNMP counters maintained within the repeater MIB These counters are not initialized to 0 at system startup therefore only time relat
4. rip enabled traffic filters route filters version routes type direct nlsp rip static lt IP address gt find lt search pattern gt net lt search pattern gt host lt search pattern gt sap static services adjacent hosts Displays the configurable parameters for all statically configured adjacent hosts The IPX Adjacent Host Table includes the following information Mode Mode is Enabled or Disabled Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router Host ID Address Host address of the static host IPX Interface Network address of the next hop interface Host WAN Address Host address of the next hop interface 2 356 117380 A Rev A alerts show ipx Sample Display show ipx adjacent hosts IPX Adjacent Host Table Information Circuit IPX Host ID Host Mode Index Interface Address WAN Address Enabled 1 None OxOOOOFFAAFFAA 0x0400 Displays potential problem areas for the IPX protocol The table shows any IPX interfaces that are enabled but whose state is not up The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface runs on State State of the interface which in this case is Down Init initializing or Not Pres not present Ckt Idx Circuit index unique number for each IPX interface on the router Net Addr Network address of the interface Host Address Host identifier of the interface
5. 3 10 117380 A Rev A enable disable bootp enable disable bootp Use the enable bootp lt option gt command to enable BOOTP bootstrap protocol services on a Bay Networks router and the disable bootp lt option gt command to disable bootp services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of BOOTP refer to the Configuring SNMP RMON BOOTP DHCP and RARP Services guide The enable disable bootp commands support only the interface lt P_address gt subcommand option interface lt P address gt Enables or disables BOOTP services on a specific interface Sample Display enable bootp interface 130 1 1 1 BOOTP interface 130 1 1 1 enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 11 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable bridge Use the enable bridge lt option gt commands to enable Bridging services on a Bay Networks router and the disable bridge lt option gt commands to disable Bridging services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Bridging refer to Configuring Bridging Services The enable disable bridge commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit name gt base Enables or disables Bridging services on the router Sample Display enable bridge base BRIDGE base record enabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable bridge circuit e21 BRIDGE Ci
6. 2 WEP line s configured 2 690 117380 A Rev A show wep vcs lt line_number llindex circuit_ number vc_id gt Displays the state of the virtual circuits configured for encryption lt line_number llindex circuit_number vc_id gt Limits the display to the specified line and circuit The table includes the following information Line Number Line number LL Index Instance identifier Circuit Name Name of the circuit VCID VC identifier Connection State State of the connection Up Down Initializing Actual Cipher Mode Encryption strength the VC is using 40 bit 56 bit TEK Update Rate bytes Number of data bytes between changes in the value of the Traffic Encryption Key TEK TEK Update Rate seconds Number of seconds between changes in the value of the TEK Sample Display show wep vcs WEP Virtual Circuit Entries Actual Line LL Ve Connection Cipher Number Index Cct Name Id State Mode 202101 0 S21 0 Init None 202102 0 S22 123 Up 40 bit DES 2 WEP virtual circuit s configured 117380 A Rev A 2 691 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats errors lt ine number llindex circuit number VC ID gt Displays statistical information about encryption services errors lt line_number llindex circuit_number vc_id gt The table includes the following information Line Number LL Index Circuit VCID Connection State Bytes Encrypted Bytes Decrypted Sample Dis
7. Source Routing Enabled Up bridges Displays all Bay Networks Source Routing Bridge IDs used in the network A Source Routing Bridge ID ranges from 0x1 to OxE This display helps determine which bridges the system recognizes as Bay Networks Source Route bridges 117380 A Rev A 2 581 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show sr bridges Source Routing SR Bridge IDs OxA This Bridge 0xB 2 entries found circuit lt circuit name gt Displays all Source Routing interfaces or a specific interface Mode is Enabled or Disabled and State is Down or Up You can use this display to identify the Source Routing interfaces in the router Sample Display show sr circuit Source Routing SR Interface Information Circuit Mode State O31 Disabled Down 1 entries found configuration circuit lt circuit name gt Displays Source Routing global configuration You can use this information to determine how a Bay Networks Source Route Bridge is configured The table includes the following information Mode Mode is Enabled or Disabled Bridge ID SR bridge s identification number ranges from 0x1 to OxF 2 582 117380 A Rev A Internal Ring ID Group Lan ID show sr Unique network wide internal or virtual LAN identification number ranges from 0x001 to OxFFF Routing identifier that serves as a Routing Information Field RIF place holder and Bay Networks identifier rang
8. Violation Error Block Frame Signal Indicat Alarm Slot Conn Counts Counts Errors Failures Failures Failures Failures 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 221 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ds1e1 e1framer total El Total Framer Statistics Num Bipolar CRC 4 Far End Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote vld Violation Error Block Frame Signal Indicat Alarm Slot Conn Intv Counts Counts Errors Failures Failures Failures Failures 3 1 96 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 2 96 65580 15656 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show ds1e1 e1framer interval Bipolar CRC 4 Far End Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote Violation Error Block Frame Signal Indicat Alarm Slot Conn Intv Counts Counts Errors Failures Failures Failures Failures WWWWWWWWWWWWW WW WwW Ww Ww AIA FPFWNHFRFP WO AWAATNA I FWN HE T O O OOOO 0O OG ee eee O 00O OO GOGO OOG OGO OO OGOGO O 0O00 Oo G OO CO OC eea a a OO G O CO GOOO O O Ov CO COOCOO OCOC OnO O OGO OOOO OOO G O 0O00 0O O0 Oo O OOS Ov OVO O GO G OS OOGO wG OO ee ee ee ee ee een ene 18 entries in table 2 222 117380 A Rev A show ds1e1 e1lport Displays E1 port information Sample Display show ds1e1 e1port El Port Status BERT Line Line Slot Conn State MTU Mode Type Coding I Bit 3 1 Up 1600 Off E1 CRC MF HDB3 DISABLED 1 entry in table enabled Displays DS1E1
9. connections E The Number of Segments Sent Containing the Reset Flag 0 Established Connections 1 Displays information about each TCP connection The table includes the IP address port numbers and state associated with each connection The states are as follows Closed Listen SYN Sent SYN Received Established Fini Wait 1 Fini Wait 2 Close Wait Last Ack Closing No connection exists TCP is listening for a connection request TCP has requested a connection SYN segment and is waiting for the remote TCP to acknowledge and match the request TCP has sent and received a connection request and is now waiting for the remote TCP to confirm The connection is open Data can be received and sent This is the normal state for data transfer TCP is waiting for the remote TCP s request to terminate the connection FIN segment or is waiting for the remote TCP to acknowledge a previous request to terminate TCP is waiting for the remote TCP s request to terminate the connection TCP is waiting for the client to request to terminate the connection TCP is waiting for the remote TCP to acknowledge the connection termination request sent previously This request also acknowledges the remote TCP s request to terminate the connection TCP is waiting for the remote TCP to acknowledge its request to terminate the connection 117380 A Rev A 2 653 Using Technician Interface Scripts Tim
10. configuration lt object ID gt version Displays the base record for statistical thresholds and alarms The table includes information about the state of thresholds and alarms Enabled or Disabled and the polling interval in seconds for examining objects in the threshold table for threshold exceptions Sample Display show sta base Statistical Thresholds and Alarm Information State Poll Interval Enabled 5 117380 A Rev A 2 599 Using Technician Interface Scripts configuration lt object ID gt Displays configuration information for all objects or for a specific object The table includes the following information Object State Threshold State Low Medium High Current Action Identifier of the MIB object to examine for threshold exceptions Operating state of the threshold Enabled or Disabled When State is Disabled the router ignores the threshold during its polling Threshold state Valid Ignored Held Suspended or Invalid Level of low threshold for this statistic This is the level at which the system generates a low threshold exception event Level of medium threshold for this statistic This is the level at which the system generates a medium threshold exception event Level of high threshold for this statistic This is the level at which the system generates a high threshold exception event Most recently computed threshold value for the polled ob
11. 117380 A Rev A 2 281 Using Technician Interface Scripts mac circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the Media Access Control MAC parameters for all circuits or for a specific circuit This display includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Upstream Neighbor Downstream Neighbor TNeg ms Ring Mgmt State Ring Op Count Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Name of the circuit associated with this line MAC address of the upstream neighbor The Neighbor Information protocol within SMT determines this address The value 00 00 F8 00 00 00 indicates that the address is unknown The table represents the address in canonical form MAC address of the downstream neighbor The Neighbor Notification protocol within SMT determines this address The value 00 00 00 00 00 00 indicates that the address is unknown The table represents the address in canonical form Target token rotation time TTRT carried in claim frames that the FDDI station transmits This value is in milliseconds State of the Ring Management RMT within SMT RMT reports the status of the MAC including stuck beacon conditions It initializes the trace function and detects duplicate address conditions that prevent the ring from operating RMT passes through a variety of states as follows e Isolated Initial state of RMT e NonOp MAC being managed is participating in ring recovery and the ring
12. 2 554 117380 A Rev A show rsvp interfaces Displays information about RSVP interfaces configured on the router Sample Display show rsvp interfaces RSVP Interfaces Circuit Stat Refresh Timer Lifetim Name Number msec Multiplier Neighbors E22 2 Up 30000 3 0 E23 3 Up 30000 3 0 E24 4 Up 30000 3 0 E41 5 Up 30000 3 0 E42 6 Up 30000 3 0 E43 7 Up 30000 3 0 E44 8 Up 30000 3 0 7 RSVP Interfaces configured version Displays information about the version of RSVP running on the router Sample Display show rsvp version RSVP bat Version 1 1 Date 08 20 97 117380 A Rev A 2 555 Using Technician Interface Scripts show sdic The show sdlc lt option gt commands display information about the Synchronous Data Link Control SDLC protocol For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of SDLC refer to Configuring SDLC Services The show sdlic command supports the following subcommand options base enabled circuits lt circuit number gt stats lt circuit number gt disabled version base Displays the base record for SDLC The base record controls SDLC for the entire system The table includes information on the protocol type in this case SDLC and state of the protocol The state can be Active Inactive Pending Active Not Present Enabled or Disabled Sample Display sdic show base SDLC Base Record Information Protocol State SDLC Inactive
13. 2 556 117380 A Rev A circuits lt circuit number gt show sdlc Displays SDLC configuration information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table contains the following information Circuit State Role Link Type Duplex Primary Duplex Secondary SDLC Address Circuit number of this interface Operational state of this interface Active Inactive Pending Active Not Present Enabled or Disabled Link station role Primary Secondary or Negotiable Indicates whether the SDLC port is connected to a Leased or Switched line Indicates whether the primary SDLC station is full duplex or half duplex Indicates whether the secondary SDLC station is full duplex or half duplex Link station address of the secondary link station on this SDLC link Sample Display show sdlc circuits SDLC Circuits Circuit State Role Link Type Duplex Duplex SDLC Primary Secondary Address 1 Enabled Negotiable Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex 2 Enabled Secondary Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex 4 4 Enabled Secondary Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex 6 3 Total entries 117380 A Rev A 2 557 Using Technician Interface Scripts disabled Displays all disabled SDLC interfaces For more information on column definitions see the circuits command Sample Display sdic show disabled SDLC Circuits Circuit State Role Link Type Duplex Duplex SDLC Primary Secondary Address No Entries enab
14. Internal MAC Late Excessive Frames Underflow Transmit Slot Conn Circuit Collision Collision Too Long Errors Errors 2 1 E21 0 0 0 0 0 5 1 E51 0 0 0 0 0 5 2 E52 0 0 0 0 0 3 entries in table 2 184 117380 A Rev A show dcm show dcm The show dem lt option gt commands display information about an installed Ethernet Data Collection Module DCM option on BayStack routers The DCM contains flash memory for its own boot image and configuration file To communicate with software on the DCM the BayStack router uses a special software subsystem DCM middleware DCMMW For information on configuring and managing the DCM and DCMMW with Site Manager refer to Configuring BayStack Remote Access For information on the Bay Networks implementation of RMON services in the AN ANH or ARN router refer to Configuring SNMP RMON BootP DHCP and RARP Services For detailed information on RMON topics refer to the Remote Network Monitoring MIB RMON RFC 1757 Use the show dem lt option gt command to display information about e A DCM board probe installed on a BayStack AN ANH or ARN Ethernet base module e A DCM board installed on an ARN Ethernet expansion module e The DCM software subsystem DCM middleware DCMMW on an AN ANH or ARN router The show dcm command supports the following subcommand options base module expansion module middleware 117380 A Rev A 2 185
15. Protocol Enable State BOT Service Enabled Up For column definitions see the alerts command circuit lt circuit name gt Displays circuit and state information for all BTS ports or for a specific port Sample Display show bot circuit BOT Circuits Circuit Interface Interface Packet slot cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count 1 2 Sil Enabled Up Multi Point Primary 689 Total entries 1 For column definitions see the alerts command 117380 A Rev A 2 143 Using Technician Interface Scripts CUs Displays all BTS connections from this router to control units The table includes the following information cctname Name of the circuit Enable Status of the connection to this control unit enabled or disabled Peer IP IP address of the BTS interface on the peer router Local Listen Port Number of the TCP port that the router uses for BTS Peer Listen Port Number of the TCP port that the peer router uses for BTS Control Unit Address Address of the control unit in hexadecimal format Sample Display show bot CUs BOT CU Table Local Peer Control Listen Listen Unit cctname Enable Peer IP Port Port Address S11 Enabled 193 32 33 2 0 1027 0x40 Total entries 1 2 144 117380 A Rev A show bot disabled Displays all disabled circuits that contain an BTS port A circuit is disabled if you set the Enable parameter to disable and the state is down Sample Display show bot di
16. Displays error statistics for IPX circuits The display includes the following information Circuit Circuit Index IPX Network Header Errors In Discards Out Discards No Routes Name of the circuit the interface runs on Unique number for each IPX interface on the router Network address of the interface Number of IPX packets discarded because of errors in their headers including any IPX packet less than 30 bytes Number of input IPX datagrams discarded because of an environmental problem such as insufficient buffer space doesn t include those discarded while awaiting reassembly Number of output IPX datagrams discarded because of an environmental problem such as insufficient buffer space includes datagrams counted under Forwards if they match this criterion Number of times the router could not find a route to the destination 2 386 117380 A Rev A show ipx Sample Display show ipx stats datagrams IPX Statistical Datagram Information Circuit IPX Header In Out No Circuit Index Network Errors Discards Discards Routes ESI 1 one 0 0 0 0 E22 2 None 0 0 0 0 203101 0 3 None 0 0 0 0 S32 iwup 4 None 0 0 0 0 S33 iwpp 5 one 0 0 0 0 042 6 0x2E025290 0 0 0 0 S34 smds 7 0x2E025360 0 0 0 0 E24 8 one 0 0 0 0 8 Entries in table traffic filters Displays IPX traffic filter information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following informati
17. Displays the status of all the DLUR PUs or a specific DLUR PU PU Physical Unit name with up to 8 characters Active DLUS Displays the fully qualified name of the active DLUS The name can contain from 3 to 17 characters Primary DLUS Displays the fully qualified primary Dependent Logical Unit Server name The name can contain from 3 to 17 characters Backup DLUS Displays the fully qualified backup Dependent Logical Unit Server name The name can contain from 3 to 17 characters Sample Display show appn dlur pu APPN DLUR PUs PU Active DLUS Primary DLUS Backup DLUS PU188004 USWFLTO1 S156CDRM USWFLTO1 S156CDRM USWFLT0O1 S157CDRM 1 Entry 117380 A Rev A 2 15 Using Technician Interface Scripts dius lt DLUS name gt Displays the status of all the DLUSs or a specific DLUS DLUS Displays the fully qualified name of the active DLUS The name can contain from 3 to 17 characters Pipe State State of the CP SVR pipe between the DLUR and DLUS Active Inactive PendingActive PendingInact Active PUs Number of active PUs to the DLUS SSCP PU MU Revd Number of Message Units Received on the SSCP PU session SSCP PU MU Sent Number of Message Units Sent on the SSCP PU session SSCP LU MU Rcvd Number of Message Units Received on the SSCP LU session SSCP LU MU Sent Number of Message Units Sent on the SSCP LU session Sample Display show appn dlus APPN DLUS Nodes Active SSCP PU SSCP PU SSCP LU SSCP
18. Errors Log Unaligned Internal Overflow Losses Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Overflows Frames of Sync 2 1 1 Boston 0 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 233 Using Technician Interface Scripts t1framer current total interval lt interval number gt Displays T1 framer error information Sample Display show ds1e1 t1framer current Tl Current Framer Statistics Bipolar Out of Frame Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote Violation Frame Error Frame Signal Indicat Alarm Slot Conn Counts Counts Counts Failures Failures Failures Failures 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show ds1e1 t1framer total T1 Total Framer Statistics Num Bipolar Out of Frame Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote Vld Violation Frame Error Frame Signal Indicat Alarm Slot Conn Intv Counts Counts Counts Failures Failures Failures Failures 2 1 96 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 96 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table 2 234 117380 A Rev A show ds1e1 Sample Display show ds1e1 t1framer interval T1 Interval Framer Statistics Bipolar Out of Frame Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote Violation Frame Error Frame Signal Indicat Alarm Slot Conn Intv Counts Counts Counts Failures Failures Failures Failures 2 ab 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 5 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 2 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 J 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 2 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 9 0 0 0
19. Learn more about Technician Interface scripts and how to use them Chapter 1 Display that is show or monitor statistical and configuration Chapter 2 information about router services Enable or disable router or BayStream services Chapter 3 117380 A Rev A xiii Using Technician Interface Scripts Before You Begin Before using this guide to run Technician Interface commands on a router or BayStream platform you must e Install the router or BayStream platform e Use one of the following methods to establish a connection to the router or BayStream platform Connect the serial port of an ASCII terminal device for example a DEC VT100 directly to the console port of the router or BayStream platform Connect the serial port of a workstation or PC directly to the console port of the router or BayStream platform Run ASCII terminal emulation software on the workstation or PC Dial in to the console port of the router or BayStream platform from a workstation or PC running ASCII terminal emulation software This alternative requires one modem locally attached to your workstation or PC and another modem locally attached to the console port of the router or BayStream platform you want to access Establish a Telnet in band connection to the router or BayStream platform Note Before you can access the Technician Interface using Telnet the router or BayStream platform must have at least one
20. 2 432 117380 A Rev A show Inm The circuit record configuration display includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on MAC Cct MAC circuit on which LNM Servers as an entity is defined LLC Cct LLC circuit with which LNM Servers as an entity is associated Internal MAC Address MAC address defined to the Internal LAN This is a virtual association used only to define LNM Servers on this circuit within IBM LAN Network Manager Weight Threshold Maximum error count that LNM REM Server uses to send alerts to IBM LAN Network Manager Sample Display show Inm configuration LNM Servers Base Configuration IBM LNM Set Internal Bridge Protocol State Privilege LAN ID Number LNM Servers Up Enabled BO 5 Sample Display show Inm configuration circuit LNM Servers Circuit Configuration MAC LLC Internal Weight Circuit Cet Ect MAC Address Threshold O31 2 3 00 00 45 00 00 09 128 032 4 5 00 00 45 00 00 02 128 041 6 7 00 00 45 00 00 05 128 042 8 9 00 00 45 00 00 06 128 117380 A Rev A 2 433 Using Technician Interface Scripts disabled Displays the LNM Servers circuits and servers that a user has manually disabled The table includes the name of each server and the circuit the server is on If the server is disabled Disabled appears under the name of the server If the server is enabled the value in the table is blank Sample Display show Inm disabled LNM Ser
21. Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on State State of the circuit which is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Network No Configured network number for the originating router and the peer router Remote Node Number Node number the peer router should use if it sends a 0 to the originating router during negotiations Routing Protocol The routing protocol desired for the link 117380 A Rev A 2 495 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ppp ipx config PPP IPX NCP Configured Information Remote Routing Circuit State Network No Node Number Protocol S31 Opened 0x0000000F 0x0000000F RIP SAP S32 Starting 0x0000000A 0x0000000A RIP SAP 2 Entries found negotiated Circuit State Network No Config Complete Routing Protocol Displays all configurable parameters after IPX NCP negotiation The display includes the following information Name of the circuit the protocol runs on State of the circuit which is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Number agreed upon during negotiation for the originating router to use with the peer router Both routers will use this number Result of the IPX NCP negotiations True or False Routing protocol negotiated for use on the link None indicates that the peer routers have not completed negotiations or that the negotiations have not yet
22. DS1E1 Logical Line Transmit Errors Log Underflow Descriptor Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Errors 2 1 1 Boston 1 0 Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 239 Using Technician Interface Scripts version Displays the current version and modification date for the ds e bat script Sample Display show ds1e1 version dslel bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 240 117380 A Rev A show dsx3 show dsx3 The show dsx3 lt option gt command displays DS 3 and E 3 information for Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM interfaces For more information about any of the column descriptions refer to RFC 1407 Definitions of Managed Objects for the DS3 E3 Interface Type The show dsx3 command supports the following subcommand options ccts history lt circuit_name gt current circuit_name version ccts Displays information about all dsx3 circuits The table displays the following information Circuit Name Index Sec into Interval of Intervals Line Coding The name of the circuit associated with this line Line and line level identifier The number of seconds into the current 15 minute interval The number of complete 15 minute intervals The value is 96 unless the interface was brought on line within the last 24 hours In that case the value is the number of complete 15 minute intervals since the interface has been on line The line coding on t
23. Identifer BGP identifier of the virtual peer Last update The time elapsed since the last update Sample Display show bgp peers BGP Peers Local Remote Remote Peer Connection BGP Total Address Port Address Port AS Mode State Ver Routes 55 55 0 48 46105 55 55 0 47 179 1 Intern Estab 4 0 55 56 0 48 179 55 56 0 51 20257 1 Client Estab 4 0 55 56 0 48 179 55 56 0 52 19096 1 Client Estab 4 0 55 56 0 48 179 55 56 0 173 26893 1 Client Estab 4 241 55 80 0 48 32799 55 80 0 53 179 1 Client Estab 4 0 55 90 0 48 52506 55 90 0 54 179 1 Client Estab 4 0 BGP Virtual Peers Local Remote Identifier Total Last Update 55 55 0 48 55 55 0 47 VOD 32 U3 ol 3 240 Oh 7m 10s 117380 A Rev A 2 119 Using Technician Interface Scripts routes lt address gt from lt peer address gt find lt search pattern gt Displays information about routes received from BGP peers Some information relates to all peers some is specific to the type of entry displayed Following is a list of options you can use with the routes command lt address gt Displays only routes to the specified Internet network prefix network number For example show bgp routes 192 32 0 0 shows all routes to 192 32 0 0 from lt peer_address gt Displays only routes received from the specified BGP peer The peer address is the same as the Remote Address entry in the show bgp peers table For example show bgp routes from 200 1 2 3 shows all routes received from peer
24. SYNC Module Transmit Errors Underflow Slot Conn Circuit Frames 3 1 S31 0 Found 1 match out of 4 entries in table 2 638 117380 A Rev A show system show system The show system lt option gt commands display information about the system state which pertains to the overall system and not to any specific protocol The show system command supports the following subcommand options buffers protocols drivers tasks information version memor buffers Displays the current buffer usage for all active slots in the system Note that buffers circulate rapidly through the system A low free percentage doesn t necessarily indicate a buffer shortage it may be a transient condition Sample Display show system buffers Buffer Usage Statistics Slot Total Used Free Free ae 2 378 124 254 6 7 3 378 90 288 6 oe 117380 A Rev A 2 639 Using Technician Interface Scripts drivers Displays link modules and drivers installed on all active slots in the system If the configuration displayed differs from that expected your configuration file may be incorrect wrong module type specified for example or there may be a problem loading the software Sample Display show system drivers Link Module Slots QENE FDDI QSYNC Link Drivers ILACC FSI TMS 380 MK5025 2 640 117380 A Rev A show system inform
25. TI Telnet Prompt AlphaNode gt Screen Size 24 Max Login Retries 3 Login Time Out 1 minutes Password Time Out Command Time Out 1 minutes 15 minutes TI Telnet Prompt AlphaNode gt Screen Size 24 Max Login Retries 3 Login Time Out 1 minutes Password Time Out Command Time Out 1 minutes 15 minutes Telnet In bound sessions 192 32 241 49 1281 gt 192 168 125 34 23 2 656 117380 A Rev A show tftp show tftp The show tftp command displays information about the Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP status For information on TFTP refer to Configuring and Managing Routers with Site Manager Sample Display show tftp TFIP protocol is enabled The Default Volume 2 Retransmit Timeout Value 5 Seconds Max Number of Retransmits 5 Number of Writes Received 0 Number of Reads Received 0 Number of Retransmits 0 117380 A Rev A 2 657 Using Technician Interface Scripts show token alerts The show token lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about Token Ring lines For detailed information about configuring Token Ring lines refer to Configuring and Managing Routers with Site Manager The show token command supports the following subcommand options alerts stats circuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt stats line circuit lt circuit name gt disabled stats ri
26. The enable disable packet commands support the following subcommand options capture lt line number gt line lt line number gt capture lt ine number gt Starts or stops packet capture on a specific line This is the line number of the interface connected with the desired packet capture When you execute this command the router does not display a response line lt ine number gt Enables or disables packet capture on a specific line This is the line number of the interface connected with the desired packet capture When you execute this command the router does not display a response 117380 A Rev A 3 39 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable ppp Use the enable ppp lt option gt command to enable Point to Point Protocol PPP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable ppp lt option gt command to disable PPP services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of PPP refer to Configuring PPP Services The enable disable ppp command supports the lt ine llindex gt subcommand option as follows lt line llindex gt Enables or disables the line or instance identifier for the PPP interface Sample Display enable ppp s31 PPP line s31 enabled 3 40 117380 A Rev A enable disable rarp enable disable rarp Use the enable rarp lt option gt command to enable Reverse Address Resolution Protocol RARP services on a Bay Networks router and the
27. 2 302 117380 A Rev A show fr Sample Display show fr shaping 1 1 show fr shaping B r St Ta Line LLIndex DLCI CIR Committed Excess Config State 201102 0 0 0 0 0 201102 0 400 64000 16000 0 Shaping 2 entries found stats shaping lt line gt lt line llindex gt lt line llindex DLCI gt Displays information about congestion control on frame relay interfaces You can use the following options with the stats shaping command lt line gt Limits the display to the specified line lt line llindex gt Limits the display to the specified interface lt line llindex DLCI gt Limits the display to the specified PVC lt line llindex gt specifies the interface lt dlci gt specifies the individual PVC The table includes the following information about outbound frames Line LLIndex DLCI Line or instance identifier for the service record H N L Frames Number of high normal and low priority shaped frames H N L Clipped Frames Number of high normal and low priority clipped frames H N L Octets Number of high normal and low priority shaped bytes H N L Hi Water Number of high normal and low priority buffers held in the queue at one time Dropped Frames Number of dropped frames Large Frames Number of large frames 117380 A Rev A 2 303 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show fr stats shaping 1 1 show fr stats shaping H N L H N L H N L H N L Line LLI
28. 2 361 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ipx disabled IPX Circuit Configuration Information Disabled Circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address Encaps Method F51 Disabled 1 None None Ethernet 8 Circuits in table dor Displays a list of all dial optimized routing DOR circuits Sample Display show ipx dor IPX Dial Opportunity Routing DOR Circuit Information Circuit IPX RIP update SAP update Stabilize Watchdog SPX Circuit Index Interfac Interval Interval Timer Spoof Cnt Spoof Cnt Demand 7 6 0x2E025550 3600 3600 120 0 0 1 DOR Circuits in table enabled Displays all enabled IPX circuits A circuit is enabled if the Disable Enable parameter is set to Enable and the state is Up For column definitions see the disabled command 2 362 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show ipx enabled IPX Circuit Configuration Information Enabled Circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address Encaps Method E22 Down 2 None None Ethernet 203101 0 Down 3 None None Ethernet S32 iwup Down 4 None None Ethernet S33 iwpp Down 5 None None Ethernet 042 Up 6 0x2E025290 0x0000A20320C2 LSAP S34 smds Up 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368061 SNAP E24 Down 8 None None Ethernet 8 Circuits in table show ipx 117380 A Rev A 2 363 Using Technician Interface Scripts forward hosts Displays the entries in the IPX forwarding table which includes the following information
29. BISYNC Sampled Data over 10 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames RescsChar RescsFrms 1 1 11 16 4 0 0 1 entry in table 2 132 117380 A Rev A show bisync stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays BISYNC input output statistical information for all BISYNC modules or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error Receive Frames Number of frames received without error Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error Total Errors Total number of errors of all types Sample Display show bisync stats BISYNC Module I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 1 1 S11 18697 1163 1254 413 0 1 entry in table 117380 A Rev A 2 133 Using Technician Interface Scripts transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Transmit Errors Number of frame reject er
30. Circuit Number Circuit Group Number Lists the name of the calling party This name needs to be a part of the incoming call from that party Lists the CHAP secret of the calling party Lists the PAP Password of the calling party Displays the circuit number to which the Caller Name is associated Lists the demand circuit group to which the circuit belongs Sample Display show sws caller_resolution_table Caller Resolution Table Caller CHAP PAP Circuit Circuit Name Secret Password Number Group Number Paris France UNSECURED 5 0 Sydney Australia UNSECURED 4 0 2 entries in the Table ondemand_dialing callback Displays information about demand circuits configured for callback The display includes the following information Demand Circuit Name of the demand circuit Note that the demand circuit uses a default name as a place holder When the demand circuit is in use its name changes to the actual name of the circuit that is in use Callback Mode Role of the router for a callback circuit 117380 A Rev A 2 615 Using Technician Interface Scripts Server Delay Value of the Callback Server Delay Time parameter This parameter specifies the time in seconds that the server waits to call back the client Client Delay Value of the Callback Client Delay Time parameter This parameter specifies the time in seconds that the client waits for a call from the server Sample Display s
31. Displays information about all AURP connections or a specific connection State can be Disabled Down Init initializing Not Pres enabled but not yet started or Up For the remaining column definitions see the alerts command lt IP_address gt Limits the information to the connection with the specified IP address Sample Display show aurp connection AURP Connections Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout 192 32 14 85 Down 3 3 30 90 192 32 14 86 Disabled 3 3 30 90 205 1 10 1 Up 3 3 30 90 3 total entries 2 104 117380 A Rev A show aurp Sample Display show aurp connection 192 32 14 85 AURP Connections Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout 192 32 14 85 Down 3 3 30 90 1 entry displayed disabled Displays the AURP connections that a user has manually disabled For definitions of the columns in the display see the alerts command Sample Display show aurp disabled Disabled AURP Connections Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout 192 32 14 86 Disabled 3 3 30 90 1 entries found 3 total entries enabled Displays the AURP connections that a user has manually enabled State can be Disabled Down Init initializing Not Pres enabled but not yet started or Up For the remaining column definitions see the alerts command 117380 A Rev A 2 105 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show aurp enabled
32. Enabled AURP Connections Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout 192 32 14 85 Down 3 3 30 90 205 1 10 1 Up 3 3 30 90 2 entries found 3 total entries filters zone Displays information about the zone filters for all AURP connections The table includes the following information Connection Connection with the specified IP address Connection Filter Mode Zone filter type Include Exclude 5 x series Include or 5 x series Exclude Filtered Zones s Zones that are filtered for this connection Total zones Number of zones that are filtered on this connection 2 106 117380 A Rev A show aurp Sample Display show aurp filters zone Connection 192 32 14 2 Connection Filter Mode Include Filtered Zone s for this connection MARKET ING SALES Total zones for connection 192 32 14 2 des 2 Connection 192 32 14 1 Connection Filter Mode Include Filtered Zone s for this connection MARKETING SALES Total zones for connection 192 32 14 1 13 2 Connection 192 32 14 3 Connection Filter Mode 5 x series Include Filtered Zone s for this connection MARKETING Total zones for connection 192 32 14 3 FS I 117380 A Rev A 2 107 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats traffic peer transport lt P address gt Displays statistical information about AURP connections You can display statistics for all connections or for a specified connection En
33. Synchronous Data Link Control base circuit enable disable sdic lt option gt Simple Network Management Protocol communities events traps disable enable snmp lt option gt Spanning Tree base circuit enable disable span lt option gt Source Routing base circuit enable disable sr lt option gt Source Route Spanning Tree base circuit enable disable srspan lt option gt Statistical Thresholds and Alarm base object enable disable sta lt option gt Switched Service enable disable sws lt option gt Synchronous line circuit connector enable disable sync lt option gt T1 line circuit connector enable disable t1 lt option gt Transport Control Protocol base enable disable tcp lt option gt TELNET base enable disable telnet lt option gt Trivial File Transfer Protocol base enable disable tftp lt option gt Token Ring line circuit connector enable disable token lt option gt VINES base circuit enable disable vines lt option gt Bay Networks Compression Protocol circuit line enable disable wcp lt option gt continued 117380 A Rev A Using Technician Interface Scripts Table 1 2 Enabling and Disabling Services continued To Enable or Disable This Service Use This Command X 25 base line service enable disable x25 lt option gt Translation Bridge base circu
34. VEGAS USWFLTO1 VEGAS 2 Entries Is status lt LS name gt Yes Yes Displays the status of all link stations or a specific link station LS CP Name State TG Num Cur Sessn Frames Revd Bytes Revd Frames Sent Bytes Sent Administratively assigned name for the link station The name can be from one to eight characters Names that begin with an symbol indicate dynamic link stations Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station The name can be from three to 17 characters Format is lt network_ID gt lt CP_name gt State of this link station Inactive Pending Active Active PendingInactive Number of the transmission group for this link station Number of active sessions on this link Number of message frames received Number of message bytes received Number of message frames sent Number of message bytes sent 117380 A Rev A 2 25 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show appn Is status APPN Link Station Status TG Cur Frames Bytes Frames Bytes LS CP Name State Num Sessn Rcvd Revd Sent Sent PLUTO USWFLTO1 PLUTO Active 21 4 56 10K 57 9K ANAHEIM USWFLT01 ANAHEIM Pend Active 3 0 0 0 0 0 WE3174A USWFLTO1 WF3174A Active 21 2 5a 10K 41 5K ANAHEIM2 USWFLT01 ANAHEIM Active 2 6 81 4K 68 3K 4 Entries memory Displays information about CP memory usage Available Memory Total memory available to the APPN service 0 mea
35. totals port lt port number gt errors info last_addr Displays general information about the repeater or about the last source MAC address of the packets entering the ports of the repeater Sample Display show rptr info 802 3 Repeater HUB Information Repeater Group Capacity 1 Group Port Capacity 13 Group Wellfleet Object ID 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 Group Description Wellfleet Comm ANmpr 12 Port 10BASE T Router Repeater Rev 2 117380 A Rev A 2 533 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show rptr info last_addr 802 3 Repeater HUB Port Last Source Address Information Port Last Source Total Number Address Changes 1 01 02 04 08 10 20 9 2 01 02 04 08 10 20 0 3 00 00 A2 06 B9 85 4 4 01 02 04 08 10 20 624029193 5 01 02 04 08 10 20 0 6 00 00 A2 06 B9 85 3 7 00 00 A2 06 B9 85 3 8 00 00 A2 06 B9 85 545299270 9 01 02 04 08 10 20 4294967295 10 01 02 04 08 10 20 4294967295 11 01 02 04 08 10 20 4294967295 12 00 80 2D 00 98 01 130506617 13 00 00 A2 03 C1 CO 17870737 sample lt period in seconds gt port lt port number gt Displays the repeater statistics generated during a prescribed period default 10 seconds This command can be used for all ports default or for selected ports 2 534 117380 A Rev A show rptr Sample Display show rptr sample ALL Repeater Ports Statistics Sampled Data over 10 seconds
36. 117380 A Rev A static ip routes A show ip Network Mask Proto Age Sl Cost NextHop Address AS Weight 0 0 0 0 0 RIP 20 2 2 192 32 174 33 709e0002 0 0 0 0 0 Direct 385 0 131071 Unreachable ffffffff 0 0 0 0 32 Host N A 0 O un IP cct 0 00000000 6 0 0 0 8 Direct 385 2 0 6 6 6 6 00000000 6 0 0 0 32 Host N A 2 0 Broadcast 00000000 6 6 6 6 32 Host N A 2 0 This Router 00000000 6 255 255 5255 32 Host N A 2 0 Broadcast 00000000 128 128 0 0 16 RIP 20 2 2 192 32 174 33 769e0002 129 128 0 0 16 RIP 20 2 2 192 32 174 33 769e0002 130 128 0 0 16 RIP 20 2 219253217 4 33 769e0002 131 119 0 0 16 RIP 20 2 2 19232 V74 lt 33 769e0002 134 177 0 0 16 RIP 20 2 2 192 32 174 33 769e0002 141 251 0 0 16 RIP 20 2 2 192 32 174 33 769e0002 146 240 0 0 16 RIP 20 gt 2 2 192 32 174 33 769e0002 170 41 0 0 16 RIP 20 2 2 LIZ 32 VIA 933 7b9e0002 172 14 0 0 16 RIP 20 2 2 19 232 74 33 7b9e0002 AT 2 1500 16 RIP 20 2 2 192 32 174 33 7b9e0002 192 1 1 0 24 RIP 20 2 2 192 32 174 33 7o9e0002 192 1 2 0 24 RIP 20 42 2 192 32 174 33 769e0002 192 32 1 0 24 RIP 20 2 2 MOD 32 NAA 3 3 7b9e0002 Total Networks on Slot 2 268 Displays all statically configured routes on the router The table includes the following information IP Destination Network Mask Cost Nexthop Valid Enabled Internet address of this static route Subnetwork mask for this static route Number of hops to reach the destination IP addres
37. ATM Sampled Data over 10 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 4 1 A41 0 0 0 5 1 A51 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show atm line sample circuit A51 ATM Sampled Data over 10 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 5 1 A51 0 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 98 117380 A Rev A show atm line Sample Display show atm line sample 5 circuit A51 ATM Sampled Data over 5 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 5 1 A51 0 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the total number of bytes and frames received and transmitted for the specified circuit or for all circuits In addition displays the total number of errors For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line stats ATM Module I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 4 1 A41 0 0 2190795656 42405432 16 5 TASI 0 0 1793648210 86273694 3 2 entries in table Sample Display show atm line stats circuit A51 ATM Module I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 5 1 A51 0 0 1793648210 86273694 3 Found 1 match
38. Interface is initializing e Not Present Interface is not operating because another subsystem is malfunctioning You should check the state of the physical circuit Area DECnet Phase IV Area ID for this circuit the first six bits of a DECnet Phase IV node address Node ID DECnet Phase IV Node ID for this circuit the last ten bits of a DECnet Phase IV node address Type Media type of this circuit for example Ethernet 2 194 117380 A Rev A show decnet Sample Display show decnet circuit DECnet Circuit Information Circuit State Area Node ID Type E21 Up 1 Ethernet E41 Up 1 Ethernet Sample Display show decnet ciruit e21 J ECnet Circuit Information Circuit State Area Node ID Type E21 Up designated router 1 Ethernet Displays information about the designated router for each circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Designated Router Priority Exec Cost Circuit Address Name of the circuit this router is on Address of the designated router on this circuit Place of this router for becoming the designated router on this circuit The value ranges from 1 through 127 The default value is 64 Relative cost of routing over the circuit The value ranges from 1 through 63 The default value is 10 DECnet address of the circuit 117380 A Rev A 2 195 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show decnet des
39. Port Filter Mode Include Filtered Zone s for this port Total zones for circuit Circuit E21 AppleTalk Port 2 Port Filter Mode Deny ETI Filtered Zone s for this port Total zones for circuit Circuit E32 AppleTalk Port 3 Port Filter Mode 5 x series Include MARK E21 Filtered Zone s for this port Total zones for circuit E MARK ETING show at 117380 A Rev A 2 51 Using Technician Interface Scripts routes nets find lt netlow gt lt nethigh gt zones Displays information from the AppleTalk routing table The table receives routes through the AppleTalk Routing Table Maintenance Protocol RTMP or from AppleTalk interfaces find lt netlow gt lt nethigh gt Displays information about network address ranges that fall within the specified start and end values for example 60401 60406 zones Displays an extended format of the routing table which adds the zone list for each network range The table includes the following information Network Start and end numbers of the destination network range These numbers are in the range of 1 through 65279 A range for example 60020 60020 indicates the network is an extended network A single number indicates the network is nonextended Hop Number of hops to the destination network range Next Hop Network address of the router that is the next hop toward the destination network range Stat
40. Protocol Name of the protocol which is AppleTalk State State of the protocol Disabled Down Init initializing Not Pres enabled but not yet started or Up Nets Number of networks in this protocol s routing table Zones Number of zone network associations in the routing table Zone Names Number of unique zone names in the routing table Sample Display show at base AppleTalk Base Information Protocol State Nets Zones Zone Names AppleTalk Up 26 24 17 circuit lt circuit name gt Displays circuit and state information for all AppleTalk ports or for a specific port The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the port is on State State of the circuit Disabled Down Init initializing Not Pres enabled but not yet started or Up Network Network start and end numbers that constitute the range of the network numbers These numbers are in the range of through 65 279 Address AppleTalk address of the port Zone List List of the zones associated with the network this interface is on 2 46 117380 A Rev A show at Note If a circuit is down the rest of the table is blank Sample Display show at circuit AppleTalk Circuit Information Circuit State Network Address Zone List E23 Up 60130 60130 60130 34 External E24 Up 60100 60100 60100 34 Mac Apple S31 Down 32 Up 60020 60020 60020 138 WAN 34 Up 60120 60120 60120 1 PPP 5 tot
41. State Displays whether data compression is enabled or disabled 117380 A Rev A 2 509 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ppp wcp 2 1 show ppp wep PPP WCP NCP Information Circuit State S31 Disabled S32 Disabled Demand 4 Initial Demand 5 Disabled Special Disabled 5 Entries found xns Displays the state of the XNS NCP for all circuits on which PPP is configured State is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command The display includes the following information Circuit Displays the circuit number State Displays whether XNS NCP is enabled or disabled Sample Display show ppp xns PPP XNS NCP Information Circuit State S31 Disabled 32 Starting 2 Entries found 2 510 117380 A Rev A show process show process The show process lt option gt commands display information about the use of resources buffers cpu memory lists etc on the router The show process command supports the following subcommand options buffers list cpu version memor buffers Displays the number and percentage of buffers used by all processes on the router By specifying the options that appear in the following command line you can customize the output to display buffer usage for a particular process or slot on the router show process buffers lt process gt sample lt seconds gt lt repeat gt lt s
42. Using Technician Interface Scripts BayRS Version 12 00 Part No 117380 A Rev A September 1997 Bay Networks Bay Networks 4401 Great America Parkway 8 Federal Street Santa Clara CA 95054 Billerica MA 01821 Copyright 1997 Bay Networks Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA September 1997 The information in this document is subject to change without notice The statements configurations technical data and recommendations in this document are believed to be accurate and reliable but are presented without express or implied warranty Users must take full responsibility for their applications of any products specified in this document The information in this document is proprietary to Bay Networks Inc The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement and may only be used in accordance with the terms of that license A summary of the Software License is included in this document Trademarks ACE AFN AN BCN BLN BN BNX CN FN FRE GAME LN PPX and Bay Networks are registered trademarks and Advanced Remote Node ANH ARN ASN BayStack BayStream SN SPEX Switch Node System 5000 and the Bay Networks logo are trademarks of Bay Networks Inc All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners Restricted Rights Legend Use duplication or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subpa
43. circuit lt circuit name gt Displays data sampled from SYNC over a period of 10 seconds You can change the number of seconds over which you want to sample the data and you can display sampled data for a specific circuit only The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Rx Frames Number of frames received on this line Tx Frames Number of frames sent on this line Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers Sample Display show sync sample SYNC Sampled Data over 10 seconds Rx TX Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 3 1 S31 11 12 0 0 1 entry in table 2 634 117380 A Rev A show sync Sample Display show sync sample circuit s31 SYNC Sampled Data over 5 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 3 1 S31 5 6 0 0 Found 1 matches out of 1 entry in table stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays SYNC input output statistical information for all SYNC modules or for a specific circuit The table contains the following information Slot Conn Circuit Receive Bytes Receive Fra
44. e PtoP Point to Point interface e BCAST Broadcast network e NBMA Non Broadcast Multi Access network e DFLT Not configured appropriately Point to multipoint is needed State State of the interface as follows e Down Interface is not operational e Waiting Interface is waiting e P to P Interface is in Point to Point state occurs when the type is Point to Point e DR Router is the Designated Router on this network e BackupDR Router is the Backup Designated Router on this network DR Other Router is neither the DR nor the BDR on this network Metric Cost of using this interface Priority Router s priority on this interface used in multi access networks Broadcast or NBMA for electing the designated router If the value is 0 this router is not eligible to become the designated router on this network Designated DR Backup DR Two IP addresses for each interface The first address is the IP address of the Designated Router on the network The second address is the IP address of the Backup Designated Router on this network Point to Point links do not contain a Designated Router or Backup Designated Router 2 464 117380 A Rev A show ospf Sample Display show ospf interface OSPF Interfaces Designated DR IP Address Area Id Type State Metric Prioity Backup DR 192 32 174 65 0 0 0 0 PtoP P to P 10 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 192 32 174 97 0 0 0 0 BCAST BackupDR 1 1 192 32 174 98 Isdb lt
45. ip routes command Displays IP routes You can use the following options to display specific information A type local bgp egp ospf rip lt IP_address gt find lt search_pattern gt Shows entire routing table including routes that are not used as well as best routes Limits the display to one specified protocol Limits the display to the routes that match the specified IP address Limits the display to the routes that match the specified subnet part of the IP address The table includes the following information Network Mask Proto Age Slot Cost Destination IP address for this route 0 0 0 0 indicates a default route Subnet mask to be combined with the destination address and then compared with the value in Destination If the value of Destination is 0 0 0 0 a default route then the value of Mask is also 0 0 0 0 Routing method through which the router learned this route Other Local Netmgmt ICMP EGP GGP Hello RIP IS IS OSPF or BGP Number of seconds since this route was last updated or verified to be correct The meaning of too old depends on the routing protocol specified under Proto Number of the slot on which the network address mask is configured Number of hops to reach the destination 117380 A Rev A 2 339 Using Technician Interface Scripts NextHopAddr AS Weight asterisk IP address of the next hop and next Autonomous System
46. section ves lt line gt lt ine vpi gt lt line vpi vci gt Displays all ATM virtual channel link VCL instances or a subset of VCL instances lt line gt Displays all VCs for a specified line lt line vpi gt Displays all VCs for a specified VPI on that line lt line vpi vci gt Displays a specific VC The table displays the following information Line VIP VCI Line number Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Channel Identifier associated with this Virtual Circuit VC Type Type of VC SVC or PVC State State of the ATM line Up Down Init initializing Disabled or Absent 2 62 117380 A Rev A Hybrid Bridged VCs AAL Encaps Xmt PCR Xmt SCR show atm Mode of this VC Hybrid Bridged Yes or No Yes means the VC operates as a hybrid access mode VC No means the VC works in group access mode only ATM Adaptation Layer Type of this VC AALS Encapsulation type of this VC LLC SNAP NULL LANE8023 LANE8025 NLPID Unknown or OTHER Transmit Peak Cell Rate PCR for this VC in cells s Transmit Sustainable Cell Rate SCR for this VC in cells s Sample Display show atm vcs ATM Interface VCL Table Hybrid Bridged Line VPI VCI Type State VCs AAL Encaps Xmt PCR Xmt SCR 1404101 0 5 PVC Absent O AAL5 LLC SNAP 4716 4716 1404101 0 16 PVC Absent O AAL5 LLC SNAP 4716 4716 1404101 0 204 PVC Absent O AA
47. show atmdxi The show atmdxi lt option gt commands display information about Asynchronous Transfer Mode Data Exchange Interface ATM DXT lines and services For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM DXI refer to Configuring ATM Services The show atmdxi command supports the following subcommand options alerts stats base stats Imi disabled stats mpe enabled stats pvc lt line Ilindex gt lt line llindex VPI gt lt line Ilindex VPI VCI gt lines lt line llindex gt version pycs lt line Ilindex gt lt line llindex VPI gt lt line llindex VPI VCI gt 2 76 117380 A Rev A alerts base show atmdxi Displays abnormal conditions in the ATM DXI line level Use this command to identify lines configured as enabled but not currently up The table displays the following information Line LLIndex Identifier of the line and line level Circuit Name or number of the circuit that the interface runs on State State of the line Down Init initializing NotPres not present or Up Sample Display show atmdxi alerts ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI Line Alert Table Line LLIndex Circuit State Zed NONE NotPres Total entries 2 Displays the ATM DXI base record state The base record keeps statistics on each ATM DXI line for the entire system State is one of the following Healthy All config
48. 0 117380 A Rev A 2 423 Using Technician Interface Scripts enabled Displays LAPB lines that are configured and enabled For definitions of column headings see the disabled command Sample Display show lapb enabled LAPB Enabled Table Line LLIndex Circuit Station Type Network Type 201101 0 s11 DCE NET2 Total entries 1 lines lt line gt lt line llindex gt Displays information about LAPB lines for all configured lines or for a specified line lt line gt lt line llindex gt Limits the display to the specified line or line and line index The table includes the following information Line LLIndex Line identifier and the lower layer index identifier Circuit Circuit number for this LAPB subsystem associated with the driver or application running underneath it Station Type Station type for this interface DTE DCE or DXE unassigned role DXE indicates that the instance is enabled but that negotiation has not yet occurred Window Size Default transmit and receive window size for this line This parameter identifies the maximum number of unacknowledged sequence frames allowed for this DXE at one time Window size ranges from 1 through 127 the default is 7 2 424 117380 A Rev A show lapb N1 Maximum N1 frame size in bytes for a frame that the DXE transmits excluding flags and 0 bits inserted for transparency N1 frame size ranges from 3 to 4500 bytes the default is 16
49. 1 entries 2067231281 Enabled BOOTP Displays statistical information for each BOOTP relay agent The table includes the following information Interface Address Dropped Packets Requests Received Replies Received IP address of the interface on the router that receives BOOTPREQUEST or DHCP packets from clients Number of packets the router has dropped at this interface Number of BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets that this interface has received from clients Number of BOOTREPLY or DHCP packets that this interface has received from servers 117380 A Rev A 2 139 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show bootp stats Bootp Statistics Interface Dropped Requests Replies Address Packets Received Received 192 3251 2 0 10 10 1 entries version Displays the current version number and modification date of the bootp bat script Sample Display show booip version BOOTP bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 140 117380 A Rev A show bot show bot The show bot lt option gt commands display information about the Binary Synchronous Communication BSC transport services For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of BSC transport services refer to Configuring BSC Transport Services The show bot command supports the following subcommand options alerts enabled base peers circuit lt circuit name gt stats lt circuit name gt CUs
50. 7 8 19 20 21 22 23 24 Boston Chicago 24 entries in table XXXXXXX XXXXXXX 117380 A Rev A 2 237 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ds1e1 timeslots circuit Boston DS1E1 Timeslot Assignment Log Line Circuit Timeslots ay 1111111111222222222233 1234567890123456789012345678901 Slot Conn 2 1 4 1 Found 1 Boston 1 Boston 1 match out of X_ X X XXXXXXX 24 entries in table 2 238 117380 A Rev A show ds1e1 transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier Log Line Logical line number for this line Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Underflow Frames Number of retransmission underflow errors These occur when the FIFO buffer empties before the device obtains the next DMA request Descriptor Errors Internal device error Sample Display show ds1e1 transmit errors DS1E1 Logical Line Transmit Errors Log Underflow Descriptor Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Errors 2 1 1 Boston ds 0 2 1 2 Chicago 0 0 2 2 1 Seattle 1 0 3 entries in table Sample Display show ds1e1 transmit errors circuit Boston
51. ANDs the results of RxFltr1 and RxFltr2 Filter type as follows e Capture Limits the types of packets saved e Trigger Stops a capture when a match occurs e Not Used Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet the first byte to be checked for a match Reference point in the packet for the offset as follows e MAC First byte of the packet e Data Link Value the varies with the medium e Multicast Special filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a byte is 1 Number of bytes in the match field Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet Capture filter type grouping as follows e Or ORs the results of TxFltr1 and TxFitr2 e And ANDs the results of TxFltr1 and TxFltr2 117380 A Rev A 2 473 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show packet configuration 102101 Packet Capture Configuration for Line 102101 Delete Disable State Fname Control Capture LineNumber BufSize PktSize Direction Count RxTrigger TxTrigger RxFltrlType RxFltrlo0ffset RxFltrlRef RxFltr1lSize RxF1ltrlMatch TxFltrlType TxFltrl0ffset TxFltrlRef TxFltr1lSize TxFltriMatch RxFltr2Type RxF1ltr20ffset RxF1ltr2Ref RxF1ltr2Size RxF1ltr2Match RxF1ltr2Group TxFltr2Type TxFltr20ffset TxFltr2Ref TxFltr2Size TxFltr2Match TxFltr2Group Created Enabled Up PCAP0200 Start Started 102101 1 1Kbyte Increment s 2 32 Byte Increment s
52. Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error Receive Frames Number of frames received without error Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error MAC Rx Frames Number of MAC frames received without error Total Errors Total number of errors of all types Sample Display show token stats TOKEN RING I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit MAC Rx Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Frames Errors 4 1 041 418532016 5550944 632650147 8414845 2327 0 4 2 042 597724135 7941684 453448487 6024141 2347 4 2 entries in table 2 664 117380 A Rev A show token stats line circuit lt circuit name gt Displays Token Ring line statistical information for all Token Ring circuits or for a specific circuit The table contains the following information Slot Conn Circuit ARI FCI Errors Frame Copied Err Token Errors Soft Errors Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier 1 or 2 Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of times this station has received both an AMP MAC frame and an SMP MAC frame with the a amp c bits clear or more than one SMP MAC frame with the a amp c bits clear without an intervening AMP MAC frame This condition indicates that the upstream neighbor is unable to set the a amp c bits in a frame that it
53. For export filters Action is one of the following e Propagate Advertise the route e Ignore Suppress advertising of the route e Aggregate Do not explicitly advertise the route advertise the default route 0 0 0 0 instead For import filters Action specifies whether the route is transferred to the routing tables and is one of the following e Accept Send the routing information to the routing tables e Ignore Drop the routing information Peer Address IP address of the peer router Peer AS Autonomous System number of the peer router Sample Display show ip rfilters export BGP3 IP BGP3 Export Filters From Address Mask Protocol Action Peer Address Peer AS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ANY Propagate 192 32 174 66 192 32 174 0 255 255 255 0 ANY Propagate 192 32 175 130 1 2 BGP3 export filters in the table rip Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP configured The displays contain the following information IP Interface Internet address of the interface State State of the interface Down Init initializing Not Pres enabled but not yet started or Up 2 336 117380 A Rev A show ip Supply Whether the interface is sending out RIP updates Enabled or Disabled If Enabled the interface is supplying updates Listen Whether the interface is processing the RIP updates that it receives Enabled or Disabled If Enabled the interface is processing RIP updates Sample Display show ip rip IP RIP Informat
54. IP address Number of times the router did not receive an acknowledgment from the IP address Length of time in milliseconds it took the router to ping the IP address and receive an acknowledgment during the last retry Taken from all the retries this is the minimum length of time in milliseconds it takes the router to ping the IP address and receive an acknowledgment Taken from all the retries this is the maximum length of time in milliseconds it takes the router to ping the IP address and receive an acknowledgment Taken from all the retries this is the average length of time in milliseconds it takes the router to ping the IP address and receive an acknowledgment 117380 A Rev A 2 479 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ping history Round Min Round Max Round Avg Round IP Address Received Dropped Trip Time Trip Time Trip Time Trip Time 192 32 243 83 0 0 7 1 19 6 0 0 15 il 15 4 0 0 15 1 15 6 0 0 7 1 7 3 0 0 7 1 7 4 0 0 1 1 7 3 0 0 3 1 7 3 0 0 1 1 42 9 0 0 3 i 11 3 0 0 1 at 7 4 0 0 3 1 7 3 192 32 243 82 20 0 7 il 23 7 20 0 7 1 7 4 20 0 1 1 rI 4 20 0 v 1 15 5 20 0 1 1 TI 3 20 0 3 1 11 4 192 32 6 95 5 0 1 1 3 1 5 0 3 1 Lal 4 5 0 3 1 7 4 5 0 7 il 7 4 5 0 1 1 y 4 LOPS 32 2922 10 0 19 1 19 9 10 0 7 1 23 11 10 0 Lal 1 TI 10 0 27 1 62 15 192 32 243 81 1 0 1 1 1 1 2 480 117380 A Rev A show ping traceroutes Displays the hops between the source address an
55. Init initializing Not Pres not yet started or Up Ckt Idx Circuit index unique number for each IPX interface on the router Net Address Network part of the IPX address of the interface Host Address Host part of the IPX address of the interface Encaps Method Encapsulation method the router uses Ethernet Novell 802 3 LSAP or SNAP 2 360 117380 A Rev A show ipx Sample Display show ipx circuits IPX Circuit Configuration Information ALL circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address Encaps Method F51 Down E22 Down 203101 0 Down S 32 iwup Down S33 iwpp Down 042 Up S34 smds Up E24 Down OArATNA OFWN EH 8 Circuits in table disabled one one Ethernet one one Ethernet one one Ethernet one one Ethernet one one Ethernet Ox2E025290 0x0000A20320C2 LSAP Ox2E025360 0xC15084368061 SNAP one one Ethernet Displays all disabled IPX circuits A circuit is disabled if the Disable Enable parameter is set to Disable and the state is Down The table contains the following information Circuit State Ckt Idx Net Address Host Address Encaps Method Name of the circuit the interface runs on State of the interface in this case Disabled Circuit index unique number for each IPX interface on the router IPX network address of the interface Host part of the interface s address Encapsulation method Ethernet Novell 802 3 LSAP SNAP 117380 A Rev A
56. Line number associated with the circuit State of the Line Control Protocol either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Maximum number of seconds between the transmission of LQR packets as agreed upon with the peer router Percentage of LQR packets that the originating router expects to receive from the peer averaged over the last five LQR reporting periods A value of 100 indicates that the router will tolerate no loss Percentage of LQR packets that the peer router expects to receive from this router averaged over the last five LQR reporting periods Number of LQR packets received from the peer Number of LQR packets transmitted 117380 A Rev A 2 501 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ppp Iqr stats PPP Line Line Quality Reporting Stats Line LCP LOR Repeat Inbound Outbound Circuit LLIndex State Period Quality Quality In LORs Out LORs S31 203101 0 Opened 3 100 100 61044 61052 32 203102 0 Stopped 3 0 0 0 0 2 Entries found multilink information circuits information Displays information about the multilink bundle The display includes the following information Circuit Displays the circuit number Line Count Shows the number of lines in the multilink bundle Bundle Speed Lists the current speed of each line in the multilink bundle Line Lists the line number of each line in the multilink bundle Sample Display show pp
57. O31 Enabled Up Up Disabled Up Disabled 032 Enabled Up Up Up Up Up O41 Enabled Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres 042 Enabled Up Up Up Up Up 4 Entries found configuration circuit lt circuit name gt Displays configuration information about LNM Servers as a whole You can show information about the base record Or you can display information about LNM circuits You can also limit the display to one circuit The base record displays the following information Protocol State IBM LNM Set Privilege Internal LAN ID Bridge Number Name of the protocol State of the protocol as follows e Disabled User has manually disabled the protocol e Up LNM Servers is functioning on the system e Down LNM Servers is not functioning on the system e Init LNM Servers is initializing on the system e Not Present LNM Servers has been configured but not started Setting is Enabled or Disabled The Enabled setting lets the IBM LAN Network Manager change LNM Servers configuration parameters with Set LAN Network Manager frames Identifier that Source Routing uses to route frames to other circuits on the Bay Networks router This value must match the value defined in the SR base record Bridge number defined in the SR base record IBM LAN Network Manager uses this number with the Internal LAN ID External LAN ID Internal MAC Address and External MAC Address to identify the Bay Networks bridge on the circuit
58. Receive amp Transmit 11 ot Used Not Used ot Used O ac x nil ot Used OF Ore ac x nil ot Used Or FOO ac 0 Ox nil Or Not Used 0 Mac 0 Ox nil Or 2 474 117380 A Rev A show packet disabled Displays packet capture lines that a user has manually disabled State is one of the following Up Physical interface has connected to the packet capture Down Physical interface has not connected to the packet capture Absent Packet capture program is not on the slot connected with this line Sample Display show packet disabled Packet Capture Line Information Disabled Line Number State 102104 Down enabled Displays packet capture lines that are enabled For state definitions see the disabled command Sample Display show packet enabled Packet Capture Line Information Enabled Line Number State 102101 Up 102102 Up 102103 Down 103101 Absent 117380 A Rev A 2 475 Using Technician Interface Scripts linenumbers Displays the line numbers configured for packet capture The table shows the following information Line Number Number of the line connected with the packet capture Logical Line Logical line number that the multichannel board uses Media Type Type of the physical interface for example Ethernet Slot Slot location of the line Module Module number of the line s location Connector Physical connector of the line s loca
59. Sample Display show nml version NML bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 448 117380 A Rev A show ntp show ntp The show ntp lt option gt command displays information about the NTP protocol and services For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of NTP services refer to Configuring IP Utilities The show ntp command supports the following subcommand options access peers base stats access Displays information about NTP servers preferred accepted or restricted rejected by the local NTP client The table shows the following information IP Address The IP address of this remote NTP server Mask The IP subnetwork mask for this remote NTP server Filter Type e Restrict The local NTP client drops packets received from this remote NTP server e Prefer The local NTP client accepts packets received from this remote NTP server Sample Display show ntp access IP Address Mask Filter Type 2 ede 259 255 255 255 Restrict 3 3 4 1 255 255 0 0 Prefer 117380 A Rev A 2 449 Using Technician Interface Scripts base Displays the base record information for the Network Time Protocol NTP running on the router The base record controls NTP on the router The table shows the following information Application State NTP State NTP Version Reference ID Stratum NTP The user configured state of the local NTP client e Enabled NTP has a configured sta
60. Slot Module Revision Serial No Net Module Revision Serial No 1 ASN 4 8 1 Absent A N A 2 SFNM al 13 3 Absent A N A 4 SPEX 1 1002 3 ASN 4 17 1 Absent A N A 2 Absent A N A 3 Absent A N A 4 SPEX 1 5 4 ASN 4 21 1 Absent A N A 2 Absent A N A 3 Absent A N A 4 PPX 1 1001 Sample Display show hardware slot Hardware Information per Slot Processor Processor Processor Link Link Link Slot Module Revision Serial No iodule Revision Serial No 1 Access Node 1 4246 ANSEDSH 1 4246 version Displays the current version and modification date of the hardware bat script Sample Display show hardware version Hardware bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 314 117380 A Rev A show hssi show hssi The show hssi lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about the High Speed Serial Interface HSSD lines For detailed information about configuring HSSI refer to Configuring and Managing Routers with Site Manager The show hssi command supports the following subcommand options alerts sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt stats circuit lt circuit name gt disabled system errors circuit lt circuit name gt enabled transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt version alerts Displays all HSSI modules that are enabled but not u
61. T indicates that the VC has transmitted an Inverse ATMARP Request and has not yet received a response e Openg The VC is an SVC that is in the process of opening e SVC The VC is a currently open SVC Type The type of this VC e MptRT The VC is the root of a point to multipoint VC e MptLf The VC is a leaf of a point to multipoint VC e Pt2Pt The VC is a point to point VC VO Indicates if the interface can receive I or transmit O I O O or I Call Indicates if the VC originated the call Cing or received the call Ced 2 74 117380 A Rev A show atmarp Encaps The encapsulation for this VC Refer to the default option r for the resolution table Mtu The MTU value in octets negotiated for this VC 9188 or 4608 Sample Display show atmarp table v I Vpi vci Vcid Callref State Type I O Call Encaps Mtu 0 37 25000 16 SVC Pt2Pt I O Ced LLC SNAP 9188 0 40 28000 19 SVC Pt2Pt I O Ced LLC SNAP 4608 The I subcommand provides only the atm addresses on the interface when used in conjunction with the a subcommand Sample Display show atmarp table a I ATM Address 39000000000000000000000000 0000a20d74a300 39000000000000000000000000 0000a20cd5c100 version Displays the current version and modification date of the atmarp bat script Sample Display show atmarp version ATMARP bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 75 Using Technician Interface Scripts
62. The table includes the following information Line State Network type Def Window Def Packet Standard Facilities Year Local X 121 Address Stats Line slot and connector State of the line Disabled Down Init initializing Not Present configured but not yet started or Up Type of network which is one of the following e DTE Data Terminating Equipment without restart procedure e DCE Data Circuit Equipment e DTE RES Data Terminating Equipment with restart procedure e DTE DTE Unassigned roles Maximum window size allowed for each call if the line uses flow control negotiation If the maximum packet length Def Packet is 128 or more an extended window size is up to 127 Otherwise the maximum is 7 Maximum packet length allowed for each call if the line uses flow control negotiation 16 32 64 128 256 512 1024 2068 4096 Network standard to be used on this line NONE ISO or DOD Status of this line s support for user configurable facilities such as flow control negotiation ON or OFF Year of CCITT conformance 1980 1984 or 1988 Local X 121 address of the line Setting of statistics gathering ON or OFF Turning Stats to OFF can improve performance Sample Display show x25 line Network Def Def Standard Local X 121 Line State Type Window Packet Facilities Year Address Stats 2 1 Up DTE RES 7 7 NONE OFF 1988 8217021 ON 1 Line Entries
63. The table includes the following information Slot Local Memory Global Memory Total Memory Slot number Total memory capacity in megabytes of the processor on the slot Current memory configuration in megabytes of the processor on the slot Total in megabytes of local and global memory Sample Display show hardware memory Hardware Memory Information Megabytes Local Global Total Slot Memory Memory Memory 1 6 00 M 2 00 M 8 00 M 2 6 00 M 2 00 M 8 00 M 3 6 00 M 2 00 M 8 00 M 4 6 00 M 2 00 M 8 00 M 5 6 00 M 2 00 M 8 00 M 117380 A Rev A 2 311 Using Technician Interface Scripts proms lt s ot number gt slots lt slot number gt Displays PROM information for all slots or for a specific slot The table includes the revision and build date of the Bootstrap PROM and the Diagnostics PROM Sample Display show hardware proms Hardware PROM Information Boot PROM Diag PROM Slot Revision Boot PROM Date Revision Diag PROM Date 1 Absent Absent 2 v8 10 18 47 12 Dec 30 1994 v3 10 11 20 26 Jul 15 1994 3 v8 10 18 47 12 Dec 30 1994 v3 10 11 20 26 Jul 15 1994 4 v8 10 18 47 12 Dec 30 1994 v3 10 11 20 26 Jul 15 1994 5 v8 10 10 40 55 Jan 06 1995 v3 10 11 20 26 Jul 15 1994 Displays hardware information about all slots or a specific slot in the system The table includes information about the processor module and link module in the specified slot as well as the module type revision and serial number
64. Using Technician Interface Scripts base module Displays configuration information about a DCM board installed on an Ethernet base module Sample Display show dcm base Base Module DCM Information DCM State Enabled Operational Status Up Module Type Ethernet Memory Size 2097152 Hardware Revision BB Firmware Revision B Agent Image Version V1 4 1 Boot Option Down Load Image Name 1 inl1_141l exe Image Save Mode Sav Config Source Local Config Save Mode Save Maximum Hosts per Entry 500 Configured Hosts per Entry 500 Create Host Control Table Disabled Create Matrix Control Table Disabled The commands show dem base module and show dem expansion module display the following information State State of the DCM Entry table for each DCM in the DCMMW mib Operational Status Current state of the DCM up or down Module Type Type of DCM Ethernet Memory Size Size in bytes of the DCM board s memory Hardware Revision Revision of the DCM hardware Firmware Revision Revision of the DCM firmware Agent Image Version Version of the Agent Image running on the DCM 2 186 117380 A Rev A Boot Option Image Name Image Save Mode Config Source Config Save Mode Maximum Hosts per Entry Configured Hosts per Entry Create Host Control Table Create Matrix Control Table show dcm Whether DCM boots from the boot image in its Flash memory LOCAL or downl
65. Using Technician Interface Scripts interrupt errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays interrupt errors in character reception The BISYNC driver uses an interrupt procedure to check for control characters in the information stream The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line BCZero Number of error situations where no characters appear in the buffer BCSix Number of error situations where six or more bytes of data were received BCInvalid Number of error situations where the fifth byte of information is not a control character BCErrors Total number of errors sum of BCZero BCSix and BCInvalid values Sample Display show bisync interrupt BISYNC Module Interrupt Errors Slot Conn Circuit BCZero BCSix BCInvalid BCErrors 1 1 S11 0 0 0 0 1 entry in table 2 130 117380 A Rev A receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt show bisync Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Bad Frames Number of bad receive frames caused by Frame Check Sequence FCS errors or nonoctet aligned errors Runt Frames Number of incomplete frames received on this line Receive Errors Number of frame reject errors received on this
66. e NotPres PVC is not functioning e Up PVC is functioning fully PVC Mode Mode of the PVC as follows e Direct Upper layer protocols view this PVC as a point to point connection as an individual network interface e Group Upper layer protocols treat this PVC as one of a group of destinations to the switched network The upper layer protocols use a single network address to send all traffic destined for the switched network to the ATM DXI network interface e Hybrid Allows protocols to view this PVC as part of the group while the bridge views the PVC in direct mode Sublayer Convergence Sublayer configuration of the line AAL3 4 AALS or None AAL3 4 is ATM Adaption Layer 3 4 AALS is ATM Adaption Layer 5 Encaps Multiprotocol Encapsulation that the PVC uses RFC 1294 RFC 1483 or None 2 80 117380 A Rev A stats Sample Display show atmdxi pvcs ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI PVC Table show atmdxi Total entries 3 Line LLIndex VPI VCI Direct Cct State PVC Mode Sublayer Encaps 120120 E Up Group AAL3 4 RFC1294 1 0 255 32000 ATMInter Up Direct AAL3 4 RFC1294 200 1 21 NotPres Group AAL3 4 RFC1294 Displays ATM DXI statistics The table includes the number of frames and octets transmitted and received and the number of frames dropped due to errors Sample Display show atmdxi stats ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI PVC Statistics Transmitted Received Line LLIndex VP
67. enable hssi connector 4 1 HSSI connector 4 1 enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 25 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable igmp Use the enable igmp lt option gt commands to enable IGMP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable igmp lt option gt commands to disable IGMP services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of IGMP refer to Configuring IP Services The enable disable igmp commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit name gt base Enables or disables IGMP on the router Sample Display enable igmp base Igmp base record enabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable igmp circuit E21 IGMP circuit E21 enabled 3 26 117380 A Rev A enable disable ip enable disable ip Use the enable ip lt option gt commands to enable Internet Protocol IP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable ip lt option gt commands to disable IP services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of IP refer to Configuring IP Services The enable disable ip commands support the following subcommand options base rip lt IP interface address gt circuit lt circuit name gt base Enables or disables IP on the router Sample Display enable ip base IP base record enabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enabl
68. fddi 2 277 fr 2 292 hssi 2 315 igmp 2 322 ip 2 331 ipx 2 362 isdn bri 2 407 lapb 2 424 Inm 2 434 osi 2 456 ppp 2 494 rarp 2 530 sdlc 2 558 smds 2 563 span 2 578 sr 2 584 srspan 2 597 sync 2 630 tl 2 648 token 2 661 vines 2 675 xb 2 708 xns 2 719 enabled lines packet 2 475 enabled serial ports console 2 170 entity traps snmp 2 569 errors bgp 2 118 exceptions snmp 2 572 Exterior Gateway Protocol EGP 2 271 to 2 273 Index 6 F Facility Data Link FDL 2 224 to 2 226 FDDI 2 274 to 2 289 enabling disabling 3 22 subcommands 2 274 to 2 289 fdl dslel 2 224 filters ipx network level 2 377 ipx route 2 369 forced dialing enabling disabling 3 50 forced takedown enabling disabiling 3 50 forwarding tables bridge 2 151 cached IP 2 340 FR subcommands 2 290 to 2 302 fragmented packets statistics IP 2 342 frame errors el 2 268 tl 2 648 frame relay services 2 290 to 2 302 enabling disabling 3 23 FTP 1 5 to 1 6 2 303 3 24 H hardware filters CSMACD 2 178 displaying all 2 160 FDDI 2 278 hardware information 2 305 to 2 311 hardware subcommands 2 305 to 2 311 history dsx3 2 248 HSSI 2 312 to 2 320 enabling disabling 3 25 HSSI subcommands 2 312 to 2 320 117380 A Rev A hwfilters all driver circuits 2 160 csmacd 2 178 fddi 2 278 ICMP statistics TP 2 343 IGMP 2 321 to 2 324 3 26 image software 2 307 in
69. filters version cc_stats Displays current congestion control statistics for DLSw priority queues Generally it is a good idea to increase bandwidth to a queue with consistently high congestion statistics The table includes the following information Peer IP Address IP address of configured DLSw peers Queue Number Associated DLSw priority queue number Bytes Number of bytes backed up and held in a congestion control queue before transmission Packets Number of packets backed up and held in a congestion control queue before transmission 2 516 117380 A Rev A show protopri Sample Display show protopri cc_stats Protocol Priority Congestion Control Statistics Peer IP Queue Address Number Bytes Packets 520 2 0 0 0 So 5022 1 4972 2 2 Entries found filters Displays current information on filters that implement DLSw priority queueing The table includes the following information Filter Name Filter name assigned using Site Manager Rule Number Rule number assigned when creating filters determines precedence Fragment Number Number of octet fragments required to store the filter rule Used by Site Manager you cannot modify this number Rx Matches Number of packets that meet the filter criteria Mode Current state of Protocol Prioritization Enabled or Disabled Status Current state of configured priority queues Active or Inactive 117380 A Rev A 2 517 Using Technician Interface Script
70. lt circuit name gt 2 90 117380 A Rev A alerts show atm line Displays abnormal conditions in the ATM link module The table displays the following information Slot Conn Circuit Line Number Driver State First MAC Address Num MAC addrs DP Notify TMO MTU Slot number Physical port number Circuit number for the driver Line number for the physical ATM port Operational state of the driver Up Down Init initializing Download downloading Config configuring or Not Present Note that this parameter does not represent the state of the physical interface First MAC address reserved in the link module The address is in canonical format Number of MAC addresses reserved in the link module Data Path notify timeout period This value specifies the number of seconds to wait before implementing the DP notify function A timer is set to this value when the state of the physical interface transitions from operational to nonoperational at the time that the DP notify function is enabled Size of the largest packet in octets which the interface can send or receive The default is 4500 octets Sample Display show atm line alerts ATM Modules on Alert Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 91 Using Technician Interface Scripts base circuit lt ci
71. lt option gt A IP information statistics continued 117380 A Rev A Table 1 1 Introducing Technician Interface Scripts Displaying Service Information continued To Display Information about This Service Use This Command Command Type runs from a batch or embedded file batch embedded Source Route Spanning Tree service configuration show srspan lt option gt Y statistics Statistical Thresholds and Alarms service configuration show sta lt option gt V statistics State overview of all protocols or one circuit show state lt option gt vA Switch service back up dialing on demand dialing show sws lt option gt Y Synchronous Interface service receive transmit and show sync lt option gt Y system errors sample data statistics System buffers drivers memory protocols system show system lt option gt vA information tasks T1 lines frame and line errors show t1 lt option gt Y Transport Control Protocol service configuration show tcp lt option gt Y connections statistics TELNET service configuration sessions statistics show telnet lt option gt VY Trivial File Transfer Protocol service status show tftp lt option gt VY Token Ring lines receive transmit and system errors show token lt option gt A sample data statistics VINES service circuits configuration neighbors routes show vines lt
72. most common values are nonsecure 32 public switched 64 underground 128 conduit 160 encrypted 192 guarded radiation and 255 maximum Relative amount of time that it takes for a signal to travel the length of the logical link with a range of 0 through 255 This is an administratively assigned value associated with this transmission group The most common values are 76 negligible 113 terrestrial 145 packet 153 long and 255 maximum First user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group with a range of 0 to 255 This is an administratively assigned value associated with this transmission group Second user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group with a range of 0 to 255 This is an administratively assigned value associated with this transmission group Third user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group with a range of 0 to 255 This is an administratively assigned value associated with this transmission group 2 38 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show appn tg definition show appn APPN Topology TG Definition TG Eff Conn Byte Secu D User User User TG Owner TG Destination Num Cap Cost Cost rity lay 1 2 3 USWFLTO1 PLUTO SWFLTO1 DURHAM 21 48 0 0 1113 128 128 128 USWELTO1 DURHAM SWFLTO1 PLUTO 21 133 128 128 1 0 128 128 128
73. show x25 ipex maps Src Dest Remote IP Cct Name Type Mapping ID Remote Port Remote DTE ode gt 0 N A TCP 15000 N A N A End2End 4 xvc131 Svc N A gt 4 xvc131 PVC 20098 102 1 4 17 N A Gateway 0 N A TCP 15004 2 698 117380 A Rev A ipex sessions show x25 Displays information about the IPEX session Each entry displays in two lines with the first line displaying information for the source connection and the line below it displaying information for the destination The table includes the following information Index LCN State Src Dest Type Src Dest Circuit Name Local Remote IP Addr Local Remote TCP Port Local Remote DTE Address Index number of this translation number Logical channel number State of the connection X25UP X25DOWN CCESTAB connection established or NOTCON not connected Source or destination connection type PVC SVC or TCP Name of the circuit that sends the tunneled message to the destination Local or remote IP address Local or remote TCP port number Local or remote DTE address Sample Display show x25 ipex sessions Src Src Local Local Local Dest Dest Remote Remote Remote Index LCN State Type Circuit Name IP Addr TCP Port DTE Address ii a CCESTAB TCP N A 102 1 4 16 15000 30098 SVC xvc131 102 1 4 17 43536 N A 1 100 CCESTAB SVC xvc131 0 0 0 0 16873 N A TCP N A 102 1 4 17 15004 60101 117380 A Rev A 2 69
74. this value is zero In normal operation the value varies depending on the network environment Last Flow Reduction Sequence Number sent in a topology update to an adjacent network node Last Flow Reduction Sequence Number received in a topology update from an adjacent network node Sample Display show appn adjacencies APPN Adjacent Nodes CP CP Out of Seq Last FRSN Last FRSN ode Status TDUs Sent Received USWFLTO1 AF ACTIVE 0 3561 207 USWFLTO1 SNEEZY INACTIVE 0 3554 853 USWFLTO1 WF3174A ACTIVE 0 3561 687 3 Entries 2 4 117380 A Rev A base show appn Displays base record information for APPN The table displays the following information Capabilities Negotiated LS Support Segment Reassembly BIND Reassembly Parallel TG Support Dynamic LS Support Adaptive BIND Pacing Receive Registered Chars Border Node Support Central Directory Support Route Tree Caching Incremental Tree Updates Mode to COS Mapping Multi Domain Support Endpoint RSCV Storage Capacity Alert Queue Size COS Cache Size Directory Cache Size Indicates that the APPN node supports negotiable link stations Indicates that the APPN node supports segment reassembly Indicates that the APPN node supports BIND reassembly Indicates that the APPN node supports the ability to establish multiple transmission groups Indicates that the APPN node supports the ability to accept connections
75. 0 A61 1 67 0 0 0 0 A61 68 2 1 0 481 A61 totals 2 T 0 481 DS3 Plep stats Circuit Name Interval SEFSs UASs Status A61 total 0 0 LOF version Displays the dsx3 version show dsx3 117380 A Rev A 2 255 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show dsx3 version dsx3 bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 256 117380 A Rev A show dvmrp show dvmrp The show dvmrp lt option gt commands display configuration state and statistical information about the Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol DVMRP For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of DVMRP refer to Configuring IP Utilities The show dvmrp command supports the following subcommand options base stats circuits lt circuit name gt circuits lt circuit name gt enabled disabled stats tunnels lt circuit name gt neighbors lt circuit name gt stats vifs lt IP address gt lt search pattern gt routes main lt IP address gt lt search pattern gt tunnels lt circuit name gt enabled disabled routes vifs lt IP address gt lt search pattern gt version base Displays the base level information for DVMRP The table provides the following information Protocol Name of the protocol which in this case is DVMRP State State of DVMRP on the router Up Down Init initializing or Not Present Full Update Interv
76. 00 00 00 00 01 configuration Displays source route Spanning Tree global configuration parameters These parameters are all user configurable The table includes the following information Bridge ID Source Route Spanning Tree Bridge ID assigned to this bridge The Bridge ID is a combination of the Bridge Priority and the Bridge MAC address Bridge Max Age Maximum time in hundredths of a second that the protocol information BPDUs is valid After this time the protocol discards the information Bridge Hello Time Interval in hundredths of a second between BPDUs that the bridge transmits BPDUs are periodic transmissions exchanged between bridges in the network to convey configuration and topology change data Bridge Forward Delay Value all bridges use for Forward Delay when this bridge is acting as the root specifies the time in hundredths of a second that a circuit spends in the Listening and Learning states 2 594 117380 A Rev A show srspan Sample Display show srspan configuration Source Route Spanning Tree Configuration Table Bridge Bridge Bridge Bridge ID Max Age Hello Time Forward Delay 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 2000 200 1500 configuration circuits lt circuit name gt Displays configuration parameters for all source route Spanning Tree circuits or for a specified circuit These parameters are user configurable The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this port is on
77. 128 o No fe o USWFI 3547 2 128 o fe No o USWFLTO1 BCN 3547 2 128 o o fe fe o USWFLTO1 BUD 3547 2 128 0 o No No o USWFLT01 CN1 VRN 0 0 128 o No fe o USWFLTO1 PCX 3547 2 128 0 le No No USWFLTO1 PLUTO 3547 6 128 o o No fe o USWFLTO1 VEGAS 3548 2 128 o No No o USWFLT01 DURHAM 3548 2 128 o fe No o USWFLT01 SNEEZY 3548 2 128 o fe fe o USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 3548 2 128 o o fe No o USWFLTO1 MERCURY 3549 14 0 o o No fe USWFLTO1 RALEIGH 3549 2 128 o fe No o USWFLT01 WF3174A 3551 64 128 O o fe fe USWFLTO1 WFAS400 3550 88 128 o o No No o USWFLT01 BROOKLYN 3550 2 128 o o No fe 0 17 Entries 2 34 117380 A Rev A topology statistics show appn Displays APPN topology statistics Node Record Statistics Max Nodes Current Nodes Received TDUs Sent TDUs Received Low RSNs Received Equal RSNs Received High RSNs Received Bad RSNs State Updates Errors Timer Updates Records Purged Maximum number of nodes allowed in the APPN topology database This administratively assigned value must be equal to or greater than the maximum total number of end nodes and network nodes If the number of nodes exceeds this value APPN will issue an alert and the node can no longer participate as a network node Current number of nodes in this node s topology database If this value exceeds the maximum number of nodes allowed an APPN alert is issued Number of TDUs received from al
78. 2 162 csmacd 2 182 dslel 2 232 fddi 2 287 hssi 2 318 sync 2 134 2 636 token 2 667 system information 2 641 SYSTEM subcommands 2 639 to 2 643 T T1 2 644 to 2 651 117380 A Rev A enabling disabling 3 52 subcommands 2 644 to 2 651 tasks show system command 2 642 TCP 2 652 to 2 654 subcommands 2 652 to 2 654 Technical Solutions Centers xx Technician Interface environment 2 166 telnet enabling disabling 3 54 subcommands 2 655 TFTP 2 657 enabling disabling 3 55 subcommands 2 657 thresholds statistical 2 599 timers bgp 2 124 token ring 2 658 to 2 669 enabling disabling 3 56 subcommands 2 658 to 2 669 total neighbors vines 2 679 total routes vines 2 679 totals at 2 56 traffic filters decnet 2 202 ip 2 348 ipx 2 387 vines 2 679 xns 2 725 translation bridge XB 2 705 to 2 714 enabling disabling 3 60 Transmission Control Protocol TCP 2 652 to 2 654 enabling disabling 3 53 transmit errors all driver circuits 2 163 csmacd 2 183 dslel 2 239 fddi 2 288 hssi 2 319 sync 2 134 2 637 token 2 668 117380 A Rev A transparent bridge 2 712 alerts 2 705 interfaces 2 712 Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP 2 657 enabling disabling 3 55 U unreserved rsc 2 552 V vcs x25 2 704 ves wep 2 683 version dsx3 2 253 protopri 2 519 x25 2 703 VINES 2 670 to 2 680 enabling disabling 3 57 NCP PPP 2 509 subcommands 2 670 to 2 680 v
79. 3 MODEM2 Init 4 PRINTER Init 3 serial port alerts 4 serial ports configured configuration lt port number gt Displays serial port configuration and Technician Interface environment information for the serial ports configured on your system or for a specific port Entered without an option this subset of commands displays the total number of ports configured on the system lt port_number gt Limits the display to a specified port number currently 1 through 4 The table includes the following information Port Number Port number for the information being displayed Valid ports are 1 2 3 and 4 Not all systems have four physical ports A configured port that doesn t exist is in the Absent state Port State Port s current state as follows e Absent Not physically present e Disabled Unavailable e Down Unavailable e Init Initializing e Up Available 2 166 117380 A Rev A Port Name Slot Number Baud Rate Data Bits Parity Stop Bits Modem Control Screen Size More Port Prompt Max Login Retries show console Name that the system has given to the port Users may not specify a name You can use the name to correlate a port number to a physical port The name of the port should be printed next to the physical port connection as follows e Port 1 CONSOLE e Port 2 MODEM1 VME platform only e Port 3 MODEM2 VME platform only e Port 4 PRINTER VME platform only The
80. 5 8 388 29K 1 Entry Displays automatic network routing labels for a single link station or multiple link stations LS Administratively assigned name for the link station The name can be from one to eight characters CP Name Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station The name can be from three to 17 characters Format is lt network_ID gt lt CP_name gt State The current state of the link station active or inactive ANR Label The Automatic Network Routing label assigned during RTP route setup 2 22 117380 A Rev A show appn Sample Display show appn Is anr APPN Link Station ANR Info LS CP Name State Label RALEIGH USBNETO1 RAL 2 Entries Is definition lt LS name gt EIGH Active 91 VEGAS USBNETO1 VEGAS Active 90 Displays Link Station LS information for all defined link stations or for a specific link station LS CP Name Port TG Num CP CP Sessn Max BTU Link Address Administratively assigned name for the link station The name can be from one to eight characters Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station The name can be from three to 17 characters Format is lt network_ID gt lt CP_name gt Administratively assigned name for the port The name can be from one to eight characters Number associated with the transmission group for this link station Indicates whether CP CP se
81. A seers 8 43 NO SPN S iaeiei E EE ti E EEEE 3 44 A eee N sss E E E E E A E E E ENE 3 45 enable disable span SE PAEA P PET A PET 3 46 TTS RRS AS ST yssir E EN AAN 3 47 enabled Stsle cg oo 0 jee neem Cree Cet Cee ee ome a a i ea 3 48 Ea TABS E EE E A E AEE EE PE 3 49 enabled abe SWS sis vunssastssnistioraema ae EO a 3 50 enable disable sync Betis eee AE E A lade aen muaa 3 51 gnane doa op T n a 3 52 e eral a AE ETETE A A EE L E E EE ents 3 53 enable disable telnet cccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeees TE T EE rrr err 3 54 Pie TNO reaa neni aie eS 3 55 anabe dibae FOUR ainraeil ba dnan ied aan unde saddusaubenminashaedinaiies seelesaeh 3 56 states tga toys 1 i111 se geen eee ete Peer a rane te etree etre nce oe rene mee ree a orecen steer 3 57 117380 A Rev A ix BRAGA WOO ariran A naaAd maa e iE 3 58 A E O S ET A PE EEE OEREN E EEES S A A TET EN 3 59 e E aa de T E E E E E E E ere err ces teee e 3 60 enabled able IS siia a aa 3 61 Index X 117380 A Rev A Tables Table 1 1 Displaying Service NMNMAUOM sinici aiid teres iene igh 1 9 Table 1 2 Enabling and Disabling Services ccccccscceeseececeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeneeees 1 14 117380 A Rev A xi About This Guide Use this guide if you are responsible for monitoring and maintaining the performance of Bay Networks routers and BayStream platforms using the Bay Networks Technician Interface If you want to Go to
82. Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 5 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 RIP Interfaces configured 117380 A Rev A 2 367 Using Technician Interface Scripts rip disabled Displays IPX RIP interfaces that are disabled For column definitions see the rip command Sample Display show ip rip disabled IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information Disabled Circuit RIP In Out Bad Index Interfac Stat Mode Packets Packets Packets i None Disabled Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 RIP Interfaces configured rip enabled Displays IPX RIP interfaces that are enabled For column definitions see the rip command Sample Display show ipx rip enabled IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information Enabled Circuit RIP In Out Bad Index Interfac Stat Mode Packets Packets Packets 2 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 3 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 4 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 5 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 6 0x2E025290 Up Lstn Sply 0 1612 0 7 0x2E025360 Up Lstn Sply 1542 386 0 8 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 RIP Interfaces configured 2 368 117380 A Rev A route filters show ipx Displays the IPX Route Filter Information table which contains the following information Prio Target Net Network Mask State Circuit Index IPX Interface Proto Action Network priority of this filter compared to other filters of the same type The highest priority is 1 Address of th
83. Adapt Adr Adr 2 al 1 Tl Boston Up 10902101 WF STND 56K LSB 7 T 2 I 2 Tl Chicago Up 20902101 WF STND 56K LSB 7 7 2 2 1 T1 Seattle Up 10902102 WF STND 56K LSB 7 7 3 entries in table 2 218 117380 A Rev A clock show ds1e1 Sample Display show ds1e1 base circuit Boston DS1E1 Logical Lines Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr 2 1 1 Boston Up 10902101 WF STND 56K LSB 7 7 Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table Displays the DS1E1 clock status The table includes the following information Slot Mod Port Current clock Primary clock Secondary clock External clock Loop clock Loop clock Loop3 clock Loop4 clock Router slot identifier Module number indicating the location of the module Unique identifier for each port on the module Clock source currently in use Primary source for transmit timing Secondary source for transmit timing Indicates whether an external clock is present Indicates whether the timing source from the first port is present Indicates whether the timing source from the second port on multi port modules is present Indicates whether the timing source from the third port on multi port modules is present Indicates whether the timing source from the fourth port on multi port modules is present 117380 A Rev A 2 219 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ds1e1 cloc
84. CSMA CD subcommands 2 172 to 2 184 current circuit dsx3 2 243 customer support programs xx Technical Solutions Centers xx D Data Collection Module DCM status 1 14 data collection module DCM enabling and disabling 3 15 status 1 10 2 185 Data Link Switching enabling disabling 3 18 data link switching 2 204 to 2 215 datagram delivery protocol DDP statistics 2 54 datagram statistics IP 2 341 DCMMW subcommands 2 185 DECnet enabling disabling 3 17 NCP PPP 2 493 Phase IV 2 190 services 2 190 to 2 203 demand circuits fr 2 294 designated router decnet 2 195 OSPF 2 464 Diagnostics PROM revision date 2 309 Dial Backup 2 605 to 2 610 Index 4 dial optimized routing circuits ipx 2 362 dialing pools backup 2 607 on demand 2 617 dial on demand 2 617 to 2 621 disable commands See enable disable commands disabled circuits all drivers 2 158 at 2 49 2 390 2 545 atm 2 60 atm line 2 93 atmdxi 2 78 aurp 2 105 autoneg 2 115 bridge 2 150 csmacd 2 177 decnet 2 196 dls 2 209 dslel 2 221 dvmrp 2 256 el 2 267 fddi 2 277 fr 2 292 hssi 2 314 igmp 2 322 ip 2 331 ipx 2 361 isdn bri 2 406 lapb 2 423 Inm 2 434 osi 2 456 ppp 2 493 rarp 2 529 sdlc 2 558 smds 2 562 span 2 577 sr 2 584 srspan 2 596 sync 2 129 2 627 tl 2 647 token 2 661 vines 2 674 117380 A Rev A xb 2 707 xns 2 719 disabled lines packet 2 475 disabled serial p
85. Configuration Server LECS and if so what method is used to establish the Configuration Direct VCC VIAILMI KNOWNADR CFGPVC or NO LECS LAN type Data frame format this client is now using Unspecified TEEE 802 3 or IEEE 802 5 2 412 117380 A Rev A Max Data Frm Size ELAN Name Proxy Primary addr Cfg Server addr LE Server addr show lane Maximum data frame size this client is now using Unspecified 1516 4544 9234 or 18190 The name of the emulated LAN ELAN that this client last joined Indicates whether the LEC acts as a proxy when it joins an ATM emulated LAN 1 True or 2 False ATM address of the LEC ATM address of the LAN Emulation Configuration Server ATM address of the LES Sample Display show lane clients ATM LAN Emulation Client Running Config Info Cct Circuit Name LecID State Fail Code Cfg Src 4 EET 53 OPERATIONAL Ge PRARUAR LAN type Max Data Frm Size ELAN Name Proxy IEEE8023 1516 01 1 Primary addr 39 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 C0 A8 8D A0 00 Cfg Server addr 47 00 79 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A0 3E 00 00 01 00 LE Server addr 39 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 08 00 20 1A 42 C4 01 Total entries 1 117380 A Rev A 2 413 Using Technician Interface Scripts config lt circuit_name gt Displays the ATM LAN Emulation Client record for each circuit or for a specific circuit The table dis
86. DMA cycle expires without obtaining the bus within 26 ms Memory errors may indicate faulty hardware If this count exceeds five call your customer service representative 2 636 117380 A Rev A show sync Sample Display show sync system SYNC Module System Errors Receive Transmit Tl lemory Slot Conn Circuit Rejects Rejects Timeouts Errors 5 1 S51 0 0 0 0 5 2 S52 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show sync system errors circuit s31 SYNC Module System Errors Receive Transmit Tl lemory Slot Conn Circuit Rejects Rejects Timeouts Errors 3 1 S31 0 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 4 entries in table transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Underflow Frames Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of retransmission underflow errors These occur when the device s FIFO buffer empties before the device obtains the next DMA request 117380 A Rev A 2 637 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show sync transmit errors SYNC Module Transmit Errors Underflow Slot Conn Circuit Frames 5 1 S51 0 5 2 S52 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show sync transmit errors circuit 31
87. DSU CSU and the central office Number of errors resulting from loss of line signal from the network service Combined number of Out of Service Out of Frame and Loss of Line errors Sample Display show sync dsucsu_stats Out of Out of Loss of Op Servic Servic Frame Line Total Slot Conn State Status Errors Errors Errors Errors al 2 normal LOL 0 0 855 855 1 entry s found enabled Displays SYNC circuits that a user has manually enabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show sync enabled SYNC Modules Enabled Line WAN Loc Rem Med Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address Number MTU Protocol Adr Adr Typ 5 1 S51 Up 00 00 A2 00 A1 73 00205101 1600 WF STND 7 7 STD 5 2 S52 Up 00 00 A2 00 Al1 74 00205102 1600 WE STND 7 7 STD Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table 2 630 117380 A Rev A modem_config show sync Displays configuration information about a V 34 Modem adapter module installed in a BayStack ARN router Configuration Software Revision Factory Defaults Initialization String Factory Default String Country Code Hardware revision of the V 34 modem module listed by slot and COM connector number For the ARN all modules are Slot 1 Modems that do not display this information will display N A not applicable Firmware revision of the modem module Indicates whether exclusive use of
88. Data Set Ready signal e HoldDown Line is in holding mode e Init Line is initializing e LMI Wait Line is waiting for the WAN protocol to indicate that a link layer connection has been established to another device e Not Pres Line is enabled but not yet started This state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration e Up Line is operating normally 2 618 117380 A Rev A Active Circuit Hold Down Time Media Type Cable Type Line Number ISDN Line Information Pool ID Line Number Channel Count Priority Channels In Use show sws Name of the circuit using this line Number of seconds the router waits before bringing the line up This delay prevents the line from going up and down if this is a reactivated primary line and there are problems on the line Signaling mode in use for this dial on demand line as follows e RaiseDTR Router can initiate monitor and terminate dial connections using a programmed number in the attached dial up device e V25bis Router can initiate monitor and terminate dial connections using telephone numbers that the router passed to the dial up device Interface type that the attached dial unit supports RS232 RS422 V 35 or X 21 ID number of the line ID n
89. Displays the ISDN BRI statistics generated during a prescribed period default 10 seconds This command can be used for all circuits default or for a selected circuit Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector s instance identifier ranges from 1 to 4 Tx Frames Number of frames the router transmits Rx Frames Number of frames the router receives Rx Lack of Resources Number of times there is a lack of resources for received frames Due to a heavy traffic load the D channel device driver could not find a buffer in which to receive a D channel frame Tx Lack of Resources Number of times there is a lack of resources for transmitted frames The driver received more than seven frames at once for transmission Sample Display show isdnbri sample ISDN BRI Sampled Data over 10 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Frames Frames Resources Resources a 12 0 0 0 J 32 0 0 0 2 408 117380 A Rev A stats show isdn bri Displays I O statistics for all ISDN BRI circuits or for a specific circuit Slot Chan Conn DSL ID Receive Bytes Receive Frames Transmit Bytes Transmit Frames Total Errors Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 ISDN B or D channel used for transmission Connector s instance identifier ranges from to 4 Digital subscriber loop identifier Number of bytes the router receives over the circuit Number of frames the router receives over the circuit Number of b
90. E AIAN A AT AEE EA E ANE EA O A 3 20 enable disable e1 ere autos PERT Sixsanele ain ianiai E rere nie 3 21 viii 117380 A Rev A TT Clo na oe C1 ct FdA SE cn ner ee ae ne ae oe on S 3 22 i le praia ices pecans E EA AA ETE te Pade tudo Pannen ah arcana E EA N ETA 3 23 err Ua elee cs e a ou Meee a a 3 24 enablerdisabie HES ic cadeisas esas teseie teat Sentsd sae vasesaes ie adda a adungatdauas Ua ei sind daw aspatunuadsanneans 3 25 enable disable igmp sccaccssnnicceeceasesennennesddenenennies eA PE P A E T 3 26 E E a E saa dean E EE A E E E E A EA E A 3 27 edo elie ee a a s E A E E E i er A E E N 3 28 enablo disabls WRUNG a ccs cctcasxtavaiecudanoracdeinesinidinrdereiialsioresabinioceiaiddiassualddiniateeaisneee 3 29 enablerdisaule SOW janet ened A A 3 30 enable disable isdn Dri ccccccciccccasensccdescseieenacsenineendassasiacieenuarsnonssanincnentinnskesdansuabecensnes 3 32 ndia di aN D a a 3 33 erabledibabie IMI pessotansn aa nee 3 34 enable disable nbip ee rere RANE TTE Rabie Rca Gui Sees ee 3 35 raned one gy ec 3 36 enable disable OS noironiinrananii iania a aa anaa aE aa a aan 3 37 enable disable Spi isccaceseassescennnncencepesndonenennice EE E EEE T 3 38 pen EN E O na ee EN 3 39 Eelo eaea A a e cen ses E A A EE T A E N 3 40 eranerdic ane TS crpe E 3 41 oman e T a TE Mery rete rer reer er er eret TT errr eete preety tree rere 3 42 enable disable rredund 00000 E EE E E EE E T T
91. E32 200 200 100 1 200 200 100 1 0 0 475 0 E33 200 200 1 1 200 200 1 1 0 0 475 0 5 Total entries version Displays the current version number and modification date of the igmp bat script Sample Display show igmp version igmp bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 327 Using Technician Interface Scripts show ip The show ip lt option gt commands display configuration state and statistical information about the Internet Protocol IP For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of IP refer to Configuring IP Services The show ip command supports the following subcommand options adjacent hosts static alerts stats circuit lt circuit name gt arp lt IP_address gt stats cache lt circuit name gt base stats datagrams lt circuit name gt circuits lt circuit name gt stats fragments lt circuit name gt disabled stats icmp client lt circuit name gt enabled stats icmp in lt circuit name gt rfilters export import lt protocol gt stats icmp misc lt circuit name gt rip stats icmp out lt circuit name gt rip alerts stats icmp server lt circuit name gt rip disabled stats security in lt circuit name gt 2 328 117380 A Rev A show ip rip enabled stats security out lt circuit name gt routes A type locallbgplegplospfirip traffic filters lt IP a
92. Encaps Method Encapsulation method that the interface uses Ethernet Novell LSAP or SNAP 117380 A Rev A 2 357 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ipx alerts IPX Circuit Configuration Information Alerts Circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address Encaps Method F51 Down 1 one None Ethernet E22 Down 2 one None Ethernet 203101 0 Down 3 one None Ethernet S32 iwup Down 4 one None Ethernet S33 iwpp Down 5 one None Ethernet E24 Down 8 one None Ethernet 8 Circuits in table base Displays the base record information for the IPX protocol The base record controls IPX for the entire system The table includes the following information Protocol State Router Name Primary NN Route Method Mult Host Mode Maximum Path Name of the protocol service In this case it is IPX State is Down Init initializing Not Pres not yet started or Up Name of the router used for IPX WAN connections Network number used for IPX WAN connections Method of routing that the protocol uses metric hops based or tick based Status of support for multiple hosts Enabled or Disabled When this parameter is enabled the router s host ID is unique for each interface and it has a different ID for each packet it derives its host ID from the underlying communications device When this parameter is disabled one host ID identifies the router the host ID remains constant for all interfac
93. F bit position A frame comprises 24 timeslots of 8 bit data preceded by a bit called the F bit D4 Twelve frames make up a superframe The F bit provides frame and multiframe alignment information ESF Twenty four frames make up a superframe extended superframe The F bit provides Facility Data Link FDL and CRC information as well as frame and multiframe alignment information T1 transmit power level measured in length of cable connecting the router and associated T1 equipment ranges from 1 to 655 feet Status of Bipolar Eight Zero Substitution On or Off B8ZS maintains sufficient ones density requirements within the T1 data stream without disturbing data integrity Source of the T1 transmit clock as follows e Internal Clock is generated internally e Slave Clock is derived from the incoming data stream e Manual Jumpers on the T1 Link Module determine the clock source Internal or Slave Function assigned to each of 24 DSO channels timeslots The table shows these functions in a string of 24 characters one character per channel The characters and their meaning are as follows e Assigns the timeslot to the first HDLC controller Circuit 1 e 2 Assigns the timeslot to the second HDLC controller Circuit 2 e D Assigns the timeslot to data passthrough HDLC controller to HDLC controller e I Assigns the timeslot to idle e V Assigns the timeslot to voice passthrough HDLC con
94. HW Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter 3 2 E32 Down 00 00 A2 03 00 6F 5 1518 Disabled Found 1 match out of 4 entries in table HSSI Modules on Alert BOFL WAN Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number 0 0 Not Pres nil Off 4608 FRAME RELAY 0 0 0 Not Pres nil 1 4608 FRAME RELAY 0 Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table TOKEN RING Modules on Alert Ring Early Token Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release 2 1 021 CableFlt 00 00 A2 01 4B 4E 4568 16 Mbps Enabled Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table 117380 A Rev A 2 155 Using Technician Interface Scripts base lt circuit name gt Displays the circuit base record information for all circuits or for a specific circuit Sample Display show circuits base CSMACD Modules BOFL HW Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter 3 1 E31 Up 00 00 A2 03 00 6E 5 1518 Disabled 3 2 E32 Down 00 00 A2 03 00 6F 5 1518 Disabled 3 3 E33 Up 00 00 A2 03 00 70 5 1518 Disabled 3 4 E34 Up 00 00 A2 03 00 71 5 1518 Disabled 4 entries in table HSSI Modules BOFL WAN Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number 0 0 Not Pres nil Off 4608 FRAME RELAY 0 0 0 Not Pres nil 1 4608 FRAME RELAY 0 2 entries in table TOKEN RING Modules Ring Early Token Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release 2 1 021 CableFlt 00 00 A2 01 4B 4E 4568 16 Mbps
95. Intf Type Status Faults Discard Drop 201301 0 131 AnnexD Primary Running 0 0 0 1000201301 0 Unknown AnnexD Backup Sh NotPres 0 0 0 2 entry s found The table includes the following information Line LLIndex DLCI Line or instance identifier for the interface plus the PVC identifier DLCI State State of the virtual circuit as follows e Invalid Circuit is configured but the switch has not confirmed it e Active Circuit is usable e Inactive Circuit is configured but not active Type Way the virtual circuit was created e Static User manually configured the PVC e Dynamic PVC was created during operations Mode Operational mode of the PVC as follows e Direct Upper layer protocols view this PVC as a point to point connection as an individual network interface e Group Upper layer protocols treat this PVC as one of a group of destinations to the switched network The upper layer protocols use a single network address to send all traffic destined for the switched network to the frame relay network interface e Hybrid Allows protocols to view this PVC as part of the group while the bridge views the PVC in direct mode Congestion Status of the congestion control mechanisms Disabled Enabled or Inherit Inherit indicates that the VC uses the parameters from the DLCMI record Serv Circuit number of the PVC unless this is a hybrid circuit If this is a hybrid circuit Serv is the Circuit number of the group C
96. LU DLUS Pipe State PUs MU Sent MU Rcvd MU Sent MU Rcvd USWFLTO1 S156CDRM Active i 0 0 5 4 1 Entry endpoint address lt PLU name gt Displays address information for all endpoint sessions or for sessions to a specific LU Partner LU Name of the Partner Logical Unit being used by this session PCID Procedure Correlation Identifier of this session Priority Transmission priority being used by this session Low Medium High or Network level priority COS Class of Service being used by this session LS Adjacent Link Station used by this session 2 16 117380 A Rev A show appn SIDH Session Identifier High value used by this session SIDL Session Identifier Low value used by this session ODAI OAF DAF Assignor Indicator value used by this session Sample Display show appn endpoint address APPN Endpoint Session Addressing Info USWFLTO1 TESTEN fbbf52e94a9b96c7 Network CPSVCMG 1000002 USWFLTO1 TESTEN eebbbebc4474cd92 Network CPSVCMG 1000002 Partner LU PCID Priority COS LS SIDH SIDL ODAI USWFLTO1 WF3174A dbf36f442150b151 Network CPSVCMG 1000004 2 0 1 USWFLT01 WF3174A fbbf52e94a9b96c9 Network CPSVCMG Q I000004 2 0 0 USWFLTO1 AFN ccebbc 6be89f3909 Network CPSVCMG 1000003 2 0 0 USWELTO1 AFN fbbf52e94a9b96c8 Network CPSVCMG 1000003 2 0 1 2 0 0 2 1 a 6 Entries endpoint route lt PLU name gt Displays routing information for all endpoint sessions or for
97. Link FDL Errors first half AT amp T 54016 mode Valid Total Total Total Total Total Slot Conn Intervals ESS SESS SEF s UASs CSSs 2 2 1 T 0 0 368 256 2 226 117380 A Rev A show ds1e1 DS1E1 FDL Errors AT amp T 54016 mode second half Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier Valid Intervals Number of previous time intervals for which valid data was collected The value is 96 unless the interface was brought on line within the last 24 hours In this case the value is the number of complete 15 minute intervals since the interface has been on line Totals PCVs Number of Path Code Violations that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Totals LESs Number of Line Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Total BESs Number of Burst Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Totals DMs Number of Degraded Minutes that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Total LCVs Number of Line Code Violations that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Sample Display show ds1e1 fdl att2 DS1E1 Facility Data Link FDL Errors second half AT amp T 54016 mode Valid Total Total Total Total Total Slot Conn Intervals PCVs LESs BESS DMs LCVs 2 2 1 0 0 1 0 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 227 Using Technician Interf
98. Number of IP packets received with header errors Address Errors Number of IP packets received with address errors Unknown Protocol Number of IP packets received locally that IP discarded because the router did not implement the protocol In Discards Number of packets that IP received but discarded because of lack of resources for example insufficient buffers Out Discards Number of packets given to IP to transmit but discarded because of lack of resources for example insufficient buffers No Routes Number of packets with unknown destination addresses that an upper layer protocol gave to IP to transmit Sample Display show ip stats datagrams IP Datagram Statistics Header Address Unknown In Out No Circuit IP Address Errors Errors Protocol Discards Discards Routes S31 192 32 174 65 0 0 4 0 0 0 E23 192 32 174 97 0 0 39286 0 0 0 E21 192 32 174 129 0 0 0 0 0 0 E22 192 32 175 129 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 344 117380 A Rev A show ip stats fragments lt circuit name gt Displays all information about fragmented IP packets or information for all interfaces or for a specific interface The table includes the following information Circuit IP Address Fragmnts Received Sucssful Reassem Failed Reassem Fragmnt Sent Fragmnt Failed Total Fragmnts Name of the circuit this interface is on Internet address of the interface Number of IP fragments received that this router had to reassemble Number of data
99. Protocol TFTP to install bat and mnu files one at a time refer to Chapters 4 and 5 of Using Technician Interface Software Setting Up Scripts Once you log in to a Technician Interface session on a router you can enter any embedded script commands at the command line prompt without any additional preparations However before you run any bat version scripts designate a default file system volume as shown in the following example dir 2 Next define the search path and alias definitions for your bat and mnu version script files by using the run setpath command The search path is a list of volume IDs you want the system to search for any script file There are two ways to specify a search path as shown in the following examples Example 1 Entering the volume IDs on the command line run setpath 2 3 4 1 6 117380 A Rev A Introducing Technician Interface Scripts Example 2 Letting the setpath command prompt you for input run setpath NVFS File System VOL STATE TOTAL SIZE FREE SPACE CONTIG FREE SPACE 37 FORMATTED 2097152 1218683 1017067 23 FORMATTED 2097152 431128 431128 Pleas nter the volume ID that contains the script files More than one volume may b ntered each separated by a semi colon Format lt vol gt lt vol gt Example 2 3 4 Enter volume s 2 3 You can also use the Manager or User autoscript feat
100. Protocol State X22 Up configuration lt s ot connector gt Displays the basic configuration information for all X 25 lines or displays only the slot and connector specified Each line is associated with the services available on that line and the number of virtual circuits configured The table includes the following information for the protocol Slot Connector Line LLIndex The identity of the line This includes four parts as follows slot number connector number number of the line that the driver X 25 runs on lower layer index from the layer immediately below X 25 on the protocol stack If the lower layer is a driver the index is 0 SVC LCNs Configured Number of switched logical channels configured includes LCNs for incoming bidirectional and outgoing VCs PVC LCNs Configured Number of permanent logical channels configured includes LCNs for incoming bidirectional and outgoing VCs Services Available X 25 services available includes PDN DDN PtoP IPEX QLLC 2 696 117380 A Rev A show x25 Sample Display show x25 configuration 2 1 SVC LCN s PVC LCN s Services Protocol Slot Connector Line LLIndex Configured Configured Available X 25 3 2 10903102 0 X 25 3 2 20903102 0 X 25 3 2 30903102 0 X 25 3 2 40903102 0 X 25 4 2 204102 0 X 25 4 3 204103 0 5 0 IPEX 5 0 IPEX 5 0 IPEX 5 0 IPEX 40 0 DD 40 0 PD connections lt s ot connector gt Displays the virtual circuit connect and d
101. Replies Number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages received Sample Display show ip stats icmp client IP ICMP Client Statistics Echo Echo Timestmp Timestmp AddrMask AddrMask Circuit IP Address Requests Replies Requests Replies Requests Replies 31 192 32 174 65 0 0 0 0 0 0 E22 192 32 175 129 0 2 0 0 0 0 stats icmp in lt circuit name gt Displays statistics about ICMP packets received for all interfaces or for a specified interface The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on IP Address Internet address of the interface ICMP Received Total number of ICMP messages received including errors 2 346 117380 A Rev A ICMP In Errors Destintn Unreach Rev Time Exceeded Rev Parm Problem show ip Number of ICMP messages received that had errors bad ICMP checksums Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received Sample Display show ip stats icmp in IP ICMP In Statistics ICMP ICMP In Destintn Rev Time Rcv Parm CLECULE IP Address Received Errors Unreach Exceeded Problem S31 192 32 174 65 4 0 4 0 0 E23 192 32 174 97 0 0 0 0 0 E21 1 92 32 1 74 129 0 0 0 0 0 E22 192 324175129 25 0 11 12 0 stats icmp misc lt circuit name gt Displays statistics about ICMP Source Quench and Redirect messages for all in
102. Routes Triggered Update Interval 60 uo 200 140 190 140 200 340 25 2833 2 258 117380 A Rev A show dvmrp circuits lt circuit name gt enabled disabled Displays the DVMRP circuit information for all circuits a specified circuit enabled circuits or disabled circuits The table contains the following information Circuit State Metric Threshold Route Enabled Circuit name of this virtual interface Current state of the virtual interface Up Down Init initializing Invalid or Not Pres not present Cost of using this hop Threshold for forwarding datagrams out of this circuit If the time to live TTL is less than the threshold the datagram is dropped Indicates whether this route is enabled If enabled this circuit will be used to propagate routing information information about the locally attached network to this circuit will be incorporated into routing updates and multicast datagrams will be forwarded in native mode via this circuit If disabled this circuit exists only to support unicast tunnels in this case all other parameters are ignored Sample Display show dvmrp circuits DVMRP Circui ts Circuit State Metric Threshold Route Enabled E22 Up 1 1 Yes E31 Up 1 1 Yes E32 Up il 1 Yes E33 Up 1 1 Yes E34 Up 1 aE Yes 5 Total entries 117380 A Rev A 2 259 Using Technician Interface Scripts neighbors
103. Sample Display enable e1 connector 2 2 El connector 2 2 enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 21 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable fddi Use the enable fddi lt option gt commands to enable Fiber Distributed Data Interface FDDI services on a Bay Networks router and the disable fddi lt option gt commands to disable FDDI services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of FDDI refer to Configuring Ethernet FDDI and Token Ring Services The enable disable fddi commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit name gt connector lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable fddi circuit f 51 FDDI circuit Fl enabled connector lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable fddi connector 3 1 FDDI connector 3 1 enabled 3 22 117380 A Rev A enable disable fr enable disable fr Use the enable fr lt option gt commands to enable frame relay services on a Bay Networks router and the disable fr lt option gt commands to disable frame relay services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of frame relay refer to Configuring Frame Relay Services The enable disable fr command supports the lt ine lindex gt subcommand option as follows lt line llindex gt Enables or disables the line or instance
104. Site Manager circuit name Number of reserved flows being served Total number of reserved flow packets transmitted since the line came up Total number of reserved flow bytes transmitted since the line came up Total number of reserved flow packets dropped since the line came up These packets were dropped because the data received on one or more flows exceeded their reservation Total number of reserved flow bytes dropped since the line came up These packets were dropped because the data received on one or more flows exceeded their reservation 117380 A Rev A 2 551 Using Technician Interface Scripts Delay Avg Average packet delay in milliseconds during the measurement interval Measured delay includes transmission time Delay Max Maximum single packet delay ms since the line came up Sample Display show rsc res TX Line Resources Reserved Flow Statistics Transmitted Policed Delay ms Line Circuit Flows Packets Bytes Packets Bytes Avg Max 203102 32 2 22122 11943504 0 0 0 24339 204101 S41 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 204102 S42 2 22172 11963112 6 3360 0 15630 204103 S43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 If the display for your lines indicates unacceptable amounts of dropped traffic Policed Packets and Policed Bytes try inflating the reservations percentage MIB object Inflate Reservations If command output indicates large delays try decreasing the reserved latency MIB object Reserved Latency You can edit both parameters at t
105. Siz Entries Frames 2 1 E21 Down CSMACD 1024 0 0 0 1 entry in table 2 178 117380 A Rev A show csmacd receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Checksum Errors Alignment Errors Overflow Errors Frames Too Long Receive Symbol Errors Internal MAC Receive Errors Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to router model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector number on the slot Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of frames received with a CRC error Number of frames received that did not contain an integral number of octets Normally a frame alignment error also causes a checksum error on the frame Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the device FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA cycle Number of frames received that exceed 1518 octets Number of errors in hardware MLT3 encoding Indicates a problem Only relevant on 100 Mb s lines Number of frames containing less than 64 octets runt packets Sample Display show csmacd receive CSMACD Module Receive Errors Internal Receive AC Checksum Alignment Overflow Frames Symbol Receive Slot Conn Circuit Errors E
106. Stats 6 Disabled Circuits 18 IP bat version 7 Enabled Circuits 19 RIP 8 ICMP Client Stats 20 Routing Table 9 ICMP In Stats 21 Security In Stats 10 ICMP Miscellaneous Stats 22 Security Out Stats 11 ICMP Out Stats 23 Static Routes Table 12 ICMP Server Stats 24 Traffic Filters D Disable MORE M Menu control on Q Quit or Return Enter menu number or TI command All of the choices shown in the second level menu display information 117380 A Rev A Using Technician Interface Scripts Next enter the number that corresponds to the table you want to display For example to display IP statistics enter 17 This action runs the script that displays the IP Statistics table shown in the following example Enter menu number or TI command 17 IP Statistics In Out In Out Circuit IP Address Receives Requests Forwards Discards Discards E33 6 6 6 6 0 15642 0 0 0 E34 Tow 2 14976 15642 0 0 0 E31 192 168 130 165 46218 18459 0 0 0 3 Entries Press Enter to continue When you press Enter the menu utility returns to the submenu In this example pressing Enter displays the IP menu again Then you can perform any of the following actions e Enter another option e Return to the main menu e Enter q for Quit e Press RETURN You can also display a submenu by entering the name of the protocol on the command line as an option to the menu command For example to display the IP submenu directly
107. Status Circuit Name Interval PESs PSESs UASs PCVs Name of the circuit associated with this line The current interval The number of line errored seconds LESs in the current interval An LES is a second in which one or more coding violations occurred or one or more LOS defects were detected The number of severely errored framing seconds SEFSs in the current interval An SEFS is a second with one or more OOF errors or an AIS defect The number of unavailable seconds UASs in the current interval The number of line coding violations LCVs in the current interval A line coding violation is a count of both bipolar violations BPVs and excessive zero EXZ error events Name of the circuit associated with this line The current interval The number of P bit errored seconds PESs in the current interval A PES is a second with one or more P bit coding violations one or more OOF defects or a detected incoming AIS The PES does not increment when counting UASs The number of P bit severely errored seconds PSESs in the current interval A PSES is a second with 44 or more PCVs one or more OOF defects or a detected incoming AIS The PSES value does not increment when counting UASs The number of unavailable seconds UASs in the current interval The number of P bit coding violations PCVs in the current interval For all DS3 E3 applications a coding violation error event is a P bit Parity Error event A P bi
108. Status of Early Token Release Enabled or Disabled When enabled the token can be released back onto the ring before the recipient copies all the data This parameter is enabled only when Ring Speed is 16 Mb s Sample Display show token alerts TOKEN RING Modules on Alert Ring Early Token Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 659 Using Technician Interface Scripts base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base information for all Token Ring circuits or a specific Token Ring circuit For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In addition to the states listed under the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show token base TOKEN RING Modules Ring Early Token Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release 3 1 031 Up 00 00 A2 00 5B 46 4568 16 Mbps Enabled 4 2 042 Up 00 00 A2 00 C8 Cl1 4568 16 Mbps Enabled 2 entries in table Sample Display show token base circuit 031 TOKEN RING Modules Ring Early Token Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release 3 1 031 Up 00 00 A2 00 5B 46 4568 16 Mbps Enabled Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 660 117380 A Rev A show token disabled Displays Token Ring circuits that a user has manually disabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In this cas
109. The VPI that identifies the Multicast Send VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC The VCI that identifies the Multicast Send VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC Interface associated with the Multicast Forward VCC If the value is 0 no Multicast Forward VCC exists The VPI that identifies the Multicast Forward VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC The VCI that identifies the Multicast Forward VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC 117380 A Rev A 2 419 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show lane servers ATM LAN Emulation Client Server VCC Table Config Direct Control Direct Cct Circuit Name Line VPI VCI Line VPI VCI 4 ATMSR_1405101 4 1103101 0 32 1103101 0 33 Control Distributed Multicast Send Multicast Forward Line VEL VEL Line VEI VCI Line VPI VCI 1103101 0 34 1103101 0 35 1103101 0 36 Total entries 1 stats lt circuit_name gt Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client Statistics information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table displays the following information Cct Circuit number of the LEC Circuit Name Circuit name assigned by Site Manager Req Out Number of MAC to ATM address resolution protocol ARP requests this LEC made over the logical User to Network Interface LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface Req In Number of MAC to ATM A
110. The revision and serial numbers are in decimal format For the AN the table indicates that the AN has an 802 3 repeater HUB by indicating that the link module is an ANSEDSH For the ASN the table displays the number and type of the network module instead of the link module and the network module type revision and serial number instead of the link module type revision and serial number 2 312 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show hardware slots Hardware Information per Slot show hardware Processor Processor Processor Link Link Link Slot odule Revision Serial No Module Revision Serial No 1 SRMF 1 278 SRML 17 2121 2 FRE2 234 53 DST 4 16 alia 3543 3 FRE2 16 13569 OE NE 6 958 4 FRE 16 1943 MCT1 2 2 488 5 FRE2 18 94240 QSYNC 8 8431 Sample Display show hardware slots 2 Hardware Information per Slot Processor Processor Processor Link Link Link Slot odule Revision Serial No Module Revision Serial No 2 FRE2 234 53 DST 4 16 11 3543 Sample Display show hardware slots Hardware Information per Slot Processor Processor Processor Net Mod Net Mod Slot Module Revision Serial No Net Module Revision Serial No 1 ASN 1 33 1 DENM a 5 2 SFNM 1 3 3 DENM ali 9 4 DENM 1 8 117380 A Rev A 2 313 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show hardware slots Hardware Information per Slot Processor Processor Processor Net Mod Net Mod
111. a coordinated test with both sides of the facility The router DSU CSU sends a signal to the facility to initiate a Digital Loop at the remote DSU CSU and then sends a test pattern through the far side of the loop and checks the returned data for errors Pattern 2047 The DSU CSU is performing a pattern only test without initiating loopback The router DSU CSU sends a BERT 2047 test pattern to the network Current status of the DSU CSU module as reported by Out of Service or Maintenance Mode codes from the Telco or network carrier Service states are e In Service The DSU CSU and carrier facility are synchronized e Out of Service OOS There is trouble with the carrier facility circuit The circuit from the DSU CSU module through local loop to the carrier is working but the circuit is down beyond the central office e Out of Frame OOF There is a framing problem on the carrier circuit e Loss of Line LOL The local loop to the central office is no longer present For example the cable is not connected to the router DSU CSU interface e Telco Loopback The carrier facility placed the DSU or CSU in a loopback test Number of OOS control codes bipolar violations received from the central office 117380 A Rev A 2 629 Using Technician Interface Scripts Out of Frame Errors Loss of Line Errors Total Errors On Clear Channel 64 K lines only indicates the number of times framing has been lost between the
112. a specified NML circuit s security list The table includes the following information Circuit Port Status Action Name of the circuit configured for NML Circuit number of the port on which NML resides State of the security list Enabled or Disabled Action taken on a packet if it matches one of the ranges of CUGIDs Drop or Forward 2 446 117380 A Rev A From To show nml Low end of a range of CUGIDs in the security list A circuit can have more than one set of ranges High end of a range of CUGIDs in the security list A circuit can have more than one set of ranges Sample Display show nml seclists NML Security Lists Circuit Port Status Action From To F31 1 Enabled Drop 224 238 E21 2 Enabled Forward 22 22 Forward 224 238 2 Entries Note that circuit E21 in the sample display has two ranges stats Displays the number of packets dropped because of security violations for each circuit on the router The table shows the following information Circuit Port Discards Name of the circuit configured for NML Circuit number of the port on which NML resides Number of packets dropped because of security violations 117380 A Rev A 2 447 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show nml stats Bridge Statistics Circuit Port Discards F31 1 0 E21 2 0 version Displays the current version and date of creation of the nml bat script
113. always Down You can use this display to determine which Source Routing interfaces have not been enabled Sample Display show sr disabled Source Routing SR Interface Information Circuit Mode State O31 Disabled Down 1 entries found enabled Displays the Source Routing interfaces that are enabled Mode is always Enabled and State will be Up or Down You can use this display to determine which Source Routing interfaces have been enabled 2 584 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show sr enabled Source Routing SR Interface Information Circuit Mode State O31 Enabled Down 1 entries found Use with the following subcommands e 9 alerts base e circuits lt circuit_name gt e configuration e configuration circuit lt circuit_name gt e disabled e enabled e explorers e routes e stats e stats circuit lt circuit_name gt show sr 117380 A Rev A 2 585 Using Technician Interface Scripts ip Displays a list of Source Routing IP subcommands and their syntax ip alerts Displays Source Routing IP interfaces that have been enabled but are not currently up In this case Mode is always Enabled and State is always Down The table helps determine which Source Routing IP interfaces are not forwarding traffic Sample Display show sr ip alerts Sample Display Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Interface Information Circuit Mode State O31 Enab
114. apart from the Software to reconstruct lost or altered files data or programs 4 Limitation of liability IN NO EVENT WILL BAY NETWORKS OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY COST OF SUBSTITUTE PROCUREMENT SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES RESULTING FROM INACCURATE OR LOST DATA OR LOSS OF USE OR PROFITS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE EVEN IF BAY NETWORKS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN NO EVENT SHALL THE LIABILITY OF BAY NETWORKS RELATING TO THE SOFTWARE OR THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE PRICE PAID TO BAY NETWORKS FOR THE SOFTWARE LICENSE 5 Government Licensees This provision applies to all Software and documentation acquired directly or indirectly by or on behalf of the United States Government The Software and documentation are commercial products licensed on the open market at market prices and were developed entirely at private expense and without the use of any U S Government funds The license to the U S Government is granted only with restricted rights and use duplication or disclosure by the U S Government is subject to the restrictions set forth in subparagraph c 1 of the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights clause of FAR 52 227 19 and the limitations set out in this license for civilian agencies and subparagraph c 1 ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause of DFARS 252 227 7013 for agencies of th
115. area routes decnet 2 192 areas ospf 2 461 bootp 2 136 bridge 2 149 circuits 2 156 csmacd 2 175 decnet 2 193 ARP IP 2 327 dis 2 205 dslel 2 218 ase information ospf 2 462 dvmrp 2 254 Asynchronous Transfer Mode 2 59 to 2 84 nese 1 enabling disabling 3 8 fddi 2 276 AT subcommands 2 43 to 2 58 hssi 2 314 AURP subcommands 2 102 to 2 111 ip 2 328 autoneg ip6 2 350 csmacd 2 174 ipx 2 358 subcommands 2 112 to 2 116 isdn bri 2 406 Autonomous System sali eo BGP 2 118 to 2 125 hate External Advertisements 2 462 Krp osi 2 454 B ospf 2 463 rarp 2 528 backplane hardware 2 305 ot ei sdlc 2 backup circuits fr 2 293 snmp 2 565 backup_dialing span 2 574 circuits sws 2 606 sr 2 581 pools sws 2 607 srspan 2 593 bacp ppp 2 487 sta 2 599 bad packets ppp 2 487 nie met bandwidth rsc 2 550 token 2 660 bandwidth on demand 2 610 to 2 611 vines 2 672 base x25 2 696 ip6 2 350 xb 2 706 mospf 2 437 xns 2 717 rsvp 2 554 Bay Networks Press xix base record BGP AS Weights table 2 125 appn 2 5 BGP subcommands 2 117 to 2 125 at 2 46 2 543 atm line 2 92 BISYNC 2 126 to 2 135 sachet 2 77 subcommands 2 126 to 2 135 aurp 2 103 Bootstrap Protocol BootP autoneg 2 113 PROM revision date 2 309 Index 2 117380 A Rev A relay agent 2 138 subcommands 2 136 to 2 140 Border Gateway Protocol BGP 2 117 to 2 125 bot subcommands 2 141 to 2 147 bridge enabling disabling 3 12 NC
116. associated with this line CRC Errors Number of frames received with CRC errors 2 318 117380 A Rev A show hssi Overrun Errors Number of frames received that were aborted due to the memory bandwidth of the FIFO buffer overrunning during DMA Aborts Number of frames received with abort errors Frames Too Long Number of frames received that exceeded the MTU size Sample Display show hssi receive errors HSSI Module Receive Errors Frames Slot Conn Circuit CRC Errors Overruns Aborts Too Long 3 1 H31 0 0 0 0 1 entry in table sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt Displays data sampled from HSSI over a period of 10 seconds You can change the number of seconds over which you want to sample the data and you can display sampled data for a specific circuit only The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Rx Frames Number of frames received on this line Tx Frames Number of frames sent on this line Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers 117380 A Rev A 2 319 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show hssi sample HSSI Sa
117. circuit lt circuit gt enabled disabled circuit lt circuit gt Displays circuit and state information for all interface redundancy ports or for a specific port The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit Slot Slot number the port is on Port Port number State State of the protocol Enabled Disabled Down Init initializing Not Pres enabled but not yet started or Up Role Role of the interface primary or backup Active State of the Circuit Active Standby Unavailable 117380 A Rev A 2 389 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show iredund circuit Interface Redundancy Circuit Table Circuit Slot Port State Role Active E43 4 3 Enabled primary standby E43 4 4 Enabled backup active 2 Entries found disabled Displays all disabled circuits that contain an interface redundancy port A circuit is disabled if the disable enable parameter is set to disable and the state is down For definitions of the columns in the table see the circuit command Sample Display show iredund disable Interface Redundancy Circuit Table Circuit Slot Port State Role Active 0 Entries found 2 390 117380 A Rev A show iredund enabled Displays all enabled circuits that contain an interface redundancy port A circuit is enabled if the disable enable parameter is set to enable and the state is up For definitions of the column
118. circuit containing the traffic filter Status Status of the circuit as follows e Active Filtering rule is in use e Inactive Filtering rule is not in use e Error Application detected an error in the filtering rule Matches Number of packets received that match this rule Rule Rule identifier Sample Display show decnet traffic filters i ECnet Traffic Filter Information Circuit Status Matches Rule E41 Active 0 1 2 202 117380 A Rev A show decnet Sample Display show decnet traffic filters e41 DECnet Traffic Filter Information Circuit Status Matches Rule E41 Active 0 version Displays the current version and modification date of the decnet bat script Sample Display show decnet version DECNET bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 203 Using Technician Interface Scripts show dls The show dls lt option gt commands display configuration state and statistical information about Data Link Switching DLSw services For detailed information on the items displayed refer to Configuring DLSw Services The show dis command supports the following subcommand options alerts local base mac circuits lt circuit name gt netbios configuration peers connections saps disabled slots enabled stats filters version 2 204 117380 A Rev A show dls alerts Displays all enabled DLSw circu
119. circuit name gt enabled disabled Displays the DVMRP tunnel configuration information for all circuits a specified circuit enabled circuits or disabled circuits The table displays the following information Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface Local IP Unicast IP address of the local network endpoint of this virtual interface Remote IP Unicast IP address of remote network endpoint of this virtual interface State Current state of the virtual interface Up Down Init initializing Invalid or Not Pres not present Encaps Indicates if these tunneled datagrams will be encapsulated within an IP datagram or will they be loosely encapsulated using the LSSR option for the latter refer to RFC 1075 this is needed for backward compatibility 117380 A Rev A 2 265 Using Technician Interface Scripts Metric Cost of using this tunnel Threshold Threshold for forwarding datagrams through this tunnel If the time to live TTL is less than the threshold the datagram is dropped Sample Display show dvmrp tunnels DVMRP Tunnels Circuit Local IP Remote IP State Encaps Metric Threshold E21 192 32 28 33 192 325 Ta2 Up 1 Total entries version IPinIP 1 1 Displays the current version and modification date for the dvmrp bat script Sample Display show dvmrp version dvmrp bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 266 117380 A Rev A show e1 show e1 The show e1 lt option
120. columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show t1 disabled T1 Modules Disabled Frame Line B8ZS Clock Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 647 Using Technician Interface Scripts enabled Displays T1 circuits that a user has manually enabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show t1 enabled T1 Modules Enabled Frame Line B8ZS Clock Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration PTS 21 ESF 1 off Internal 1111111111111111IIIIIIII 2 2 T1 22 ESF 1 off Slave 2222222222222222TIIITIIII Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table frame errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays T1 frame errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Frame Bit Errors Number of frame bit errors on this line Frame bit errors indicate an error in the F bit pattern Out of Frame Errs Number of out of frame errors on this line A router detects out of frame errors when at least two of four or five consecutive framing bits contain an error Super Frame Errs Number of superframe errors on this line In ESF mode this count represents the number of on chip ge
121. converged Sample Display show ppp ipx negot PPP IPX NCP Negotiated Information Circuit State Config Routing Network No Complete Protocol S31 Opened 32 Starting None 2 Entries found 0x0000F000 True RIP SAP False None 2 496 117380 A Rev A show ppp name local Displays the local router name its circuit name and its state State is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Sample Display show ppp ipx name local PPP IPX NCP Local Router Name Circuit State Local Router Name S31 Opened Locrouter1l 32 Starting Locrouter2 2 Entries found name remote Displays the remote router name resulting from negotiation its circuit name and its state None indicates that no router name has been configured on the peer or that negotiations have not taken place State is either Disabled or if enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Sample Display show ppp ipx name remote PPP IPX NCP Remote Router Nam Circuit State Remote Router Nam S31 Opened Remrouter1 32 Starting None 2 Entries found 117380 A Rev A 2 497 Using Technician Interface Scripts line configuration parameters configuration Displays the configuration of the PPP line and the state of the Line Control Protocol LCP The display includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on Line L
122. disable rarp lt option gt command to disable RARP services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of RARP refer to Configuring SNMP RMON BOOTP DHCP and RARP Services The enable disable rarp command supports the lt base gt subcommand option as follows base Enables or disables RARP on the router Sample Display enable rarp base RARP base record enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 41 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable rptr Use the enable rptr lt option gt commands to enable Access Node AN Repeater services and the disable rptr lt option gt commands to disable AN Repeater services For more information about the Bay Networks AN Repeater refer to Connecting BayStack AN and ANH Systems to a Network The enable disable rptr commands support the following subcommand options port lt port number gt test reset port lt port number gt reset test Enables or disables all ports or just a selected port Enables the repeater to reset and test itself Enables the repeater to run a self test without also resetting the AN Sample Display enable rptr test 802 3 Repeater HUB Non Disruptive Selftest Repeater Selftest Initiated Completed Repeater Post Selftest Status Repeater Operating Status OK Repeater Health Text Repeater Health Operational Total Partitioned Ports 2 Group Operating Status Operational Last Group Status C
123. enter the following command at the Technician Interface prompt S menu ip 1 18 117380 A Rev A Introducing Technician Interface Scripts Configuring Menus You can change any menu that the menu utility displays You can keep your changes for the current session only or you can save them permanently Using the menu control feature you can e Change the contents of a menu add delete and edit commands edit the menu title show commands instead of command titles e Load anew menu into the menu structure e Enter a Technician Interface command while using the menu utility To use the menu control feature enter m at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt The menu utility displays a list of options below the main menu as shown in the following example Main Menu 1 APPN 24 Frame Relay Switch 47 SDLC 2 AT 25 FTP 48 SMDS 3 ATM 26 Hardware 49 SNMP 22 FDDI 45 Router Redundancy 68 X25 23 Frame Relay 46 Reservable Resources A Add a command H Change menu title QO Quit C Clear all commands L Load new menu S Save menu commands D Delete command Menu control off T Toggle cmd display Edit command Enter menu number or TI command To turn menu control off just enter m again at the prompt You can add and delete commands edit a command change a menu s title and switch the display between menu titles and commands 117380 A Rev A Using Technician Interface S
124. erent AAN 1 16 I KENIS sean E 1 16 Contouring KIENU saiisine a a ae Aai Laa a A ENDA 1 19 Adano a Commend arran rA AAT 1 20 Deleting a Command sisusisssssiinnssisa ET AA I EE ET 1 20 Gearing RUNES INIA asriarda ea tend ie neem 1 20 117380 A Rev A v edima a Command sriain teed aeennn seansassin erase ep aAnNe 1 21 Etma a Meni TAE sranane iaa Rania oben RAAT Da Aa 1 21 Loading a New MEn gst conc thacstee ticteans d ete 1 21 Toggling Menu Titles and Commands saissiissismsiadiisa a 1 22 Saving Changes Made to Menus cccccceeeseeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeees E TA 1 24 Chapter 2 Using the show Command A AE sca E T T A E E E AT ANE PE AA E T E 2 2 GINO GAL E E E E T A E a E E E E E E T 2 43 SMON A ie aa a A eA 2 59 show atmarp n se PE E E EE EE PA PEET PETE 2 69 SHON O e iieneisaunmeretsaaamned ceaceapheaeiaaummereniachonetececanneedeaaaanmenaetaznah 2 76 a E e E E AN E E E E E E N E VE N 2 85 show atm line ari Sate EP E PRAS DR E ence 2 90 STI UII aia ea as cen ed a gs edd 2 102 SF O a E 2 112 SNOWN DOD sscaccensdrressconsurectioanncedaieniicdciseckarteiserenaceantoonmnncuctenseeientnaneieonmentieteaarcients 2 117 STONO YE raa prc ee mmree ten rrr ewer cet a Pree ttn Tree emir rr ee twee rrr Teeter 2 126 Show OOTP scissa A EEA E ere PARTE re ree Sse adhe 2 136 ENON DOL caiyetincecteiede caeageuvenhedasige toaceeluedaaneasye e ai 2 141 SOA OE A a 2 148 show circuits 0 PEE E E E EE E EE E T E diteaasineudee
125. for all script subcommand options for a protocol or service The routine called by each subcommand generates and prints to the router console statistics that reveal a particular view of that protocol or service As an alternative to entering show enable disable commands at the Technician Interface prompt you can also access protocol specific menus from the scripts main menu You enter choose by number a protocol service submenu from the scripts main menu From a submenu you can access all scripts options for a protocol or service without entering commands All scripts menus exist as mnu files you install during initial configuration of each router To save file space install only the bat and mnu files that pertain to the protocols or services you want to support on each router Other Technician Interface scripts are programs embedded within the router software image The router software currently includes embedded scripts for the following services e CSMACD e TFTP e IP e SNMP e FR e SYNC e FTP e TELNET e TCP 1 2 117380 A Rev A Introducing Technician Interface Scripts These scripts run more efficiently than their batch file counterparts You enter at the Technician Interface prompt the command for any script regardless of type batch or embedded in the same way as follows showlenableldisable lt protocol_name gt lt subcommand_option gt Script Command Categories The system software supports scripts
126. gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about the E1 lines For more information about E1 refer to Configuring and Managing Routers with Site Manager The show e1 command supports the following subcommand options alerts frame errors circuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt line errors circuit lt circuit name gt disabled version enabled alerts Displays all circuits that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line HDB3 Support Status of High Density Bipolar Coding Enabled or Disabled HDB3 maintains sufficient ones density within the E1 data stream without disturbing data integrity Clock Mode Source of the E1 transmit clock as follows e Internal Clock is generated internally e Slave Clock is derived from the incoming data stream e Manual Jumpers on the E1 link module determine the clock source internal or slave 117380 A Rev A 2 267 Using Technician Interface Scripts MiniDacs Configuration Sample Display e1 alerts El Modules on Alert HDB3 Slot Conn Circuit Support Function assigned to each of 31 E1 channels timeslots The table shows these functions in a string of 31 charact
127. gt commands display information about the Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM Adaption Layer Controller ALC link module service For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of the ATM link module service refer to Configuring ATM Services Note Refer to the show atm line section for more information on the atm line command The show atm command supports the following subcommand options alerts ves lt line gt lt line vpi gt lt line vpi vci gt disabled services lt line gt lt line circuit gt enabled stats interfaces lt line gt stats vcs lt line gt lt line VPI gt lt line VPI VCI gt line lt line option gt version 117380 A Rev A 2 59 Using Technician Interface Scripts alerts Displays abnormal conditions in the ATM interface Use this command to identify lines configured as enabled but not currently up The table displays the following information Line Line number of the Bay Networks router Circuit Circuit name on which the ATM interface runs State State of the ATM line Up Down Init initializing Disabled or Absent Sample Display show atm alerts ATM Interface Line Alert Table Line Circuit State 1103101 431 Down Total entries 1 disabled Displays the ATM interfaces that are configured as disabled For more information about column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm disab
128. hardware lt option gt f software image files memory PROMs slots High Speed Serial Interface service receive transmit show hssi lt option gt a and system errors sample data statistics continued 117380 A Rev A Table 1 1 Introducing Technician Interface Scripts Displaying Service Information continued To Display Information about This Service Use This Command Command Type runs from a batch or embedded file batch embedded Internet Gateway Management Protocol service circuits show igmp lt option gt Y groups statistics Internet Protocol service ARP table circuits forwarding show ip lt option gt A table route filters RIP interfaces routes traffic filters Internet Protocol Version 6 service adjacent hosts show ip6 lt option gt Y statistics inferface cicuits Internet Packet Exchange service adjacent hosts show ipx lt option gt vA circuits ping RIP routes service filters server filters services statistics traffic filters Circuit and state information for all interface redundancy show iredund lt option gt f ports enabled and disabled circuits configured with interface redundancy Integrated Services Digital Network service show isdn lt option gt Y B Channel BRI calls inphone messages switch Integrated Services Digital Network BRI service receive show isdn bri lt option gt W
129. has copied Number of frames addressed to this station that had their a amp c bits previously set Number of token protocol errors relevant only when this station is the active monitor Number of soft errors corresponds to the number of Report Error MAC frames that this station has transmitted Sample Display show token stats line TOKEN RING Line Statistics Slot Conn Circuit 4 1 041 4 2 042 2 entries in table RI FCI Frame Token Soft Errors Copied Err Errors Errors 0 0 0 393 3 0 0 373 117380 A Rev A 2 665 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show token siats line circuit 041 TOKEN RING Line Statistics ARI FCI Frame Token Soft Slot Conn Circuit Errors Copied Err Errors Errors 4 1 041 0 0 3 393 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table stats ring circuit lt circuit name gt Displays Token Ring ring statistical information for all Token Ring circuits or for a specific circuit The table contains the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector s instance identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Beacon Events Number of events causing the adapter to transmit Beacon Frames Beacon frames indicate that the interface doesn t see the token If this count goes up contact your Bay Networks Technical Response Center Signal Losses Number of ring signal
130. identifier for the frame relay interface Sample Display enable fr 202101 0 Frame Relay line 202101 0 enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 23 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable ftp Use the enable ftp lt option gt commands to enable File Transfer Protocol FTP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable ftp lt option gt commands to disable FTP services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of FTP refer to Configuring IP Utilities The enable disable ftp command supports the lt base gt subcommand option as follows base Enables or disables FTP on the router Sample Display enable ftp base FTP base record enabled 3 24 117380 A Rev A enable disable hssi enable disable hssi Use the enable hssi lt option gt commands to enable High Speed Serial Interface HSSI services on a Bay Networks router and the disable hssi lt option gt commands to disable HSSI services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of HSSI refer to Configuring WAN Line Services The enable disable hssi commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit name gt connector lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable hssi circuit H41 HSSI circuit H41 enabled connector lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display
131. is not operational e RingOp MAC being managed is part of an operational FDDI ring e Detect Ring has not been operational for a certain period of time In this state RMT detects duplicate addresses a condition that prevents ring operation e NonOpDup TMAC under control is a duplicate of another MAC on the ring The ring is not operational in this state e RingOpDup MAC under control is a duplicate of another MAC on the ring The ring is operational in this state e Directed RMT has instructed the MAC it is controlling to send beacon frames notifying the ring of a stuck condition Beacon frames indicate that the interface doesn t see the token and that this condition should be transient If this state persists contact your customer service representative e Trace RMT has initiated the trace function Number of times the ring has entered the Ring Operational state from the Ring Not Operational state This count is updated when there is a change in the state but does not have to be exact 2 282 117380 A Rev A show fddi Sample Display show fddi mac FDDI Modules MAC Parameters Slot Conn Circuit Upstream Downstream TNeg Ring Mgmt Ring Op Neighbor Neighbor ms State Count 0 entries in table port Displays FDDI port attributes The table includes the following information Slot Conn Local Port Neighbor Port Type Slot identifier associated with the port Connector identi
132. is available Sample Display show sws ondemand_dialing schedules Switched Services Demand Schedule Information Circuit Pool Day s Start Time End Time Demand 1 Demand 3 Demand 4 Demand 5 Demand 6 Demand 7 Total of 6 1 Not Configured 1 Monday 1100 Saturday 800 1 Not Configured 3 Weekday 0 Tuesday 0 3 Not Configured 3 Not Configured Demand Circuits 1200 900 2359 2359 117380 A Rev A 2 621 Using Technician Interface Scripts outbound filters ip data_link For the ip and data_link options the display includes the following information Name Displays the name of the filter State Lists the state of the filter Counter Lists the number of packets filtered ip Displays information about the IP outbound filters Sample Display show sws outbound_filters ip Switched Services IP Outbound Filters Information Name State Counter Boston ENABLED 0 1 IP Filters configured 2 622 117380 A Rev A show sws data_link Displays information about the data link outbound filters Sample Display show sws outbound_filters data_link Switched Services Data Link Outbound Filters Information Name State Counter Chicago ENABLED 0 Sydney ENABLED 0 2 Data Link Filters configured version Displays the current version number and modification date of the sws bat script Sample Display show sws version
133. llindex DLCI gt Limits the display to the specified PVC lt line llindex gt specifies the interface lt dlci gt specifies the individual PVC The table includes the following information Line LLIndex Line or instance identifier for the interface Circuit Name of the main circuit this interface is associated with Enable Status of congestion control Disabled Enabled or Inherit Inherit indicates that the VC should use the parameters from the DLCMI record State Status of traffic options are e forwarding sending traffic at up to the maximum rate allowed on the PVC e congested the PVC is not transmitting e throttling the PVC is throttling back to the CIR rate Method Identifies the congestion method e Shutdown the VC terminates when congestion occurs e Throttle the VC queues traffic when congestion occurs traffic resumes when the congestion alleviates e Throttle then shutdown first queues traffic when congestion occurs and then terminates the VC if throttling does not alleviate congestion e Inherit the VC uses the parameter from the DLCMI record Timer Length of time in seconds during which the router counts congestion notifications Counter Maximum number of congestion notifications that the router can receive during the Timer period before it stops transmitting RX FECN Number of outbound forward explicit congestion notifications RX BECN Number of outbound backward explicit congestion notifica
134. losses detected Auto Removes Number of times lobe wrap tests failed during beacon autoremoval Removes Recvd Number of Remove Ring Station MAC frames received Each frame causes this station to leave the ring Single Statns Number of interrupts caused by a change to ring status while the adapter is the only station on the ring Cable Faults Number of interrupts caused by opens or shorts cable faults between the adapter and the MAU Ring Recvrys Number of Claim Token MAC frames ring recoveries observed on the ring 2 666 117380 A Rev A show token Sample Display show token stats ring TOKEN RING Ring Statistics Beacon Signal Auto Removes Single Cable Ring Slot Conn Circuit Events Losses Removes Recvd Statns Faults Recvrys 4 1 041 0 0 0 0 3 0 1 4 2 042 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 entries in table Sample Display show token stats ring circuit 041 TOKEN RING Ring Statistics Beacon Signal Auto Removes Single Cable Ring Slot Conn Circuit Events Losses Removes Recvd Statns Faults Recvrys 4 1 041 0 0 0 0 3 0 1 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table system errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about general interface errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Adapter Checks Num
135. middleware driver software DCMMW Operational Status Current state of the application enabled or disabled Number of DCMs Number of installed DCM boards in the router 117380 A Rev A 2 189 Using Technician Interface Scripts show decnet The show decnet lt option gt commands display configuration state and statistical information about DECnet Phase IV services For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of DECnet refer to Configuring DECnet Services The show decnet command supports the following subcommand options adjacency enabled alerts node routes find lt area node gt area routes find lt area gt static adjacency base stats hello update error circuits lt circuit name gt traffic filters lt circuit name gt designated router version disabled 2 190 117380 A Rev A show decnet adjacency Displays attributes of the adjacency table An adjacency is a directly connected circuit neighbor pair toward which the router forwards packets The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the adjacency is on Adjacency Address Destination address a valid DECnet address State State of the adjacency UP or INIT initializing Adjacency Type Adjacency type as follows e AREA Adjacency is a level 2 router e ROUTING IV Adjacency is a level 1 router e NONROUTING IV Adjacency is an end node Class Adjacency s c
136. multilined The circuit name This is the same as the line or instance identifier except for multiline circuits 117380 A Rev A 2 301 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show fr service or Sample Display show fr circuits Line LLIndex Cct Circuit Status Num VCs Default Multiline Name 1010000002 0 2 FR Dema Active 1 Yes No 1010000002 0 2 nd 2 1010000002 0 3 1010000 Active 1 No No 1010000002 0 3 002 0 3 2 entries found shaping lt ine gt lt ine lindex gt lt line llindex DLCI gt Displays information about the shaping configuration on frame relay interfaces You can use the following options with the shaping command lt line gt Limits the display to the specified line lt line llindex gt Limits the display to the specified interface lt line llindex DLCI gt Limits the display to the specified PVC lt line llindex gt specifies the interface lt dlci gt specifies the individual PVC The table includes the following information Line LLIndex Line or instance identifier for the service record DLCI Name of the virtual circuit this interface is associated with CIR Committed information rate Committed Burst The number of bits that the router can transmit over a specified time interval Bo Excess Burst The number of extra bits the router attempts to send when there is no congestion Be Config State Whether the circuit is configured to use traffic shaping
137. on the CCITT HDLC High level Data Link Control protocol Standard provides LLC1 connectionless datagram service e Unknown Protocol is unidentified Forced Dial Status of the Forced Dial parameter Enabled or Disabled When Enabled the router immediately activates the backup circuit Forced TakeDown Status of the Forced TakeDown parameter Enabled or Disabled When Enabled the router immediately terminates the backup circuit Sample Display show sws backup_dialing circuits Switched Services Dial Backup Circuit Information Primary Backup Backup Forced Forced Circuit Pool Mode Protocol Dial TakeDown S21 1 Master Wflt Disabled Disabled Total of 1 Dial Backup Circuits 2 606 117380 A Rev A show sws backup _dialing pools lt poo ID gt lt circuit name gt Displays detailed line information for each line in each pool You can display information about all pools a specific pool and or a specific circuit on the specified pool The display includes the following information Circuit Information Primary Circuit Primary DownTime Outgoing Phone Number Extension Phone Type Identifies the primary circuit Number of seconds the router waits before bringing up the line This delay prevents the line from going up and down if this is a reactivated primary line and there are problems on the line Telephone number of the remote router Extension line for a main telephone number Indicates whet
138. on the router Sample Display enable appn base APPN base record enabled 3 2 117380 A Rev A enable disable appn directory lt LU name gt Enables or disables a specific Logical Unit directory Sample Display enable appn directory Enter Fully qualified resource name USWFLTO1 VENUS2 Directory entry for USWFLTO1 VENUS2 enabled dic lt DLC name gt Enables or disables a specific Data Link Control entry Sample Display enable appn dic Enter DLC Name DLC00001 DLC DLC00001 enabled log Enables or disables APPN problem determination logs Is lt LS name gt Enables or disables a specific Link Station Sample Display enable appn Is Enter Locally known Link Station Name DURHAM2 Link Station DURHAM2 enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 3 Using Technician Interface Scripts port lt port name gt Enables or disables a specific APPN port Sample Display enable appn port Enter Port Name PORT0002 Port PORT0002 enabled tunnel lt circuit gt Enables or disables a specific APPN tunnel Sample Display enable appn tunnel Enter the Circuit number of this Tunnel 99 Tunnel for Circuit 99 enabled vrn lt VRN name gt Enables or disables a specific Virtual Routing Node Sample Display enable appn vrn Enter Fully qualified VRN Name USWFLTO1 VENUS VRN USWFLTO1 VENUS enabled 3 4 117380 A Rev A enable disable at enable disable at Use the ena
139. or Up 117380 A Rev A 2 561 Using Technician Interface Scripts Polling State of heartbeat polling on the interface Enabled or Disabled Polling verifies the integrity of the Bay Networks router DSU connection by regularly transmitting Keep Alive messages from the Bay Networks router to the DSU and acknowledging their receipt by DSU Net Mgt State of LMI network management on the interface Enabled or Disabled LMI is an SNMP like protocol that enables the Bay Networks router and the DSU to exchange management information Addr Ver State of address verification function Enabled or Disabled Address verification enables the router to verify incoming individual and group addresses and drop improperly addressed frames that is those not intended for the router Version Value indicating the version s of the SNMP Interface Protocol SIP that this interface supports The value is a sum initialized at zero For each version V that this interface supports 2 raised to V 1 is added to the sum For example a port supporting versions and 2 would have a value of 24 1 1 2 2 1 3 The SipL3VersionSupport parameter is effectively a bit mask with Version 1 equal to the least significant bit LSB Sample Display show smds circuit SMDS Circuit Table Circuit State Polling Net Mgt Addr Ver Version S112 Up Enabled Disabled Disabled T disabled Displays all SMDS interfaces that a user has manually d
140. or more OOF defects or a detected incoming AIS This count is only for C bit Parity DS3 applications The CES value does not increment when counting UASs The number of C bit severely errored seconds CSESs in the current interval A CSES is a second with 44 or more CCVs one or more OOF defects or a detected incoming AIS This count applies only to C bit Parity DS3 applications The CSES value does not increment when counting UASs 117380 A Rev A 2 245 Using Technician Interface Scripts UASs CCVs DS3 Plep Stats Circuit Name Interval SEFSs UASs Status The number of unavailable seconds UASs in the current interval The number of C bit coding violations CCVs in the current interval For C bit Parity DS3 applications this is the count of coding violations reported via the C bits For C bit Parity it is a count of CP bit parity errors occurring in the accumulation interval Name of the circuit associated with this line The current interval The number of severely errored framing seconds SEFSs in the current interval An SEFS is a second with one or more OOF errors or an AIS defect The number of unavailable seconds UASs in the current interval Indicates the line status of the interface The possible status variables are e NoAlarm no alarm present e RRAI receiving yellow remote alarm indication e TRAI transmitting yellow remote alarm indication e RAIS receiving Alarm Indications Sig
141. our 117380 A Rev A 2 37 Using Technician Interface Scripts topology tg definition lt owner name gt Displays transmission group information for all transmission group owners or for a specific transmission group owner TG Owner TG Destination TG Num Eff Cap Conn Cost Byte Cost Security Delay User 1 User 2 User 3 Fully qualified name for the originating node for this transmission group The format is lt network_ID gt lt CP_name gt Fully qualified network name for the destination node for this transmission group Number associated with this transmission group Range is 0 to 255 Indicates the effective capacity of this transmission group It is derived from the link bandwidth and maximum load factor with the range of 0 through 255 This is an administratively assigned value for this transmission group Cost per connection time This value represents the relative cost per unit of time to use the transmission group Range is from 0 which means no cost to 255 which indicates maximum cost This is an administratively assigned value associated with this transmission group Relative cost of transmitting a byte over this link Range is from 0 lowest cost to 255 This is an administratively assigned value associated with this transmission group Security is represented as an integer with a range of to 255 This is an administratively assigned value associated with this transmission group The
142. out of 2 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 99 Using Technician Interface Scripts transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the total number of full errors transmitted and the total number of Segmentation and Reassembly SAR errors for the specified circuit or for all circuits For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line transmit errors ATM Module Transmit Errors Xmt Q Full SAR Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors 4 1 A41 0 0 5 1 A51 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show atm line transmit errors circuit A51 ATM Module Transmit Errors Xmt Q Full SAR Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors 5 1 A51 0 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 100 117380 A Rev A show atm line transmit stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the total number of frames octets and cells transmitted by the specified circuit or by all circuits For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line transmit stats ATM Module Transmit Statistics Slot Conn Circuit Frames Octets Cells ok 4 1 A41 42405432 2190795656 45641568 j 1 5 1 A51 86273694 1793648210 37367672 2 entries in table Sample Display show atm line transmit stats circuit A51 ATM Module Transmit Statistics g g Out Q Slot Conn Circuit Frames Octets Cells Length g 5 4 A51 g 86273694 1793648210 g
143. owns this resource This is always an even 32 bit number unless an error has occurred RAR Route Addition Resistance indicates the relative desirability of using this node for intermediate session traffic The value which can be any integer from 0 to 255 is used in route computation The lower the value the more desirable the node is for intermediate routing Congested Indicates whether this node is congested This is set or reset by a node based upon one or both of the following congestion measures cycle utilization of the hardware and total buffer utilization When this congestion exists this node is not included in route selection by other nodes 117380 A Rev A 2 33 Using Technician Interface Scripts Depleted Quiescing GW CDS Indicates whether Intermediate Session Routing resources are depleted This node is not included in intermediate route selection by other nodes when resources are depleted Indicates whether the node is quiescing This node is not included in route Indicates whether the node provide gateway functions selection by other nodes when the node is quiescing Indicates whether the node provides Central Directory Support Sample Display show appn topology node APPN Topology Nodes ode Type FRSN RSN RAR Congested Depleted Quiescing GW CDS USWFI 3547 2 128 o o fe No o USWFI 3547 4
144. phy transmit and receive errors transmit and receive statistics show atm line lt option gt S AppleTalk Update based Routing Protocol service connection statistics zone filters show aurp lt option gt Automatic line speed negotiation on 100Base T Ethernet interfaces alerts circuits enabled disabled show autoneg lt option gt Border Gateway Protocol service errors peers routes timers statistics weights show bgp lt option gt Binary Synchronous service errors sample periods circuit statistics show bisync lt option gt Bootstrap Protocol service clients relay agents statistics show bootp lt option gt Binary Synchronous Communication BSC over TCP service circuit port peer and control unit connection statistics show bot lt option gt U S S OS SFOS continued 117380 A Rev A 1 9 Using Technician Interface Scripts Table 1 1 Displaying Service Information continued To Display Information about This Service Use This Command Command Type runs from a batch or embedded file batch embedded Bridge service circuits forwarding tables statistics show bridge lt option gt vA Circuits for all drivers configuration hardware filters show circuits lt option gt vA receive transmit and system errors statistics Console configuration sta
145. range of 1 through 255 1 nonsecure 32 public switched 64 underground 128 conduit 160 encrypted 192 guarded radiation 255 maximum Maximum security with security represented as an integer with a range of 1 through 255 1 nonsecure 32 public switched 64 underground 128 conduit 160 encrypted 192 guarded radiation 255 maximum Minimum amount of time that it takes for a signal to travel the length of the logical link with a range of from 0 to 255 76 negligible 113 terrestrial 145 packet 153 long 255 maximum Maximum amount of time that it takes for a signal to travel the length of the logical link with a range of from 0 to 255 76 negligible 113 terrestrial 145 packet 153 long 255 maximum First minimum user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255 First maximum user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255 Second minimum user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255 Second maximum user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255 Third minimum user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255 Third maximum user defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission gro
146. receiver Secondary Adjacent Link Station used by this session Session Identifier High value used by this session 117380 A Rev A 2 19 Using Technician Interface Scripts SIDL ODAI Session Identifier Low value used by this session OAF DAF Assignor Indicator value used by this session Sample Display show appn isr address APPN ISR Session Addressing Info FQ CP Name PCID Priority COS Hop LS SIDH SIDL ODAT USWFLTO1 TESTEN eebbbebc4774cd92 Network SNASVCMG Pri 1I000002 2 2 1 1 Entry isr parameters Sec 1000003 2 1 1 Displays parameter information about the Intermediate Session Routing ISR function ISR State Maximum RU Size Receive Pacing Window Maximum ISR Sessions Congestion Upper Threshold Congestion Lower Threshold ISR RSCV Storage Indicates whether ISR is enabled The default is enabled Maximum Request Unit size for intermediate sessions Maximum number of messages that the network node can receive in one pacing window during an ISR session Maximum number of ISR sessions that the local network node will process concurrently Maximum number of ISR sessions that can take place before new sessions are directed away from the network node Number of active ISR sessions that the local network node must drop to before it is no longer considered congested Indicates whether Route Selection Control Vectors are stored during ISR sessions see isr route co
147. saps Translation Bridge XB SAPS 0x00 0x04 0x08 0x0C OxFO OxFC 6 entries found sr circuit lt circuit name gt Displays all Source Routing interfaces that are participating in the Translation Bridge You can also display only a specified circuit Mode is Enabled or Disabled and State is Down or Up Use this display to identify the Source Route interfaces that are present and part of the Translation Bridge 2 710 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show xb sr circuit 031 Source Routing Circuits Circuit Mode State O31 Enabled Up 1 entries found sr stats circuit lt circuit name gt show xb Displays statistical information about traffic flowing through the Translation Bridge Each count represents one packet For frames traveling from a Source Route network to a Transparent Bridge network the counts Source Routing In Frames Transparent Bridge In Frames and Translation Bridge in Frames should all increment For frames traveling from the Transparent Bridge network to the Source Route network the count Source Routing Out Frames should increment The Translation Bridge Frames Not Converted count will increment for packets that the Translation Bridge cannot convert Use this display to determine whether a Translation Bridge Source Route interface is converting Sample Display show xb sr stats circuit 031 Source Routing Circuits Translation Source Source Transparent Translation Routi
148. slot connected to the instance Filename to use to retrieve the capture buffer Operation in effect Start or Stop State of the operation Started or Stopped Line number of the physical interface connected to the instance Size of the capture buffer in 1024 byte increments Number of bytes saved from a packet in 32 byte increments Direction of capture Receive Transmit or both Number of packets captured 117380 A Rev A 2 471 Using Technician Interface Scripts RxTrigger TxTrigger RxFltr1 Type RxFitr1 Offset RxFitr1Ref RxFitr1 Size RxFitr1 Match TxFltr1 Type TxFitr1 Offset TxFltr1 Ref TxFltr1 Size TxFltr1 Match RxFltr2Type RxFltr2Offset Trigger type for receive when the capture buffer is full or a match on a trigger filter occurs Buffer full Match filter1 Match filter2 Not Used Trigger type for transmit when the capture buffer is full or a match on a trigger filter occurs Buffer full Match filter1 Match filter2 or Not Used Filter type as follows e Capture Limits the types of packets saved e Trigger Stops a capture when a match occurs e Not Used Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet the first byte to be checked for a match Reference point in the packet for the offset as follows e MAC First byte of the packet e Data Link Value that varies with the medium e Multicast Filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a byte is 1 Numb
149. state show state all circuit lt circuit name gt The show state command provides an overview of the router The information displayed depends on your specific configuration This script executes the lower level scripts for the protocols and circuits to gather the information for its report This script provides a good way to find out what is running on your router what is configured and what is not The show state command supports the following subcommand options show state all circuit lt circuit name gt version all Displays information on all protocols on all circuits circuit lt circuit_name gt Limits the information to a specified circuit This sample shows part of the output that the show state all command can generate In this sample the router is configured with IPX interfaces on various circuits 2 602 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show state all show state IPX Base Record Configuration Information Protocol St ate IPX Up Primary NN Router Name 0x10000002 Route Method Carmour ult Host Mode Maximum Path Tick Based Log Fil Enabled ter Setting PreConfigured Net Tabl 10 Siz Filter Trace IPX Circuit Configuration Information ALL Circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address Encaps Method E22 Up 1 0x11000002 0x0000A201142F Ethernet 031 Up 2 0x11000003 0x000045CO0AED SNAP S21
150. statistics ppp 2 501 Isdb ospf 2 465 MAC address DLS 2 211 dis 2 211 fddi 2 279 Management Information Base 1 2 maps IPEX x25 2 698 QLLC x25 2 700 MCT1 See DS1E1 memory hardware 2 308 show system command 2 641 menu adding commands 1 20 clearing 1 20 command 1 3 control feature 1 19 controlling 1 19 creating 1 19 deleting commands 1 20 editing commands 1 21 editing contents 1 19 editing title 1 21 interface to scripts 1 16 loading new 1 21 saving changes 1 24 title editing 1 21 MIB 1 2 modem_config sync 2 631 modem_state sync 2 632 monitor command 1 3 mospf subcommands 2 437 to 2 441 Index 8 name binding protocol NBP statistics 2 54 native mode LAN NML 2 445 to 2 448 enabling disabling 3 36 neighbors egp 2 272 ospf 2 466 vines 2 675 NetBIOS 2 442 to 2 444 dis 2 212 nbip 3 35 nets at 2 52 network control protocols PPP 2 483 to 2 510 NLPID ATM protocol 2 83 NML enabling disabling 3 36 subcommands 2 445 to 2 448 node routes decnet 2 197 Non Broadcast Multi Access network 2 464 O ondemand_dialing circuits sws 2 615 2 617 2 622 ondemand_dialing pools sws 2 617 Open Shortest Path First OSPF 2 461 to 2 468 enabling disabling 3 38 Open Systems Interconnection OSI 2 453 to 2 460 enabling disabling 3 37 subcommands 2 453 to 2 460 OSI NCP PPP 2 504 OSPF areas 2 461 117380 A Rev A neighbors broadcast 2 467 point to point
151. statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit Sample Display show circuits system errors CSMACD Module System Errors lemory Collision Internal Loss of Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Buffer Carrier 3 1 E31 0 1 0 0 3 2 E32 0 1 0 77458 3 3 E33 0 T 0 0 3 4 E34 0 1 0 0 4 entries in table HSSI Module System Errors Rx Ring Tx Ring Internal Host Port Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Op Errors Errors Errors 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table TOKEN RING System Errors Adapter DMA Bus DMA Parity Command Host Iface Slot Conn Circuit Checks Errors Errors Timeouts Errors 2 1 O21 0 0 0 0 0 1 entry in table 2 162 117380 A Rev A transmit errors lt circuit name gt show circuits Displays the transmit error statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit Sample Display show circuits transmit errors CSMACD Module Transmit Errors Late Excessive Frames Underflow Slot Conn Circuit Collision Collision Too Long Errors 3 1 E31 0 0 0 0 3 2 E32 0 0 0 0 3 3 E33 0 0 0 0 3 4 E34 0 0 0 0 4 entries in table HSSI Module Transmit Errors Slot Conn Circuit Aborts Underruns 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table TOKEN RING Transmit Errors Lost Slot Conn Circuit Frame Errs 2 1 021 0 1 entry in table 117380 A Rev A 2 163 Using Technician Interface Scripts version Displays the current v
152. system 2 428 117380 A Rev A show Inm Sample Display show Inm base LNM Servers Base Information Protocol State LNM Servers Up cannotlink circuit lt circuit name gt Displays problem information for the LNM Servers base record all LNM Servers circuits or a specific circuit You can use the information to diagnose why IBM LAN Network Manager cannot link with the Bay Networks LNM Servers You can use the following options with the cannotlink command The base record table includes the following information Protocol State Internal LAN ID Bridge ID Routing protocol for the base record this is LNM LLC and SR State of the protocol which is one of the following e Disabled User has manually disabled the protocol e Down Protocol is not functioning on the system e Init Protocol is initializing on the system e Not Present Protocol has been configured but not started e Up Protocol is functioning on the system For the IBM LAN Network Manager to be able to link to LNM Servers the Internal LAN ID must be equal to the Source Route Internal LAN ID For the IBM LAN Network Manager to be able to link to LNM Servers the Bridge ID must be equal to the Source Route Bridge ID The circuit table includes the following information Circuit Protocol Name of the circuit the protocol runs on Routing protocol on that specific circuit Examine the state of these protocols They
153. that identifies the Control Direct VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC If the value is 0 0 no Control Direct VCC exists Control Distrib The VPI VCI pair that identifies the Control Distributed VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC If the value is 0 0 no Control Distributed VCC exists Multi Send The VPI VCI pair that identifies the Multicast Send VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC If the value is 0 0 no Multicast Send VCC exists Multi Forward The VPI VCI pair that identifies the Multicast Forward VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC If the value is 0 0 no Multicast Forward VCC exists Data Direct The VPI VCI pair that identifies the Data Direct VCCs if they exist at the point where they connect to this LEC If the value is 0 0 no Data Direct VCCs exist 117380 A Rev A 2 415 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show lane data_vcs 3 15 LAN show lane Emulation data_vcs control VCS and data VCS Config Control Control Multi Multi Data Line Cct Direct Direct Distrib Send Forward Direct 1405101 3 0 514 0 515 0 516 0 517 0 518 0 610 0 623 Config Control Control Multi Multi Data Direct Distrib Send Forward Direct Line Cct Direct 1405101 4 0 521 learp lt circuit_name gt 0 522 0 523 0 524 0 525 0 644 Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client MAC to ATM address resolut
154. the Manager account logs in to the router If the script name does not contain a volume specifier the system searches the volumes listed in Initial Search Path Name of the script to run when the User account logs in to the router If the script name does not contain a volume specifier the system searches the volumes listed in Initial Search Path 2 168 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show console configuration Console Serial Port Configuration Information Port Number Port State Port Name Slot Number Baud rate Data bits Parity Stop Bits Modem Control Screen Size More Port prompt Max Login Retries Login Time Out Password Time Out Command Time Out User Abort Logout Initial Search Path Manager s AutoScript User s AutoScript T Up CONSOLE 2 9600 8 None 1 Disabled 24 Enabled Tsslot3 1 s 3 1 minutes 1 minutes 15 minutes Enabled EY Ss 233 03 eae 5 automgr bat autouser bat 1 serial port configured disabled show console Displays the port number port name and state for all disabled serial ports Also displays the number of disabled serial ports and the total number of serial ports configured Sample Display show console disabled Console Serial Port Disabled Information Port Port P rt Number Name State 2 MODEM1 Disabled 4 PRINTER Disabled 2 serial ports disabled 4 serial ports configu
155. the destination network Output Requests Number of packets that the router has sent out of this port Out No Routes Number of packets missing a destination Hop Count Errors Number of datagrams dropped because this router was not their final destination and their hop count would exceed 15 Sample Display show at stats ddp AppleTalk DDP Statistics In In Local Forwarded Output Out No Hop Count Circuit Datagrams Datagrams Datagrams Requests Routes Errors E22 0 0 0 0 0 0 E23 80956 4535 61174 3166 72 0 E24 29188 3819 27215 2971 7 1 S31 15240 3887 14453 3554 2 0 S32 27354 3368 26566 3033 0 0 34 19391 3559 18508 3143 0 0 117380 A Rev A 2 55 Using Technician Interface Scripts total routes nets zones aarp Displays totals for all dynamic protocol specific information or for the specified parameter routes Displays total number of routes nets Displays total number of networks zones Displays total number of zones aarp Displays total number of AARP entries Sample Display show at total AppleTalk Totals Routes 26 Zones 28 Unique Zone Names 18 AARP Entries 5 version Displays the current version and modification date of the at bat script Sample Display show at version AT bat Version Date mm dd yy zones zip find lt pattern gt Displays information from the router s Zone Information Protocol ZIP table The table receives its entries from manually configur
156. the factory default initialization string is enabled or disabled When enabled only the default string is sent to the modem at restart When disabled the router sends a user specified initialization string after the default string AT command string currently sent to the modem after the factory default string Commands in this string take precedence over commands in the factory default string AT command string sent to the modem at every restart AT amp M2 amp Q2 amp D0 amp S1 amp ROSO O0MIL2T Modem country code Sample Display show sync modem_config Configuration of V34 modem in Slot 1 Connector 1 HW Revision 3 Software Revision V1 440 V34_DS Factory Defaults disabled Initialization String AT amp M1 amp Q1 amp D0 amp S1 amp ROS0 2 Factory Default String AT amp M2 amp Q2 amp D0 amp S1 amp ROSO 0M1L2T Country Code North America 117380 A Rev A 2 631 Using Technician Interface Scripts modem_ state Displays status information about a V 34 Modem adapter module installed in a BayStack ARN router The display includes the following information Init Slot Base module slot that contains the V 34 modem module For the BayStack routers the value is always 1 Conn COM connector that contains the V 34 modem module 1 or 2 Init State Current state of modem initialization States are e Startup 1 e SCCInit 2 e GetInfo 3 e SetDefaults 4 e Initialization 5 e PhoneNumber 6 e Loopback 7 e InitC
157. the network administrator has placed in the advertisement 2 462 117380 A Rev A base show ospf Sample Display show ospf ase OSPF AS External Routes Link Originating Forwarding State ID Router Age Metric Address Type Tag 0 0 0 0 192 32 174 65 621 4104 0 0 0 0 2 e 0000000 0 0 0 0 192 32 174 66 697 4104 0 0 0 0 2 0000000 7 0 0 0 192 32 174 65 622 4104 0 0 0 0 2 e 0000000 15 04070 192 32 174 65 617 4104 0 0 0 0 2 0000000 21 0 0 0 192 32 174 65 618 4104 0 0 0 0 2 0000000 52 0 0 0 192 32 174 65 618 4104 0 0 0 0 2 0000000 53 0 0 0 192 32 174 65 619 4104 0 0 0 0 2 0000000 Displays global information for the OSPF router The base record controls OSPF for the entire system The table includes the following information Router Id Router identifier which is unique among all OSPF routers Area Border Router Whether or not the router is an area border router Yes or No AS Boundary Router Whether or not the router is an Autonomous System boundary router Yes or No Sample Display show ospf base OSPF Base Information Router Area Border AS Boundary Id Router Router 192 32 174 65 No Yes 117380 A Rev A 2 463 Using Technician Interface Scripts interface Displays a table of OSPF interfaces The table includes the following information IP Address Internet address of the OSPF interface Area Id Identifier of the area where the interface belongs Type Type of interface link as follows
158. the number of frames dropped or discarded at the circuit level This includes both the main level circuit and the circuits associated with hybrid and direct PVCs Sample Display show fr stats circuit Circuit Discards Drops 132 0 0 1 entry s found 117380 A Rev A 2 305 Using Technician Interface Scripts show ftp The show ftp command displays configuration and statistical information about the Bay Networks File Transfer Protocol FTP service For more information on the Bay Networks implementation of FTP see Configuring IP Utilities Sample Display show ftp Ftp enabled Default Volume Idle Timeout ax Sessions ax Login Retries Transfer Type Control Type Data Type TCP Window Size Logins Logins Failed Files Received Avg In Rate Kb s In Errors Files Sent Avg Out Rate Kb s Out Errors 2 900 minutes 3 3 Binary Low Delay Hi Thru Put 60000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 The fields displayed have the following meanings Default Volume Idle Timeout Max Sessions Max Login Retries Transfer Type File system volume to which transferred files are written and from which they are retrieved The volume number corresponds to the slot number on which the volume resides Timeout in seconds to close the FTP control connection if the connection remains idle The default is 900 seconds 15 minutes Maximum number of FTP sessions allowed at one time The d
159. this route is unreachable Sample Display show xns routes XNS Routing Table Destination Next Hop Host Method Age Metric 0x00000001 0x0000A2010203 Local 0x00000002 0x0000A2010203 Local 0x00000003 0x0000A2010203 Local 0x00000005 0x0000A2030303 Local 0x00000006 0x0000A2020202 Local 5 Routes in table oo mone ho PwWRRPR 117380 A Rev A 2 721 Using Technician Interface Scripts static routes Displays all configured XNS static routes The table includes the following information XNS Address Destination network address of this route The value 0 0 0 0 indicates a default route Nexthop Interface Configured network address of the local interface through which the router reaches the next hop Nexthop ID Host identifier of the next hop Metric Primary routing metric for this route depends on the routing method displayed under Method A value of 1 means that this metric is not used State State of the next hop interface which is Enabled or Disabled Sample Display show xns static XNS Static Routes XNS Address Nexthop Interface Nexthop ID Metric State 0x00000005 0x00000003 0x0000A2030303 2 Enabled 0x00000006 0x00000002 0x0000A2020202 0 Enabled 2 Static Routes configured stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays general forwarding statistics for all XNS circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this in
160. to the next hop Cost of the route to the destination area 2 192 117380 A Rev A show decnet Hops Number of hops to the destination area Next Node Next address for getting to the area Type Adjacency s class DYNAMIC or STATIC Sample Display show decnet area routes DECnet Area Level II Routing Information Area Circuit State Cost Hops Next Nod Typ T2rgs Reachable 0 0 0 0 DYNAMIC 13 S41 Reachable 10 113 12 DYNAMIC 2 Level II Route s in table Sample Display show decnet area routes J ECnet Node Level I Routing Information Area Node ID Circuit Address Cost Hops Next Nod Typ 12 12S 12 12 0 0 0 0 DYNAMIC 1 Level I Route s in table base Displays state information in the DECnet base record The base record controls DECnet for the router State is Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up 117380 A Rev A 2 193 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show decnet base DECnet Base Record Information Protocol State circuits lt circuit name gt Displays the attributes of all DECnet circuits or a specified DECnet circuit configured on the router The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit State State of the circuit as follows e Up Interface is operating e Disable User has manually disabled the interface e Down Interface is malfunctioning e INIT
161. translation enabled on the corresponding Transparent Bridge circuit The Transparent Bridge Circuits table shows only the circuits that have Translation disabled 2 708 117380 A Rev A show xb Sample Display show xb enabled Source Routing Circuits Circuit Mode State O31 Enabled Up 1 entries found Transparent Bridge Circuits CLECULt Mode State E22 Enabled Up 1 entries found rifs Displays the Source Routing Routing Information Fields RIFs that the Translation Bridge has learned Each MAC address is associated with only one RIF The table includes the following information MAC Address This address is in Ethernet format RIF The first two bytes of the RIF are the routing control field and the remainder is the route indicator which consists of ring bridge pairs The first three nibbles of the route indicator are the ring ID and the last nibble is the bridge ID Use this information to identify the stations that the router has heard from 117380 A Rev A 2 709 Using Technician Interface Scripts saps Sample Display show xb rifs Translation Bridge XB Learned RIFs MAC Address RIF 00 00 84 00 88 80 0x0810 OxFFEA 0x101A 0x0030 1 entries found Displays the SAPs that the Translation Bridge will convert The SAP value can range from 0x00 to OxFF Use this display to determine which packets get filtered and which get converted Sample Display show xb
162. transmit and system errors sample data statistics LAN Emulation ATM service clients servers config show lane lt option gt oY learp mac addresses statistics Link Access Procedure Balanced service lines show lapb lt option gt A statistics LAN Network Manager server agent information for all show Inm lt option gt vA servers or for servers on specific circuits MOSPF base interfaces neighbors forwarding show mospf lt option gt A database NetBIOS over IP service interfaces names show nbip lt option gt Y Native Mode LAN service circuits security lists bridge show nml lt option gt vA statistics Open Systems Interconnection service adjacency show osi lt option gt vA circuits routes Open Shortest Path First Protocol service area AS show ospf lt option gt Y external routes interfaces LSDB neighbors statistics continued 117380 A Rev A 1 11 Using Technician Interface Scripts Table 1 1 Displaying Service Information continued To Display Information about This Service Use This Command Command Type runs from a batch or embedded file batch embedded Packet Capture service captured packets configuration show packet lt option gt Y line numbers loaded slots status Ping MIB service configuration history source and show ping lt option gt A trace routes Point to Point Protocol service AppleT
163. version disabled 117380 A Rev A 2 141 Using Technician Interface Scripts alerts Displays all BTS circuits that are enabled but not up Use this command to identify interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information slot cct Number of the slot that contains the link or net module followed by the number of the connector Circuit Name Name of the circuit the port is on Enable Status of the protocol on the interface enabled or disabled State State of the protocol as follows e Down Protocol is not functioning e Init Protocol is initializing e Up Protocol is functioning fully Interface Type Type of interface as follows e Point to Point indicates one TCP connection e Multipoint indicates many TCP connections primary interface only Interface Attached To Type of BSC device this interface connects to as follows e Primary indicates a host e Secondary indicates a control unit or other BSC device Packet Count Number of BTS packets that this interface has received Sample Display show bot alerts BOT Alerts Circuit Interface Interface Packet slot cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count E2 S11 Enabled Down Multi Point Primary 796 Total entries 0 2 142 117380 A Rev A show bot base Displays the base record information for BTS The base record controls BTS for the entire system Sample Display show bot base BOT Base Record Information
164. virtual OSPF neighbor 117380 A Rev A 2 439 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show mospf neighbors OSPF Neighbors Neighbor IP Interface Router ID IP Address State Type 201 5 O02 ZOT 2e Wed 20d 0 822 Full Dynamic 1 Entries 1 dynamic neighbors 0 configured neighbors OSPF Virtual Neighbors Area Address State Router ID 0 virtual neighbors 2 440 117380 A Rev A forward Displays the following information from the MOSPF forwarding database show mospf Group Multicasting group Source The multicasting source Upstream Interface The IP address of the upstream interface Downstream Interface The IP address of the downstream interface Sample Display show mospf fwd MOSPF Forwarding Database Upstream Group Source Interface 224 128 128 10 201 1 1 0 201 11 1 downstream 201 0 2 1 3 224 128 128 10 201 2 1 0 2013052 21 downstream 201 1 1 1 1 224 128 128 11 2024 1 1 0 20s Teed downstream 201 0 2 1 3 224 128 128 11 20172710 201 0 2 1 downstream 201 1 1 1 1 224 128 128 12 20321310 207 4 7 1 downstream 201 0 2 1 3 224 128 128 12 D0 Ari Ziel sQ 201 042 downstream 201 1 1 1 1 117380 A Rev A 2 441 Using Technician Interface Scripts show nbip base The show nbip lt option gt commands display configuration and statistical information about NetBIOS over IP services For detaile
165. which helps establish the link Displays the CHAP name for the circuit Displays the CHAP secret for the circuit Displays the configured Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CHAP name and secret of the local router Sample Display show ppp chap local PPP Line Local CHAP Configuration Line LCP Local Local Circuit LLIndex State CHAP NAME CHAP Secret Special 202102 0 Initial None None S31 203101 0 Opened None None S32 203102 0 Opened None None Demand 5 10904101 0 Initial None None Demand 6 10905101 0 Initial None None Special 20904101 0 Initial None None 6 Entries found remote Displays the configured Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CHAP name and secret of the remote router 2 490 117380 A Rev A show ppp Sample Display show ppp chap remote PPP Line Remote CHAP Configuration Line LCP Remote Remote Circuit LLIndex State CHAP NAME Expected CHAP Secret Special 202102 0 Initial None None S31 203101 0 Opened None None S32 203102 0 Opened None None Demand 5 10904101 0 Initial None None Demand 6 10905101 0 Initial None None Special 20904101 0 Initial None None 6 Entries found circuits lt circuit_name gt Displays the state of the circuit The displays includes the following information Circuit Line Driver State Protocol State Shows the circuit name Indicates the line number Displays the state of the synchronous driver Displ
166. which provides a means for tracking the network availability and response time of IP networks For information about how to configure the Bay Networks Ping MIB service through Site Manager see Managing Routers and BNX Platforms The show ping command supports the following subcommand options config sourceroutes history version sourceroutes Displays configuration information about the Ping MIB service IP Address IP addresses that the router is configured to ping Size Number of bytes of data that the router is configured to send each time it pings an IP address Retry Number of successive times that the router is configured to repeat a ping of an IP address Timeout Length of time in seconds after which the router is configured to time out an unsuccessful ping of an IP address Status Status of the ping attempt for example initializing done busy or one of a number of error messages 2 478 117380 A Rev A show ping Sample Display show ping config IP Address Size Retry Timeout Status 192 32 243 83 16 10 5 DONE 192 32 243 82 16 20 5 DONE 192 32 6 95 16 5 5 DONE 192 32 92 2 16 10 5 DONE 192 32 243 81 16 1 5 INIT history Displays the following information about each attempt to ping an IP address Received Dropped Round Trip Time Minimum Round Trip Time Maximum Round Trip Time Average Round Trip Time Number of times the router received an acknowledgment from the
167. 0 0 0 00 0 Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 RADIUS statistics displayed for 3 servers version Displays the RADIUS version 2 526 117380 A Rev A show radius Sample Display show radius version RADIUS BAT Version 1 1 Date 02 12 97 117380 A Rev A 2 527 Using Technician Interface Scripts show rarp The show rarp lt option gt commands display information about Reverse Address Resolution Protocol RARP services For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of RARP refer to Configuring SNMP RMON BootP DHCP and RARP Services The show rarp command supports the following subcommand options base enabled circuits lt circuit name gt version disabled base Displays the base record for RARP services The base record controls RARP for the entire system The table includes the name of the protocol its state Enabled or Disabled and the number of failed requests These requests were dropped because the router could not locate the IP address in the MAC address to IP address mapping table Sample Display show rarp base RARP Base Information Failed RARP Protocol State Request RARP Enabled 6 2 528 117380 A Rev A show rarp circuits lt circuit name gt Displays information about all RARP circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the circuit name the RARP server s IP address on this circuit and the circuit s state Enabled or Disabled Sample Di
168. 0 0 O 0 2 10 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 2 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 14 0 0 O 0 0 O 0 2 15 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 2 16 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 2 I7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 18 0 0 0 0 0 O 0 18 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 235 Using Technician Interface Scripts tiport Displays T1 port information Sample Display show ds1e1 t1port Tl Port Status Loopback Accept BERT Line Line FDL FDL Slot Conn State MTU State Loopback Mode Type Coding Type Addr 2 1 Red Alarm 1600 No Loop Enabled Off ESF B8ZS ANSI BY 1 entry in table timeslots circuit lt circuit name gt Displays timeslot assignments for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier Log Line Logical line number for this line Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Timeslots Circuit s timeslot assignment An X under the timeslot indicates that the logical line is using the timeslot T1 lines have 24 slots and E1 lines have 31 The following examples are for T1 lines 2 236 117380 A Rev A show ds1e1 Sample Display show ds1e1 timeslots DS1E1 Timeslot Assignment Slot Con n Log Line Circuit gt Timeslots 1111111111222222222233 1234567890123456789012345678901 K BD DB A KR BBR DB BA KR BR BB DB A BR BB BBA BB WwW al 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6
169. 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 17 00 00 70 00 Cct Circuit Name IsRemote EntryType Status VPI VCI 4 ATMSR_1405101 4 TRUE LEARNED_CTRL ENABLE 0 39 MAC Address ATM Address FF FF FF FF FF FF 39 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 08 00 20 1A 42 C4 87 Total entries 3 117380 A Rev A 2 417 Using Technician Interface Scripts mac lt circuit_name gt Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client MAC address information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table displays the following information Cct Circuit number of the LEC Circuit Name Circuit name that Site Manager assigned MAC address The local MAC address on this ATM interface that the LEC uses ATM address registered for The ATM address configured for this service record and that this MAC address LEC uses Sample Display show lane mac ATM LAN Emulation Client MAC address table Cct Circuit Name 9 ATMSR_1405101 9 MAC address ATM address registered for MAC address 00 00 A2 0E 9F CA 39 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 08 00 00 71 00 Total entries 1 servers lt circuit_name gt Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client Server VCC information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table displays the following information 2 418 117380 A Rev A Cct Circuit Name Config Direct Line Config Direct VPI Config Direct VCI Control Direct Line Control Direct VPI Contr
170. 0 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368061 Local 0 1 0 2 Entries found Sample Display show ipx routes 0x2E025360 IPX Routing Table Information Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops 0x2E025360 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368061 Local 0 1 0 1 Entries found Sample Display show ipx routes find 5555 IPX Routing Table Information Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops 0x00005555 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 60 18 7 1 Entries found 2 372 117380 A Rev A show ipx Sample Display show ipx route net 0x2E0252 IPX Routing Table Information Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops 0x2E025290 6 0x2E025290 0x000045C00443 Local 0 1 0 1 Entries found Sample Display show ipx route host 0x000045C00443 IPX Routing Table Information Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops 0x2E025290 6 0x2E025290 0x000045C00443 Local 0 al 0 1 Entries found sap Displays the state of IPX Service Advertising Protocol SAP interfaces and includes the following information Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router SAP Interface Network address of the SAP interface State Condition of the interface which can be Down Init initializing NotPres not present or Up Mode Operating mode for this circuit as follows e Listen Supply Interface both listens for and supplies SAP updates e L
171. 00 bytes N2 N2 retry count which is the maximum number of retries after the T1 timer expires before determining that the line is down N2 ranges from 1 to 64 the default is 10 Tl T1 timer which specifies the maximum number of seconds to wait for an acknowledgment of a frame T1 timer ranges from 1 through 9999 seconds the default is 3 seconds T3 T3 timer which specifies the number of seconds to wait before considering the link disconnected A value of 1 means to consider the link disconnected when the frame has been exchanged T3 timer ranges from 1 through 9999 seconds the default is 60 seconds Sample Display show lapb line 201101 APB Line Information Table iine LLIndex Circuit Station Type Window Size N1 N2 T1 T3 201101 0 S11 DCE 7 135 10 3 60 Total entries 1 stats lt ine gt lt ine lindex gt Displays statistics for all LAPB lines or for a specified line lt line gt lt line llindex gt Limits the display to the specified line or line and line index 117380 A Rev A 2 425 Using Technician Interface Scripts The table includes the following information Line LLIndex Lne identifier and the lower layer index identifier Frames Sent Number of frames transmitted without error Octets Sent Number of octets transmitted without error Frames Received Number of frames received without error Octets Received Number of octets received without error ReXmits Number of frames
172. 0000000000000000000 0000a20d74a301 0 60 39000000000000000000000000 0020ea00072b00 6 6 6 9 593 2 Atmarp Interfaces The a ATM ARP resolution table displays only ATM address to VPI VCI resolution Sample Display show atmarp table a ATM address Vpi vci 39000000000000000000000000 0000a20d74a300 0 37 39000000000000000000000000 0000a20cd5c100 0 40 The I subcommand provides the following added information about the default r ATM ARP resolution table State The state of the interface Needed Resolving Resolved Aged Static Encaps The encapsulation type assigned to the IP interface Default LLC SNAP SNAP IP Null Unknown 117380 A Rev A 2 73 Using Technician Interface Scripts Lifetime Amount of time in seconds left for the validity of the resolution information for this entry Retries The number of attempts that were necessary to resolve this entry Sample Display show atmarp table r I IP Address State Encaps Lifetime Retries oo MEAE Resolved Default 1187 0 Ds Resolved Default 348 0 The 1 subcommand provides the following added information about the v ATM ARP resolution table Vcid An internal identifier for this VC Callref An internal identifire for this VC State The state of the VC e PVC I The VC isa PVC The T indicates that this VC has transmitted an Inverse ATMARP Request and has not yet received a response e PVC The VC is a PVC e SVC I The VC is an open SVC The
173. 01 830 68 HDB3 E3_other NoAlarm Line stats Circuit Name Interval LESs SEFSs UASs LCVs A41 current 0 0 0 0 A41 1 67 0 0 0 0 A41 68 3 3 0 13 A41 totals 3 3 0 13 Pbit status Circuit Name Interval PESs PSESs UASs PCVs A41 current 0 0 0 0 A41 1 67 0 0 0 0 A41 68 3 3 0 15 A41 totals 3 3 0 15 Chit stats Circuit Name Interval CESS CSESs UASs CCVs A41 current 0 0 0 0 A41 1 67 0 0 0 0 A41 68 3 3 0 0 A41 totals 3 3 0 0 FarEnd Cbit stats Circuit Name Interval CESS CSESs UASs CCVs A41 current 0 0 0 0 A41 1 67 0 0 0 0 A41 68 4 0 0 T5 A41 totals 4 0 0 15 DS3 Plcp stats show dsx3 117380 A Rev A 2 253 Using Technician Interface Scripts Circuit Name Interval SEFSs UASs Status A41 total 0 0 LOF Sec into of Line Circuit Name Index Interval Intervals Coding Line Type Status A61 1405101 848 68 HDB3 E3_other NoAlarm continued 2 254 117380 A Rev A Line stats Circuit Name Interval LESs SEFSs UASs LCVs A61 current 0 0 0 0 A61 1 67 0 0 0 0 A61 68 4 3 0 131088 A61 totals 4 3 0 131088 Pbit status Circuit Name Interval PESs PSESs UASs PCVs A61 current 0 0 0 0 A61 1 67 0 0 0 0 A61 68 4 3 0 6850 A61 totals 4 3 0 6850 Chit stats Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs A61 current 0 0 0 0 A61 1 67 0 0 0 0 A61 68 3 3 0 0 A61 totals 3 3 0 0 FarEnd Cbit stats Circuit Name Interval CESS CSESs UASs CCVs A61 current 0 0 0
174. 01 Up 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 3 4500 Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 93 Using Technician Interface Scripts phy circuit lt circuit name gt Displays physical circuit information about all ATM link module circuits or a specified circuit Speed Estimate of the interface s current bandwidth in megabits per second 155 520 000 Mb s 140 000 000 Mb s 100 000 000 Mb s 44 736 000 Mb s 34 368 000 Mb s Type Interface type OC 3 MM multimode OC 3 SM single mode DS 3 or E 3 Framing Mode Transceiver mode SDH SONET CBIT M23 G751 or G832 For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line phy ATM Module Physical Interface Phy Speed Framing Slot Conn Circuit State Mops Type Mode 3 1 A31 Up 155520000 OC 3 MM SONET 1 entry in table Sample Display show atm line phy circuit A51 ATM Module Physical Interface Phy Speed Framing Slot Conn Circuit State Mbps Type Mode 5 1 A51 Up 155520000 OC 3 SONET Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 94 117380 A Rev A phy errors circuit lt circuit name gt show atm line Displays loss of signal loss of pointer loss of frame and out of cell delineation information for the specified circuit or for all circuits For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line phy errors ATM Module Physical Interface Err
175. 0100 60100 1 205 1 10 1 Good lt AURP gt Internal Mac Apple 60130 60130 1 205 1 10 1 Good lt AURP gt External 60401 I 2OS eL OL Good lt AURP gt Building 3 Floor 2 Sec 60403 2 205 1 10 1 Good lt AURP gt LT Crisp 7 total entries stats aarp ddp rtmp Zipquery zipgni zipes nbp echo lt circuit name gt Displays general forwarding statistics for specified AppleTalk ports You can limit the display to a specific circuit aarp Displays AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol AARP statistical information ddp Displays Datagram Delivery Protocol DDP statistical information rimp Displays Routing Table Maintenance Protocol RTMP statistical information zipquery Displays Zone Information Protocol ZIP statistical information specific to ZIP Query packets zipgni Displays statistical information specific to ZIP GetNetInfo request packets zipes Displays ZIP statistical information specific to Client activity nbp Displays Name Binding Protocol NBP statistical information echo Displays ECHO protocol statistical information lt circuit_name gt Limits the display to the specified circuit 2 54 117380 A Rev A show at The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the AppleTalk protocol is on In Datagrams Number of packets the port has received In Local Datagrams Number of datagrams destined for this port Forwarded Datagrams Number of packets forwarded to
176. 03101 0 Opened None None S32 203102 0 Stopped None None 2 Entries found remote Displays the configured Password Authentication Protocol PAP identifier and password of the remote router The display includes the following information Circuit Line LLIndex LCP State Remote PAP ID Remote PAP Password Name of the circuit the protocol runs on Line number associated with the circuit State of the Line Control Protocol either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command PAP identifier assigned to the peer router During the authentication phase this interface must include this PAP ID in all password Authenticate Request messages it sends to the peer router PAP password assigned to the peer router During the authentication phase this interface must include this password in all password Authenticate Request messages it sends to the peer router 117380 A Rev A 2 505 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ppp pap remote PPP Line Remote PAP Configuration Line LCP Remote Remote Circuit LLIndex State PAP ID PAP Password S31 203101 0 Opened None None S32 203102 0 Stopped None None 2 Entries found state lt circuit name gt For all circuits or for a specified circuit displays the state of LCP and of all the NCPs per circuit There are two types of displays one the Sync driver and the other for the HSSI driver State is either Disabl
177. 0A20186E8 3 0x0000DD00 Local 0x0000000000000000 Ox4000AABBAA11 3 0x0000DD00 RIP 0x0000000000000000 OxFFFFFFFFFFFF 3 0x0000DD00 Local 0x0000000000000000 6 Hosts total ping lt service name gt The ping command sends a packet to the specified server service name and waits for a response When you execute the ping command the router searches for the server in the server database When it locates the server it retrieves the network and host ID address and then sends an IPX diagnostic packet to the specified server 117380 A Rev A 2 365 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ipx ping ADMIN_SERVER IPX Ping command by name Searching for ADMIN_SERVER in server database Server ADMIN_SERVER found sending ping pinging ADMIN_SERVER at 0x0000AAA1 0x000000000001 IPX ping Ox0000AAA1 0x000000000001 is alive Note To conform with the Novell specification a Bay Networks router running IPX responds to pings from NetWare servers but does not initiate pings to those servers rip Displays the state of IPX Routing Information Protocol RIP interfaces and includes the following information Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router RIP Interface Network address of the RIP interface State Condition of the interface which can be Down Init initializing NotPres not present or Up Mode Operating mode for this circuit as follows
178. 1 2 9927 881 1 Tokyo Japan 81 3 5402 0180 81 3 5402 0173 XX 117380 A Rev A Chapter 1 Introducing Technician Interface Scripts This chapter provides an overview of the Technician Interface scripts and explains how to run them It also describes how to e Load scripts e Set up scripts e Use script commands e Use the menu utility This manual assumes that you have a working knowledge of the Bay Networks Technician Interface For complete information about this router management tool refer to Using Technician Interface Software For information on how to write your own Technician Interface scripts refer to Writing Technician Interface Scripts 117380 A Rev A Using Technician Interface Scripts What Are Technician Interface Scripts The Technician Interface show monitor and enable disable scripts are programs that enable you to view and use information stored in the Bay Networks Management Information Base MIB You use scripts to display statistical and configuration information about various router services and to enable or disable those services Script Types Most Technician Interface scripts run from a lt protocol_name gt bat batch file The system loads a specific bat file into active memory when you enter a scripts command such as show appn directory statistics The system software supports one bat file for each router protocol or service Each bat file contains the routines
179. 1 Entries 192 32 28 1 192 32 28 65 Up Active Active 117380 A Rev A 2 275 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats Displays statistical information for EGP The table includes the following information EGP In Good Number of error free incoming messages EGP In Error Number of incoming messages with errors EGP Out Good Number of error free messages transmitted EGP Out Error Number of messages transmitted with errors Total EGP Messages Total number of messages sent and received sum of first four columns Sample Display show egp stats EGP Statistics EGP In EGP In EGP Out EGP Out Total EGP Good Error Good Error Messages 24 T 24 0 49 version Displays the version number and modification date of the egp bat script Sample Display show egp version EGP bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 276 117380 A Rev A show fddi show fddi The show fddi lt option gt commands display information about Fiber Distributed Data Interface FDDI line services For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of FDDI refer to Configuring Ethernet FDDI and Token Ring Services The show fddi command supports the following subcommand options alerts receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt disabled smt circuit lt circuit name gt e
180. 1101 0 enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 33 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable Inm Use the enable Inm lt option gt commands to enable LNM Servers services on a Bay Networks router and the disable Inm lt option gt commands to disable LNM Servers services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of LNM Servers refer to Configuring LNM Services The enable disable Inm commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit name gt base Enables or disables LNM Servers on the router Sample Display enable Inm base LNM Servers bas nabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable Inm circuit 041 LNM Servers circuit 041 enabled 3 34 117380 A Rev A enable disable nbip enable disable nbip Use the enable nbip lt option gt commands to enable NetBIOS services on a Bay Networks router and the disable nbip lt option gt commands to disable NetBIOS services on a router For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of NetBIOS refer to Configuring IP Services The enable disable nbip commands support the following subcommand options base interface lt IP interface address gt base Enables or disables NetBIOS on the router Sample Display enable nbip base NBIP base record enabled interface lt P interface address gt Enables or disab
181. 117380 A Rev A 2 701 Using Technician Interface Scripts services lt s ot connector circuit name gt Displays the X 25 services available on all lines or a specific line The table includes the following information Type Type of service used to connect to the remote address specified in this service record PDN DDN IPEX QLLC or PtoP Line Line slot and connector numbers that make up parts of the line s identification State State of the line which is Disabled Down Init initializing Not Present configured but not yet started or Up Circuit Circuit number part of the line s identification Facilities Status of this service s support for facilities such as flow control ON or OFF WCP Data compression ON or OFF Remote X 121 Address Remote X 121 address for this service Remote IP Address Remote internet IP address for a PDN or DDN Index Lower layer index from the layer immediately below X 25 on the protocol stack If the lower layer is a driver the index is 0 Sample Display show x25 services Remote X 121 Remote IP Type Line State Circuit Fac WCP Address Address Index PTOP 4 2 Up 4 OFF OFF 111111 0 0 0 0 1 1 Service Entries stats lt s ot connector gt Displays the packet level statistics for all lines or for a specified line slot and connector The table includes the following information 2 702 117380 A Rev A show x25 Line Slot and connector numbers for the lin
182. 2 467 subcommands 2 461 to 2 468 OUI ATM protocol 2 83 P packet capture enabling disabling 3 39 subcommands 2 469 to 2 477 password authentication protocol PPP 2 504 passwords Inm 2 436 PATH environmental variable 1 6 pattern searching 2 1 peers bgp 2 118 dls 2 213 permanent virtual circuits atm 2 80 PID ATM protocol 2 83 ping ipx 2 365 MIB 2 478 to 2 482 point to point network OSPF neighbors 2 467 Point to Point Protocol PPP 2 483 to 2 510 enabling disabling 3 40 port fddi 2 280 PROM information hardware 2 309 protocols show system command 2 642 protopri subcommands 2 516 to 2 519 publications ordering xix pvcs atm 2 80 Q QLLC maps x25 2 700 117380 A Rev A R RARP 2 528 to 2 530 enabling disabling 3 41 subcommands 2 528 to 2 530 receive errors all driver circuits 2 160 csmacd 2 179 dslel 2 228 fddi 2 282 hssi 2 315 sync 2 131 2 633 token 2 662 relay agents BootP 2 138 remote router name PPP 2 497 repeater 2 533 to 2 541 enabling disabling 3 42 rfilters ip 2 332 rifs xb 2 709 rip alerts ip 2 334 at 2 52 disabled ip 2 335 enabled ipx 2 368 ip 2 333 2 335 ipx 2 366 xns 2 720 rip6 subcommands 2 531 to 2 532 RMON services enabling disabling 3 15 status 2 185 route filters ipx 2 369 routes at 2 52 Index 9 bgp 2 120 ip 2 335 ipx 2 370 osi level 1 2 457 level 2 2 457 static IP 2 338 IPX 2 382
183. 200 1 2 3 find lt search_pattern gt Displays only routes that match the specified search pattern For example the command show bgp routes find 200 displays routes 200 1 5 0 200 1 6 0 and 200 1 190 0 The table includes the following information for each entry Destination network IP address and the length of the prefix of the destination network in the dot notation form x x x x n where x x x x is the Internet address and n is the prefix length for example 200 4 0 0 16 Author of address IP address of the peer that provided the route Best Used indication BEST means that the route is the best BGP route to the destination USED means that the route is in the IP routing table Next hop IP address of the next hop route This is the forwarding address for the route Origin of route Ultimate origin of the route as follows INC Origin is undetermined IGP Network is interior to the originating Autonomous System AS EGP Network is learned from EGP MED indicator If available the value in hexadecimal of the Multi Exit Discriminator MED for BGP 4 or the Inter AS Metric for BGP 3 associated with the path 2 120 117380 A Rev A Aggregator Atomic Local preference AS Path show bgp If it exists the aggregator attribute displayed in the form Aggregator n x x x x where n is the AS number and x x x x is the Internet address Whether the aggregate is atomic if it is the word Atomic appears Local pre
184. 214 117380 A Rev A show dls stats Displays the source and destination service access point SSAP and DSAP fields Sample Display show dls stats DLSw statistics Destination MAC Remote IP DSAP Tx IFrames Tx RNRs Circuit Status Source MAC local IP SSAP Rx IFrames Rx RNRs 12 Established 40 00 00 03 17 22 154 154 154 15 0x040 0 40 00 00 00 00 D1 78 78 78 78 0x04 0 0 version Displays the current version of the dls bat script Sample Display show dls version DLS bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 215 Using Technician Interface Scripts show ds1e1 The show ds1e1 lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about the MCT1 and MCE1 drivers For detailed information about DS1E1 parameters refer to the section on configuring MCT1 and MCE circuits in Configuring WAN Line Services The show ds1e1 command supports the following subcommand options alerts sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt stats circuit lt circuit name gt clock system errors circuit lt circuit name gt disabled tlframer current total interval lt interval number gt elframer current total interval lt interval tlport number gt elport timeslots circuit lt circuit name gt enabled transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt fdl ansil an
185. 21s Circuits 22s DECnet 23 Disabled Circuits 24 Enabled Circuits 25 IP 26 IPX Config Dies IPX Neg 28 IPX Name Local 29 IPX Name Remote 30 Disable MORE M Menu control on Line Conf Line Parameters LOR Conf LOR Stats OSI PAP Local PAP Remote CHAP Local CHAP Remote PPP bat version Vines XNS Multilink Circuits Multilink Information WCP Q Quit or Return Enter menu number or TI command M PPP subcommand menu with menu control ON enabled MANA OFWN EH vaP PPP Menu Alerts 16 AppleTalk Conf TEx AppleTalk Neg 18 Bad Packets T9 Bridge Conf 20 Bridge Neg DAs Circuits 22 3 DECnet 23 Disabled Circuits 24 Enabled Circuits 25 IP 26 IPX Config Zab IPX Neg 28 IPX Name Local 29 IPX Name Remote 30 Add a command H Clear all commands L Delete command M Edit command Change menu title Load new menu Menu control off Line Conf Line Parameters LOR Conf LOR Stats OSI PAP Local PAP Remote CHAP Local CHAP Remote PPP bat version Vines XNS Multilink Circuits Multilink Information WCP Q Quit S Save menu commands T Toggle cmd display Enter menu number or TI command t 117380 A Rev A 1 23 Using Technician Interface Scripts PPP subcommand menu toggled to display only show commands PPP Menu 1 show ppp alerts 16 show ppp line configuration 2 show ppp appletalk configured 17 show pp
186. 6591092 2157788948 FCS Errors 6719 63 296895150 1629798783 4271 111353 95157 1077284480 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 2908688941 1628797983 Alignment Errors 24 4294967289 22 294967289 294967289 294967289 294967289 294967289 160749557 294967285 294967289 2324114227 1100513600 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Long Frames 14 6 6 4 9 177 522055204 87 4 1096835530 4 201334951 14 Short Events 43 967295 967295 967295 967295 967295 967295 36 967295 4294967295 4294967295 2569404472 194 4294 4294 4294 4294 4294 4294 4294 Late Events 456 150 5862 1620234528 195 951 962400002 7187 35 570 4 101226678 2832631700 Very Long Events 62 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 2 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 4464905 Kop DB PB DB DB BBW 4294967295 4 967295 4 4294 4294967295 4294 4294 4294 4294 4294 4294 4294 4294 967295 4 967295 4 967295 4 967295 4 967295 4 967295 4 967295 4294967295 967295 4294967295 39 4 294967295 4294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 294967263 4294 967295 967295 0 967295 967295 967295 967295 42
187. 7 37367672 o 1 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 101 Using Technician Interface Scripts show aurp alerts The show aurp lt option gt commands display information about the AppleTalk Update based Routing Protocol AURP and services For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of AURP services refer to Configuring AppleTalk Services The show aurp command supports the following subcommand options alerts filters zone base stats traffic peer transport lt IP address gt connection lt IP address gt version disabled Displays all AURP connections that are enabled but not up State is always Down Use this display to identify the connections that are not working The table includes the following information Connection State Timeout Retry IP address of the AURP connection Current state of the connection which in this case is always Down Number of seconds to wait for an acknowledgment before retrying the connection Number of attempts at a connection before determining that the peer is no longer responding 2 102 117380 A Rev A base show aurp Update Rate Rate in seconds at which the router sends routing table updates out this connection This value is a multiple of ten The range is 10 to 604 800 seconds one week The default is 30 seconds LHF Timeout Last Heard From Timeout specifies the number of s
188. 7295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 2 4294967295 status ports 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 4464905 4294967295 Kop DB PB DB BBW 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 39 4294967295 4294967263 4294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 KB DBD DB Ww 4294967295 4294 4294 967295 967295 0 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 2182103142 2 4294967295 4294967295 27 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 137546127 1100513603 K DB DB DB DB BBA Data Rate Mismatch 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4160749563 4294967291 4294967295 13 4294967295 Displays the operational status of the repeater or of the individual ports that comprise the repeater Sample Display show rptr status 802 3 Repeater HUB Status Repeater Operating Status Repeater Health Text OK Total Partitioned Ports 2 Group Operating Status Last Group Status Change 0 Operational SNMP SysUpTime of C
189. 7380 A Rev A base Sample Display show srspan alerts Source Route Spanning Tree Circuit Alert Information Designated Root show srspan Designated Circuit State E51 E TEDA 531 Port Disabled S41 Port Disabled 3 Entries found 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32770 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32771 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32772 Displays source route Spanning Tree global parameters in the base record The table includes the following information State Root Bridge ID Time Since last top chg Number of Topology Changes Bridge ID Current state of the source route Spanning Tree Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up Bridge ID of the root of the source route Spanning Tree This is the lowest Bridge MAC address or if there is no Bridge MAC address the bridge with the lowest priority Time in hundredths of a second since the bridge detected the last change in topology Number of topology changes that this bridge has detected since it was last reset or initialized Identifier of the bridge the script is running on You can compare this ID to the Root Bridge ID above it 117380 A Rev A 2 593 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show srspan base Source Route Spanning Tree Base Record Information Time Since Number Of State Root Bridge ID last top chg Topology Changes Up _ 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 g 256500 7 o 1 Bridge ID 00 0A 00
190. 80 A Rev A show span Sample Display show span base Spanning Tree Base Record Information Time Since Number Of State Root Bridge ID last top chg Topology Changes Up 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 256500 1 Bridge ID 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 circuits lt circuit name gt Displays Spanning Tree circuit information for all circuits or for a specified circuit For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show span circuits Spanning Tree Circuit Information Designated Circuit State Designated Root Port S21 E ea EE 30769 E51 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32770 S31 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32771 S41 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32772 4 Total entries 117380 A Rev A 2 575 Using Technician Interface Scripts configuration Displays Spanning Tree global configuration parameters These parameters are all user configurable The table includes the following information Bridge ID Spanning Tree Bridge ID assigned to this bridge The Bridge ID is a combination of the Bridge Priority and the Bridge MAC address Bridge Max Age Maximum time in hundredths of a second that the protocol information BPDUs is valid After this time the protocol discards the information Bridge Hello Time Interval in hundredths of a second between BPDUs that the bridge transmits BPDUs are periodic transmissions exchanged between bridges in the network t
191. 9 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable dvmrp Use the enable dvmrp lt option gt commands to enable DVRMP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable dvmrp lt option gt commands to disable DVMRP services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of DVMRP refer to Configuring IP Services The enable disable dvmrp commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit name gt base Enables or disables DVMRP on the router Sample Display enable dvmrp base Dvmrp base record enabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable dvmrp circuit E21 DVMRP circuit E21 enabled 3 20 117380 A Rev A enable disable e1 enable disable e1 Use the enable e1 lt option gt commands to enable E1 services on a Bay Networks router and the disable e1 lt option gt commands to disable E1 services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of E1 refer to Configuring WAN Line Services The enable disable e1 commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit name gt connector lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables all circuits or a specific circuit Sample Display enable e1 circuit e1 21 El circuit El 21 enabled connector lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables a specific circuit
192. 9 Using Technician Interface Scripts qlic maps Displays the QLLC mappings for the router Each entry consists of two lines Cct Circuit of the QLLC connection State PID Protocol ID used in the first byte of the call user data of the X 25 call request packet Adjacent X 121 Address X 121 address of the device that connects to the interface running the QLLC X 25 software Partner X 121 Address X 121 address of the device that connects through the DLSw network Adjacent MAC Address MAC address assigned to the QLLC device Partner MAC Address MAC address assigned to the SNA device Adjacent SAP Address SAP address associated with a communication subsystem on an adjacent device Partner SAP Address SAP address associated with a communication subsystem on a partner device Gen XID Whether the Gen XID parameter is enabled or disabled Map Name Name of the QLLC mapping entry Sample Display QLLC Address Mappings QLLC Address Mappings State Option Circuit PID Trace Adjacent X121 Adjacent MAC aSAP Partner X121 Partner MAC pSAP GenXID Map Name xvc5 2 2 Active 0x0001 05102 0 OxCB OxOFF9 1 QLLC Mapping 3333344444 4000C1024264 0x04 1111122222 40000000DEAD 0x04 Disable terminal Entry 2 700 117380 A Rev A lines lt s lot connector gt show x25 Displays the packet level configuration for all lines or for a specific line slot and connector You can modify performance by turning Stats on or off
193. 9 to 2 353 ipx 2 355 to 2 388 irredund 2 389 isdn 2 392 to 2 403 isdn bri 2 404 to 2 411 lapb 2 422 to 2 426 list of 1 9 Inm 2 427 to 2 436 nbip 2 442 to 2 444 nml 2 445 to 2 448 osi 2 453 to 2 460 ospf 2 461 to 2 468 packet 2 469 to 2 477 ping 2 478 to 2 482 ppp 2 483 to 2 510 protopri 2 516 to 2 519 rarp 2 528 to 2 530 rip6 2 531 rptr 2 533 to 2 541 rredund 2 542 rsc 2 550 to 2 553 rsvp 2 554 to 2 555 sdlc 2 556 to 2 559 smds 2 560 to 2 564 snmp 2 565 to 2 572 span 2 573 to 2 579 sr 2 580 to 2 591 srspan 2 592 to 2 598 sta 2 599 to 2 601 state 2 602 to 2 604 sws 2 605 to 2 623 sync 2 624 to 2 638 system 2 639 to 2 643 tl 2 644 to 2 651 tcp 2 652 to 2 654 telnet 2 655 tftp 2 657 token 2 658 to 2 669 vines 2 670 to 2 680 117380 A Rev A wep 2 681 to 2 687 x25 2 694 to 2 704 xb 2 705 to 2 714 xns 2 715 to 2 725 Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP 2 565 to 2 572 slots dls 2 214 hardware 2 309 SMDS 2 560 to 2 564 subcommands 2 560 to 2 564 smt fddi 2 284 SNMP 2 565 to 2 572 enabling disabling 3 45 subcommands 2 565 to 2 572 source routing 2 580 to 2 591 alerts 2 705 enabling disabling 3 47 enabling disabling spanning tree 3 48 interfaces translation bridge 2 710 ip parameters 2 585 to 2 590 RIFs 2 709 subcommands 2 580 to 2 591 span subcommands 2 573 to 2 579 spanning tree bridge 2 573 to 2 579 enabling disabling 3 46 sr in
194. 94967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 2182103142 2 4294 4294 4294 4294 4294 4294967295 4294967295 27 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 294967295 137546127 1100513603 K DB DB PB DB DB BBA Data Rate Mismatch 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4160749563 4294967291 4294967295 13 4294967295 2 538 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show rptr stats totals 802 3 Repeater HUB Statistics Totals Repeater Total Frames 111728214 Repeater Total Octets 3247091908 Repeater Total Errors 3290410074 Repeater Transmit Collisions 805377464 Sample Display show rpir stats port 1 802 3 Repeater HUB Port Statistics show rptr Port Readabl Readabl Total Auto Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions ll 104 6719 24 14 456 Port FCS Alignment Long Short Late Very Long Data Rate Errors Errors Frames Events Events Events Mismatch T 62 4294967295 4294967295 4294967263 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 117380 A Rev A 2 539 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show rpir stats errors 802 3 Repeater HUB Error Statistics Port FCS Errors Alignment Errors Long Frames Short Events Late Events Very Long Events 62 MANA OF WN ER PRRPR WNRO 4294967295 429496
195. Address E21 Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00 00 A2 00 8F 71 S31 Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00 00 A2 02 BA 22 2 674 117380 A Rev A show vines enabled Displays VINES interfaces that have been configured as enabled and whose state is active For column definitions in the display see the alerts command Sample Display show vines enabled VINES Circuit Table End Remote Split Circuit State Arp Station Clt Priv Horizon MAC Address E31 Up Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00 00 A2 03 00 6E S21 Up Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00 00 A2 01 4B 4F E32 Not Pres Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled nil neighbors lt V INES network address gt lt VINES network address gt lt VINES server ID gt find lt VINES network address pattern gt lt VINES ID address pattern gt Displays VINES neighbor table information Neighbor entries result from RTP packets received from clients and servers directly adjacent to the router You can use the following options with the neighbors command lt VINES_network_address gt Limits the display to neighbors of a specific network lt VINES_network_address gt Limits the display to a specific neighbor lt VINES_server_ID gt find lt vines_network_address_pattern gt Limits the display to neighbors whose network address matches the given network pattern find lt network_ID_address_pattern gt Limits the display to neighbor
196. Circuit Area Node ID Mode Adjacent Addr Destination MAC E21 2 1 Enabled 2 1 nil stats hello update error Displays statistics tables for each circuit The information displayed is specific to the stats subcommand entered The stats command displays the following items for each circuit Packets Received Number of transit packets received Packets Sent Number of transit packets sent Packets Dropped Number of dropped packets Hello Router Received Number of hellos received Hello Router Sent Number of hellos sent Hello End Node Received Hello End Node Sent Number of end node hellos received Number of end node hellos sent 117380 A Rev A 2 199 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show decnet stats DECnet Statistics Hello Hello Hello Hello Packets Packets Packets Router Router End Node End Node Circuit Received Sent Dropped Received Sent Received Sent E21 0 0 0 431 429 0 0 E41 0 0 0 433 435 0 433 stats hello Displays the number of hellos sent and received on each circuit The table includes the following items for each circuit Sent Router Number of router hellos sent Received Router Number of router hellos received Send Endnode Number of end node hellos sent Received Endnode Number of end node hellos received Sample Display show decnet stats hello iw ECnet Hello Statistics Sent Received Sent Received Circuit Router Router Endnode En
197. D Count Priority In Use Demand 1301102 1 2 1 0 Backup 1301102 1 2 1 0 Total of 1 ISDN Demand pool s found Total of 1 ISDN Backup pool s found Total of 0 ISDN Bandwidth pool s found 117380 A Rev A 2 401 Using Technician Interface Scripts switch Displays the ISDN switch type the router communicates with and the state of the incoming filter The table displays the following information Slot Switch Type Incoming Filter Slot that has the ISDN interface Switch type as follows BRI Options e BRI NET3 Austria Belgium Denmark France Germany Italy Netherlands Norway Spain Sweden United Kingdom e BRI SWISSNET3 Switzerland e BRI 5ESS United States e BRI NII and BRI DMS100 United States Canada e BRI KDD and BRI NTT Japan e BRI TSO13 Australia PRI Options e PRI Net 5 Austria Belgium Denmark Finland France Germany Greece Iceland Ireland Italy Luxembourg Netherlands Norway Portugal Spain Sweden Switzerland United Kingdom e PRI 4KSS United States e PRI 5ESS United States e PRI DMS100 United States Canada e PRI KDD and PRI NTT Japan e PRI TSO14 Australia Security feature that can be set to On or Off On enables call screening Sample Display show isdn switch ISDN Switch Configuration Incoming Slot Switch Type Filter 1 BRI5SESS off Total of 1 Switch Entries found 2 402 117380 A Rev A show isdn version Displays the cu
198. D gt find lt VINES network address pattern gt lt VINES ID address pattern gt total routes routes lt VINES network address gt find lt VINES network address pattern gt traffic filters 2 670 117380 A Rev A show vines stats circuit lt circuit name gt version stats arp lt circuit name gt alerts Displays the VINES interfaces that are enabled but not currently up Use this command to identify interfaces that are not forwarding traffic The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on State State of the interface Down Init initializing Not Pres not yet started or Up Arp Status of VINES ARP support on this interface Enabled or Disabled Enabled means the router can provide address resolution services to client nodes on this interface End Station Status of source routing end station support on this interface Enabled or Disabled Remote Clt Priv Status of remote client privileges on this network segment Enabled or Disabled Enabled means that a client is more than one hop from a VINES server Split Horizon Status of the split horizon parameter Enabled or Disabled Enabled means that routes received through an interface will not be included in the routing update packets sent out on that interface MAC Address Media Access Control address of this interface The router uses this addr
199. Data Link Controls DLCs or for a specific DLC DLC Eight character name given to this DLC Circuit Name Name of the circuit used by this DLC State Current state of this DLC Inactive Pending Active Active or Pending Inactive CCT Circuit number DLC Type Type of DLC SDLC LLC SRB LLC TB or DLS Negotiated LS Support Indicates whether Link Station roles can be negotiated on this DLC 117380 A Rev A 2 13 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show appn dlc APPN DLCs DLC Circuit Name State DLC Negotiated Type LS Support LC00001 LC00002 LC00003 LC00004 LC00006 LC00008 LC00010 Gt ty ite 7 Entries S51 S52 S33 S54 E23 11c2 E24 11c2 031 11c2 diur lu lt LU name gt Displays the status of all the DLUR LUs or a specific DLUR LU LU PU DLUS NAU Address PLU Active Active Active Active Active Active Active Logical Unit name Physical Unit name with up to 8 characters SDLC Yes SDLC Yes SDLC Yes SDLC Yes iLC TB Yes iLC TB Yes i1LC SRB Yes Fully qualified Dependent LU Server name containing 3 to 17 characters Network Addressable Unit address Primary LU name 2 14 117380 A Rev A show appn Sample Display show appn dlur lu APPN DLUR LUs NAU LU PU DLUS Address PLU LO000C22 PU188004 USWFLTO1 S156CDRM 2 L0000C23 PU188004 USWFLT0O1 S156CDRM 3 2 Entries diur pu lt LU name gt
200. Displays the base record for EGP The table includes the following information Protocol Name of the protocol in this case EGP State State of the protocol on the router Enabled or Disabled Local AS Local Autonomous System the AS to which this router belongs NIC assigns this decimal number Sample Display show egp base EGP Base Information Protocol State Local AS EGP Enabled 1001 2 274 117380 A Rev A show egp neighbors Displays information about each of the neighbors configured for this router The table includes the following information Local Address Neighbor Address State Local Acquisition Mode Local Poll Mode Local IP interface address for this neighbor Neighbor s IP address State of the interface Absent not yet started Disabled manually Down Init initializing Up Whether or not the router initiates EGP connections Active or Passive Active means the router is the initiator Type of neighbor reachability algorithm this local neighbor executes as follows e Active Router sends Hello and Poll commands to request reachability status from its neighbor e Passive Router responds to Hello and Poll commands with I H U and Update messages e Both Router sends and responds to Hello and Poll commands Sample Display show egp neighbors EGP Configured Neighbors Neighbor Local Local Local Address Address State Acquisition Mode Poll Mode
201. E PA E E 2 652 Show TINET ordari a a A a A 2 655 E A E E A E E EAA tree Ree A E N VE er rere T 2 657 SPON OE eei E 2 658 SNOW UNES sraa aa Eaa 2 670 SNOW WOD cacccccuidscnnnsiade ree ee meen eis meee Sic 2 681 SNOWN WOD crnina a vated shlapdandeedntieiies 2 688 eh A tarde eacecree eatuceted alate ca dametdcecd renee eta ten sad 2 694 SHOW KD ciceacsnccicecssnsads E E E T EE ET oiii nnani PEET uonten 2 705 SNOW E eis E A eres eran deneisey eaae ener 2 715 Chapter 3 Using enable disable Commands Ups Lelfevie iets orc 016 ieoa a ia ee ernee enter re 3 2 nabe di aE ina doen intel aniawntiaieenatmgninaloente 3 5 enable disable atm EE E rr rere rrere edie taeda oideceesaucs E E 3 6 CVAD AIS ANS AUTOX sie vsaxscsatvr sven eiiaauntr ees mee Rass TeRen eeeienaaeN aS 3 8 eela ea Aea UM sissies cue Haseena ra Siena dds E cah aa ae dials E T E NE 3 9 ely ts Lejlesger ts cays Lae 27 eee ee reer eee er tent Re ee aa 3 10 MUP de cae DOO saci acs padaneeg peasant ca asset aed hadi see aces 3 11 enable disable bridge neeese PEE E rai PREIE EEE T 3 12 Snaha disable ree asiani e EA EAEE 3 13 TONE CPS AIS CSIC soe dasseccendadion tanisin annn RE AAE EANNAN NA 3 14 enable disable dem beeen PEAT aoveiaks E TE rere dae aceite 3 15 enabledisable WORTH pis ec circle te scedad etusauiiehns al eanasiearsan ee Reed 3 17 enable disable ONG incinin anaia aaa aaa aaa aa AE aa ia 3 18 NSIS IED asaina a ae aea a 3 19 STIS DINING aAA LT
202. Enabled 1 entry in table 2 156 117380 A Rev A show circuits configuration lt circuit name gt Displays the circuits used on the router The table includes the circuit type circuit number interface type and the protocols configured to run on each circuit in the display You can also display this information for a specific circuit Sample Display show circuits configuration Circuit Configuration List Name E21 Number 1 Type Normal IF Type CSMACD Protocols 1 IP 3 TEP 5 TELNET Client 2 IP RIP 4 ELNET 6 ARP Name E22 Number 2 Type Normal IF Type CSMACD Protocols 1 IPX 2 IPX RIP SAP Name 031 Number 3 ype Normal IF Type Token Ring Protocols 1 IP 3 IPX 5 ARP 2 IP RIP IPX RIP SAP ns 117380 A Rev A 2 157 Using Technician Interface Scripts disabled Displays all circuits that a user has manually disabled Sample Display show circuits disabled CSMACD Modules Disabled BOFL HW Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Found 0 matches out of 4 entries in table HSSI Modules Disabled BOFL WAN Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table TOKEN RING Modules Disabled Ring Early Token Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release Found 0 matches out of 1 entry in table 2 158 117380 A Rev A enabled D
203. Errors 3 1 031 1 5 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 662 117380 A Rev A show token sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt Displays data sampled from Token Ring over a period of 10 seconds You can change the number of seconds over which you want to sample the data and you can display sampled data for a specific circuit only The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector s instance identifier ranges from 1 to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Rx Frames Number of frames received Tx Frames Number of frames transmitted Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers Sample Display show token sample 5 TOKEN RING Sampled Data over 5 seconds Rx TX Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 4 1 041 0 0 0 0 4 2 042 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 663 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays Token Ring input output statistical information for all Token Ring circuits or for a specific circuit The table contains the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2
204. For routers other than the ASN indicates the Link Module s physical slot on the router backplane ranges vary from 14 according to router model For an ASN indicates the Net Module s configured slot ID ranges from 4 Conn Specifies this line s connector on the Ethernet module For a Link Module in a router other than the ASN the range is 4 For an ASN the value is a two digit decimal number 11 to 44 The first digit is the Net Module number and the second digit is the connector number Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line State State of the line driver Disabled Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up Auto Negotiation State Disabled Configuring Complete Remote Signaling True or False Capability in Use 100Base X 100Base TX or 100Base FX 100Base X FD Full Duplex 100Base T FD Cong with congestion control 2 174 117380 A Rev A show csmacd Sample Display show csmacd autoneg Auto Negotiation Information Auto Negotiation Remote Capability Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling In Use 2 1 E21 Up NOT SUPPORTED 5 1 E51 Up Complete RUE 100Base X FD 5 2 E52 Up Complete RUE 100Base X FD 3 entries in table base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays base level information about CSMACD You can also display base information for a specific circuit For definitions of the columns in the table refer to the aler
205. I Closed DECnet Closed APPLETALK Closed BRIDGE Closed S32 IP Initial XNS Initial APPLETALK Initial 117380 A Rev A 2 493 Using Technician Interface Scripts enabled Displays the state of all NCPs enabled on each circuit States are listed under the alerts command Sample Display show ppp enabled PPP Entities Enabled Circuit Protocol State S31 LCP IP XNS IPX VINES S32 LCP OSI DECnet IPX BRIDGE VINES Opened Opened Opened Opened Opened Stopped Starting Starting Starting Starting Starting ip Displays state configured and negotiated parameters for Internet NCP The display includes the following information Local Cfg IP Address Configured IP address of the interface Local Neg IP Address Local IP address after negotiation Remote Cfg IP Address IP address desired for the peer router Remote Neg IP Address Remote IP address after negotiation 2 494 117380 A Rev A show ppp Sample Display show ppp ip PPP IP NCP Information Local Local Remote Remote Circuit State Cfg IP Addr Neg IP Addr Cfg IP Addr Neg IP Addr S31 Opened Welle 32 Disabled 0 0 0 0 athe Le dicd ool Teds Decl 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Or als O 2 Entries found ipx configured negotiated name local remote configured Displays all configurable parameters for NCP negotiations with a peer router The display includes the following information
206. I O Statistics Log Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Line Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 2 a 1 Boston 7150 275 190622 701 1257 Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table system errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier Log Line Logical line number for this line Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Unaligned Frames Number of frames containing a bit count not divisible by eight Internal Overflows Number of frames received with internal overflow errors Overflow Frames Numter of overflow errors received on this line in which the device s FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA cycle No buffer resources are available Losses of Sync Number of instances of sync losses detected on this line This error statistic is equivalent to the red alarm received statistic on T1 2 232 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show ds1e1 system errors show ds1e1 DS1E1 Logical Line System Errors Log Unaligned Internal Overflow Losses Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Overflows Frames of Sync 2 1 1 Boston 0 0 0 0 2 1 2 Chicago 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 Seattle 0 0 0 0 3 entries in table Sample Display show ds1e1 system errors circuit Boston DS1E1 Logical Line System
207. I VCI Frames Octets Frames Octets Drops 10 120 0 0 0 0 1 0 255 32000 0 0 0 0 ZO Leo 0 0 0 0 Total entries 3 117380 A Rev A 2 81 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats Imi Displays statistics for all active ATM DXI Local Management Interfaces LMIs The table includes following information Line LLIndex Identifier of the line and line level Circuit Name or number of the circuit the interface runs on State State of the LMI as follows e Down Line is disabled e Init Line is initializing e NotPres Line is not functioning e Up Line is functioning fully Proxy Req Number of proxy requests DSU Resp Number of digital service unit DSU responses DSU Traps Number of DSU traps Other Any other information frames that the DSU has received Sample Display show atmdxi stats Imi ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI LMI Statistics Line LLIndex Circuit State Proxy Req DSU Resp DSU Traps Other 1 0 ATM Up 0 0 0 0 Total entries 1 2 82 117380 A Rev A stats mpe show atmdxi Displays statistics for all active ATM DXI multiprotocol encapsulated interfaces The information is from the circuit level rather than the line level The table includes the number of invalid and unsupported multiprotocol encapsulated frames received Circuit Invalid NLPID Invalid PID Invalid OUI Misdelivered PDU Name or number of the circuit the interface runs on Number of packets dropped b
208. II111111111111I11I1 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 269 Using Technician Interface Scripts disabled Displays E1 circuits that a user has manually disabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show e1 disabled El Modules Disabled HDB3 Clock Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table enabled Displays E1 circuits that a user has manually enabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show e1 enabled El Modules Enabled HDB3 Clock Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration 2 1 E1 21 Disabled Internal 111111111IITIIIIII111111111111I111 2 2 E1 22 Disabled Slave 22222222TITIIIIII22222222T11III1 Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table 2 270 117380 A Rev A show e1 frame errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays E1 frame errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Frame Errors Signalling All 1 s Received Unframed All 1 s Received Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier 1 or 2 Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of frame errors on this line This counter indicates errors in the frame alignment signal Number of occurrences of receive signaling all 1 s T
209. L5 LLC SNAP 2358 2358 1405101 0 5 CTRL Up Oo AALS OTHER 4716 4716 1405101 0 16 CTRL Up O AALS OTHER 4716 4716 1405101 0 32 SVC Up O AALS NUL 353207 0 1405101 0 33 SVC Up O AALS NULL 353207 0 1405101 0 34 SVC Up O AALS OTHER 353207 0 1405101 0 35 SVC Up O AALS NULL 353207 0 1405101 0 36 SVC Up O AALS LANE8023 353207 0 1405101 0 38 SVC Up O AALS LANE8023 353207 0 1405101 0 200 PVC Up O AAL5 LLC SNAP 2358 0 1405101 0 201 PVC Up O AAL5 LLC SNAP 150000 0 1405101 0 202 PVC Up O AAL5 LLC SNAP 2358 0 1405101 0 203 PVC Up O AAL5 LLC SNAP 150000 0 1405101 0 205 PVC Up O AAL5 LLC SNAP 150000 0 Total entries 16 117380 A Rev A 2 63 Using Technician Interface Scripts services lt ine gt lt line circuit gt Displays all ATM service record instances or a subset of service record instances along with its AAL layer data encapsulation type state VC type and ATM address a combination of network prefix and user part lt line gt Displays all service record instances for a specified line lt line circuit gt Displays service record instance for a specified circuit on that line The table displays the following information Line Circuit Line number and circuit associated with this service record Encaps Encapsulation type of this VC LanEmulation LLC SNAP NLPID NULL State State of the ATM line Up Down Init initializing Reject or Absent Type Type of virtual circuit PVC or SVC ATM Ad
210. LIndex Line number associated with the circuit always 0 for now LCP State State of the Line Control Protocol either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Restart Time Number of seconds the Restart Timer waits before retransmitting data The maximum value is 1000 Echo Request Frequency Number of seconds between transmissions of Echo Request Packets Echo Reply Loss Number of unacknowledged Echo Reply packets counted before declaring the point to point link down Maximum Conf Req Maximum number of unacknowledged configuration requests to send without receiving a valid response from the peer router on the other end of the link Maximum Term Req Maximum number of terminate requests to send without receiving a valid response and before assuming the peer router on the other end of the link is unavailable Max Conf Fail Maximum number of Configure Nak packets to send before sending a Configure Ack and before assuming that the configuration does not converge 2 498 117380 A Rev A show ppp Sample Display show ppp line config PPP Line Configuration Line LCP Restart Echo Req Echo Rep Maximum Maximum Max Conf Circuit LLIndex State Timer Freq Loss Conf Req Term Req Fail S31 203101 0 Opened S32 203102 0 Stopped Special 203102 0 Starting Special 203103 0 Starting 1000 1000 1000 1000 10 10 10 10 WwW WwW Ww OOO G WWW WwW NN NY 4 Entries found N
211. Levels No IPSOS ROOMS Prohibit 31 192 32 174 65 0 0 0 0 0 E23 192 32 174 97 0 0 0 0 0 traffic filters Displays the configured IP traffic filters The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on IP Address Internet address of the interface Mode State of traffic filter use Enabled or Disabled Status Status of the traffic filter as follows e Active Traffic filter rule is in effect e Inactive Traffic filter rule is not in effect e Error Application has detected an error in the rule definition Rx Matches Number of packets received that match this rule Rule Number Rule identifier Fragment Number Fragment identifier for large rules Sample Display show ip traffic filters IP Traffic Filters Rx Rule Fragment Circuit IP Address Mode Status Matches Number Number one 0 0 0 0 Enabled Inactive 0 0 0 E21 0 0 0 0 Enabled Inactive 0 0 0 117380 A Rev A 2 351 Using Technician Interface Scripts show ip6 The show ip6 lt option gt command displays information about IP version 6 For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of IPv6 refer to Configuring IPv6 Services The show ip6 command supports the following subcommand options adjacent hosts interface lt interface_index gt stats icmp lt interface_index gt circuits stats traffic lt interface_index gt 2 352 117380 A Rev A base D
212. M If the state is Up the entry is blank Otherwise the state is Down Init initializing or Not Pres not present LNM LBS State of the LAN Bridge Server LBS If the state is Up the entry is blank Otherwise the state is Down Init initializing or Not Pres not present 117380 A Rev A 2 427 Using Technician Interface Scripts base LNM REM State of Ring Error Monitor REM If the state is Up the entry is blank Otherwise the state is Down Init initializing or Not Pres not present LNM RPS Sate of Ring Parameter Server RPS If the state is Up the entry is blank Otherwise the state is Down Init initializing or Not Pres not present LNM CRS State of Configuration Report Server CRS If the state is Up the entry is blank Otherwise the state is Down Init initializing or Not Pres not present Sample Display show Inm alerts LNM Servers Circuit Alerts Circuit LNM LNM LRM LNM LBS LNM REM LNM RPS LNM CRS 041 Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres 1 Entries found Displays the LNM Servers base record state The base record controls LNM Servers as a whole for the entire system State is one of the following Disabled User has manually disabled LNM Servers as an entity Down LNM Servers is not functioning Init LNM Servers is initializing on the system Not Present LNM Servers has been configured but not started Up LNM Servers is currently operating on the
213. MAC layer multicast address a complete SMDS E 164 address provided by the SMDS subscription agreement ARP Address Address resolution multicast address a complete SMDS E 164 address provided by the SMDS subscription agreement 2 560 117380 A Rev A show smds Sample Display show smds addresses SMDS Circuit Address Table Circuit Individual Address Group Address ARP Address S21 0xC16175551212FFEFF 0xE16175551313FFFF 0xE16165551313FFFF S22 0xC15084363835FFFF 0xE15085551414FFFF 0xE15085551515FFFF 23 0xC15086632222FFFF 0xE15085556677FFFF 0xE15085556677FFFF alerts Displays all SMDS interfaces that are enabled but not up The table identifies the circuit whether or not it s configured to be enabled and its current state State can be Down Init initializing or Not Pres enabled but not yet started To search for possible reasons for the problem examine the log file Sample Display show smds alerts SMDS Circuit ALERT Table Circuit ode State S21 Enabled Down circuits lt circuit_name gt Displays SMDS configuration information for all interfaces or for a specific interface Use this display to determine whether or not the interface has been properly configured for the SMDS network The table contains the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on State Operational state of the interface Down Init initializing Not Present not started
214. Maximum policy rules per type per protocol 32 circuits lt circuit name gt Displays IP circuit information including which circuits have IP configured on them the IP address for each and the state of IP on the circuit Up or Down IP address 0 0 0 0 indicates that an unnumbered interface is configured on the circuit You can also display this information for a specific circuit only Sample Display show ip circuits IP Circuits Circuit Circuit State IP Address E31 2 Up 0 0 0 0 E23 3 Up 128 1 1 1 E21 1 Up 19232 29 130 3 Total entries 117380 A Rev A 2 333 Using Technician Interface Scripts disabled Displays the circuit name circuit number and IP address of interfaces that a user has manually disabled IP address 0 0 0 0 indicates that an unnumbered IP interface is configured on the circuit Sample Display show ip disabled IP Circuits Circuit Circuit State IP Address E31 2 Disabled 0 0 0 0 E23 3 Disabled 128 1 1 1 2 Entries found enabled Displays the circuit name circuit number state and IP address of interfaces that a user has manually enabled IP address 0 0 0 0 indicates that the circuit is associated with an unnumbered unterface State is one of the following Init Interface is coming up and initializing Invalid Something about the interface s configuration is not correct Look at the configuration Not Pres IP software has not been installed on the slot that
215. Media The physical medium associated with each circuit Slot The number of the slot on which each circuit is configured Sample Display show ip6 circuits Circuit Name Media Slot al E21 Ethernet 2 2 E24 Ethernet 2 3 F31 FDDI 3 4 S41 SYNC 4 5 E51 Ethernet 5 6 E52 Ethernet 5 7 51 SYNC 5 8 52 SYNC 5 9 E22 Ethernet 2 10 E23 Ethernet 2 117380 A Rev A 2 357 show ipx show ipx The show ipx lt option gt commands display information about Novell Internet Packet Exchange IPX services on a Bay Networks router For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of IPX refer to Configuring IPX Services The show ipx command supports the following subcommand options adjacent hosts sap alerts alerts sap disabled base sap enabled base stats sap circuits lt circuit name gt server net level filters disabled service addresses dor services lt name search pattern gt type lt hex search pattern gt Net lt name search pattern gt enabled static netbios routes forward static routes hosts ping lt service name gt 117380 A Rev A 2 355 Using Technician Interface Scripts rip static services additional rip alerts stats routes type direct nlsp rip static lt IP stats datagrams address gt find lt search pattern gt net lt search pattern gt host lt search pattern gt
216. Mode Mode of the port Enabled or Disabled Path Cost Contribution of this port to the root path cost offered in all configuration BPDUs that the bridge transmits 802 9 Translation Status of the translation parameter Enabled or Disabled This field is not currently used Sample Display show srspan configuration circuits Source Route Spanning Tree Circuit Configuration Parameters Circuit Mode Path Cost 802 9 Translation 5 Disabled 1 Disabled 117380 A Rev A 2 595 Using Technician Interface Scripts circuits lt circuit name gt Displays source route Spanning Tree circuit information For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show srspan circuit Source Route Spanning Tree Circuit Information Designated Circuit State Designated Root Port S21 g Forwarding g Re T g 32769 E51 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32770 S31 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32771 S41 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32772 4 Total entries disabled Displays source route Spanning Tree circuits that are disabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show srspan disabled Source Route Spanning Tree Disabled Circuit Information Designated Circuit State Designated Root Port 5 Port Disabled 0 1 Entries found 2 596 117380 A Rev A enabled show srspan Displays source route Spanning Tree
217. Network Ckt Idx Types Method Eql Cost Paths Address of the network to which this entry is forwarding packets Circuit index associated with the network a unique number that identifies each IPX interface on a router Type of forwarding table entry Local Remote or Other Source through which IPX discovered the route Local NLSP RIP SAP Static or Other Number of equal cost paths to this network Sample Display show ipx forward IPX Forwarding Table Information Network Ckt Idx Type Method Eql Cost Paths 0x0000DD00 1 Local Local 1 0Ox0000FF00 1 Local Local 1 0x0000DD00 3 Local Local 1 3 Forwarding entries total Displays the entries in the IPX host table which includes the following information Host Addr Ckt Idx Network Address of the host Next hop circuit index for the host unique number for each IPX interface on a router Address of the network associated with the host 2 364 117380 A Rev A Method Wan Address show ipx Source through which IPX discovered the host Local NLSP RIP SAP Static or Other Host s WAN address if the host is associated with a WAN interface Sample Display show ipx hosts IPX Host Table Information Host Addr Ckt Idx Network Method Wan Address 0x0000A2084694 1 OxO000FFOO Local 0x0000000000000000 OxFFFFFFFFFFFF 1 Ox0000FF00 Local 0x0000000000000000 0x000000000001 3 0x0000DD00 RIP 0x0000000000000000 Ox000
218. Number of routes BGP has received used and total Number of different path attributes BGP has State of BGP 3 and BGP 4 Configured Not Configured Enabled or Disabled Whether BGP is running in Route Server mode as a server or client 117380 A Rev A 2 123 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show bgp summary BGP Up ID 192 32 174 98 AS 2 IBGP Hack Disabled 2 peers configured Using 244 Routes out of a total of 245 14 unique paths maintained BGP 3 Configured Enabled BGP 4 Configured Enabled Route Server Client timers Displays the timers associated with each peer router The table includes the following information Local Address Internet address of the local peer Remote Address Internet address of the remote peer Hold Number of seconds to wait for a Keep Alive or Update packet before terminating the connection Keep Alive Number of seconds between sending Keep Alive packets to maintain an open connection Time Amount of time in hours minutes seconds that the connection between the two peers has been up or down Last Update Time in hours minutes seconds since this peer received the last update 2 124 117380 A Rev A show bgp Sample Display show bgp timers BGP Peer Timers Local Remote Keep Time Last Address Address Hold Alive Up Down Update Cfg Act Cfg Act 210 10 10 1 210 10 10 2 90 90 30 30 67h 56m 30s Oh Om 20s 1 peer configured version Displ
219. Ox2F5F920C 30 9 HR_SERVER 0x0004 0x0000AAA1 50 9 RSMT_NW_1 0x0004 0x43582782 30 9 SYNOPTICS 0x0004 0x00000003 50 14 HR_SERVER2 0x0004 Ox000AAA12 50 10 BOCA_NW_SVR 0x0004 0x00087364 50 9 HR_VALBONNE 0x0004 0x00000123 50 9 W312_LOTUS 0x0004 0x00000986 50 3 ADMIN_SERVER 0x0004 Ox0000F2AB 50 8 ARLOW_SALES 0x0004 0x44628F02 30 10 CA_ST_LOUIS 0x0004 0x00000730 50 9 REGISTRATION 0x0004 OxOBADFOOD 50 8 ATLANTA_NW_SVR 0x0004 0x2E5965F3 50 9 HOUSTON_NW_SVR 0x0004 Ox0000F2B8 50 9 20 Entries found 117380 A Rev A 2 381 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ipx service net 00010 IPX Service Table Information Server Type Network Age Hops PAYROL 0x0004 0x00000100 30 10 PAYROL 0x0047 0x00000100 40 IL PAYROLL 0x0107 0x00000100 40 11 0800092C489983C2NPI2C4899 0x030C OxFC000108 50 9 08000945B1310380SYSTEM_ENGINEERS 0x030C OxFC000105 50 9 Synoptics 810M Agent 0x0433 OxFCO00108 60 9 QMS_1725_PRINT_SYSTEM_0800861004E0 0x045A OxFCO00105 60 9 APPLE_LW046fe3 0x0618 OxFCO00106 60 9 8 Entries found static netbios routes Displays all configured NetBIOS Static Routes Statically configured IPX records do not dynamically change within the configuration because information has been received through routing protocols The table includes the following information Name Name of the target server Target Net IPX address of this static route M
220. P BACP Information Cct Circuit State No PhoneNum Option Stats Record 2 Neptune_BAP Starting Disabled None 3 Bart_BAP Starting Disabled Available 4 Homer_MP Disabled Disabled None 5 Moe_BAP Disabled Disabled None 7 Homer_Sync Disabled Disabled None 8 Homer_T1 Opened Disabled Available bad packets Displays the number of bad packets received over each circuit and the first 16 bytes of the last bad packet If the number of bad packets is above zero then the PPP circuit is receiving misformed packets or packets meant for other protocols The hexadecimal display of the last bad packet will show the kind of packet being received The display includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit receiving the bad packets Number of Bad Packets Number of bad packets received at this point Last Bad Packet First 16 bytes of the last bad packet 117380 A Rev A 2 487 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ppp bad PPP Circuit Bad Packet Information of Bad Circuit Packets Last Bad Packet S31 0 None S32 0 None 2 Entries found bridge configured negotiated configured Displays the state of the Bridge NCP and the kind of bridged frames that are enabled The display includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on State State of the Bridge NCP either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Bridge E
221. P PPP 2 488 services 2 148 to 2 153 sr 2 581 subcommands 2 148 to 2 153 broadcast networks OSPF neighbors 2 467 buffers system 2 639 Cc cache statistics IP 2 340 cannotlink Inm 2 429 capabilities autoneg 2 114 cc_stats protopri 2 516 circuits at 2 46 2 389 2 544 bridge 2 150 decnet 2 194 dls 2 207 dsx3 2 241 enabling disabling 3 13 fr 2 298 igmp 2 322 ip 2 330 ipx 2 360 Inm 2 431 nml 2 445 osi 2 455 rarp 2 529 sdlc 2 557 smds 2 561 span 2 575 sr 2 582 srspan 2 596 subcommands 2 154 to 2 164 vines 2 673 wep 2 681 117380 A Rev A xns 2 718 clients BootP 2 137 commands adding to menu 1 20 clearing from menu 1 20 disable defined 1 3 See also enable disable commands editing menu 1 21 enable defined 1 3 See also enable disable commands menu 1 3 monitor 1 3 show defined 1 3 See also show commands community snmp 2 567 config rip6 2 531 configuration at 2 47 circuits 2 157 console 2 166 dls 2 208 file hardware 2 307 lnm 2 432 Packet Capture 2 471 to 2 474 rip 2 531 rip6 2 531 span 2 576 sr 2 582 sta 2 600 tcp 2 652 vines 2 674 x25 2 696 xb 2 707 xns 2 718 congestion fr 2 295 Connectionless Network Protocol CLNP statistics 2 459 connections Index 3 aurp 2 104 dls 2 208 tcp 2 653 x25 2 697 console subcommands 2 165 to 2 171 copying scripts 1 5 to 1 6
222. PET PAE 2 449 STON 9 71 aa A 2 453 A EA 1 ENE T AEE E E E E N N E E T E N 2 461 SNOW paG accusi a 2 469 STONO O a E reer er Terr est TT nr eeete reer rer te treet err 2 478 SNOW POD sdccopaicedeteneies PAET E P E E E EE PEE 2 483 SNOW MOCOS iiO 2 511 A RO a E E A T A A E E T E A OE E T TEN 2 516 SNOW radius oo seein ree PAETE E EEEE D PEE E ee 2 520 iS Mii OETI ATER TPEPST E Ter eet TT TPE TT Ere E letter cece terres tir errr Tere 2 528 a A e sauiet igs EE E E E A E E E A E Niel T 2 531 SNOW IOU ecirar a eusiedciantune remained icktenmiecierenarreniaes 2 533 ON U a a A aa cs pea a 2 542 SNOW TSC iced cccusricavesiade mae E saiueonadas pan aninda E E 2 550 SNOW OVD sncticticindecresaieecnseeheniae Wed tacsrenarrdaadddi east tastdenard canteen Rein dakaton 2 554 a EE E E E E E TE EE E E T E E tiututaduany 2 556 show smds PEETA EN E EE E EE TEE T aa 2 560 SON SD aaa aa mesa meaaTa esas EE 2 565 a E EAA E E E E A TE ET E A E T ET E cial 2 573 SNOW S adeanicticceciardecaneene racenieydaadeeeduaitetintecaddinar vais cantante deiadeareenietanade 2 580 117380 A Rev A vii LiLo A E 1 EEEN SEA A ee ee rrr EAN AN Ter T een tert A Tener 2 592 PUNO E e EEPE A E E E A EEE cee E EE N P A EE 2 599 SPON SE ori a 2 602 SOW SWS sieden eee e tena caus aia nla ied eed ce ut 2 605 SNOW SYNG cccccevisvacecvnnics E E E E E E A PPE E E 2 624 e a e E E E E E 2 639 E aa E E E ane ideueh devamanettaracutabee ims 2 644 SOW TCO ainia etnies T E E E P
223. Packets Reset Packets Reset Packets Transmitted Received Transmitted Received 0 0 P g g 0 Rexmit Reqs RexmitReqs RexmitNaks RexmitNaks Transmitted Received Transmitted Received 0 0 0 0 DataOutOfSeq RexmitOutOfSeq RexmitTimeouts ExceededKs g 0 g g 0 o 7 0 1 Entry 2 686 117380 A Rev A show wcp version Displays the current version number and date of the wcp bat script Sample Display show wcp version WCP bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 687 Using Technician Interface Scripts show wep The show wep lt option gt commands display information about the WAN Encryption Protocol and services For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of encryption services refer to Configuring Data Encryption Services The show wep command supports the following subcommand options circuits lt circuit_name gt stats errors lt line number llindex circuit number VC ID gt lines lt line_number llindex gt version vcs lt line_number llindex circuit_number vc_id gt 2 688 117380 A Rev A circuits lt circuit_name gt Displays the state of the circuits show wep lt circuit_name gt Limits the display to the specified circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Name Name of the circuit Circuit Number Number of the circuit Enable Encryption set to Enable or Disable Cipher Mode Encry
224. Port Number of the TCP port that you specified for BTS on the local router 0 indicates that this router originates the connection Peer Listen Port Number of the TCP port that you specified for BTS on the peer router 0 indicates that the peer router originates the connection 2 146 117380 A Rev A show bot Local TCP Port Number of the TCP port that the router assigns for BTS on the router If the peer router initiates the TCP connection this value is the same as the number of the TCP port that you specified for BTS on the local router Remote TCP Port Number of the TCP port that the router assigns for BTS on the router If the local and not the peer router initiates the TCP connection this value is the same as the number of the TCP port that you specified for BTS on the peer router Sample Display show bot stats BOT Circuit Statistics Circuit Interface Interface Packet slot cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count 12 S11 Enabled Up Multi Point Primary 796 Total entries 1 version Displays the current version and modification date for the BOT bat script Sample Display show bot version BOT bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 147 Using Technician Interface Scripts show bridge The show bridge lt option gt commands display configuration state and statistical information about Bridging services For more information on Bridging services refer to Configuring Bridging
225. RP requests this LEC received over the LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface ReplyOut Number of MAC to ATM ARP replies this LEC sent over the LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface ReplyIn Number of MAC to ATM ARP replies this LEC received over the LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface FrameOut Total number of control packets this LEC sent over the LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface 2 420 117380 A Rev A show lane FrameIn Total number of control packets this LEC received over the LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface SVCFails Number of SVCs this LEC tried to open but could not Sample Display show lane stats ATM LAN Emulation Client Statistics Cct Circuit Name Req Out Req In ReplyOut ReplyiIn 4 ATMSR_1405101 4 126 0 0 126 FrameOut FrameIn SVCFails 128 128 0 Total entries 1 117380 A Rev A 2 421 Using Technician Interface Scripts show lapb The show lapb lt option gt commands display information about the Link Access Procedure Balanced LAPB layer For information about LAPB refer to Configuring and Managing Routers with Site Manager The show lapb command supports the following subcommand options alerts lines lt line gt lt line llindex gt disabled stats lt line gt lt line llindex gt enabled version alerts Displays information about LAPB lines that are conf
226. Rev A show atm line Sample Display show atm line receive errors circuit A51 ATM Module Receive Errors Address Rev Q Rev Q Rev Q Dropped Translation Full Write Empty Slot Conn Circuit Cells Errors Errors Errors Errors 5 1 A51 0 0 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table receive stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the total number of frames octets and cells received by all circuits or by the specified circuit Sample Display show atm line receive stats ATM Module Receive Statistics Slot Conn Circuit Frames Octets Cells 4 1 A41 0 0 0 5 1 A51 0 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show atm line receive stats circuit A51 ATM Module Receive Statistics Slot Conn Circuit Frames Octets Cells 5 1 A51 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 97 Using Technician Interface Scripts sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the total number of frames transmitted and received for the specified circuit over the specified period of time or for all circuits over 10 seconds Also displays information on the following Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets dropped because no host buffers were available to hold the incoming data Tx Lack of Resources Number of packets dropped during transmission For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line sample
227. S LICENSEE FURTHER AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT IS THE ENTIRE AND EXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT BETWEEN BAY NETWORKS AND LICENSEE WHICH SUPERSEDES ALL PRIOR ORAL AND WRITTEN AGREEMENTS AND COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE PARTIES PERTAINING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT NO DIFFERENT OR ADDITIONAL TERMS WILL BE ENFORCEABLE AGAINST BAY NETWORKS UNLESS BAY NETWORKS GIVES ITS EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT INCLUDING AN EXPRESS WAIVER OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT iv 117380 A Rev A Contents About This Guide Ge tee ONIN nec cersurinenrlseticlgamatcatnand N xiv Conventions 0 E E E E E EE T XV PRINS ea a taser aa eaters enae xvi Ordering Bay Networks Publications sossiivirisisirsrurasin ianoaaeie xix Bay Neiworks Customer SENICE sorrisi aia ar ieee XX Hor e GS AHEM niu een tracer rer rertre yy Cerne lpr tr creer terre een tren Prete rreer errr Tener rrr Tr XX Chapter 1 Introducing Technician Interface Scripts What Are Technician Interface Scripts ennicusnionsaniiimansi s 1 2 PUG US ene E A A AE T E NEE EN E salsa rican A E aun 1 2 Somi Command Caere S cinsini naniii cabins a RA 1 3 stalling parand mno IGS riii aa AEE A R 1 5 SE UP SONE cananan nRa E tiadantnaieeese 1 6 Using Soi CG MINS ineine EAE A E A ESE 1 8 Using the Show Comma sande aa cca nsiesdidiua sulsw ea vnausiasdahubninn Caadoadsevocustasiddcan duane cnaasede 1 8 Using the enable and disable Commands 0 EET Sie 1 14 Using tme Menu UUN srra a E rer rner nena ers ree
228. S RIP interfaces that are disabled enabled Displays XNS RIP interfaces that are enabled lt XNS_network gt Limits the display to the XNS RIP interfaces in the specified XNS network Sample Display show xns rip XNS RIP Interface Table RIP Interface State 0x00000001 Up 0x00000002 Up 0x00000003 Up 3 Total entrie s 2 720 117380 A Rev A show xns routes lt network address gt find lt address pattern gt Displays information from the XNS routing table The table acquires routes through the XNS Routing Information Protocol XNS interface configurations or from static configuration You can use the following options with the routes command The table includes the following information Destination Next Hop Host Method Age Metric Network address of the route s destination Host ID of the next hop node to which packets for the destination are forwarded Routing mechanism through which the router obtained this routing information is one of the following e Local From the network that the router is attached to e NetMgmt Through a network management application e RIP Through the Routing Information Protocol Number of seconds since the router last updated or verified this route The interpretation of too old depends upon the source of the routing information Primary routing metric for this route depends on the routing method displayed under Method A value of 1 means that
229. SWS bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 623 Using Technician Interface Scripts show sync The show sync lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about Synchronous SYNC lines For detailed information about configuring SYNC refer to Configuring and Managing Routers with Site Manager The show sync command supports the following subcommand options alerts modem state base circuit lt circuit name gt receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt disabled sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt dsucsu_config stats circuit lt circuit name gt dsucsu_stats system errors circuit lt circuit name gt enabled transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt modem_config 2 624 117380 A Rev A alerts show sync Displays all SYNC circuits that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address Line Number MTU Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Name of the circuit associated with this line State of the line driver as follows e Disabled User has manually disabled the driver e Down Driver is not operational DSR Wait External equipment such as a modem DSU or CSU is not currently up and thus is not ass
230. Services The show bridge command supports the following subcommand options alerts enabled base forwarding tables lt MAC address gt lt pattern gt circuits lt circuit name gt stats disabled version alerts Displays all circuits that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface runs on Port Port number State State of the interface In this case State is Down Frame Length Maximum size of the INFO non MAC field that this port will receive or transmit 802 9 Translations State of the translation bridging parameter Enabled or Disabled The default is Disabled 2 148 117380 A Rev A base show bridge Sample Display show bridge alerts Bridge Circuit Table Frame 802 9 Circuit Port State Length Translations 0 Entries found Displays the Bridge global parameters The base record controls Bridging services for the entire system The table includes the following information Protocol Name of the protocol in this case Bridge State Current state of the protocol Disabled manually disabled Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up FDB Entries Current number of forward table entries FDB Size Maximum available entries in the forwarding table Sample Display show bridge base Bridge Base Re
231. Source Route network the count Transparent Bridge In Frames should increment For frames traveling from the Source Route network to the Transparent Bridge network the count Transparent Bridge Out Frames should increment Use the display to determine whether a Translation Bridge Transparent Bridge circuit is converting Sample Display show xb tb stats circuit e22 Transparent Bridge Circuits Transparent Transparent Bridge Bridge Circuit In Frames Out Frames E22 0 1 entries found 117380 A Rev A 2 713 Using Technician Interface Scripts version Displays the current version and modification date of the xb bat script Sample Display show xb version XB bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 714 117380 A Rev A show xns show xns The show xns lt option gt commands display information about the Xerox Network Systems XNS services on Bay Networks routers For more details on XNS parameters refer to Configuring XNS Services The show xns command supports the following subcommand options alerts rip alerts disabled enabled lt XNS network gt adjacent hosts routes lt network address gt find lt address pattern gt base static routes circuit lt circuit name gt stats circuit lt circuit name gt configuration circuit lt circuit name gt stats errors lt circuit name gt disabled traffic filters lt circuit name g
232. SvcApps Pt Pt Pt Mp In MultiPt Threshold 1405101 A51 Up 20 1000 40 i 2 of of Stat VPI VCI Version Restart Enquiries T303 T308 T309 T310 T313 T316 0 5 UNI_V30 3 3 4 30 10 10 4 120 T316C T322 TDisc T398 T399 120 4 4 4 14 Total entries 1 version Displays the current version number and modification date of the atmsig bat script Sample Display show atmsig version ATMSIG bat Version 1 Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 89 Using Technician Interface Scripts show atm line The show atm line lt option gt commands display information about the Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM Adaption Layer Controller ALC link module service For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of the ATM link module service refer to Configuring ATM Services Note The atm line set of commands is a subset of the atm command Refer to the show atm section for more information on the atm command The show atm line command supports the following subcommand options alerts receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt receive stats circuit lt circuit name gt disabled sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt enabled stats circuit lt circuit name gt phy circuit lt circuit name gt transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt phy errors circuit lt circuit name gt transmit stats circuit
233. TIONS OF THE SOFTWARE ARE PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE In addition the program and information contained herein are licensed only pursuant to a license agreement that contains restrictions on use and disclosure that may incorporate by reference certain limitations and notices imposed by third parties 117380 A Rev A Bay Networks Inc Software License Agreement NOTICE Please carefully read this license agreement before copying or using the accompanying software or installing the hardware unit with pre enabled software each of which is referred to as Software in this Agreement BY COPYING OR USING THE SOFTWARE YOU ACCEPT ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT THE TERMS EXPRESSED IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE THE ONLY TERMS UNDER WHICH BAY NETWORKS WILL PERMIT YOU TO USE THE SOFTWARE If you do not accept these terms and conditions return the product unused and in the original shipping container within 30 days of purchase to obtain a credit for the full purchase price 1 License Grant Bay Networks Inc Bay Networks grants the end user of the Software Licensee a personal nonexclusive nontransferable license a to use the Software either on a single computer or if applicable on a single authorized device identified by host ID for which it was origina
234. The table includes the following information Circuit Identifier of the circuit the filter applies to Mode Status of filter use which is Enabled activated or Disabled not activated Status Current status of the traffic filter which is one of the following e Active Rule is being used e Inactive Rule is not in use e Error Application detected an error in the rule 117380 A Rev A 2 679 Using Technician Interface Scripts Rx Matches Rule Number Identifier for the rule Fragment Number Sample Display show vines traffic filters VINES Traffic Filters Table Rx Rule Circuit Mode Status Matches Number Number of packets received that match the rule Number of a rule fragment for large rules Fragment Number No entries version Displays the current version and modification date of the vines bat script Sample Display show vines version VINES bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 680 117380 A Rev A show wcp show wcp The show wep lt option gt commands display information about Bay Networks data compression WCP service which provides a near reliable transfer mechanism for transporting compressed packets For more information about WCP refer to Configuring Data Compression Services The show wep command supports the following subcommand options circuits lt circuit name gt ves lt line number lindex circuit number VC ID gt lines lt lin
235. USWELTO1 DURHAM SWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 1133 128 128 1 O 128 128 128 USWELTO1 DURHAM SWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 2 133 128 128 1 O 128 128 128 USWFLT0O1 DURHAM SWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 3 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 USWFLTO1 DURHAM SWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 4 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 USWELTO1 DURHAM SWFLTO1 WF3174A 21 133 128 128 1 O 128 128 128 USWELTO1 ANAHEIM USWELTO1 DURHAM 1133 128 128 i O 128 128 128 USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM USWEFLTO1 DURHAM 2 133 128 128 1 O 128 128 128 USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM SWFLTO1 DURHAM 3 0 0 0 I 0 0 0 0 USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM SWFLTO1 WFAS400 21 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 USWFLTO1 WF3174A USWELTO1 DURHAM 21 68 0 0 32 113 0 0 0 12 Entries topology tg status lt owner name gt Displays transmission group topology information for all transmission group owners or for a specific transmission group owner TG Owner TG Destination TG Num FRSN RSN Fully qualified name for the originating node for this transmission group The format is lt network_ID gt lt CP_name gt Fully qualified network name for the destination node for this transmission group Number associated with this transmission group Range is 0 to 255 Flow Reduction Sequence Numbers are associated with Topology Database Updates TDUs and are unique only within each APPN network node This FRSN indicates the last time this resource was updated at this node Current owning node s Resource Sequence Number for this resource 117380 A Rev A 2 39 Using Technician Interface Scripts Up Indicates whether the tran
236. Up 3 0x00000000 0x0000A2011430 PPP 10905102 Up 4 0x00000000 0x0000A203B454 SNAP EOST 032 Up 5 0x11110002 0x000045C00A1D LSAP MCT1 52 Up 6 0x00000000 0x0000A203B454 PPP aD 202102 0 Down 7 one None Ethernet 100 7 Circuits in table continued 117380 A Rev A 2 603 Using Technician Interface Scripts IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information A11 Circuit RIP In Out Bad Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets 1 0x11000002 Up Lstn Sply 214 215 0 2 0x11000003 Up Lstn Sply 0 216 0 3 0x00000000 Up Lstn Sply 187 218 0 4 0x00000000 Up Lstn Sply 186 206 0 5 0x11110002 Up Lstn Sply 0 214 0 6 0x00000000 Up Lstn Sply 187 206 0 7 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 7 RIP Interfaces configured IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information A11 Circuit SAP In Out Bad Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets F 0x11000002 Up Lstn Sply 214 1 0 2 0x11000003 Up Lstn Sply 0 216 0 3 0x00000000 Up Lstn Sply 187 216 0 4 0x00000000 Up Lstn Sply 186 207 0 5 0x11110002 Up Lstn Sply 0 215 0 6 Ox00000000 Up Lstn Sply 186 206 0 7 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 7 SAP Interfaces configured version Displays the current version number and modification date of the state bat script Sample Display show state version STATE bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 604 117380 A Rev A show sws show sws The show sws lt option gt commands display configuration
237. ace Scripts receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Conn Log Line Circuit Null Frames Short Frames CRC Errors Long Frames Abort Frames Slot identifier Connector identifier Logical line number for this line Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of frames containing no data bytes received Number of frames received with only one or two data bytes Number of frames received with CRC errors Number of frames received that exceeded the MTU size Number of frames received with abort errors Sample Display show ds1e1 receive DS1E1 Logical Line Receive Errors Log Null Short CRC Long Abort Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Frames Errors Frames Frames 2 1 1 Boston 0 1256 0 0 0 2 ak 2 Chicago 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 Seattle 0 40 0 0 0 3 entries in table 2 228 117380 A Rev A show ds1e1 Sample Display show ds1e1 receive errors circuit Boston DS1E1 Logical Line Receive Errors Log Null Short CRC Long Abort Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Frames Errors Frames Frames 2 1 1 Boston 0 1256 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt Displays data sampled from DS1E1 over a period of 10 seconds You can change the number of seconds over which you want to sample the data a
238. al Received PD Transmitted PDUs Us 73851 78042 MIB Objects Retrieved 112363 MIB Objects Set 9 Get Request PDUs Accepted amp Processed 72408 Get Next Request PDUs Accepted amp Processed 1434 Get Response PDUs Generated 73851 Set Request PDUs Accepted amp Processed 9 Trap PDUs Generated 4191 Decoding ASN 1 Parsing Errors 0 Received Bad Community Name PDUs 0 Received Un Generated P Generated P Generated P Generated P Generated P DUs DUs DUs DUs DUs with with with with with supported Operation PDUs 0 tobig Error 0 noSuchName Error 0 badValue Error 0 readOnly Error 0 genErr Error 0 community lt types managers gt Displays information about SNMP communities configured on the router or BNX platform An SNMP community is a logical relationship between the SNMP agent on the router or BNX platform and one or more SNMP managers The table includes information on the managers belonging to each community known to the router The entry for each manager includes the following information Community Name Community Access Manager Address Manager Name Name of the community Access privileges the router grants to all members of this community as follows e Read All members of this community can only view configuration and performance information about this router e Read Write All members of this community can both view config
239. al Specifies in seconds how often route updates containing complete routing tables are sent Triggered Update Interval Specifies in seconds how often triggered route updates generated in response to routing changes are sent 117380 A Rev A 2 257 Using Technician Interface Scripts Leaf Timeout Neighbor Timeout Route Switch Timeout Route Expiration Timeout Garbage Timeout Estimated Routes Actual Routes Specifies in seconds the virtual interface hold down timer Specifies in seconds how long a router neighbor is considered up without the receipt of a subsequent DVMRP packet from that neighbor How long to wait without receiving a subsequent route update from the original best hop neighbor before switching to a different neighbor Specifies in seconds how long a route is considered valid for forwarding purposes without the receipt of a subsequent route update specifying that the route is reachable Specifies in seconds how long a route exists in the routing table without the receipt of a subsequent route update specifying that the route is reachable Estimated number of routes Number of entries currently in the route table Sample Display show dvmrp base DVMRP Base Information Protocol State DVMRP Up Full Update Interval Leaf Timeout eighbor Timeout eighbor Probe Interval Route Switch Timeout Route Expiration Timeout Garbage Timeout Estimated Routes Actual
240. al circuit vc lt slot connector circuit name gt 2 694 117380 A Rev A show x25 alerts Displays the abnormal conditions in the packet level Use the display to determine why the packet level is not in data transfer state or why virtual circuits VCs have not been established The table contains the following information Line Line number of the driver X 25 runs on Restarts RX TX Number of restart packets sent and received over this VC Resets RX TX Number of reset packets sent and received over this VC Rejects RX TX Number of reject packets sent and received over this VC Intrpts RX TX Number of interrupt packets sent and received over this VC Failed VC Connections Number of unsuccessful VC connections performed since starting up Abnormal VC Disconnects Number of abnormal VC disconnections SYNC Driver State State of the driver Down Init initializing Not Pres not yet started or Up Sample Display show x25 alerts Restarts Resets Rejects Intrpts Failed VC Abnormal VC SYNC Driver Line RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX Connections Disconnects State 2 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 Up 1 Alert Entries 117380 A Rev A 2 695 Using Technician Interface Scripts base Displays the state of the X 25 protocol in the base record The base record controls X 25 for the entire system State is Disabled Down Init initializing Not Present configured but not yet started or Up Sample Display show x25 base
241. al entries configuration circuit lt circuit name gt Displays configurable parameters within the AppleTalk base record You can display this information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Mode State of the protocol Enabled or Disabled NBP Registered Port Name of the port that the Name Binding Protocol uses to advertise the router s name on the network Note The configuration circuit command displays different fields from the configuration command For definitions of these fields refer to the alerts command 117380 A Rev A 2 47 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show at configuration AppleTalk Base Configuration Mode BP Registered Port Enabled E22 Sample Display show at configuration circuit AppleTalk Circuit Configuration Circuit Mode Network Address Zone List E22 Enabled 60070 60070 Dynamic Internal E23 Enabled 60130 60130 Dynamic External E24 Enabled 60100 60100 Dynamic Mac Apple Internal S31 Enabled 60060 60060 Dynamic WAN S32 Enabled 60020 60020 Dynamic WAN 34 Enabled 60120 60120 60120 1 PPP 6 total entries 2 48 117380 A Rev A show at disabled Displays all disabled circuits that contain an AppleTalk port A circuit is disabled if the disable enable parameter is set to disable and the state is down For definitions of the columns in the table see t
242. al line when the call is in progress So the PPP circuit and the line records may seem to be inconsistent The following display shows three entries circuit 3 is a dial on demand circuit Sample Display show ppp ip PPP IP NCP Information Local Local Remote Remote Circuit State Cfg IP Addr Neg IP Addr Cfg IP Addr Neg IP Addr 31 Starting 12 1 1 1 12 1 1 1 UA Tele T2 1 152 Demand 3 Starting 13 1 1 1 1332 etet 13 12 12 13 1el 2 Special Initial 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 Entries found version Displays the current version and modification date of the ppp bat script Sample Display show ppp version PPP bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 508 117380 A Rev A vines wcp show ppp Displays the state of the VINES NCP for all circuits on which PPP is configured State is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command The display includes the following information Circuit Displays the circuit number State Displays whether VINES NCP is enabled or disabled Sample Display show ppp vines PPP VINES NCP Information Circuit State S31 Disabled 32 Starting 2 Entries found Displays whether data compression is enabled for all circuits configured for PPP The state is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command The display includes the following information Circuit Displays the circuit number
243. alid Management Community Types Community Community Name Access public Read Write Sample Display show snmp community managers SNMP s Managers and their Respective Communities show snmp Manager Manager Trap Trap Community Community Address Name Port Type Name Access 0 0 0 0 162 All public Read Write 192 32 160 39 162 Generic public Read Write 192 32 160 40 T62 All public Read Write traps entity lt entity number gt name lt entity name gt slot lt slot number gt Displays information about traps generated on the router or BNX platform You can limit the information to traps generated by a specific lt entity_number gt or lt entity_name gt or by all entities on a specific lt slot_number gt The display contains the following information Entity Name The name of this entity on the router or BNX platform Entity Number The number of this entity on the router or BNX platform Slot Number Number of the slot where this entity is configured State Operating state of this entity Enabled or Disabled 117380 A Rev A 2 569 Using Technician Interface Scripts Fault Message Warn Message Info Message Trace Message Debug Message Attribute that controls the entity s fault messages e On The router or BNX platform generates this trap whenever a Fault event occurs for this entity and slot number Off The router or BNX platform does not generate this trap whenever a Fault event occurs for th
244. alk bad packets show ppp lt option gt Y Bridge CHAP circuits DECnet IP IPX line LQR OSI PAP protocol VINES XNS Process statistics buffers cpu cycles and memory show process lt option gt resources allocated to router processes DLSw protocol prioritization queues cc_stats filters show protopri lt option gt W qstats RADIUS alerts server configuration statistics show radius lt option gt Y Reverse Address Resolution Protocol service circuits show rarp lt option gt vA RIP Version 6 service configuration statistics show rip6 lt option gt Y Repeater service last address sample data port status show rptr lt option gt Y statistics Router redundancy circuits groups resources remote show rredund lt option gt routers in a redundancy group member IDs Resources bandwidth reserved for lines configured show rsc lt option gt Y with the ST2 protocol Resource Reservation Protocol RSVP multicasting and show rsvp lt option gt V multimedia service base interfaces Synchronous Data Link Control service circuits show sdlc lt option gt vA statistics Switched Multi Megabit Data Service service show smds lt option gt A addresses circuits statistics Simple Network Management Protocol service show snmp lt option gt Y communities events traps Spanning Tree service configuration circuits show span lt option gt A Source Routing service bridges circuits configuration show sr
245. ame gt Enables or disables interface redundancy on a specific circuit Sample Display disable iredund circuit E43 Interface Redundancy disabled on circuit connector lt s ot connector gt E43 Enables or disables interface redundancy on a specific port Sample Display enable iredund connector 4 3 Interface Redundancy is enabled on slot connector 4 3 117380 A Rev A 3 29 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable isdn Use the enable isdn lt option gt commands to enable Integrated Services Digital Network ISDN services on a Bay Networks router and the disable isdn lt option gt commands to disable ISDN services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of ISDN refer to Configuring Dial Services The enable disable isdn commands support the following subcommand options bchannel lt line index gt filter lt slot gt bchannel lt ine index gt Enables or disables a specific ISDN B Channel line Sample Display enable isdn bch lt line index gt ISDN B Channel lt line index gt enabled bri Note See enable disable isdn bri 3 30 117380 A Rev A enable disable isdn filter lt s ot gt Enables or disables a specific ISDN filter Sample Display enable isdn filter lt slot gt Incoming Filter on Slot lt slot gt is now ON 117380 A Rev A 3 31 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable isd
246. ample Display sdic disable base SDLC base record disabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display sdic enable circuit SDLC_CIR 1234 Circuit SDLC_CIR 1234 enabled 3 44 117380 A Rev A disable enable snmp disable enable snmp Use the disable snmp command to disable for security reasons all Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP services on a Bay Networks router or BNX platform Use the enable snmp command to re enable SNMP services for Manager access Sample Display disable snmp SNMP Protocol disabled Sample Display enable snmp SNMP Protocol enabled Only a Manager login at the Technician Interface login prompt allows access to this command For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of SNMP refer to Configuring SNMP RMON BOOTP DHCP and RARP Services 117380 A Rev A 3 45 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable span Use the enable span lt option gt commands to enable Spanning Tree Bridge services on a Bay Networks router and the disable span lt option gt commands to disable Spanning Tree Bridge services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Spanning Tree Bridging refer to Configuring Bridging Services The enable disable span commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit name gt base Enables or disables Spanning Tree Bridging on the route
247. and status information about Switch Services SWS Dial Backup Dial on Demand and Bandwidth on Demand For detailed information about configuring SWS refer to Configuring Dial Services The show sws command supports the following subcommand options backup_dialing circuits ondemand_dialing callback backup dialing pools lt pool ID gt lt circuit ondemand dialing pools lt pool ID gt name gt lt circuit name gt backup_dialing schedules ondemand_dialing schedules bandwidth circuit outbound filters ip data_ link bandwidth pool lt pool ID gt lt circuit version name gt caller resolution table 117380 A Rev A 2 605 Using Technician Interface Scripts backup_ dialing circuits Displays primary circuits that are configured for dial backup The display includes the following information Primary Circuit Circuit name of the primary circuit Backup Pool Identifies the backup pool available for the primary circuit ranges from 1 to 255 Backup Mode Operating mode of the router as follows Master Initiates the backup call when the primary circuit fails Slave Waits for the incoming call when the primary circuit fails Protocol Type of WAN protocol configured on this primary circuit as follows e Frame Relay Frame Relay protocol e PPP Point to Point Protocol e Wift Standard protocol a proprietary protocol used between two Bay Networks routers Based
248. ansfer Mode line enable disable atm lt option gt Asynchronous Transfer Mode DXI line enable disable atmdxi lt option gt AppleTalk Update based Routing Protocol connection enable disable aurp lt option gt Automatic line speed negotiation on 100Base T Ethernet interfaces enable disable autoneg lt option gt Bootstrap protocol enable disable bootp lt option gt Bridge base circuit enable disable bridge lt option gt Circuits for all drivers enable disable circuits lt option gt CSMA CD circuit connector enable disable csmacd lt option gt Data Collection Module DCM for BayStack routers enable disable dcm lt option gt DECnet base circuit enable disable decnet lt option gt Data Link base circuit enable disable dls lt option gt DS1E1 lines enable disable ds1e1 lt option gt Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol base circuit enable disable dvmrp lt option gt E1 line circuit connector enable disable e1 lt option gt FDDI circuit connector enable disable fddi lt option gt Frame Relay line enable disable fr lt option gt File Transfer Protocol base enable disable ftp lt option gt HSSI circuit connector enable disable hssi lt option gt Internet Gateway Management Protocol base circuit enable disable igmp lt option gt Internet Protocol base circ
249. anually enabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show fddi enabled FDDI Modules Enabled Slot Conn Circuit State BOFL HW MAC Address TMO MTU Filter 2 1 F21 Up Found 1 match out of 00 00 A2 02 9F D6 3 4495 Disabled 1 entry in table 2 280 117380 A Rev A hwfilters show fddi Displays status and statistical information about the hardware filters in use if any The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit State Line Type Maximum Tbl Siz Current Tbl Siz Used Entries Dropped Frames Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Name of the circuit associated with this line State of the filtering hardware on the line Down Full or Up FDDI Maximum number of table entries that a line can use based on the hardware filter devices present and available Current capacity of the hardware filter table The protocol dynamically allocates hardware filter table resources as needed in increments of 256 up to the available table size Number of hardware filter table entries used Number of frames dropped because they matched the hardware filter Sample Display show fddi hwfilters Hardware Filters Modules Slot Conn Circuit State Line Maximum Current Used Dropped Type Tbl Siz Tbl Siz Entries Frames Found 0 matches out of 4 entries in table
250. ar violations OOF Counts Number of out of frame errors An out of frame error occurs whenever two or more framing bits out of six in the Framing Pattern Sequence FPS are incorrect This event causes the FDL to resynchronize to the incoming data stream FE Counts Number of individual bit errors in the FPS ES Counts Number of Errored Seconds ES An ES is any one second time interval with either a frame bit error or a CRC 6 error 2 224 117380 A Rev A show ds1e1 Sample Display show ds1e1 fdl ansi1 DS1E1 Facility Data Link FDL Errors first half ANSI 403 mode CRE BPV OOF FE ES Slot Conn Counts Counts Counts Counts Counts 2 1 56581 196653 3581 22504 32965 DS1E1 FDL Errors ANSI 403 mode second half Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier SES Counts Number of Severely Errored Seconds SES An SES is any 1 second time interval with an OOF error or more than 320 CRC errors UAS Counts Number of Unavailable Seconds UAS A UAS is the number of seconds between ten consecutive SES events inclusive and ten consecutive non SES events exclusive For more information refer to the 1989 ANSI T1 403 specification Carrier to Customer installation DS1 Metallic Interface PRMES Counts Number of Errored Seconds reported in the Performance Report Messages PRMs PRMSES Counts Number of Severely Errored Seconds reported in the PRMs PRME Counts Number of PRMs received in error In
251. area number gt 192 32 174 97 Displays the router s Link State Database for all areas or for a specific area The table includes the following information OSPF Area LS Type Link State Id Adv Router E Metric Identifier of the area the advertisement is associated with Type of advertisement that the area advances AS External advertisements apply to all areas However if the router is attached to more than one area the table displays the AS External advertisement only once under the backbone area area id 0 0 0 0 The types are as follows e STUB Stub Link Advertisement e ROUTER Router Links Advertisement e NETWORK Network Links Advertisement e SUMMARY Summary Links Advertisement e AS_SUM Autonomous System Border Summary Links Advertisement e AS_EXT Autonomous System External Advertisement Link state identifier of the advertisement IP address of the advertising router External type for an Autonomous System External advertisement only There are two types Type 1 and Type 2 Metric value for an Autonomous System External advertisement only 117380 A Rev A 2 465 Using Technician Interface Scripts ASE Fwd Addr Forwarding address for an Autonomous System External advertisement only Age Age in seconds of the advertisement Seq Nbr Sequence number of the advertisement The sequence number is a 32 bit signed integer used to identify old and duplicate link state advertisemen
252. as acknowledged this request This layer is now up Reqsent Request sent The router has sent a request to configure the connection Starting Lower level is still unavailable but the router has initiated an Open request Stopped Link is available and an Open event has occurred Upon receiving a request to configure the connection the router sends either an appropriate response or acknowledges the termination request Stopping Router has sent a termination request to close the open connection When the router receives an acknowledgment the state changes to Stopped 2 484 117380 A Rev A show ppp Sample Display show ppp alerts PPP ALERTS Circuit Protocol State 32 OSI Starting DECnet Starting IPX Starting BRIDGE Starting VINES Starting appletalk configured negotiated configured Displays all configurable parameters for NCP negotiations The display includes the following information Circuit State Network No Local Node No Remote Node No Routing Protocol Name of the circuit the protocol runs on State of the Network Control Protocol NCP Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Configured network number The peer must use the same number Configured node number for the local router Configured node number for the peer to use Routing protocol desired for the link RTMP 117380 A Rev A 2 485 Using Technic
253. assigned IP address Although there is no limit to the number of Telnet connections that you can make to the Technician Interface we recommend that you establish no more than one Telnet session per router or BayStream platform xiv 117380 A Rev A Conventions angle brackets lt gt bold text brackets ellipsis points italic text quotation marks screen text separator gt vertical line I About This Guide Indicate that you choose the text to enter based on the description inside the brackets Do not type the brackets when entering the command Example if command syntax is ping lt p_address gt you enter ping 192 32 10 12 Indicates text that you need to enter command names and buttons in menu paths Example Enter wism amp Example Use the dinfo command Example ATM DXI gt Interfaces gt PVCs identifies the PVCs button in the window that appears when you select the Interfaces option from the ATM DXI menu Indicate optional elements You can choose none one or all of the options Horizontal and vertical ellipsis points indicate omitted information Indicates variable values in command syntax descriptions new terms file and directory names and book titles Indicate the title of a chapter or section within a book Indicates data that appears on the screen Example Set Bay Networks Trap Monitor Filters Separates menu and option names in instru
254. at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt Then enter the command number name and title as shown in the following example Enter menu number or TI command Enter Command number r to Return 2 2 menu at mnu AT Type lt return gt to leave unchanged Enter new command show at base Enter new title AT Base Setting command 2 to show at base Setting title AT to AT Base The main menu automatically refreshes and displays the new title for the show at base command Editing a Menu Title With menu control on edit the title for an entire menu by entering h at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt The following example changes the name of the main menu to Protocol Statistics Enter menu number or TI command h Enter new menu title Protocol Statistics The main menu automatically refreshes and displays the new menu title Loading a New Menu With menu control on load a new menu by entering at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt Then enter the name of the new menu Enter menu number or TI command Pleas nter menu setup file Type lt Enter gt to use default menu vol filename gt newmain mnu If you do not enter a volume number or letter the system saves the file in this case newmain mnu to the default volume 117380 A Rev A 1 21 Using Technician Interface Scripts Toggling Menu Titles and Commands With menu control on toggle between displaying menu tit
255. ation Displays general system information Sample Display show system information System Information System Name Bay Networks Node 1 Contact John Doe Location Corp HQ Image rel 7 70 Created on Tue Mar 29 15 10 50 EST 1994 MIB Version x7 70 Up Time 0 hr 14 min 37 sec memory Displays the global memory usage for all active slots in the system Memory usage is not as volatile as buffer usage and a low free percent may indicate that you need more memory Sample Display show system memory Memory Usage Statistics Megabytes Slot Total Used Free SFree 2 5 01 M 1 66 M 3 35 M 3 5 01 1 00 M 4 00 M 4 5 01 M 0 92 M 4 09 M ES ouo Ee oo de o o 117380 A Rev A 2 641 Using Technician Interface Scripts protocols Displays which protocols are installed on all active slots in the system If the configuration displayed differs from that expected your configuration file may be incorrect wrong protocol specified for example or there may be a problem loading the software Sample Display show system protocols Dynamically Loadable Protocols Configuration Protocol Slots IP JE 2272 3245 DECNET eo A AT 2 7A IPX CO o VINES TO Sa TELNE T o2 3 e45 TFTP T 23an SNMP J a 3 42 5 TCP Tem 2 Be VAP 5 tasks Displays the number of tasks scheduled to run on all active slots This number is highly volatile and a large In Queue does not neces
256. atistics APPN RTP Connection Statistics RTP Conn Cur SessCtl Discarded Resent Name Sessn Dir Bytes Pkts Frames Rate Bytes Pkts Bytes Pkts ROOOOOL 1 Rx 196 7 1K Tx 285 7 1K 0 0 ROO0002 1 Rx 344 14 1K Tx 354 15 1K 0 0 ROOO0003 1 Rx 352 218 1K Tx 420 215 1K 0 0 ROOO0004 1 Rx 352 T95 1K Tx 420 199 1K 0 0 4 Entries 2 32 117380 A Rev A show appn switch lt rtp connection name gt Requests the APPN node to perform a path switch with a currently active RTP connection If a better path is not found the connection remains unchanged The lt rtp_connection_name gt is the name of the RTP connection that displays with the show appn rtp connection command Sample Display show appn switch path switching RTP connection R000001 topology node lt CP name gt Displays node information on the topology database for all control points or for a specific control point Node Administratively assigned name for a specific node in the format lt network_ID gt lt CP_name gt Type Type of APPN node NN network node or VRN virtual node FRSN Flow Reduction Sequence Numbers are associated with Topology Database Updates TDUs and are unique only within each APPN network node A TDU can be associated with multiple APPN resources This FRSN indicates the last time this resource was updated at this node RSN Resource Sequence Number that is assigned and controlled by the network node that
257. ay show xns configuration XNS Protocol Protocol Route Method Router ID XNS Vanilla XNS 0x0000010203 2 718 117380 A Rev A show xns disabled Displays XNS circuits that are disabled and down In this case State is always Down For column definitions in the display see the alerts command Sample Display show xns disabled XNS Table of Disabled Circuits Circuit State XNS Address Encaps Method E21 Down 0x00000001 Ethernet E31 Down 0x00000002 Ethernet E22 Down 0x00000003 Ethernet 3 Entrie s found enabled Displays all XNS circuits that have their disable enable parameter set to enable and their state is up For column definitions in the display see the alerts command Sample Display show xns enabled XNS Table of Enabled Circuits Circuit State XNS Address Encaps Method E21 Up 0x00000001 Ethernet E31 Up 0x00000002 Ethernet E22 Up 0x00000003 Ethernet 3 Entrie s found 117380 A Rev A 2 719 Using Technician Interface Scripts rip alerts disabled enabled lt XNS network gt Displays the status of XNS Routing Information Protocol RIP interfaces Entered without options the rip command displays all XNS RIP interfaces State is Down Init initializing Not Pres not yet started or Up You can use the following options with the rip command alerts Displays XNS RIP interfaces that are enabled but their state is not up disabled Displays XN
258. ays the current version number and date of the bgp bat script Sample Display show bgp version BGP bat Version Date mm dd yy weights Displays the BGP AS Weights table which includes the Autonomous System its state and its weight The weight value helps determine the preferred route and aids in selecting a route The State of the AS Weight entry is Down Init initializing Invalid Not Present not yet functioning or Up Sample Display show bgp weights BGP AS Weights Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class AS State 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1000 Up 10 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 2000 Up 2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 3000 Up 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 3 entries 117380 A Rev A 2 125 Using Technician Interface Scripts show bisync The show bisync lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about Binary Synchronous BISYNC lines For detailed information about configuring BISYNC refer to Configuring BSC Transport Services The show bisync command supports the following subcommand options alerts receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt disabled stats circuit lt circuit name gt enabled transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt interrupt errors circuit lt circuit name gt version 2 126 117380 A Rev A alerts show bisync Di
259. ays the currently configured DLSw local devices Circuit Indicates the circuit name for the DLSw connection Address Indicates the address of this link station State Specifies the current state of the local device up down disabled not present or init Destination MAC Specifies the MAC destination address on the top line and the Source MAC source MAC address on the bottom line The Destination MAC identifies the Token Ring or Ethernet host the local device will reach via SDLC services The Source MAC specifies the source MAC address of an emulated Token Ring endstation for this device DSAP Identifies the destination service access point SAP Token Ring or Ethernet host the local device will reach via SDLC services 2 210 117380 A Rev A SSAP PU Type IDBLOCK IDNUM show dls Identifies the source SAP of an emulated Token Ring or Ethernet endstation for this device Specifies the type of the XID sending node This parameter is used with the IDBLOCK IDNUM and XID Format parameters to determine the station exchange identification XID value Specifies the block number which must match the host s IDBLOCK parameter value that identifies incoming connection requests This parameter is used with the PU Type IDNUM and XID Format parameters to determine the station exchange identification XID value Specifies the ID number which must match the host s IDNUM parameter value that identifies incoming connectio
260. ays the protocols for the circuit Displays the state of the protocol 117380 A Rev A 2 491 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ppp circuits 2 1 show ppp circuits PPP Circuit Information PPP over Sync Driver Driver Circuit Line State Protocol State S51 205101 Up LCP Opened IP Opened IPX Disabled OSI Disabled XNS Disabled VINES Disabled BRIDGE Disabled DECnet Disabled WCP Disabled APPLETALK Disabled 552 205102 Up LCP Reqsent IP Initial IPX Disabled OSI Disabled XNS Disabled VINES Disabled BRIDGE Disabled DECnet Disabled WCP Disabled APPLETALK Disabled 2 Entries found PPP over Hssi Driver Driver Circuit Line State Protocol State No Entries found 2 Total Entries found 2 492 117380 A Rev A show ppp decnet Displays the state of DECnet NCP on all circuits on which PPP is configured State is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Sample Display show ppp decnet PPP DECNET NCP Information Circuit State S31 Disabled 32 Starting 2 Entries found disabled Displays the state of all NCPs disabled on each circuit State is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Sample Display show ppp disabled PPP Entities Disabled Circuit Protocol State S31 OS
261. ber of internal adapter errors that have caused adapter failures DMA Bus Errors Number of bus errors during DMA that do not exceed threshold DMA Parity Errors Number of parity errors during DMA that do not exceed threshold Command Timeouts Host Iface Errors Number of times a command timeout has caused the interface to reinitialize Number of times a receive host interface error has caused the interface to reinitialize 117380 A Rev A 2 667 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show token system errors TOKEN RING System Errors Adapter DMA Bus DMA Parity Command Host Iface Slot Conn Circuit Checks Errors Errors Timeouts Errors 4 1 O41 0 0 0 0 4 2 042 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show token system errors circuit 041 TOKEN RING System Errors Adapter DMA Bus DMA Parity Command Host Iface Slot Conn Circuit Checks Errors Errors Timeouts Errors 4 1 O41 0 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 2 668 117380 A Rev A show token Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Lost Frame Errors Number of outbound frames whose transmission failed be
262. ber of parity errors occurring when the host driver accesses a register on the DMA controller Host errors may indicate faulty hardware If this count exceeds five call your customer service representative Sample Display show fddi system errors FDDI Module System Errors Port Internal Parity Ring Operation Operation Host Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Errors Errors Errors 2 1 F21 0 0 0 0 0 3 1 F31 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in tabl e transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Name of the circuit associated with this line 117380 A Rev A 2 291 Using Technician Interface Scripts Aborted Frames Number of transmit frames with internal abort errors on this circuit Underrun Errors Number of transmit frames aborted with underrun errors on this circuit Sample Display show fddi transmit FDDI Module Transmit Errors Aborted Underrun Slot Conn Circuit Frames Errors 2 1 F21 0 0 3 1 F31 0 0 2 entries in table version Displays the current version number and modification date of the fddi bat script Sample Display show fddi version fddi bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 292 117380 A Rev A show fr sho
263. ble at lt option gt commands to enable AppleTalk services on a Bay Networks router and the disable at lt option gt commands to disable AppleTalk services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of AppleTalk refer to Configuring AppleTalk Services The enable disable at commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit name gt base Enables or disables AppleTalk on the router Sample Display enable at base AT base record enabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable at circuit E23 AT circuit E23 enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 5 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable atm Use the enable atm lt option gt commands to enable ATM Adaptation Layer Controller ALC link module services on a Bay Networks router and the disable atm lt option gt commands to disable this service For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM refer to Configuring ATM Services The enable disable atm commands support the following subcommand options interface lt line number gt line connector lt slot connector gt line circuit lt circuit name gt service lt circuit number gt interface lt ine number gt Enables or disables a specific ATM interface Sample Display enable atm interface 1104101 ATM Interface 1104101 enabled line circuit l
264. bles Source Route Spanning Tree Bridging on the router Sample Display enable srspan base Source Route Spanning Tr base record enabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable srspan circuit S21 Source Route Spanning Tree circuit S21 enabled 3 48 117380 A Rev A enable disable sta enable disable sta Use the enable sta lt option gt commands to enable Statistical Thresholds and Alarms STA services on a Bay Networks router and the disable sta lt option gt commands to disable STA services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of STA refer to Configuring SNMP RMON BOOTP DHCP and RARP Services The enable disable sta commands support the following subcommand options base object lt object ID gt base Enables or disables STA on the router Sample Display enable sta base STA base record enabled object lt object D gt Enables or disables STA for a specific object 117380 A Rev A 3 49 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable sws Use the enable sws lt option gt commands to enable Switched Services on a Bay Networks router and the disable sws lt option gt commands to disable Switched Services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Switched Services refer to Configuring Dial Services The enable disable sws commands support the following subcommand opti
265. bridge forwarding tables for all ports for a specified port or for ports that match a specified address pattern lt MAC_address gt Limits the display to the specified Media Access Control address lt pattern gt Limits the display to ports that match the specified address pattern You can also use the wildcard in your pattern definition This display includes the following information MAC Address Media Access Control address of the port Port Port number Circuit Name Name of the circuit the port is on 117380 A Rev A 2 151 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display Bridge show bridge forwarding tables Forwarding Tables AC Address Port Circuit Name No Entries stats Displays bridge traffic statistics for each port The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on Port Number of the port Rx frames Number of frames that this interface has received from its circuit Tx frames Number of frames that this interface has transmitted to its circuit Discards Number of valid frames that this interface received but then discarded Sample Display show bridge stats Bridge Statistics Circuit Port Rx Frames Tx Frames Discards S21 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 152 117380 A Rev A show bridge version Displays the current version and modification date of the bridge bat script Sample Display show bridge version BRIDGE bat Ve
266. cause they were corrupted on their trip around the Token Ring The interface detects this while stripping a frame off of the ring In small quantities this error indicates small disturbances on the Token Ring Sample Display show token transmit TOKEN RING Transmit Errors Lost Slot Conn Circuit Frame Errs 4 1 041 0 4 2 042 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show token transmit errors circuit 041 TOKEN RING Transmit Errors Lost Slot Conn Circuit Frame Errs 4 1 O41 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table version Displays the version number and modification date of the token bat script Sample Display show token version token bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 669 Using Technician Interface Scripts show vines The show vines lt option gt commands display information about Virtual Networking System VINES services on a Bay Networks router For detailed information refer to Configuring VINES Services The show vines command supports the following subcommand options alerts stats datagrams base stats echo lt circuit name gt circuit lt circuit name gt stats fragments configuration circuit lt circuit name gt stats icp lt circuit name gt disabled stats rtp lt circuit name gt enabled total neighbors neighbors lt VINES network address gt lt VINES network address gt lt VINES server I
267. ccess Point DVMRP Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol xvi 117380 A Rev A EOF EGP FAT FDDI FIFO FRSW FTP FN FR FRE GAME GMT HDLC HSSI ICMP IGMP IP IP6 IPX ISDN LAN LAPB LED LLC LMI LN LNM LSP MAC MCTI MIB MOSY About This Guide End of File Exterior Gateway Protocol File Allocation Table Fiber Distributed Data Interface First In First Out Frame Relay Switch File Transfer Protocol Feeder Node Frame Relay Fast Routing Engine Gate Access Management Entity Greenwich Mean Time High level Data Link Control High Speed Serial Interface Internet Control Message Protocol Internet Group Membership Protocol Integrated Node Internet Protocol Internet Protocol version 6 Internet Packet Exchange Integrated Services Digital Network Local Area Network Link Access Procedure Balanced Light Emitting Diode Logical Link Control Local Management Interface Link Node LAN Network Manager Link State Packet Media Access Control Multichannel T1 Management Information Base Managed Object Syntax 117380 A Rev A xvii Using Technician Interface Scripts NML NSAP NVES OSI OSPF PCMCIA PPP PPX PROM QENET RAM RARP RIP RIP6 RIF RFC SAP SDLC SIMM SMDS SNAP SNMP SR SRM L STA SYSCON SWS TCP TFTP TIP TP VC VINES Native Mode LAN Network Service Access Point Non Volatile File System Open Systems Interconnection Open Shortest Path First Personal Computer Me
268. cct Direction Which calls generate an accounting session All indicates that incoming and outgoing calls can establish an accounting session Outgoing indicates that only outgoing calls can establish an accounting session Incoming means that only incoming calls can establish an accounting session Debug Level Level of RADIUS debug messages logged by the RADIUS client Sample Display show radius config RADIUS Slot Information Slot Client Auth Acct Acct Debug IP Address Status Status Direction Level 4 192 168 131 40 Enabled Enabled All No Debug 4 5 192 168 131 40 Enabled Enabled All No Debug 4 RADIUS configured on 2 slots 2 524 117380 A Rev A show radius stat auth Display the RADIUS authentication statistics The table includes the following information lt slot number gt limits the display to the specified slot Server IP Address IP address of the RADIUS server Auth Req Count Number of authentication session requests Auth Req Outstanding Number of authentication session requests outstanding Auth Resp Accepted Number of authentication responses accepted Auth Resp Rejected Number of authentication responses rejected Auth No Resp Number of authentication requests that received no response Auth Resp Invalid Number of invalid authentication responses Auth Resp Timeouts Number of times the client has tried to retransmit a request to the server Alt Server Retries Number of times
269. ce IP address of the client Open SVCs Number of SVCs currently open Calls Attempted Number of calls attempted both to the server and to other clients 2 70 117380 A Rev A show atmarp Calls Succeeded Failed May Retry Failed No Retry Calls Accepted Number of attempted calls that succeeded Number of attempted calls that did failed but that the client may retry Number of attempted calls that failed but that the client will not retry Number of calls that this interface accepted Sample Display show atmarp stats Calls Calls Failed Failed Calls Interface Attempted Succeeded May Retry No Retry Accepted 20 Otek 37 2 0 35 0 6 6 6 7 0 0 0 3 2 Atmarp Interfaces table r v a I lt P address gt Displays table information for all ATMARP interfaces or a specific interface The information that appears in the table or the order in which information appears depends on the subcommand you enter lt IP_address gt Displays the ATM ARP resolution table default this information appears in order of IP address Displays the ATM ARP resolution table in order of VPI VCI pair Displays the ATM address and VPI VCI pair information in order of ATM address Displays additional information for the table r V or a you specify For example specifying l r provides additional IP information specifying l Vv provides additional VC information and specifying l a provides ATM address
270. circuits that are currently enabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show srspan enabled Source Route Spanning Tree Enabled Circuit Information Circuit State Designated Designated Root Port S21 Forwarding 1 Entries found stats 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32769 Displays source route Spanning Tree traffic statistics The table includes the following information Circuit Rx Packets Tx Packets Name of the circuit this port is on Number of BPDU packets received on this port Number of BPDU packets transmitted out this port Sample Display show srspan stats Source Route Spanning Tree Statistics Circuit Rx Packets Tx Packets S21 E51 31 S41 ODO OO 1521 0 0 0 117380 A Rev A 2 597 Using Technician Interface Scripts version Displays the current version number and date of the srspan bat script Sample Display show srspan version SRSPAN bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 598 117380 A Rev A show sta show sta base The show sta lt option gt commands display configuration statistical and status information about statistical thresholds and alarms For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of thresholds refer to Configuring SNMP RMON BOOTP DHCP and RARP Services The show sta command supports the following subcommand options base stats lt object ID gt
271. cludes the address of the local router and the peer as well as the last error code subcode and message Sample Display show bgp errors BGP Last Errors Local Remote Last Error Address Address Code Subcode Error Message 195 Weds EO Sw A AD 4 0 Hold Timer Expired 1 95 i Led 19Ssheles No Error 200 2 2 7 200 1 1 2 Unsupported Version Number 20 dT 10 1 1 6 No Error 201 1 1 1 201 ToS S No Error 5 peers configured peers Displays information about each of the router s BGP peers and virtual peers Virtual peers are peers connected by means of a route server The table includes the following information Local Addr Router s local interface address and port Remote Addr Peer s IP address and port Remote AS Autonomous System in which the peer resides Hold Time Cfg Configured hold time Hold Time Act Negotiated hold time Keep Alive Time Cfg Configured keep alive time Keep Alive Time Act Negotiated keep alive time Connection State State of the connection between the peers Idle Connect Active Open Sent Open Confrmd or Established 2 118 117380 A Rev A show bgp Total Routes Number of routes the router received from this peer and is maintaining Peer Mode Route server mode of the BGP peer None the peer is not a route server Client the peer is an RS client Internal the peer is a route server in the local RS cluster external the peer is a route server in another RS cluster
272. cord Information Protocol State FDB Entries FDB Size Bridge Up 0 1024 117380 A Rev A 2 149 Using Technician Interface Scripts circuits lt circuit name gt Displays Bridge circuit parameters for all circuits or for a specific circuit State is Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up For the remaining column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show bridge circuits Bridge Circuit Table Frame 802 9 Circuit Port State Length Translations S21 1 Up 0 Disabled 0 0 Down 0 Disabled 0 0 Down 0 Disabled 0 0 Down 0 Disabled 4 Entries disabled Displays circuits that a user has manually disabled State is Down for remaining column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show bridge disabled Bridge Circuit Table Frame 802 9 Circuit Port State Length Translations 0 Entries found 2 150 117380 A Rev A show bridge enabled Displays circuits that are currently enabled State is Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up For the remaining column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show bridge enabled Bridge Circuit Table Frame 802 9 Circuit Port State Length Translations S21 1 Up 0 Disabled 0 0 Down 0 Disabled 0 0 Down 0 Disabled 0 0 Down 0 Disabled 4 Entries found forwarding tables lt VAC address gt lt pattern gt Displays the
273. cripts Adding a Command With menu control on add a command by entering a at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt Then enter the command number name and title as shown in the example Enter menu number or TI command a Command 69 Enter new command date Enter new title Date and Time Setting command 69 to date Setting title 69 to Date and Time The main menu automatically refreshes and displays the new option 69 Date and Time Deleting a Command With menu control on delete a command by entering d at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt Then enter the number of the command to be deleted as shown in the example Enter menu number or TI command d Enter command number r to Return 69 The main menu automatically refreshes and displays a new list of options without command number 69 Clearing All Commands With menu control on clear all commands by entering c at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt The menu utility responds by showing only the menu title and control options as follows Main Menu A Add a command H Change menu title Q Quit C Clear all commands L Load new menu S Save menu commands D Delete command M Menu control off T Toggle cmd display Edit command Enter menu number or TI command 1 20 117380 A Rev A Introducing Technician Interface Scripts Editing a Command With menu control on edit a command by entering e
274. ctions and internal pin to pin wire connections Example Protocols gt AppleTalk identifies the AppleTalk option in the Protocols menu Example Pin 7 gt 19 gt 20 Indicates that you enter only one of the parts of the command The vertical line separates choices Do not type the vertical line when entering the command Example If the command syntax is show at routes nets you enter either show at routes or show at nets but not both 117380 A Rev A XV Using Technician Interface Scripts Acronyms ACE Advanced Communications Engine AFN Access Feeder Node ALN Access Link Node AN Access Node ANH Access Node Hub APING APPN Ping APPN Advanced Peer to Peer Routing ARP Address Resolution Protocol ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange ASN Access Stack Node ASN 1 Abstract Syntax Notation AT AppleTalk Protocol ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode AURP Appletalk Update based Routing Protocol BCN Backbone Concentrator Node BGP Border Gateway Protocol BLN Backbone Link Node BLN 2 Backbone Link Node 2 power supplies BOOTP Bootstrap Protocol CLNP Connectionless Network Protocol CN Concentrator Node CPU Central Processing Unit CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check CSMA CD Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection DCM Data Collection Module DLCMI Data Link Control Management Interface DLSw Data Link Switch DOS Disk Operating System DRAM Dynamic RAM DSAP Destination Service A
275. cuit Record Configuration Fowarding Circuit SR Mode IP Address Explorers 021 Enabled 0 0 0 0 No S51 Enabled 0 0 0 0 No 043 Enabled 0 0 0 0 No 3 entries found ip disabled Displays Source Route IP interfaces that are disabled Mode is always Disabled and State is always Down You can use this display to determine which Source Route IP interfaces have not been enabled Sample Display show sr ip disabled Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Circuit Information Circuit SR Mode SR State 0 entries found 2 588 117380 A Rev A ip enabled show sr Displays Source Route IP interfaces that are enabled Mode is always enabled and State is either Down or Up You can use this display to determine which Source Route IP interfaces have been enabled Sample Display show sr ip enabled Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Circuit Information Circuit SR Mode SR State O21 Enabled Down S51 Enabled Up 043 Enabled Down 3 entries found ip explorers Displays the list of Source Route IP Encapsulation explorers Source Routing sends a copy of each Source Route Broadcast packet to each IP address in the list Sample Display show sr ip explorers Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Explorers 11 0 0 5 1 entries found 117380 A Rev A 2 589 Using Technician Interface Scripts ip routes Displays the list of Source Route IP Encapsulation learned rout
276. d Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up Local Capabilities The line capabilities of the circuit Advertised Capabilities The line capabilities the circuit is advertising on the bus Remote Capabilities The advertised capabilities of the remote station Capability in Use The agreed upon line capability See the line capability codes in the sample display Sample Display show autoneg capabilties Auto Negotiation Interface Capabilities Local Advertised Remot Capability Slot Conn Circuit State Capabilities Capabilities Capabilities In Use 5 1 E51 Up cd cd cd d 5 2 E52 Up cd cd d Capability Codes a 10BASE b 10BASE T Full Duplex c 100BASE X d e 100BASE X Full Duplex 100BASE T4 Found 2 matches out of 3 entries in table 2 114 117380 A Rev A show autoneg disabled Displays all Ethernet circuits that have auto negotiation disabled Note The alerts base disabled and enabled tables all include the same information See the description with the show autoneg alerts command Sample Display show autoneg disabled Auto Negotiation Interfaces Disabled Auto Negotiation Remote Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling Capability In Use 3 1 E31 Up Disabled FALSE 100Base X FD Cong Ctrl 5 1 E51 Up Disabled FALSE 100Base X Found 2 matches out of 4 entries in table enabled Displays all Ethernet c
277. d The Transmit Monitor 64K only suppresses data to prevent unintended duplication of network control codes Sample Display show sync dsucsu_config Configuration of DSU CSU in Slot 1 Connector 2 HW Revision 3 SW Revision 3 Opmode 56K DDS1 Transmit Clock slave network Transmit Monitor 64K only disabled 1 entry s found 2 628 117380 A Rev A dsucsu_ stats show sync Displays status information about a DSU CSU module installed in a BayStack AN ANH or ARN router The display includes the following information Slot Conn Op State Service Status Out of Service Errors Base module slot that contains the DSU CSU module For BayStack routers the value is always 1 COM connector number 1 2 or 3 Current V 54 loopback operating state of the interface States are e Normal no loopback The DSU CSU is able to forward data e Local analog Loopback The DSU CSU is performing a self diagnostic local loopback While operating the local loop test the CSU loops back the network to avoid a carrier alarm Digital Loopback The DSU CSU is performing a diagnostic test of the local DSU CSU and the facility circuit This test typically requires a pattern generator on the remote side to transmit a test pattern which is returned through the CSU DSU Remote Digital Loopback The DSU CSU is performing a diagnostic test of the local DSU CSU facility circuit and the remote DSU CSU This test is
278. d Multi Megabit Data Service protocol e WF STND Wellfleet Standard a proprietary protocol used between two Bay Networks routers Based on the CCITT HDLC High level Data Link Control protocol Wellfleet Standard provides LLC1 connectionless datagram service This protocol is sometimes referred to as Wellfleet Point to Point e X 25 X 25 protocol Loc Adr 1 byte value used in the address field of the HDLC packet It may be extended to two octets if the lt circuit_name gt Extended Address parameter is enabled The values are DTE DCE and Explicit Rem Adr 1 byte value used in the address field of the HDLC packet It may be extended to two octets if the Extended Address parameter is enabled The values are DTE DCE and Explicit Med Typ Media type this SYNC module uses as follows e STD Normal connection e T T1 lines e El El lines DTR Connection to a modem that dials out when Data Terminal Ready DTR gets raised e V25 Connection to a V25 BIS modem Sample Display show sync alerts SYNC Modules on Alert Line WAN Loc Rem Med Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address Number MTU Protocol Adr Adr Typ 2 E TiI 2i Down 00 00 A2 00 B6 1B 00302101 1600 WF STND 7 TOEL 2 2 T1 22 Down 00 00 A2 00 B6 1C 00302102 1600 WE STND 7 7 TL Found 2 matches out of 4 entries in table 2 626 117380 A Rev A show sync base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base level information for all SYNC circ
279. d information about NetBIOS refer to Configuring IP Services The show nbip command supports the following subcommand options base names interfaces version Displays the base record for NetBIOS over IP The table includes the following information Protocol State Sample Display show nbip base NBIP Base Information Protocol NBIP Up Name of the protocol which in this case is NBIP State of the protocol on the router Up Down manually disabled Init initializing or Not Present not yet initialized 2 442 117380 A Rev A interfaces Displays information about each interface show nbip IP Address IP address of this interface State State of the protocol on the interface Up Down Init or Not Present Input Beasts Indicates whether the input of NetBIOS broadcasts is enabled Output Beasts Indicates whether the output of NetBIOS broadcasts is enabled Name Caching Indicates whether NetBIOS name caching is enabled Input Packets Number of frames that have been received by this interface Input Errors Number of invalid frames that have been received by this interface Output Packets Number of frames that have been transmitted by this interface Sample Display show nbip interfaces NBIP Interfaces Input Output Name Input Input Output IP Address State Beasts Bcasts Caching Packets Errors Packets 130 U sale Up Yes Yes Yes 10 0 65 ne
280. d supports the following subcommand options adjacency levell routes find lt destination sys ID gt alerts level2 routes find lt destination sys ID gt base stats circuits lt circuit name gt stats clnp disabled stats errors enabled version adjacency Displays information about the adjacencies that exist on each OSI circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Adjacent ID State Neighbor Addr NSAP Name of the circuit the adjacency is on Index of the adjacency in the adjacency table State of the adjacency DOWN initialization failed INIT initializing or UP Network Service Access Point NSAP address of the adjacency 117380 A Rev A 2 453 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show osi adjacency OSI Dynamic Adjacency Information Circuit Adjacent ID State Neighbor Addr NSAP E31 E32 alerts 24578 INIT 0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCC00 90115 INIT 0x490044CCCCCCCCCCCC00 Displays all OSI circuits that are enabled but whose state is not UP Forwarding is either Enabled or Disabled Sample Display show osi alerts OSI Circuit Information Circuit State Forwarding E21 DOWN base ENABLED Displays general information about including the state of the OSI protocol running on the router The base record controls OSI for the entire system The table includes the following inf
281. d the specified destination address Sample Display show ping traceroutes IP Address Trace Address 192 32 243 83 192 32 6 1 192 168 2 65 192 168 7 2 192 32 243 83 192 32 243 82 192 32 6 1 192 168 2 65 192 168 7 2 192 32 243 82 19232 6953 1927326595 192 329252 192 32 6 1 192 168 2 65 192 32 83 1 192 32 85 2 1927329242 sourceroutes Displays the source route addresses that dictate the path to be taken by the echo packet Sample Display show ping sourceroutes IP Address Source Address 192 32 243 81 192 32 6 1 192 32 243 81 117380 A Rev A 2 481 Using Technician Interface Scripts version Displays the current version number and date of the ping bat script Sample Display show ping version PING bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 482 117380 A Rev A show ppp show ppp The show ppp lt option gt commands display Point to Point Protocol PPP line and state information and configured and negotiated Network Control Protocols NCPs For detailed information on PPP refer to Configuring PPP Services The show ppp command supports the following subcommand options alerts ipx configured negotiated name local remote appletalk configured negotiated line configuration parameters bacp Iqr configuration stats bad packets multilink information circuits bridge configured negotiated osi chap local remot
282. ddress 2 330 117380 A Rev A show ip The table includes the following information about each host listed IP Address Physical address Type IP address of the host MAC address of the host How the IP address was resolved to the MAC address Dynamic means that ARP resolved it Static means that it was configured through an adjacent host entry Sample Display show ip arp IP ARP Table IP Address Type Physical Address 151 112 02 Dynamic 00 00 A2 06 B9 AA 151s 1122 Dynamic 00 00 A2 06 7A FA 192 32 5345161 Dynamic 192 32 37 162 Dynamic 4 ARP Entries base 00 00 A2 01 DF B7 08 00 20 1F 25 8B Displays the state of IP whether or not it is up and in forwarding mode or in host mode only The base record controls IP for the entire system The table includes the following information Protocol State Forwarding Mode Name of the protocol in this case IP State of the protocol Down Init initializing Not Pres enabled but not yet started or Up Status of forwarding Forwarding indicates that the IP host is an IP gateway and is forwarding datagrams received but not addressed to it Not Forwarding indicates that this IP host is not a gateway 117380 A Rev A 2 331 Using Technician Interface Scripts Zero All Ones Subnetting Setting that determines whether zero or all ones subnets are allowed Enabled or Disabled If Enabled interfaces configured with a zero subnet are allowed
283. ddress e H Hold down timer is running Circuit name of this virtual interface Remote tunnel ID of this virtual interface This value is Physical for non tunneled interfaces Otherwise it contains the unicast IP address of the remote tunnel endpoint Address of the dominant router for this virtual interface The specified router will forward packets onto the local network or tunnel that are sourced by the specified source network Address of a subordinate router for this virtual interface This indicates that at least one neighboring router considers this local network or tunnel to be on the shortest path to the specified source network Sample Display show dvmrp routes vifs DVMRP Virtual Interface Routes State C Child L Leaf H Hold down Source State Circuit Remote Tunnel Dom Router Sub Router 10 0 0 0 E21 Physical None 192 32428 22 10 0 0 0 E21 TIZ S27 is 2 None None 134003250 C E21 Physical None 192 32 28 22 T33 043270 E21 1923 32 4 2 None None 2 262 117380 A Rev A stats circuits lt circuit name gt show dvmrp Displays statistics for all DVMRP circuits or a specified DVMRP circuit The table displays the following information Circuit In Pkts Out Pkts Updates rec Updates sent In Drops Out Drops Circuit name of this virtual interface Number of datagrams received on this interface Number of datagrams sent on this interface Number of DVMRP route update messages recei
284. ddress gt find lt search pattern gt adjacent hosts Displays a table of configured adjacent hosts The table includes the following information Host IP Address IP address of the host Interface IP Address of the IP interface through which packets reach the host Interface Mask Subnet mask of the IP address specified for the interface Mac Address MAC address of the host Encaps Encapsulation method used ENET Ethernet SNAP PDN or DDN Valid Validity of the configuration If this field displays No you should check the adjacent host s configuration Sample Display show ip adjacent hosts IP Adjacent Hosts Host IP Addr Interface IP Interface Mask Mac Address Encaps Valid 5 0 0 2 5 0 0 1 255 0 0 0 00 00 A2 00 12 34 ENET YES 1 Entries 117380 A Rev A 2 329 Using Technician Interface Scripts alerts Displays the circuit name and IP address of interfaces whose state does not match their configuration for example an interface configured as enabled but whose state is not up Sample Display show ip alerts IP Circuits Circuit State IP Address S34 Down 151 115 4 1 F51 Down 150 DT SON 2 Entries found arp lt P_address gt Displays the IP Address Resolution Protocol ARP table This table shows the mapping between the host s IP address and its MAC address If you optionally specify an IP address the command displays the associated MAC a
285. disable their own configurations during normal operations Note that the DCM allows only one matrix table Note With current revisions of DCM software the RMON Host and Matrix tables are created by default you cannot delete or disable these tables 117380 A Rev A 2 187 Using Technician Interface Scripts expansion module Displays configuration information about a DCM board installed on an Ethernet expansion module Sample Display show dcm expansion Expansion Module DCM Information DCM State Enabled Operational Status Up Module Type Ethernet Memory Size 16777216 Hardware Revision C Firmware Revision B Agent Image Version V1 4 1 Boot Option Down Load Image Name 1 inl1_141l exe Image Save Mode Sav Config Source Local Config Save Mode Save Maximum Hosts per Entry 500 Configured Hosts per Entry 500 Create Host Control Table Disabled Create Matrix Control Table Disabledmiddleware Displays configuration information about the router s DCM software subsystem DCM middleware DCMMW The DCMMW driver runs on the router base module it controls the DCM and provides access to collected RMON statistics Sample Display show dcm middleware DCM Middleware Information Application DCMMW State Enabled Number of DCMs 1 2 188 117380 A Rev A show dcm The command show dem middleware displays the following information Application Name of the
286. dnode E21 430 432 0 0 E41 436 434 434 0 2 200 117380 A Rev A stats update Sent Level 1 Received Level 1 Sent Level 2 Received Level 2 show decnet Displays the counters for update packets sent and received on each circuit as follows Number of level 1 updates sent Number of level 1 updates received Number of level 2 updates sent Number of level 2 updates received Sample Display show decnet stats update DECnet Routing Update Statistics Sent Received Sent Received Circuit Level 1 Level 1 Level 2 Level 2 E21 82 80 84 40 E41 80 78 88 40 stats errors Displays the error counters for each circuit as follows Aged Out Number of aged packets lost Node Unreachable Number of node unreachable packets lost Node Out of Range Number of node out of range packets lost Oversized Packets Format error Total Dropped Number of oversized packets lost Number of packet format errors Number of dropped packets 117380 A Rev A 2 201 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show decnet stats error DECnet Error Statistics Aged Node Node Oversized Format Total Circuit Out Unreachable Out of Range Packets Error Dropped E21 0 0 0 0 0 0 E41 0 0 0 0 0 0 traffic filters lt circuit name gt Displays attributes of filters configured on each circuit or a specified circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the
287. dress The ATM address of this service record This parameter applies only to SVC type service records Sample Display show atm services ATM Service Record Table Line Circuit Encaps State Type ATM Address 1404101 13 LLC SNAP Reject PVC nil 1405101 6 anEmulation Up SVC 39 10 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A2 0D 74 B7 00 1405101 8 LLC SNAP Up PVC nil 1405101 9 LLC SNAP Up PVC nil 1405101 10 LLC SNAP Up PVC nil 1405101 11 LLC SNAP Up PVC nil 1405101 12 LLC SNAP Up PVC nil 1405101 19 LLC SNAP Up SVC 39 10 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 A2 0D 74 B7 06 Total entries 8 2 64 117380 A Rev A stats show atm Displays statistical information about all ATM VCs The table includes the following information Line VPI VCI Cells Transmitted Cells Received Checksum Errors Invalid Length Errors Pkts Transmitted Pkts Received Line number Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Channel Identifier associated with this Permanent Virtual Circuit Number of assigned ATM layer cells transmitted at the transceiver transmit interface T count Number of ATM layer cells received at the transciever receive interface that have not been discarded R count Number of occurances of cyclical redundancy check 32 CRC 32 failures across user payload data for any given VCL Number of active Cell Sequence PDU assembly processes closed aborted accu
288. dress of the server Age Number of seconds since the router updated this service or determined it to be valid Hops Number of hops this service is from the router 117380 A Rev A 2 379 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ipx services IPX Service Table Information Server Type Network Age Hops HOMER 0x0004 0x00202020 50 9 CALERN 0x0004 0xEC101070 50 9 CD_ROM 0x0004 Ox2E86F3D1 50 10 WENYC1 0x0004 0x17171717 50 9 PAYROLL 0x0004 0x00000100 50 10 TORONTO 0x0004 OxFC111139 50 9 HRISTEST 0x0004 Ox2F5F920C 50 9 HR_SERVER 0x0004 0x0000AAA1 50 9 RSMT_NW_1 0x0004 0x43582782 50 9 SYNOPTICS 0x0004 0x00000003 50 14 10 Services in table Sample Display show ipx service HO IPX Service Table Information Server Type Network Age Hops HOMER 0x0004 0x00202020 50 9 HOUSTON_NW_SVR 0x0004 0x0000F2B8 50 9 HOUSTON_NW_SVR 0x0107 Ox0000F2B8 50 10 HOUSTON_NW_SVR 0x023F Ox0000F2B8 60 10 4 Entries found 2 380 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show ipx service type 4 IPX Service Table Information show ipx Server Type Network Age Hops HOMER 0x0004 0x00202020 50 9 CALERN 0x0004 OxEC101070 20 9 CD_ROM 0x0004 Ox2E86F3D1 50 10 WENYC1 0x0004 0x17171717 50 9 PAYROLL 0x0004 0x00000100 50 10 TORONTO 0x0004 OxFC111139 50 9 HRISTEST 0x0004
289. dules Disabled DSL Line BChannel Tmr Tmr Slot Conn State ID Number MTU TE State Loopback 3 4 T 12 Disabled 0 1301102 400 Deactivated Disabled 10 750 2 406 117380 A Rev A enabled show isdn bri Displays the circuits that a user has enabled In this case State is Down Init Not Present or Up For definitions of the columns in the table refer to the alerts command Sample Display show isdnbri enabled ISDN BRI Modules Enabled DSL Line BChannel Tmr Tmr Slot Conn State ID Number MTU TE State Loopback 3 4 uF 12 Init O 1301102 400 Deactivated Disabled 10 750 I 32 Init 1 1301302 400 Activated Disabled 10 750 receive errors Displays receive error information for all circuits or for a specified circuit Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector s instance identifier ranges from 1 to 4 Over Flows Number of data overflows anomalies received by the circuit Bad CRC Number of bad cyclic redundancy checks received Aborts Number of abort messages received Frames Too Long Number of frames received that were too long for processing They exceeded the standard ISDN frame length Sample Display show isdnbri receive errors ISDN BRI Module Receive Errors Over Frames Slot Conn Flows Bad CRC Aborts Too Long 1 12 0 0 0 1 32 0 0 0 117380 A Rev A 2 407 Using Technician Interface Scripts sample lt period in secondss gt circuit lt drcuit name gt
290. dundancy Base Record Information Attribute Value State Up Role Secondary Group ID 1 ember ID 1 Priority i Hello Timer 2 Bid Duration 45 Timeout Counter 5 Primary cfg file 4 mpass pri Role Switch Delay 5 circuits lt circuit name gt Displays circuit and state information for all router redundancy ports or for a specific port The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the port is on Port The port number State Indicates whether router redundancy is Enabled or Disabled for this circuit Send PDU Sending of PDUs enabled or disabled Primary Mac Addr The MAC address to be used for this circuit when this router is the primary router 2 544 117380 A Rev A show rredund Sample Display show rredund circuits Router Redundancy Circuit Table Circuit Port State Send PDU Primary MAC Addr E41 1 Enabled Enabled 00 00 A2 03 42 96 E42 2 Enabled Enabled 00 00 A2 03 42 97 2 Entries found disabled Displays all interface circuits that have backup router redundancy and are disabled currently A circuit is disabled if the disable enable parameter is set to disable and the state is down For definitions of the columns in the table see the circuits command Sample Display show rredund disable Router Redundancy Circuit Table Circuit Port State Send PDU Primary MAC Addr 0 Entries found enabled Displays all interface circuits that have backup route
291. e pap local remote circuits lt circuit_name gt state lt circuit name gt decnet version disabled vines enabled wcp ip xns 117380 A Rev A 2 483 Using Technician Interface Scripts alerts Displays all protocols that are enabled but whose state is not opened The display includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on Protocol Protocols used on the line State State of the protocol as follows e Ackrcevd Acknowledgment received the router received an acknowledgment to its request for configuring the connection It has yet to acknowledge the receipt of the request from the other side of the connection Acksent Acknowledgment sent the router has sent a request for configuring the connection It has also acknowledged a similar request from the other side of the connection but has yet to receive an acknowledgment of its request from the other side Closed Link is available but has not yet received an Open request Closing Router has sent a request to close the connection and is expecting an acknowledgment When it receives the acknowledgment the connection will enter the Closed state Initial Initial state the lower layer is unavailable Opened Router has sent a configuration request and the other side has acknowledged its request Also the router has received a configuration request from the other side and h
292. e Max LCN s Maximum number of logical channels allowed on this line LCN s Active Number of active logical channels on this line RX Packets Number of data packets received on this line since starting up TX Packets Number of data packets transmitted on this line since starting up Restarts RX TX Number of restart packets sent and received on this line Resets RX TX Number of reset packets sent and received on this line Rejects RX TX Number of reject packets sent and received on this line Intrpts RX TX Number of interrupt packets sent and received on this line Sample Display show x25 stats Max LCN s RX TX Restarts Resets Rejects Intrpts Line LCN s Active Packets Packets RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX 1 Stats Entries version Displays the current version and the modification date of the x25 bat script Sample Display show x25 version X25 bat Version 1 9 Date 10 31 94 117380 A Rev A 2 703 Using Technician Interface Scripts virtual circuit ve lt s ot connector circuit name gt Displays all X 25 virtual circuits currently in use and their statistics or displays a specified virtual circuit The table includes the following information Line Line number for this virtual circuit LCN Logical channel number for this virtual circuit VC Circuit Virtual circuit number selected from a user specified range of virtual circuit numbers RX Packets Number of data packets received on this line since startin
293. e State is Disabled Sample Display show token disabled TOKEN RING Modules Disabled Ring Early Token Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table enabled Displays Token Ring circuits that a user has manually enabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show token enabled TOKEN RING Modules Enabled Ring Early Token Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 661 Using Technician Interface Scripts receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Line Errors Number of frames that this station copied with bad format or Frame Check Sequence FCS errors Burst Errors Number of frames with no bit transition for 5 1 2 bit times Sample Display show token receive errors TOKEN RING Receive Errors Line Burst Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors 3 1 031 T 5 4 2 042 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show token receive errors circuit 031 TOKEN RING Receive Errors Line Burst Slot Conn Circuit Errors
294. e circuit lt circuit name gt sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt collisions circuit lt circuit name gt stats circuit lt circuit name gt disabled system errors circuit lt circuit name gt enabled transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt alerts Displays all circuits that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model For routers other than the ASN indicates the physical slot number Conn Connector s instance identifier For an Ethernet Link Module the range is 1 or 2 For a Net Module the value is 11 to 44 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line State State of the line driver Disabled Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up 2 172 117380 A Rev A show csmacd The Not Present state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver software The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration MAC Address Line s physical address The driver assigns this address BOFL TMO Time in seconds between transmissions of Breath of Life messages from this interface A timeout occurs if five per
295. e Department of Defense or their successors whichever is applicable 6 Use of Software in the European Community This provision applies to all Software acquired for use within the European Community If Licensee uses the Software within a country in the European Community the Software Directive enacted by the Council of European Communities Directive dated 14 May 1991 will apply to the examination of the Software to facilitate interoperability Licensee agrees to notify Bay Networks of any such intended examination of the Software and may procure support and assistance from Bay Networks 7 Term and termination This license is effective until terminated however all of the restrictions with respect to Bay Networks copyright in the Software and user manuals will cease being effective at the date of expiration of the Bay Networks copyright those restrictions relating to use and disclosure of Bay Networks confidential information shall continue in effect Licensee may terminate this license at any time The license will automatically terminate if Licensee fails to comply with any of the terms and conditions of the license Upon termination for any reason Licensee will immediately destroy or return to Bay Networks the Software user manuals and all copies Bay Networks is not liable to Licensee for damages in any form solely by reason of the termination of this license 8 Export and Re export Licensee agrees not to export directly or indirec
296. e Display show osi circuits e31 Cleculte State Forwarding E31 Up Enabled E32 Up Enabled Displays OSI circuits that a user has manually disabled on the router In this case State is Disabled Forwarding is either Enabled or Disabled Displays circuits that have OSI enabled on this router For information on the columns in the table see the circuits command 2 456 117380 A Rev A show osi level1 routes find lt destination sys ID gt Displays information from the level 1 routing table for all entries or for a specific destination address The table includes the following information Destination SysID Route Type Next Hop Cost NSAP address of the destination system Route type which is one of the following e Level 1 Level 1 routing within the local area only e Level 2 Level 2 routing between routing domains only e Level 1 amp 2 Level 1 and Level 2 routing within the local area and to systems located in a different area NSAP address of the intermediate system that is the next hop on the path to the destination end system Number of hops it takes to reach the destination Sample Display show osi level1 routes OSI Level I Routing Information Destination SysId Route Type Next Hop Cost 0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCC00 Level 1 amp 2 0x490040AAAAAAAAAAAAOO 10 level2 routes find lt destination sys ID gt Displays information from the Level 2 routing table for all entries o
297. e Listen Supply Interface both listens for and supplies RIP updates e Listen Interface listens to RIP Periodic and Triggered updates from neighboring networks and conveys received routing information to its internal routing table e Supply Interface transmits all RIP Periodic and Triggered updates to routers in neighboring networks In Packets Number of RIP packets received on this interface Out Packets Number of RIP packets sent out this interface Bad Packets Number of bad RIP packets received on this interface 2 366 117380 A Rev A show ipx Sample Display show ipx rip IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information A11 Circuit RIP In Out Bad Index Interfac Stat Mode Packets Packets Packets 1 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 2 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 3 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 4 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 5 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 6 0x2E025290 Up Lstn Sply 0 1600 0 7 0x2E025360 Up Lstn Sply 1534 384 0 8 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 RIP Interfaces configured rip alerts Displays IPX RIP interfaces whose Disable Enable parameter conflicts with their state For column definitions see the rip command Sample Display show ipx rip alerts IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information Alerts Circuit RIP In Out Bad Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets 1 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 2 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 3 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 4 one
298. e State of the network Good Suspect Bad 0 going bad or Bad 1 completely bad Port Physical port that serves as the source of the route An lt AURP gt in this column means that the router learned this route through the AppleTalk Update based Routing Protocol Zone List Name of the zone associated with this network The table includes this column when you include the zones option on the command line If the zone name is more than 32 characters the script displays as much of the name as possible followed by ellipses 2 52 117380 A Rev A show at Sample Display show at routes AppleTalk Routing Table Network Hop Next Hop State Port 60020 60020 1209 110 Good lt AURP gt 60040 60040 2 205 1 10 2 Good lt AURP gt 60050 60050 2 205 2 70 1 Good lt AURP gt 60400 60400 0 60400 96 Good E21 60401 1 60040 169 Good E32 60404 2 205 1 10 1 Good lt AURP gt 60410 3 205 1 10 2 Good lt AURP gt 7 total entries Sample Display show at nets find 60401 60404 AppleTalk Routing Table Network Hop Next Hop State Port 60401 1 60040 169 Good E32 60404 2 205 1 10 1 Good lt AURP gt 2 total entries 117380 A Rev A 2 53 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show at routes zones Network Hop Next Hop State Port Zone List 60020 60020 1 205 1 10 1 Good lt AURP gt WAN 60080 60081 1 60090 4 Suspect F41 Internal Token 60090 60090 O 60090 61 Good F41 Internal 6
299. e Wait TCP is waiting for enough time to pass to be sure the remote TCP received the acknowledgment of its request to terminate the connection Delete TCP The TCP connection is terminating in response to a network management request Except for Establish Closed and Listen all states are associated with establishing and closing a connection and are thus transitory Sample Display show tcp connections The current TCP connections Local Remote Local IP Port Remote IP Port State 0 0 0 0 21 0 0 0 0 0 Listen 0 0 0 0 23 0 0 0 0 0 Listen 192 168 125 34 23 192 32 241 49 1281 Established 2 654 117380 A Rev A show telnet show telnet The show telnet lt option gt commands display information about telnet services The show telnet command supports the following subcommand options client server Entering show telnet without any lt option gt displays all information on the telnet client and server running on the router For more information on telnet services refer to Configuring IP Utilities client Displays information about the telnet client on the router as follows Sample Display show telnet client Telnet Client enabled Telnet Command Prompt AlphaNode Remote Telnet Tcp Port 23 server Displays information about the telnet server on the router as follows 117380 A Rev A 2 655 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show telnet server Telnet Server enabled
300. e connection for the signaling sequence e Next Separating the signaling performed in the SIGNAL state e Signal Communicating individual bits of information across the connection e Join Assuring that both ends of the connection enter the ACTIVE state together when signaling has completed e Verify Leading to an active connection e Active Incorporating the port into the token path e Maint Detecting maintenance state Number of times a link has been rejected Number of elasticity buffer errors for a specific Physical Layer Protocol PHY The elasticity buffer tracks clock tolerances between stations Number of consecutive times the link confidence test has failed during Connection Management 2 284 117380 A Rev A show fddi Sample Display show fddi port FDDI Modules Port Parameters Link Error Elasticity Link Local Neighbor Physical Monitor Buffer Confidence Slot Conn Port Port Type State Count Errors Count 2 1A Unknown Connect 0 0 2 1B A Active 0 0 0 2 entries in table receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line CRC Errors Number of frames received with CRC errors Overrun Errors Number of frames received wit
301. e following information Circuit name The name of the circuit Circuit number The circuit number representing the circuit name in the MIB Transmit count The number of frames transmitted on the circuit Receive count The number of frames received on the circuit Receive error count The number of error frames received on the circuit 2 548 117380 A Rev A show rredund Sample Display show rredund sonmp Router Redundancy SONMP Stats Circuit Circuit Transmit Receiv Receive Error ame Number Count Count Count E41 J 0 0 0 E42 2 0 0 0 2 Entries found version Displays the current version and modification date of the rredund bat script Sample Display show rredund version rredund bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 549 Using Technician Interface Scripts show rsc The show rsc lt option gt commands display information about managed line resources The Bay Networks Line Resource Manager LRM lets you define a certain percentage of bandwidth as reservable resources on lines configured with the ST2 protocol ST2 applications that require a guaranteed quality of service can negotiate for the reservable bandwidth Refer to Configuring WAN Line Services for detailed information about LRM The show rsc command supports the following subcommand options bandwidth unreserved reserved bandwidth Displays information about an ST2 line s r
302. e gt version stats errors lt line number llindex circuit number VC ID gt circuits lt circuit name gt Displays information about all WCP circuits or a specific WCP circuit Circuit Name Circuit name of this interface Circuit Number Circuit number associated with the circuit name Enable Indicates whether compression is enabled on this circuit Compression Mode Compression mode for this circuit CPC Continuous Packet Compression PPC Packet by Packet Compression or Inherit Circuit entries have an additional value of Inherit which means that the circuit takes on whatever value the corresponding line entry has in the Compression Mode or History Size according to case History Size History size for the compression facility 32 KB 8 KB or Inherit 117380 A Rev A 2 681 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show wcp circuits WCP Circuit Entries Circuit Circuit Compression History Name Number Enable Mode Size S31 2 Enabled Inherit Inherit S41 3 Enabled Inherit Inherit 2 WCP circuit s configured lines lt ine gt Displays information about WCP lines for all configured lines or for a specified line lt line gt Limits the display to the specified line In addition to the information described under the circuits command this command displays the following information Line Number Line number for the physical WCP port LLIndex Logical l
303. e peer e Remap HCR Both HCR and Remap are in effect SUI Flags Send Update Information flags in the peer router s Open Request and Routing Information Request The possible values are e Add Network added e Delete Network deleted e Dist Distance changed e Zone Zone changed 117380 A Rev A 2 109 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show aurp stats peer AURP Connection Peer Information Peer Update Environ Connection Domain ID Rate Flags SUI Flags 192 32 14 85 0 0 0 0 0 lt none gt lt none gt 192 32 14 86 0 0 0 0 0 lt none gt lt none gt 205 le Led 205 ciel 054 30 lt none gt Zone Dist Delete Add transport Displays information about AURP transports The table includes counts of delayed duplicates command retries and updates received and generated for each connection Sample Display show aurp stats transport AURP Transport Statistics Delayed Command Updates Updates Connection Duplicates Retries Received Generated 192 32 14 85 0 7 0 0 192 32 14 86 0 3 0 0 205 012 1051 0 4 2 1 2 110 117380 A Rev A show aurp version Displays the current version and modification date of the aurp bat script Sample Display show aurp version AURP bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 111 Using Technician Interface Scripts show autoneg alerts The show autoneg lt option gt commands display the status of automatic line speed nego
304. e target network to monitor Network mask State of the filter Enabled or Disabled Unique number for each IPX interface on the router Identifier of the circuit unique to the IPX instance The protocol upon which to apply this filter when sending RIP updates This can be Any Local RIP NLSP or Static Action for the filter to take advertise accept Adv Acpt or suppress Sprs Mode means whether the action applies to inbound or outbound filters The modes are Jn Out or In Out The action and mode are combined under the Action Mode field in the display for example Sprs In would mean to suppress inbound filters The default action and mode is Adv Acpt Out Sample Display show ipx route filters IPX Route Filter Information Network Circuit IPX Action Prio Target Net Mask state Index Interface Proto Mode 1 0x00000001 0x00000001 Enabled 3 0x0000DD00 Any Adv Acpt Out 1 Route Filters configured 117380 A Rev A 2 369 Using Technician Interface Scripts routes type direct nisp rip static lt P address gt find lt search pattern gt net lt search pattern gt host lt search pattern gt Displays information from the IPX routing table The table receives routes through IPX RIP from configured IPX interfaces or statically configured routes You can use the following options with the routes command type Limits the display to the routing method that was the source of this route The
305. ecause of an unknown or unsupported network layer protocol identifier NLPID Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or unsupported protocol identifier PID Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or unsupported organizational unique identifier OUI Number of packets discarded because of an inactive service access point SAP Unsupported Control Field Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or invalid Sample Display control field show atmdxi stats mpe ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI PE Circuit Statistics Invalid Invalid Invalid Misdelivered Unsupported CircuLt NLPID PID OUI PDU Control Field ATM 0 0 0 0 0 ATMInter 0 0 0 0 0 Total entries 2 117380 A Rev A 2 83 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats pve lt ine lindex gt lt line llindex VPI gt lt line llindex VPI VCI gt Displays ATM DXI statistics The table includes the number of frames and octets transmitted and received and the number of frames dropped due to errors Options let you display more specific statistics as follows lt line llindex gt Displays statistics for all PVCs for the specified line level lt line llindex VPI gt Displays statistics for all PVCs for the specified virtual path on the specified line level lt line llindex VPI VCI gt Displays statistics for the PVC for the specified virtual path and channel on the specified line level Sample Display s
306. econds to wait for a Routing Information Response RI Rsp Routing Information Update RI Upd or Zone Information Response ZI Rsp before sending a tickle request This value is a multiple of ten The range is 10 through 31 536 000 seconds one year The default is 90 seconds Sample Display show aurp alerts AURP Connection Alerts Enabled but state is down Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout 192 32 14 85 Down 3 3 30 90 1 entries found 3 total entries Displays the base record information for AURP The base record controls AURP for the entire system The table includes the following information Protocol Name of the protocol which is AURP State State of the protocol Disabled Down Init initializing Not Pres enabled but not yet started or Up Configured IP Interface IP address on this router that AURP uses for all of its connections Open Reqs Accepted Number of Open Requests the router has accepted on this interface Open Reqs Rejected Number of Open Requests the router has rejected on this interface In Packets No Peer Number of packets received from UDP for which there is no valid connection 117380 A Rev A 2 103 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show aurp base AURP Base Information Configured Open Reqs Open Reqs In Packets Protocol State IP Interface Accepted Rejected No Peer AURP Up 192 32 14 19 1 0 0 connection lt P address gt
307. ed or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command The table also displays the line the circuit is currently on since with dial backup the backup circuit can be on another line when the primary connection fails 2 506 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show ppp state PPP State Information PPP over Sync Driver Driver Circuit Line State Protocol State S31 203101 Init LCP Opened IP Starting IPX Disabled OSI Disabled XNS Disabled VINES Disabled BRIDGE Disabled DECnet Disabled APPLETALK Disabled Special 203102 Init LCP Starting IP Initial IPX Initial OSI Disabled XNS Disabled VINES Disabled BRIDGE Disabled DECnet Disabled APPLETALK Initial Demand 3 203103 Up LCP Opened IP Opened IPX Disabled OSI Disabled XNS Disabled VINES Disabled BRIDGE Disabled DECnet Disabled APPLETALK Disabled show ppp 117380 A Rev A 2 507 Using Technician Interface Scripts Note As the sample display shows the circuit labeled Special is only for lines configured for dial on demand dial backup and bandwidth on demand A circuit name of Special means that PPP created the circuit for negotiating addresses on a demand backup or bandwidth line If your two circuit entries have the same name one of them is a primary circuit and the other is a backup circuit See show sws for more information A demand or backup circuit becomes associated to a physic
308. ed zone lists for AppleTalk ports and from ZIP packets from other nodes on the network 2 56 117380 A Rev A show at find lt pattern gt Limits the display to zones that match the specified pattern You can use the wildcard characters and The table includes the following information Network Network start and end numbers that constitute the range of the network numbers where the zone resides These numbers are in the range of 1 through 65 279 Zone Name Name of each zone assigned to the entire network or the specified group Sample Display show at zones AppleTalk Zone Table Network Zone Name 1 1 37_Network 2 2 net_1 3 3 net_2 50 50 ring_2ACC 50 50 ring_2DEV 50 50 ring_2ENG 50 50 ring_2 200 200 net_200 201 201 net_201ACC 201 201 net_201DEV 201 201 net_201ENG 201 201 net_201 203 203 net_203ACC 203 203 net_203DEV 203 203 net_203ENG 203 203 net_203 18 total entries 117380 A Rev A 2 57 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show at zones find net AppleTalk Zone Table Zone Name Network 2 2 net_1 353 net_2 200 200 net_200 201 201 net_201ACC 201 201 net_201DEV 201 201 net_201ENG 201 201 net_201 203 203 net_203ACC 203 203 net_203DEV 203 203 net_203ENG 203 203 net_203 11 entries found 16 total entries 2 58 117380 A Rev A show atm show atm The show atm lt option
309. ee eae eee Up Yes Yes Yes 68 0 7 192 32 14 92 Down Yes No No 0 0 0 3 Entries 117380 A Rev A 2 443 Using Technician Interface Scripts names Displays name cache information NetBIOS Name NetBIOS name of the station IP Address IP address of the NetBIOS station Learned Indicates whether this NetBIOS entry is learned If not it is a static entry Cache Hits Number of times the NetBIOS name cache has been used Scope ID NetBIOS Scope ID of this station Sample Display show nbip names NBIP Name Cache NetBIOS Name IP Address Learned Cache Hits Scope ID MIATA 128 1133 Yes 0 lt 09 gt wellfleet lt 03 gt com WINDSURF 130 1 1 3 Yes 8 lt 09 gt wellfleet lt 03 gt com 2 Entries version Displays the current version and the modification date of the nbip bat script Sample Display show nbip version NBIP bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 444 117380 A Rev A show nml show nml The show nml lt option gt commands display configuration and statistical information about Native Mode LAN NML services For detailed information about NML refer to Configuring Bridging Services The show nml command supports the following subcommand options circuits lt circuit name gt seclists lt circuit name gt disabled stats enabled version circuits lt circuit name gt Displays information about all NML circuits or a specified NML circuit configured on the r
310. eeded Problem S31 192 32 174 65 0 0 0 0 0 E23 192 32 174 97 2 0 1 1 0 E21 192 32 174 129 5 0 5 0 0 2 348 117380 A Rev A show ip stats icmp server lt circuit name gt Displays statistics about ICMP messages that the router generates For column definitions in the display see the stats icmp client command Sample Display show ip stats icmp server IP ICMP Server Statistics Echo Echo Timestmp Timestmp AddrMask AddrMask Circuit IP Address Requests Replies Requests Replies Requests Replies O41 151 10 100 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 31 151 04 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 S32 PST To el 0 0 0 0 0 0 533 ako Aa E S PN 0 1 0 0 0 0 S34 151 11 4 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 F51 TST TL30 0 0 0 0 0 0 E21 192 32 37 169 0 0 0 0 0 0 stats security in lt circuit name gt Displays statistics associated with IP in security on each of the IP interfaces or on a specified interface The table includes the following information Circuit IP Address Drop Rx Authorty Drop Rx Formats Drop Rx Levels Drop Rx No IPSOS In Admin Prohibit Name of the circuit this interface is on Internet address of the interface Number of received packets dropped because the authority flag was not sufficient Number of received packets dropped because the security option format was invalid Number of received packets dropped because the classification level was out of range Number of received packets dropped because they were without an IP security lab
311. ef calculated 0x4a01ff7 AS Path SEQ 5 200 5 23 0 24 from 192 32 28 6 nexthop 192 32 28 5 IGP Local Pref calculated 0x80000000 AS Path SEQ 6 5 200 5 24 0 24 from 192 32 28 5 BEST USED nexthop 192 32 28 5 IGP Local Pref calculated 0x4a01ff7 AS Path SEQ 5 200 5 24 0 24 from 192 32 28 6 nexthop 192 32 28 5 IGP Local Pref calculated 0x80000000 AS Path SEQ 6 5 200 6 0 0 24 from 192 32 28 5 nexthop 192 32 28 6 IGP Local Pref calculated 0x80000000 AS Path SEQ 5 6 8 BGP Route entries IGP 8 EGP 0 Incomplete 0 2 122 117380 A Rev A stats show bgp Displays statistics for each peer router The table displays the Internet address of the configured local and remote BGP peers and the total number of BGP messages and updates received and sent between them Message totals include updates Sample Display show bgp stats BGP Peer Statistics Local Remote Messages Updates Address Address Rx Tx Rx Tx 192 32 174 65 192 32 174 66 4206 4193 217 181 192 32 174 97 192 3274799 4174 4228 64 205 19232179129 192 32 175 130 4360 4189 292 162 3 peers configured summary Displays a brief summary of BGP information including the following items State of BGP Absent Disabled Down Init initializing Invalid or Up Local BGP identifier Local Autonomous System number Whether Intra AS IBGP routing is enabled or disabled Number of peers configured
312. efault is 3 sessions Maximum number of FTP login retries allowed after a login failure The default is 3 retries File transfer type ASCII or Binary 2 306 117380 A Rev A Control Type Data Type TCP Window Size Logins Logins Failed Files Received Average In Kb s In Errors Files Sent Avg Out Kb s Out Errors show ftp Type of Service TOS value set for control connection in the IP datagram that specifies to the Transport Layer how the datagram should be handled The options are Normal and Low Delay with Low Delay being the default Type of Service TOS value set for data transfer in the IP datagram that specifies to the Transport Layer how the datagram should be handled The options are Normal and High Throughput with High Throughput being the default Size in bytes of the windows used for FTP TCP connections The default is 16 000 bytes Number of successful FTP logins Number of FTP logins that failed Number of files successfully received Average transfer rate in kilobytes per second for receiving data Number of errors logged during in bound transfer Number of files successfully sent Average transfer rate in kilobytes per second for sending data Number of errors logged during out bound transfer 117380 A Rev A 2 307 Using Technician Interface Scripts show hardware The show hardware lt option gt commands display information about a router s hardware The show hardwa
313. el Number of ICMP destination unreachable or communication administratively prohibited messages received 117380 A Rev A 2 349 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ip stats security in IP Security In Statistics Drop Rx Drop Rx Drop Rx Drop Rx In Admin Circuit IP Address Authorty Formats Levels No IPSOS Prohibit 31 192 32 174 65 0 0 0 0 0 E23 192 32 174 97 0 0 0 0 0 stats security out lt circuit name gt Displays statistics associated with IP out security on each of the IP interfaces or on a specified interface The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on IP Address Internet address of the interface Drop Tx Authorty Number of transmitted packets dropped because the authority flag was not sufficient Drop Tx Levels Number of transmitted packets dropped because the classification level was out of range Drop Tx No IPSOS Number of transmitted packets dropped because they were without an IP security label No IpSos ROOMS Number of packets not transmitted because the IP header lacked the space to insert an IP security option OutAdmin Prohibit Number of ICMP destination unreachable or communication administratively prohibited messages sent 2 350 117380 A Rev A show ip Sample Display show ip stats security out IP Security Out Statistics Drop Tx Drop Tx Drop Tx No IpSos OutAdmin Circuit IP Address Authorty
314. election Services RSS calculates a new route tree for that route Maximum number of transmission groups in the local topology database Sample Display show appn base APPN Base Information Node Name USWFLTO1 DURHAM State Active Capabilities Negotiated LS Parallel TG Dynamic LS Support Segment Reassembly BIND Reassembly Support Support Adaptive BIND Pacing d Chars Receive Register Border Node Central Directory Route Tree Incremental Tree Mode to COos Multi Domain Endpoint RSCV Capacity Alert Queue Size COS Cache Size Directory Cache Size Entries Max Directory Support Support Caching Updates Mapping Support Storage Route Tr Cache Siz Route Tree Use Limit Topology Max Nodes in Max TGs in opology Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 10 8 100 Unlimited 8 8 Unlimited Unlimited 2 6 117380 A Rev A cos node lt COS name gt show appn Displays resistance and congestion information for all COS types or for a specific COS type COS Weight Resist Min Resist Max Congest Min Congest Max COS Name BATCH INTER INTERSC BATCHSC CPSVCMG or SNASVCMG BATCH refers to jobs which are batch like in nature 1 e where there is a lot of data is involved and response time is not very important INTER refers to interactive jobs i e where there is not
315. em The table includes the following information State Role Group ID Member ID Priority Hello Timer Bid Duration Timeout Counter Primary cfg file Role Switch Delay State of the protocol States include the following Up Down Init initializing and bidding Not Pres enabled but not yet started Wait SOS Reply waiting for a reply to an SOS PDU Wait Pri Gdby waiting for a Primary Good bye PDU Revd Pri Gdby received a Primary Good bye PDU Wait New Pri Waiting for a New Primary PDU Delay Bidding Role of the router Primary or Secondary Identification number of this router redundancy group Identification number of this member of the group This router s priority to become the primary router if the current primary router fails A high value indicates higher priority The configured time interval in seconds between sending Hello protocol data units PDUs The amount of time in seconds for the bidding period that determines which router in the group becomes the primary router The number of Hello timer periods when the secondary routers do not receive a Hello PDU from the primary router before they begin to choose a new primary router The name of the primary configuration file the router uses when it boots or reboots as the primary router This parameter is not currently used 117380 A Rev A 2 543 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show rredund base Router Re
316. emote NETBIOS_NQ Station Name IP Address Queries CHEERS 154 154 154 154 1 2 212 117380 A Rev A peers saps show dls Displays the IP addresses of all configured DLSw peers and the state of each State is Down Init initializing Not Present not started or Up Sample Display show dls peers DLS Peers Peer Peer State IP Address Up 200 200 201 100 Displays all session access points SAPs registered with the LLC SAP services and the credit of each SAP Credit is the number of LLC2 frames that DLSw and the local LLC2 circuit can exchange Sample Display show dis saps DLS Saps SAP SAP Credit 4 10 8 10 12 10 240 10 117380 A Rev A 2 213 Using Technician Interface Scripts slots Displays the slot number IP address and memory information that corresponds on the slot to DLSw Slot Slot IP Address Current Memory Max Mem Allowed HiWater Specifies the slot number you want to associate with the IP interface address you reserved for that slot Specifies an IP address associated with a specific DLSw peer slot in the router TCP uses this IP address for connections associated with that slot The current memory consumption on the router The maximum memory allocated on the slot The maximum memory on the router Sample Display show dls slots DLSw Slots Slot Slot IP Address Current Memory Max Mem Allowed HiWater 1 78 78 78 78 All of it 0 2
317. ence ID for show ntp base Preference e Preferred The local NTP client prefers accepts packets from this remote NTP server e Not Preferred The local NTP client does not prefer rejects packets from this remote NTP server Sample Display show nip peer IP Address Config Peer Mod Stat Reference Id Preference 192 32 72 6 1 1 198 72 72 10 Not Preferred 168 107 41 1 ik 1 Tele le Preferred 117380 A Rev A 2 451 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats Displays information about e The number of polls requests for information sent by the local NTP client to the designated remote NTP server e The number of packets received by the local NTP client from the designated remote NTP server The table shows the following information IP Address The IP address of this remote NTP server Polls sent The number of polls requests for information sent from the local NTP client to this NTP server Packets received The number of NTP packets received and accepted from this remote NTP server Sample Display show ntp stats IP Address Polls Sent Packets received Zeker 10 10 2 452 117380 A Rev A show osi show osi The show osi lt option gt commands display configuration state and statistical information about Open Systems Interconnection OSD services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of the OSI protocol refer to Configuring OSI Services The show osi comman
318. entire router Sample Display enable tftp base TFTP base record enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 55 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable token Use the enable token lt option gt commands to enable Token Ring services on a Bay Networks router and the disable token lt option gt commands to disable Token Ring services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Token Ring refer to Configuring Ethernet FDDI and Token Ring Services The enable disable token commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit name gt connector lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable sync circuit 031 TOKI EN RING circuit 031 enabled connector lt slot connector gt Enables or disables a specific connector Sample Display enable token connector 4 2 TOKI EN RING connector 4 2 enabled 3 56 117380 A Rev A enable disable vines enable disable vines Use the enable vines lt option gt commands to enable Virtual Networking System VINES services on a Bay Networks router and the disable vines lt option gt commands to disable VINES services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of VINES refer to Configuring VINES Services The enable disable vines commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit name gt
319. er 2 324 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show igmp base IGMP Base Information Protocol State IGMP Init Estimated Number of Groups show igmp 20 circuits lt circuit name gt enabled disabled Displays the DVMRP circuit information for all circuits a specified circuit enabled circuits or disabled circuits The table contains the following information Circuit Circuit name of this interface State Current state of the IGMP interface Up Down Init initializing Invalid or Not Pres not present Query Rate Specifies in seconds how often a local group membership is queried If set to 0 no queries are sent out of this interface DR Timeout Designated Router Timeout Specifies in seconds the amount of time since the last host query message Membership Timeout Specifies in seconds the amount of time a local group membership is valid without confirmation 117380 A Rev A 2 325 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show igmp circuits IGMP Circuits Circuit State Query Rate DR Timeout MembershipTimeout E31 Up 120 140 260 E34 Up 120 140 260 E22 Up 120 140 260 E32 Up 120 140 260 E33 Up 120 140 260 5 Total entries groups lt circuit name gt Displays group information for all IGMP circuits or a specified IGMP circuit The table displays the following information Circuit Circuit name of this interface Group Address Associated group addre
320. er and modification date of the xns bat script Sample Display show xns version XNS bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 725 Chapter 3 Using enable disable Commands You can enable and disable network protocols services and interfaces from the Technician Interface command line using the general syntax of the enable disable commands as follows enable lt service gt or disable lt service gt lt service gt is the name of the protocol or service you want to enable or disable To display a help message on an enable or disable command enter the command followed by a question mark For example to display help for the enable at command enter enable at The sample displays in this section show how to use the enable commands only However disable commands follow the same syntax 117380 A Rev A 3 1 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable appn Use the enable appn lt option gt commands to enable APPN services on a Wellfleet router and the disable appn lt option gt commands to disable APPN services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of APPN refer to Configuring APPN Services The enable disable appn commands support the following subcommand options base Is lt LS name gt directory lt LU name gt port lt port name gt dic lt DLC name gt tunnel lt circuit gt log vrn lt VRN name gt base Enables or disables APPN
321. er of bytes in the match field Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet Filter type as follows e Capture Limits the types of packets saved e Trigger Stops a capture when a match occurs e Not Used Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet the first byte to be checked for a match Reference point in the packet for the offset as follows e MAC First byte of the packet e Data Link Value that varies with the medium e Multicast Special filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a byte is 1 Number of bytes in the match field Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet Filter type as follows e Capture Limits the types of packets saved e Trigger Stops a capture when a match occurs e Not Used Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet the first byte to be checked for a match 2 472 117380 A Rev A RxFltr2Ref RxFltr2Match RxFltr2Group TxFltr2Type TxFltr2Offset TxFltr2Ref TxFltr2Size TxFltr2Match TxFltr2Group show packet Reference point in the packet for the offset as follows e MAC First byte of the packet e Data Link Value that varies with the medium e Multicast Special filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a byte is 1 Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet Capture filter type grouping as follows e Or ORs the results of RxFltr1 and RxFitr2 e And
322. error means that the calculated CRC does not match the incoming CRC word Sample Display show ds1e1 fdl ansi2 DS1E1 Facility Data Link FDL Errors second half ANSI 403 mode SES UAS PRMES PRMSES PRME Slot Conn Counts Counts Counts Counts Counts 2 1 2561 2154 24 23 129 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 225 Using Technician Interface Scripts DS1E1 FDL Errors AT amp T 54016 mode first half Slot Conn Valid Intervals Total ESs Total SESs Total SEFs Total UASs Total CSSs Slot identifier Connector identifier Number of previous time intervals for which valid data was collected The value is 96 unless the interface was brought on line within the last 24 hours In this case the value is the number of complete 15 minute intervals since the interface has been on line Number of Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Number of Severely Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Number of Severely Errored Framing Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Number of Unavailable Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Number of Controlled Slip Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in the previous 24 hour interval Sample Display show ds1e1 fdl att1 DS1E1 Facility Data
323. ers one character per timeslot The characters and their meaning are as follows e Assigns the timeslot to the first HDLC controller Circuit 1 e 2 Assigns the timeslot to the second HDLC controller Circuit 2 e D Assigns the timeslot to data passthrough HDLC controller to HCLC controller e I Assigns the timeslot to idle e V Assigns the timeslot to voice passthrough HDLC controller to HCLC controller For example the sample display for the base command shows the MiniDacs Configuration as 111111111ITIITIII111111111111111 This string shows that timeslots 1 8 and 17 24 are assigned to the first HDLC controller 1 and timeslots 9 16 and 25 31 are idle 1 Clock Mode MiniDacs Configuration Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table 2 268 117380 A Rev A show e1 base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base level information for all E1 circuits or a specific circuit For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show e1 base El Modules HDB3 Clock Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration 2 1 E1 21 Disabled Internal 111111111IITIIIIII11111111111111I1 2 2 E1 22 Disabled Slave 22222222TIITIIIII22222222T11III1 2 entries in table Sample Display show e1 base circuit e1 21 El Modules HDB3 Clock Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration 2 1 E1 21 Disabled Internal 11111111ITIIII
324. ersion number and modification date of the circuits bat script Sample Display show circuits version CIRCUITS bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 164 117380 A Rev A show console show console The show console lt option gt commands display console port configuration state and statistics information For more information refer to Using Technician Interface Software The show console command supports the following subcommand options alerts enabled configuration lt port number gt stats lt port number gt disabled version alerts Displays the port number port name and state of any serial port that is enabled but not currently up Use this command to detect potential problems with the serial ports configured on your system The listing of a serial port in the display doesn t necessarily mean that a problem exists with the port it means only that a problem could exist For example all the ports could be initializing which would be normal as long as the ports go into the Up state within a reasonable period of time The table also includes the number of serial port alerts and the total number of ports configured on the system For more information on port states see the configuration command 117380 A Rev A 2 165 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show console alerts Console Serial Port Alert Information Port Port Port Number Name State 2 MODEM1 Init
325. erting a Data Set Ready signal Init Driver is initializing LMI Wait Driver is waiting for any of four WAN protocols to indicate that a link layer connection has been established to another entity This state applies to the frame relay SMDS ATM and PPP protocols e Not Pres Driver is enabled but not yet started This state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver software The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration Physical address of the line The line driver fills this address in from the 48 bit address stored in the serial number PROM for this connector Line number for this line Maximum transfer unit size the buffer size for the SYNC port also the largest frame that can be transmitted or received across the SYNC port The value ranges from 3 to 4608 bytes 117380 A Rev A 2 625 Using Technician Interface Scripts WAN Protocol WAN protocol enabled on this interface as follows ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode protocol e FRM RLAY Frame Relay protocol e PASSTHRU Interface passes data through the network to a SYNC interface configured for Pass Thru on another Bay Networks router IBM sites typically use this protocol to pass proprietary SYNC data through a Bay Networks network e PPP Point to Point Protocol e SMDS Switche
326. es Maximum number of equal cost paths allowed for a given destination network 2 358 117380 A Rev A show ipx Log Filter Setting Setting that determines what kind of messages appear in the log file The default setting filters out debug information and trace messages PreConfigured Net Table Size Amount of space set aside for the forwarding and network tables There is also a base record statistical table displayed that includes total routes services and hosts for the protocol Sample Display show ipx base IPX Base Record Configuration Information Protocol State Router Name IPX ae 1 k Primary NN Router Name None 7 oe E g g 7 E Route Method Mult Host Mode Maximum Path Tick Based Enabled 1 Log Filter Setting PreConfigured Net Table Siz Filter Debug Info and Trace 0 117380 A Rev A 2 359 Using Technician Interface Scripts base stats Displays base record statistics for the IPX protocol The statistics provide information on the total number of routes services and hosts Sample Display show ipx base stats IPX Base Record Statistical Information Protocol State Total Routes Total Services Total Hosts IPX Up 1 0 3 circuits lt circuit name gt Displays information associated with all IPX interfaces or a specific interface The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on State State of the circuit Down
327. es Ring ID is the identifier that SR assigns to the network segment and can range from 0x001 to OxFFF Bridge ID can range from 0x1 to OxF You can use the display to identify the address to use for routing specific packets over an IP network Sample Display show sr ip routes Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Routes IP Address Ring ID Bridge ID 11 00 05 1 entries found ip stats circuit lt circuit_name gt 0x024 OxA Displays the packets Packets Rx that SR received from the IP network and the number of out of sequence packets Sequence Errors Sample Display show sr ip stats circuit Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Circuit Statistics Out Circuit Frame S 021 0 51 0 043 0 3 entries found 2 590 117380 A Rev A stats show sr Displays all Source Routing interface statistics or statistics for a specific circuit The table includes the following information In Frames Out Frames Dropped Frames Number of Source Routing packets that the interface received Number of Source Routing packets that the interface sent out Sum of packets dropped because of an invalid routing control field invalid ring or filtering Sample Display show sr stats Source Routing SR Circuit Statistics In Out Dropped Circuit Frames Frames Frames O21 0 0 0 S51 0 0 0 043 0 0 0 3 entries found stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays
328. es a specific circuit Sample Display enable csmacd circuit e21 CSMACD circuit E21 enabled connector lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable csmacd connector 2 1 CSMACD connector 2 1 enabled 3 14 117380 A Rev A enable disable dcm enable disable dcm On a BayStack AN ANH or ARN routers that have an installed Data Collection Module DCM option use the enable dem lt option gt command to enable the DCM or software subsystem DCM middleware DCMMW for remote monitoring RMON services Use the disable dem lt option gt command to disable the DCM For information on configuring and managing the DCM and DCMMW with Site Manager refer to Configuring BayStack Remote Access For information on the Bay Networks implementation of RMON services in the AN ANH or ARN router refer to Configuring SNMP RMON BootP DHCP and RARP Services For detailed information on RMON topics refer to the Remote Network Monitoring MIB RMON REC 1757 The enable disable dcm command supports the following subcommand options base module expansion module middleware base_module Enables or disables the DCM board probe installed on a BayStack AN ANH or ARN Ethernet base module Sample Display enable dcm base_module DCM on Base Module has been Enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 15 Using Technician Interface Scripts expansion_module Enables or d
329. es from 0x001 to OxFFF Sample Display show sr configuration Source Routing SR Base Record Configuration Internal Group Mode Bridge ID Ring ID Lan ID Enabled circuit lt circuit_name gt OxA 0x101 OxFFF Displays the circuit configuration of all Source Routing circuit interfaces or a specific circuit interface You can use this information to determine how a Bay Networks Source Route Bridge Interface has been configured The table includes the following information Circuit Mode Ring ID STE In STE Out Name of the circuit the interface runs on Mode of the circuit Enabled or Disabled Unique network wide identification number that SR assigns to the segment ranges from 0x001 to OxFFF Source Routing Spanning Tree Explorer packet STE In is either Accept or Blocked determining whether or not Source Routing is forwarding or filtering STE packets coming in on this interface STE Out is either Accept or Blocked determining whether or not Source Routing is forwarding or filtering STE packets going out on this interface 117380 A Rev A 2 583 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show sr configuration circuit Source Routing SR Interface Record Configuration Circuit Mode Ring ID STE In STE Out O31 Enabled 0x003 Accept Accept 1 entries found disabled Displays the Source Routing interfaces that are disabled Mode is always Disabled and State is
330. es or disables IP on a specific circuit rip lt P interface address gt Enables or disables the Routing Information Protocol RIP on a specific IP interface 117380 A Rev A 3 27 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable ipx Use the enable ipx lt option gt commands to enable Novell s Internet Packet Exchange IPX services on a Bay Networks router and the disable ipx lt option gt commands to disable IPX services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of IPX refer to Configuring IPX Services The enable disable ipx commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit name gt base Enables or disables IPX on the router Sample Display enable ipx base IPX base record enabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables all circuits on a specific circuit 3 28 117380 A Rev A enable disable iredund enable disable iredund Use the enable iredund lt option gt commands to enable interface redundancy on a Bay Networks router and the disable iredund lt option gt commands to disable interface redundancy For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of interface redundancy refer to Configuring Interface and Router Redundancy The enable disable iredund commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit name gt connector lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit n
331. eserved bandwidth The table includes the following information Line Internal line number Circuit Site Manager circuit name Reservable The remaining reservable bandwidth available for reserved flows on this line bits per second Allocated The bandwidth currently allocated to reserved flows on this line bits per second Current Bandwidth used for reserved flows during the last measurement interval Average Average bandwidth used by reserved flows during the last measurement interval Maximum Maximum bandwidth used by reserved flows over one measurement interval since the line came up 2 550 117380 A Rev A show rsc Note The measurement interval for the Current Average and Maximum statistics is by default 10 seconds You can change this interval by setting the MIB object Bandwidth Interval at the Configuration Manager Edit Line Resources window Sample Display show rsc band TX Line Resourc Reserved Bandwidth Statistics S Reserved Bandwidth in bits per second Line CireuLt Reservable Allocated Current Average Maximum 203102 32 1311821 70579 21745 95426 124887 204101 S41 460800 0 0 0 0 204102 S42 1259428 122972 110880 95368 122530 204103 S43 1389600 0 0 0 0 reserved Displays information about reserved flows The table includes the following information Line Circuit Flows Transmitted Packets Transmitted Bytes Policed Packets Policed Bytes Internal line number
332. eslot 56K MSB Uses 7 of the 8 bits in the timeslot does not use the most significant bit 56K LSB Uses 7 of the 8 bits in the timeslot does not use the least significant bit This parameter is used only when the logical line HDLC service is LLC1 It is a value in the range through 7 in the address field of the HDLC packet 1 indicates DCE 3 indicates DTE All other numbers indicate Explicit Explicit indicates that the user has selected the address This parameter is used only when the logical line HDLC service is LLC1 It is a value in the range 1 through 7 in the address field of the HDLC packet 1 indicates DCE 3 indicates DTE All other numbers indicate Explicit Explicit indicates that the user has selected the address 117380 A Rev A 2 217 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ds1e1 alerts DS1E1 Logical Lines on Alert Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr Found 0 matches out of 3 entries in table base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base level information for all DS1E1 circuits or a specific circuit For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In addition to the states listed under the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show ds1e1 base DS1E1 Logical Lines Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol
333. ess and its VINES address when transmitting and receiving packets on this interface 117380 A Rev A 2 671 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show vines alerts VINES Circuit Table End Remote Split Circuit State Arp Station Clt Priv Horizon MAC Address E32 Not Pres Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled nil base Displays the information that the VINES base record contains The base record controls VINES for the entire system The table includes the following information State Beast Class Config Netid Router Netid RTP Mode Seq Num State of the interface Down Init initializing Not Pres not yet started or Up Class of broadcast packets that this node originates The values are All No Charge Low Cost LANS Server All Server No Charge Server Low Cost Server LANS For definitions see Configuring VINES Services Network identifier that the user defines A null value indicates that the router should assign the network ID rather than the user Network identifier that the router defines If the user configures a network ID the router adds the Bay Networks code for VINES to the user configured ID Indicates whether sequenced RTP Routing Update Protocol mode or nonsequenced RTP mode will be supported or both modes will be supported Sequenced Non Sequenced or Automode both Specifies the current router sequence number 2 672 117380 A Rev A show vine
334. ession Number of normal flow frames sent on each hop of this session Number of bytes sent on each hop of this session 2 18 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show appn stats endpoint APPN Endpoint Session Statistics BIU Pacing Partner LU PCID Dir Size Max Cur Frames Bytes USWFLTO1 WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cc Rx 2048 3 3 40 Tx 2048 a 1 62 USWFLTO1 WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cb Rx 2048 3 3 28 Tx 2048 il 1 1 76 USWFLTO1 WF3174A dbf36f442150b151 Rx 2048 11 7 iT 4K Tx 2048 15 USWFLTO1 WF3174A fbbf52e94a9b96c9 Rx 2048 1 1 1 15 Tx 2048 4 3 14 351K USWELTO1 AFN ccebbc 6be89f3909 Rx 2048 11 7 11 4K Tx 2048 15 USWFLTO1 AFN fbbf52e94a9b96c8 Rx 2048 1 1 1 15 Tx 2048 13 13 19 136K USWFLT01 TESTEN fbbf52e94a9b96c7 Rx 1929 1 15 Tx 1929 194 23K USWELTO1 TESTEN eebbbebc4474cd92 Rx 1929 195 53K Tx 1929 T5 8 Entries isr address lt FQCP name gt show appn Displays address information for all Intermediate Session Routing ISR sessions or for sessions from a particular node FQ CP Name PCID Priority COS Hop LS SIDH Fully Qualified Control Point name of the node assigning the PCID for this session Procedure Correlation Identifier of this session Transmission priority used by this session Low Medium High or Network Class of Service being used by this session Indicates whether the local LU was the BIND sender Primary or the BIND
335. et Request PDUs Accepted amp Processed Get Next Request PDUs Accepted and Processed Get Response PDUs Generated Number of MIB objects set by SNMP managers that belong to communities defined on the router or BNX platform Number of get request PDUs accepted and processed Number of get next request PDUs accepted and processed Number of get response PDUs generated Set Request PDUs Accepted amp Number of set request PDUs accepted and processed Processed Trap PDUs Generated Decoding ASN 1 Parsing Errors Received Bad Community Name Received Unsupported Operation PDUs Generated PDUs with toobig Error Generated PDUs with noSuchName Error Generated PDUs with bad Value Error Generated PDUs with readOnly Error Generated PDUs with genErr Error Number of trap PDUs the agent has generated Number of ASN 1 parsing errors generated while decoding Number of PDUs that have an invalid community string Number of PDUs requesting an operation unsupported by the community Number of PDUs delivered with ErrorStatus tooBig Number of PDUs delivered with ErrorStatus noSuchName Number of PDUs delivered with ErrorStatus badValue Number of PDUs delivered with ErrorStatus readOnly Number of PDUs delivered with ErrorStatus genError 2 566 117380 A Rev A show snmp Sample Display show snmp base Snmp protocol is enabled Authentication Type Trivi
336. exceptions to traps generated by a specific lt entity_number gt lt entity_name gt or lt event_number gt The table displays the following information Entity Name Name of the entity Entity Number Number of the entity Event Number Number of the event State Operating state of the exception Enabled or Disabled Entering the show snmp exceptions command without any lt entity_name gt lt entity_number gt or lt event_number gt option invokes exception data for all traps configured on the router or BNX platform Sample Display show snmp exceptions SNMP Exception Information Entity Entity Event Name umber umber STATE IP 2 6 Enabled 2 572 117380 A Rev A show span show span The show span lt option gt commands display information about Spanning Tree Bridge services For detailed information about the Spanning Tree algorithm and parameters refer to Configuring Bridging Services The show span command supports the following subcommand options alerts disabled base enabled circuits lt circuit name gt stats configuration version configuration circuits lt circuit name gt alerts Displays all enabled circuits that are not up Use this display to identify the ports that are not working The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this port is on State Current state of the port as the Spanning Tree Protocol a
337. f 6 Incoming Phone Entries found 117380 A Rev A 2 397 Using Technician Interface Scripts local Lists the local phone number entry for each line in the line pool The display includes the following information Line Number Line number Directory Number Local phone number Subaddress Subaddress number for the main phone number if one exists SPID Service profile identifier SPID assigned by your ISDN provider SPID Status Whether the SPID was accepted or rejected by the called router Sample Display show isdn local 2 1 show isdn local ISDN Local Numbers Line Directory SPID Number Number Subaddress SPID Status 1301302 5084361011 Not used 1011 Accepted 1301302 5084361012 Not used 1012 Accepted Total of 2 ISDN Local Number s found 2 398 117380 A Rev A show isdn messages received Displays the number of messages the router received on each ISDN line The table displays the following information Slot Slot that has the ISDN interface DSL ID Digital Subscriber Loop ID Setup Ind Setup indication received from the network Connect Ind Connect indication received from the network Disconn Ind Disconnect indication received from the network Clear Ind Release indication received from the network Activ Ind Activation indication received from the ISDN driver Deactiv Ind Deactivation indication received from the ISDN driver Sample Display show isdn messages received ISDN Messa
338. f the backup circuits in a backup pool The display includes the following information Circuit Identifies the name of the circuit Pool Specifies the backup pool that the circuit uses Day s Days that the circuit is available Start Time The beginning of the time interval that the circuit is available End Time The end of the time interval that the circuit is available Sample Display show sws backup_dialing schedules Switched Services Backup Schedule Information CircuLt Pool Day s Start Time End Time S11 f i Not d i S21 3 Weekday 0 2359 Tuesday 0 2359 S31 3 Not Configured Total of 3 Backup Circuits bandwidth circuit Displays all circuits that are configured for bandwidth on demand The display includes the following information Primary Circuit Name of the primary circuit Bandwidth Pool ID number of the bandwidth on demand pool ranges between 1 to 255 2 610 117380 A Rev A show sws Bandwidth Mode Operating mode of the router as follows e Monitor designates the router as the congestion monitor for the primary line e Non monitor indicates that the router does not monitor congestion on the primary line Protocol Type of WAN protocol configured on this primary circuit Forced Dial Status of the Forced Dial parameter Enabled or Disabled When Enabled the router immediately activates the secondary line Forced TakeDown Status of the Forced TakeDown parameter Enabled or Disabled When E
339. f the same type The highest priority is 1 Name of the server State of the filter Enabled or Disabled Unique number for each IPX interface on the router Network address of the server 2 376 117380 A Rev A show ipx Type Type of service to monitor for example printer file server and so on Action Action for the filter to take advertise accept Adv Acpt or suppress Sprs Mode means whether the action applies to inbound or outbound filters The modes are Jn Out or In Out The action and mode are combined under the Action Mode field in the display for example Sprs In means to suppress inbound filters The default action and mode is Adv Acpt Out Sample Display show ipx server name level filters IPX Server Name Level Filter Information Circuit IPX Action Prio Server State Index Interface Type Mode 1 PRINT_SERV Enabled 3 0x0000DD00 0x0004 Adv Acpt Out 1 Server Name Level Filters configured server net level filters Displays all network level service filters on the router Network level filters filter individual services based on the internal network of the server and the type of service specified The display includes the following information Target Net Address of the target network to monitor For more information on column definitions see the server name level filters command 117380 A Rev A 2 377 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ipx ser
340. ference of the route as received from IBGP or as calculated for EBGP routes On IBGP connections the value is in the form Local Pref received x where x is a hexadecimal value If a different value was calculated for policy reasons calculated x also appears On EBGP links Local Pref calculated x appears AS Path of the route as a sequence of AS numbers preceded and possibly intermingled with SEQ and SET SEQ indicates that the following AS path segment is sequence type SET indicates set type The show bgp routes command displays the routing information in the following format Destination Author V l Best Used Next Hop y 0 0 0 0 0 from 192 32 175 130 BEST USED nexthop 192 32 17 13 IGP Aggregator 104 200 104 0 104 Local Pref calculated 0x4aleff7 AS Path SEQ 104 SET 5 6 Origin A AS Path Aggregator Attribute Local Preference 117380 A Rev A 2 121 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show bgp routes BGP Routes 0 0 0 0 0 from 192 32 28 104 BEST USED nexthop 192 32 28 104 IGP Aggregator 104 200 104 0 104 Local Pref calculated 0x4a01fe7 AS Path SEQ 104 SET 5 6 200 5 0 0 24 from 192 32 28 5 BEST USED nexthop 192 32 28 5 IGP Local Pref calculated 0x4a01ff7 AS Path SEQ 5 200 5 0 0 24 from 192 32 28 6 nexthop 192 32 28 5 IGP Local Pref calculated 0x80000000 AS Path SEQ 6 5 200 5 23 0 24 from 192 32 28 5 BEST USED nexthop 192 32 28 5 IGP Local Pr
341. fier associated with a port Physical connector type of the local port as follows e A Port is a dual attachment station or concentrator that attaches to the primary IN and the secondary OUT when attaching to the dual FDDI ring e B Port is a dual attachment station or concentrator that attaches to the secondary IN and the primary OUT when attaching to the dual FDDI ring e M Port is in a concentrator that serves as a Master to a connected station or concentrator e S Port is in a single attachment station e Unknown Type of the port is unknown Physical connector type of the remote port A B M S Unknown 117380 A Rev A 2 283 Using Technician Interface Scripts Physical State Link Error Monitor Count Elasticity Buffer Errors Link Confidence Count State of Physical Connection Management PCM for each port within SMT PCM initializes the connection of neighboring ports and manages signaling between ports PCM provides the necessary signaling to initialize a connection withhold a marginal connection and support maintenance features PCM passes through a variety of states as follows e Off Initial state of PCM e Break Starting a PCM connection e Trace Localizing a stuck beacon condition which indicates that the interface doesn t see the token This state should be a transient condition If it persists contact your customer service representative e Connect Synchronizing the ends of th
342. for each interval category The number of C bit coding violations CCVs for each interval category Name of the circuit associated with this line A historical breakdown of intervals including e The current interval incomplete e All but the last two intervals that is all of the intervals except the current interval and the previous interval e The previous interval that is the last complete interval e All of the intervals total The number of severely errored framing seconds SEFSs for each interval category 117380 A Rev A 2 251 Using Technician Interface Scripts UASs The number of unavailable seconds UASs for each interval category Status Indicates the line status of the interface The possible status variables are e NoAlarm no alarm present e RRAI receiving yellow remote alarm indication e TRAI transmitting yellow remote alarm indication e RAIS receiving Alarm Indications Signal AIS failure state e TAIS transmitting AIS failure state e LOF receiving Loss of Frame LOF failure state e LOS receiving Loss of Signal LOS failure state e Loopback looping the received signal e TestCode receiving a test pattern e LowSignal low signal 2 252 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show dsx3 history DSX3 entries Sec into of Line Circuit Name Index Interval Intervals Coding Line Type Status A41 14041
343. formation show system command 2 641 interfaces ospf 2 464 rsvp 2 555 internet control message protocol ICMP IP 2 343 Internet NCP PPP 2 494 Internet Packet Exchange IPX 2 355 to 2 388 enabling disabling 3 28 IP 2 325 to 2 348 address DLS 2 211 enabling disabling 3 27 parameters source routing 2 585 static routes displaying 2 338 subcommands 2 325 to 2 348 IP stats cache 2 340 circuit 2 339 datagrams 2 341 fragmented packets 2 342 icmp client 2 343 in 2 343 security in 2 346 out 2 347 IPEX maps x25 2 698 sessions x25 2 699 IPv6 subcommands 2 349 to 2 354 117380 A Rev A IPX Adjacent Host Table 2 356 NCP negotiation PPP 2 495 route filter information 2 369 routing table 2 370 subcommands 2 355 to 2 388 iredund enable disable commands 3 29 ISDN 2 392 to 2 411 enabling disabling 3 30 to 3 32 L LAPB subcommands 2 422 to 2 426 LAPB layer 2 422 to 2 426 enabling disabling 3 33 line configuration lapb 2 424 ppp 2 498 x25 2 701 errors el 2 269 tl 2 649 numbers packet 2 476 parameters ppp 2 498 quality reporting PPP 2 500 line control protocol PPP 2 498 lines atmdxi 2 79 fr 2 296 wep 2 682 x25 2 701 link state database OSPF 2 465 links Inm 2 435 LNM enabling disabling 3 34 servers 2 427 to 2 436 subcommands 2 427 to 2 436 loading scripts 1 5 to 1 6 Index 7 local router name PPP 2 497 Iqr configuration ppp 2 500
344. g Technician Interface Scripts Bay Networks Customer Service You can purchase a support contract from your Bay Networks distributor or authorized reseller or directly from Bay Networks Services For information about or to purchase a Bay Networks service contract either call your local Bay Networks field sales office or one of the following numbers Region Telephone number Fax number United States and Canada 800 2LANWAN then enter Express Routing Code ERC 290 when prompted to purchase or renew a service contract 978 916 8880 direct 978 916 3514 Europe 33 4 92 96 69 66 33 4 92 96 69 96 Asia Pacific 61 2 9927 8888 61 2 9927 8899 Latin America 561 988 7661 561 988 7550 Information about customer service is also available on the World Wide Web at support baynetworks com How to Get Help If you purchased a service contract for your Bay Networks product from a distributor or authorized reseller contact the technical support staff for that distributor or reseller for assistance If you purchased a Bay Networks service program call one of the following Bay Networks Technical Solutions Centers Technical Solutions Center Telephone number Fax number Billerica MA 800 2LANWAN 978 916 3514 Santa Clara CA 800 2LANWAN 408 495 1188 Valbonne France 33 4 92 96 69 68 33 4 92 96 69 98 Sydney Australia 61 2 9927 8800 6
345. g or disabling TCP services for the entire router Sample Display enable tcp base TCP base record enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 53 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable telnet Use the enable telnet lt option gt commands to enable Telnet services on a Bay Networks router and the disable telnet lt option gt commands to disable Telnet services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Telnet refer to Configuring IP Utilities The enable disable telnet command supports the lt base gt subcommand option as follows base The enable telnet base command enables inbound router Telnet sessions Telnet must have been previously configured The disable telnet base command disables inbound router Telnet sessions Telnet must have been previously configured Sample Display enable telnet base TELNET base record enabled 3 54 117380 A Rev A enable disable tftp enable disable tftp Use the enable tftp lt option gt commands to enable Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable tftp lt option gt commands to disable TFTP services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of TFTP refer to Configuring IP Services The enable disable tftp command supports the lt base gt subcommand option as follows base Enables or disables TFTP at the base record thus enabling or disabling TFTP services for the
346. g up TX Packets Number of data packets transmitted on this line since starting up Dropped Packets Number of application or redirector packets dropped Resets RX TX Number of reset packets sent and received on this line Rejects RX TX Number of reject packets sent and received on this line Intrpts RX TX Number of interrupt packets sent and received on this line Sample Display show x25 vc VC RX TX Dropped Resets Rejects Intrpts Line LCN Circuit Packets Packets Packets RX TX RX TX RX TX 2 1 4 2 420 420 0 0 0 1 VC Entries 2 704 117380 A Rev A show xb show xb The show xb lt option gt commands display information about the Translation Bridge XB For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of the Translation Bridge refer to Configuring Bridging Services The show xb command supports the following subcommand options alerts sr circuit lt circuit name gt base sr stats circuit lt circuit name gt configuration stations disabled tb circuit lt circuit name gt enabled tb stats circuit lt circuit name gt rifs version saps alerts Displays Source Routing and Transparent Bridge interfaces that have been enabled but are not up Mode is always Enabled and State is always Down The table can help determine which Source Routing and Transparent Bridge interfaces are not forwarding traffic The Source Routing Interfaces table includes all interfaces t
347. gement services as specified by CCITT Annex A e Annex D Management services as specified in Annex D to ANSI standard TI 617 e Annex A Sw Management services for the DCE side of the connection Annex A e Annex D Sw Management services for the DCE side of the connection Annex D to TI 617 e LMI Management services as specified by revision 1 of the Local Management Interface standard e LMI Sw Management services for the DCE side of LMI e None No management interface between the router and the frame relay network Intf Type Interface type Normal leased service with no backup service Primary Shared the backup circuit uses the primary configuration Primary Secondary the backup circuit uses its own configuration Status State of the interface as follows e Fault Interface is not operating e Init Interface is initializing has not yet started e NotPres Interface is not yet present e Running Interface is operating properly Faults Number of times the interface has been in fault mode Discard Number of outbound frames discarded because of errors Drop Number of inbound frames dropped because of errors 2 294 117380 A Rev A show fr Sample Display show fr alerts Sshow fr alerts Line LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard Drop 201301 0 131 AnnexD Primary Fault 1 0 0 1 entry s found disabled Displays the interfaces that are currently disabled For column definit
348. ges Received Setup Connect Disconn Clear Activ Deactiv Slot DSL ID Ind Ind Ind Ind Ind Ind il 0 a 1 8 0 1 0 Total of 1 Message Entries found 117380 A Rev A 2 399 Using Technician Interface Scripts messages sent Displays the messages the router sent on each ISDN line The table displays the following information Slot Slot that has the ISDN interface DSL ID Digital Subscriber Loop ID Setup Req Setup request sent to the network Connect Req Connect request sent to the network Disconn Req Disconnect request sent to the network Clear Req Clear request sent to the network Activ Req Activate request sent to the driver Dactiv Req Deactivate request sent to the driver Sample Display show isdn messages sent ISDN Messages Sent Setup Connect Disconn Clear Activ Deactiv Slot DSL ID Req Req Req Req Req Req al 0 9 1 a 8 0 Total of 1 Message Entries found 2 400 117380 A Rev A show isdn pools Displays the line pool configuration The table displays the following information Pool Type Type of line pool demand backup or bandwidth on demand Line Number Lines in the pool Pool ID Number of the pool Channel Count Number of B channels in the pool Priority The order of preference for each line pool Channels In Use How many B channels the router is currently using Sample Display show isdn pools Pool Line Pool Channel Channels Type Number I
349. gnal e TestCode receiving a test pattern e LowSignal low signal Name of the circuit associated with this line A historical breakdown of intervals including e The current interval incomplete e All but the last two intervals that is all of the intervals except the current interval and the previous interval e The previous interval that is the last complete interval e All of the intervals total The number of line errored seconds LESs for each interval category The number of severely errored framing seconds SEFSs for each interval category The number of unavailable seconds UASs for each interval category The number of line coding violations LCVs for each interval category Name of the circuit associated with this line 117380 A Rev A 2 249 Using Technician Interface Scripts Interval PESs PSESs UASs PCVs Cbit Stats Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs FarEnd Cbit Stats Circuit Name A historical breakdown of intervals including e The current interval incomplete e All but the last two intervals that is all of the intervals except the current interval and the previous interval e The previous interval that is the last complete interval e All of the intervals total The number of P bit errored seconds PESs for each interval category The number of P bit severely errored seconds PSESs for each interval category The number of una
350. grams that this router successfully reassembled Number of datagrams that this router failed to reassemble not necessarily a count of discarded IP fragments Number of IP datagrams that this router fragmented Number of IP datagrams that this router discarded because it could not fragment them properly for example could not set the Don t Fragment bit Number of fragments that this router sent in which this router performed the fragmenting Sample Display show ip stats fragments IP Fragments Statistics Fragmnts Sucssful Failed Fragmnt Fragmnt Total Circuit IP Address Received Reassem Reassem Sent Failed Fragmnts S31 192 32 174 65 0 0 0 0 0 0 E23 192 32 174 97 0 0 0 0 0 0 117380 A Rev A 2 345 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats icmp client lt circuit name gt Displays echo timestamp and address mask statistics about Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP packets for all interfaces or for a specified interface The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on IP Address Internet address of the interface Echo Requests Number of ICMP Echo Request messages received Echo Replies Number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received Timestmp Requests Number of ICMP Timestamp Request messages received Timestmp Replies Number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received AddrMask Requests Number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages received AddrMask
351. gt base Enables or disables OSI on the router Sample Display enable osi base OSI base record enabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable osi circuit e31 OSI Circuit e31 enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 37 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable ospf Use the enable ospf lt option gt commands to enable Open Shortest Path First OSPF services on a Bay Networks router and the disable ospf lt option gt commands to disable OSPF services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of OSPF refer to Configuring IP Services The enable disable ospf commands support the following subcommand options area lt area ID gt interface lt IP address gt base area lt area ID gt Enables or disables OSPF for a specific IP area base Enables or disables OSPF on the router Sample Display enable ospf base OSPF base record enabled interface lt P address gt Enables or disables OSPF on a specific IP interface 3 38 117380 A Rev A enable disable packet enable disable packet Use the enable packet lt option gt commands to enable the Packet Capture utility on a Bay Networks router and the disable packet lt option gt commands to disable the Packet Capture utility For more information about Bay Network s Packet Capture utility refer to Using Technician Interface Software
352. h internal overrun errors Invalid Frames Number of badly formed frames received from the FDDI ring frames that do not contain a valid Frame Status field of at least three control indicator symbols that is E A C flags Frames Too Long Number of frames received that exceed the MTU size 117380 A Rev A 2 285 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show fddi receive FDDI Module Receive Errors CRC Overrun Invalid Frames Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Frames Too Long 2 1 F21 0 0 0 0 1 entry in table sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt Displays data sampled from FDDI over a period of 10 seconds You can change the number of seconds over which you want to sample the data and you can display sampled data for a specific circuit only The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Rx Frames Number of frames received Tx Frames Number of frames sent Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers 2 286 117380 A Rev A show fddi Sample Display show fddi sample FDDI Sampled Data over 10 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack
353. h to the destination node Hops Total number of hops in the path to the destination node Next Node Next hop address that the route uses to get to the destination node 117380 A Rev A 2 197 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show decnet node routes DECnet Node Level I Routing Information Area Node ID Circuit Address Cost Hops Next Node 1 1 3 Tel 0 0 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 Oo 0 0 3 2 E21 32 10 i 3 2 3 Level I Route s in table Sample Display show decnet node routes find 3 2 2 ECnet Node Level I Routing Information Area Node ID Circuit Address Cost Hops Next Node 3 2 E21 3 2 10 TES 1 Entries found static adjacency Displays all the static adjacencies configured The table includes the following information Circuit Circuit name where static adjacency is configured Area Area part of this static adjacency s DECnet address Node ID Node ID part of this static adjacency s DECnet address Mode Adjacency s operating state as follows e Disabled User has manually disabled the static adjacency e Enabled Static adjacency is enabled 2 198 117380 A Rev A Adjacent Addr Destination MAC show decnet DECnet Phase IV address of the adjacent node Specifies the destination MAC address of the static adjacency if the circuit type is ATM frame relay or SMDS Sample Display show decnet static adjacency DECnet Static Adjacency Information
354. hange Repeater Health Operational 2 540 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show repeater status ports 802 3 Repeater HUB Ports Status Port Admin Autopart Link Number Status State Test 1 Enabled Reconnected Passed 2 Enabled Reconnected Failed 3 Enabled Reconnected Passed 4 Disabled Reconnected Failed 5 Enabled Reconnected Failed 6 Enabled Partitioned Passed 7 Enabled Reconnected Failed 8 Enabled Reconnected Failed 9 Disabled Reconnected Failed 10 Enabled Partitioned Passed 11 Enabled Reconnected Failed T2 Enabled Reconnected Passed 13 Enabled Reconnected Passed version Displays the current version number and date of the rptr bat script Sample Display show rptr version RPTR bat Version Date mm dd yy show rptr 117380 A Rev A 2 541 Using Technician Interface Scripts show rredund The show rredund lt option gt commands display information about router redundancy For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of router redundancy refer to Configuring Interface and Router Redundancy The show rredund command supports the following subcommand options base resources circuits lt circuit name gt role disabled sonm enabled version remote 2 542 117380 A Rev A base show rredund Displays the base record information for router redundancy The base record controls router redundancy for the entire syst
355. hange 29221136 SNMP SysUpTime of Change 3 42 117380 A Rev A enable disable rredund enable disable rredund Use the enable rredund lt option gt commands to enable router redundancy RREDUND services on a Bay Networks router and the disable rredund lt option gt commands to disable router redundancy For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of router redundancy refer to Configuring Interface and Router Redundancy The enable disable rredund commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit name gt base Enables or disables RREDUND on the router Sample Display enable rredund base RREDUND base record enabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables RREDUND on a specific circuit Sample Display enable rredund circuit E43 Router Redundancy enabled on circuit E43 117380 A Rev A 3 43 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable sdic Use the enable sdlc lt option gt commands to enable Synchronous Data Link Control SDLC services on a Bay Networks router and the disable sdle lt option gt commands to disable SDLC services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of SDLC refer to Configuring SDLC Services The enable disable sdic commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit name gt base Enables or disables SDLC on the router S
356. hat have translation enabled on the corresponding Transparent Bridge interface The Transparent Bridge Interfaces table shows only the interfaces that have Translation disabled 117380 A Rev A 2 705 Using Technician Interface Scripts base Sample Display show xb alerts Source Routing Circuits Circuit Mode State 031 Enabled Down 1 entries found Transparent Bridge Circuits CLECuULt Mode State E22 Disabled Down 1 entries found Displays global Translation Bridge information The base record controls Translation Bridge for the entire system Mode is Enabled or Disabled This display indicates whether or not the Translation Bridge is operational Sample Display show xb base Translation Bridge XB Base Record Information Protocol Mode Translation Bridge Enabled 2 706 117380 A Rev A show xb configuration Displays how a Translation Bridge has been configured globally The table includes the following information Mode Status of the XB Enabled or Disabled Transparent Bridge Ring ID Ring number for the entire translation bridge network ranges from 0x001 to OxFFF Default Mode Default type of frame to be sent to the transparently bridged network Ethernet or 802 3 Broadcast Conversion Status of broadcast conversion Enabled or Disabled When enabled the translation bridge converts broadcast addresses between 802 3 and 802 5 Aging Time Number of second
357. hat we have not lost sync but that the remote side of the connection has detected a problem with the line Number of multiframe alarms received on this line This error Statistic is relevant only in CAS mode and occurs when bit 6 of timeslot 16 in frame 0 is set for two consecutive multiframes Number of multiframe errors on this line This error occurs whenever two consecutive CAS multiframe alignment words are received with an error Number of instances of sync losses detected on this line This error statistic is equivalent to the red alarm received statistic on T1 Sample Display show e1 line errors El Module Line Errors Remote Multiframe BiPolar Alarms Alarms Multiframe Sync Slot Conn Circuit Violtns Received Received Errors Losses 2 1 El 21 0 0 0 1 0 2 2 E1 22 0 0 0 ak 0 2 entries in table 2 272 117380 A Rev A show e1 version Displays the current version number and modification date for the e bat script Sample Display show e1 version el bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 273 Using Technician Interface Scripts show egp The show egp lt option gt commands display information about the Exterior Gateway Protocol EGP For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of EGP refer to Configuring IP Services The show egp command supports the following subcommand options base stats neighbors version base
358. he Configuration Manager Edit Line Resources window unreserved Displays information about the portion of bandwidth left to service best effort traffic The table includes the following information Line Internal line number Circuit Site Manager circuit name Policed Packets Total number of unreserved packets dropped since the line came up Policed Bytes Total number of unreserved bytes dropped since the line came up 2 552 117380 A Rev A show rsc Sample Display show rsc unres TX Line Resources Unreserved Traffic Statistics Policed Line Circuit Packets Bytes 203102 32 0 0 204101 S41 0 0 204102 S42 0 0 204103 S43 0 0 5 total entries Note If Priority Queueing is enabled for the line show rsc unreserved will not show the policing statistics for unreserved flows 117380 A Rev A 2 553 Using Technician Interface Scripts show rsvp The show rsvp lt option gt command displays information about the Resource Reservation Protocol For detailed information about RSVP refer to Configuring IP Multicasting and Multimedia Services The show rsvp command supports the following subcommand options base version interfaces base Displays information about requested and active reservations on the router Sample Display show rsvp base RSVP Base Information of of of Requested Active Protocol Stat Senders Reservations Reservations RSVP Up 0 0 0
359. he alerts command Sample Display show at disabled Disabled AppleTalk Circuits Circuit Mode Network Address Zone List E22 Disabled 60070 60070 Dynamic Internal 1 entries found 1 total entries enabled Displays all enabled circuits that contain an AppleTalk port A circuit is enabled if the disable enable parameter is set to enable and the state is up For definitions of the columns in the table see the circuit command Note If a circuit is down the rest of the table is blank Sample Display show at enabled Enabled AppleTalk Circuits Circuit State Network Address Zone List E23 Up 60130 60130 60130 34 External E24 Up 60100 60100 60100 34 Mac Apple S31 Down 32 Up 60020 60020 60020 138 WAN S34 Up 60120 60120 60120 1 PPP 5 entries found 5 total entries 117380 A Rev A 2 49 Using Technician Interface Scripts filters zone circuit lt circuit name gt Displays information about the zone filters for all circuits or a specified circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the port is on AppleTalk Port Number of the port Port Filter Mode Zone filter type Include Exclude 5 X Include or 5 X Exclude Filtered Zones s Zones that are filtered for this port Total zones Number of zones that are filtered on this port 2 50 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show at filters zone Circuit E31 AppleTalk Port 1
360. he maximum occurs the system hangs up on the line causing a modem connection to lose carrier detect 117380 A Rev A 2 167 Using Technician Interface Scripts Login Time Out Password Time Out Command Time Out User Abort Logout Initial Search Path Manager s AutoScript User s AutoScript Number of minutes allowed between when the system displays the login banner and a user enters a login ID relevant only if modem control is enabled If this timeout occurs the system hangs up on the line Number of minutes allowed for a user to enter a password If this timeout period occurs the system hangs up on the line Command line timeout value relevant only if modem control is enabled If someone doesn t enter a command in this number of minutes the system hangs up on the serial port Switch to execute control C to break out of the user autoscript When a user autoscript is in effect and this parameter is enabled you can break out of the script when logged in as User not Manager Also if this parameter is enabled and the script terminates due to an error the system automatically logs you out List of file system volumes to be searched when you run a script without a volume specifier or if an autoscript does not contain a volume specifier The environment variable PATH is set to this string The string format is as follows lt vol gt lt vol gt Example 2 3 4 5 Name of the script to run when
361. he state of the entry T Timed route route timer is running L Local route specified network is local to this router G Garbage timer route is unreachable garbage timer is running Sample Display show dvmrp routes main DVMRP Main Routes State L Local interface T Timed route G Garbage route Source Network Mask Next Hop Addr ext Hop CCT Age Cost State TOD 3 2 12 850 299 52555 259 0 192 325281533 E21 0 1L 1924324290 255 25525940 eae e U2 E23 20 2 T 2 Entries found routes vifs lt P address gt lt search pattern gt Displays all DVMRP Virtual Interface VIF routes or just VIF routes for a specified IP address or source network number matching a portion of an IP address for example 192 34 The table displays the following information 117380 A Rev A 2 261 Using Technician Interface Scripts Source State Circuit Remote Tunnel Dom Router Sub Router Source network for multicast datagrams State of the interface for this route as follows e L Leaf No neighboring routers consider this local network or tunnel to be on the shortest path to the specified source network e C Child The router is responsible for forwarding datagrams saved by the specified network associated with this interface If the leaf flag is also set datagrams will only be forwarded when there are any local hosts belonging to the particular multicast group specified by the destination a
362. her the phone type is Dial or ISDN Synchronous Line Information Slot Num Port Num Line State Active Circuit Identifies the slot where this line resides Identifies the port where this line connects State of the line which can be one of the following e Down Line is not operational e DSR Wait External equipment such as a modem DSU or CSU is not currently up and thus is not sending a Data Set Ready signal e HoldDown Line is in holding mode e Init Line is initializing e LMI Wait Line is waiting for the WAN protocol to indicate that a link layer connection has been established to another device e Not Pres Line is enabled but not active This state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration e Up Line is operating normally Name of the circuit using this line 117380 A Rev A 2 607 Using Technician Interface Scripts Hold Down Time Number of seconds the router waits before bringing up the line This delay prevents the line from going up and down if this is a reactivated primary line and there are problems on the line Media Type Signaling method used for this backup line as follows e RaiseDTR Router can initiate monitor and terminate dial connections using a programmed number in the a
363. his case Protocol is always XNS The table includes the following information State Route M Total Routes Total Ho State of the protocol which is Down Init initializing Not Pres not yet started or Up ethod Routing method that the XNS protocol uses The protocol uses vanilla XNS or Ungermann Bass functionality only Total number of networks in the routing table sts Total number of adjacent routers Sample Display show xns base XNS Protocol Total Protocol State Route Method Routes Total Hosts XNS Up Vanilla XNS 22 117380 A Rev A 2 717 Using Technician Interface Scripts circuit lt circuit name gt Displays parameters for all XNS circuits or for a specific circuit For column definitions in the display see the alerts command Sample Display show xns circuit XNS Circuit Table Circuit State XNS Address Encaps Method E21 Up 0x00000001 Ethernet E31 Up 0x00000002 Ethernet E22 Up 0x00000003 Ethernet 3 Total entrie s configuration circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the configurable parameters within the XNS base record for all circuits or for a specific circuit You can use the following options with the configuration command The table includes the following information for the protocol Route Method Routing method that the XNS protocol uses vanilla XNS or Ungermann Bass functionality only Router ID Host ID of the router Sample Displ
364. his circuit The line coding options are B3ZS e HDB3 The line coding specifies patterns of normal bits and bipolar violations used to replace sequences of zero bits of a certain length 117380 A Rev A 2 241 Using Technician Interface Scripts Line Type Status The line type of this circuit The line type indicates the variety of DS 3 C bit or E 3 applications implemented on the interface The type of interface affects the interpretation of the usage and error statistics The options are e DS3_M23 ANSI T1 107 1988 e DS3_Cbit ANSI T1 107a 1989 e E3_framed CCITT G 751 e E3_plcp ETSI T NA 91 18 The line status of the interface The possible status variables are e NoAlarm no alarm present e RRAI receiving yellow remote alarm indication e TRAI transmitting yellow remote alarm indication e RAIS receiving Alarm Indications Signal AIS failure state e TAIS transmitting AIS failure state e LOF receiving Loss of Frame LOF failure state e LOS receiving Loss of Signal LOS failure state e Loopback looping the received signal e TestCode receiving a test pattern e LowSignal low signal Sample Display show dsx3 ccts DSX3 entries Sec into Circuit Name Index Interval of Line Intervals Coding Line Type Status A41 1404101 704 A61 1405101 705 68 HDB3 E3_other NoAlarm 68 B3ZS DS3_M23 NoAlarm 2 242 117380 A Rev A current lt circuit name gt show dsx3 D
365. his error occurs when timeslot 16 has been all 1 s for two consecutive frames This statistic is relevant only for Channel Associated Signalling CAS mode Number of occurrences of receive unframed all 1 s This occurs when less than three bit positions of the last aligned and nonaligned frames have been 0 Sample Display show e1 frame El Module Frame Errors Signalling Unframed Frame All 1 s All 1 s Slot Conn Circuit Errors Received Received 2 1 El 21 0 0 0 2 2 E1 22 0 0 0 2 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 271 Using Technician Interface Scripts line errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays several categories of line errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit BiPolar Violtns Remote Alarms Received Multiframe Alarms Received Multiframe Errors Sync Losses Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier 1 or 2 Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of bipolar violations on this line On an E1 line ones are transmitted as alternating negative and positive pulses and zeros are simply the absence of pulses Thus a bipolar violation occurs if there are two or more consecutive pulses of the same polarity This error count indicates the quality of the E1 line Number of remote alarms received on this line This error is equivalent to a yellow alarm in T1 It means t
366. hosts the physical interface Up Interface is functioning properly 2 334 117380 A Rev A show ip Sample Display show ip enabled IP Circuits ate IP Address Circuit Circuit st E31 2 Up E23 3 Up E21 1 Up 3 Entries found 0 0 0 0 128 1 1 1 192 32 29 130 rfilters export import lt protocol gt Displays all configured route filters or specific route filters For example you can display all export filters or export filters for a specific protocol only You can use the following options with the rfilters command export import lt protocol gt Displays only export route filters Displays only import route filters Limits the display to the specified protocol which is one of the following e all Displays route filters for all protocols e RIP Displays only RIP route filters e OSPF Displays only OSPF route filters e EGP Displays only EGP route filters e BGP3 Displays only BGP 3 route filters The table includes the following information Address Mask From Protocol IP network address of the network to which this filter applies If 0 0 0 0 the filter applies to all networks Range of addresses upon which this filter acts depends on the address class of the network address Source of the routing information any direct static RIP OSPF EGP or BGP 3 117380 A Rev A 2 335 Using Technician Interface Scripts Action Flow of routing information
367. how atmdxi stats pvc 1 0 ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI PVC Statistics Transmitted Received Line LLIndex VPI VCI Frames Octets Frames Octets Drops Te O51 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 130 255 32000 0 0 0 0 0 Total entries 2 version Displays the current version number and modification date of the atmdxi bat script Sample Display show atmdxi version ATMDXI bat Version 1 Date mm dd yy 2 84 117380 A Rev A show atmsig show atmsig The show atmsig lt options gt command displays information about the ATM Signaling service For details about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM refer to Configuring ATM Services The show atmsig command supports the following subcommand options ilmi lt line gt sig lt line gt saal lt line gt version ilmi lt ine gt Displays all instances in the ATM Interim Local Management Interface ILMI Entry Table or a specific instance lt line gt Displays ATM ILMI information for a specific line The table displays the following information Line Line number of the router Circuit Circuit number of the ATM driver associated with this ILMI instance State State of the entity Up Down Initializing Not Present Low Thre Lower threshold when the percentage of the buffer memory drops below this value congestion is reached Up Thre Upper threshold when the percentage of the buffer memory exceeds this value congestion is stopped VPI Virt
368. how sws ondemand_dialing callback Switched Services Dial OnDemand Callback Circuit Information Demand Callback Server Client Circuit Mode Delay Delay Demand 4 Server one charge called 15 5 Total of 1 Dial OnDemand Callback Circuits 2 616 117380 A Rev A ondemand_dialing circuits show sws Displays all circuits configured for dial on demand The display includes the following information Demand Circuit Demand Pool Forced Dial Forced TakeDown Name of the demand circuit Note that the demand circuit uses a default name as a place holder When the demand circuit is in use the name changes to the actual name of the circuit that is in use Identifies the demand pool of lines available for the demand circuit ranges from 1 to 255 Status of the forced dial parameter Enabled or Disabled When Enabled the router immediately initiates dialing over the demand line Status of the forced takedown parameter Enabled or Disabled When Enabled the router immediately terminates the connection over a demand line Sample Display show sws ondemand_dialing circuits Switched Services Dial OnDemand Circuit Information Demand Demand Forced Forced Circuit Pool TakeDown Demand 2 1 Disabled Disabled Demand 3 2 Disabled Disabled Total of 2 Dial OnDemand Circuits ondemand_dialing pools lt pool D gt lt circuit name gt Displays line information for each line in a pool You can display information ab
369. ial up circuit Mode Whether this is the Monitor or Nonmonitor router for bandwidth on demand circuits only Slot Conn Slot and connector where this circuit resides Call ID Caller s ID B Chan B channel that this call resides on Called Party Number Phone number of the called party Calling Party Number Phone number of the calling party Sample Display show isdn calls circuit ISDN Active Call and Circuit Information Slot Call B Called Calling Cet Circuit Mode Conn ID Chan Party Number Party Number 3 PPP Demand 3 NonMon 1 12 11 1 6630803 6630371 Total of 1 call is active 2 394 117380 A Rev A calls general show isdn Displays the active call information for all ISDN lines The table displays the following information Slot Slot that has the ISDN interface DSL ID Digital Subscriber Loop ID Call ID Entry in the ISDN Call Information Table B Chan B channel that this call resides on Called Party Number Phone number of the called party Called Sub Addr Calling Party Number Calling Sub Addr Subaddress of the called party Sample Display show isdn calls general ISDN Active Call Information Phone number of the calling party Subaddress of the calling party DSL B Called Called Calling Calling Slot ID Call ID Chan Party Number Sub Addr Party Number Sub Addr 1 0 32769 1 384020 Not used None None Total of 1 call is active 117380 A Rev A 2 395 Using Technician Interface Sc
370. ian Interface Scripts Sample Display show ppp appletalk config PPP APPLETALK NCP Configured Information Local Remote Routing Circuit State Network No Node No Node No Protocol 31 Disabled 0 0 0 RTMP 532 Disabled 0 0 0 RTMP negotiated Displays all configurable parameters after negotiation The display includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on State State of the Network Control Protocol NCP either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Network No Negotiated network number to be used Local Node No Negotiated node number that the local router will use Remote Node No Negotiated node number the peer will use Routing Protocol Routing protocol selected for the link Sample Display show ppp appletalk negotiated PPP APPLETALK NCP Negotiated Information Local Remote Routing Circuit State Network No Node No Node No Protocol S31 Disabled 0 0 0 RTMP S32 Disabled 0 0 0 RTMP 2 Entries found 2 486 117380 A Rev A bacp show ppp Displays information about BAP The display includes the following information Circuit Number Number of the circuit Circuit Name Name of the circuit State State of the circuit No Phone Num Option Whether the circuit is using the No Phone Number Option Stats Record Whether a statistics record is available Sample Display show ppp bacp 2 1 show ppp bacp PP
371. iated with this line Aborts Number of transmit frames with abort errors on this circuit Underruns Number of transmit frames aborted with underrun errors on this circuit Sample Display show hssi transmit errors HSSI Module Transmit Errors Slot Conn Circuit Aborts Underruns 4 1 H31 0 0 1 entry in table 2 322 117380 A Rev A show hssi version Displays the current version number and modification date of the hssi bat script Sample Display show hssi version hssi bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 323 Using Technician Interface Scripts show igmp The show igmp lt option gt commands display configuration state and statistical information about the Internet Gateway Management Protocol IGMP For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of IGMP refer to Configuring IP Multicasting Services The show igmp command supports the following subcommand options base stats lt circuit name gt circuits lt circuit name gt enabled disabled version stats lt circuit name gt base Displays the base level information for IGMP The table provides the following information Protocol Name of the protocol which in this case is IGMP State State of IGMP on the router Up Down Init initializing or Not Present Estimated Number of Estimated number of IGMP groups that will be used through this Groups rout
372. if Disabled they are not Default TTL Default value that IP inserts in the Time To Live field of the IP header in datagrams that this router originates when the transport layer protocol does not supply the value The maximum value is 255 the default is 30 RIP Diameter The value or hop count the Routing Information Protocol RIP uses to denote infinity Route Cache Size The number of routing entries maintained in the forwarding table before entries are flushed MIB Tables Maintained The tables maintained by IP Route the IP routing table Fwd the forwarding table or Both The default is Route Classless Setting that determines whether a default route is allowed for subnets in a subnetted network Enabled or Disabled If Enabled a default route is allowed The default is Disabled Route Filters Setting that determines whether route filters are supported Enabled or Disabled If Enabled route filters are supported The base command also displays the number of networks and hosts that IP knows about and the number of policy rules defined 2 332 117380 A Rev A show ip Sample Display show ip base IP Base Information Protocol IP State Up Forwarding Mode Enabled Zero All Ones Subnetting Disabled Default TTL 30 RIP Diameter 15 Route Cache Size 60 MIB Tables Maintained Route Classless Disabled Route Filters Enabled Route pools contain 1 est 0 networks subnets and 0 est 0 hosts
373. ignated router DECnet Designated Router Information Designated Exec Civeuit Circuit Router Priority Cost Address E21 3 2 64 10 3 1 E41 TaN 64 LO AT disabled Displays all the circuits whose state is disabled The table includes the name of the circuit and its DECnet address Sample Display show decnet disabled J ECnet Circuits Circuit State DECnet Address E21 Disabled oal 1 Entries found 2 196 117380 A Rev A show decnet enabled Displays all the circuits whose state is enabled State is Down INIT initializing Not Present not yet started or Up Sample Display show decnet enabled DECnet Circuits Circuit State DECnet Address E21 UP Set 1 Entries found node routes find lt area node gt Displays attributes of level 1 routing tables or a specific address find lt area node gt where lt area node gt is an optional DECnet address Using this option limits the display to a specified destination address The displays include the following information Area DECnet Phase IV Area ID for this circuit the first six bits of a DECnet Phase IV node address Node ID DECnet Phase IV Node ID for this circuit the last ten bits of a DECnet Phase IV node address Circuit Circuit name of the node Address DECnet address of the node about which routing information is contained in this level 1 routing table Cost Total cost of the pat
374. igured but not currently operating The table includes the following information Line LLIndex Line identifier and the lower layer index identifier FRMR RX TX Number of Frame Rejects received and transmitted Resets Number of Link Connection Resets Rejects RX TX Number of reject frames received and transmitted RNR RX TX Number of Receiver Not Ready frames received and transmitted Setups Refused Number of unsuccessful link connections Abnormal Disconnects Number of abnormal link disconnections Retransmit Occurrence Number of retransmissions that have occurred 2 422 117380 A Rev A show lapb Sample Display show lapb alerts LAPB ALERT Table FRMR Rejects RNR Setups Abnormal Retransmit Line LLIndex RX TX Resets RX TX RX TX Refused Disconnects Occurrence 201101 0 4 13 0 0 0 0 0 Total entries 1 disabled Displays LAPB lines that are configured but disabled The table includes the following information Line LLIndex Line identifier and the lower layer index identifier Circuit Circuit number for this LAPB subsystem associated with the driver or application running underneath it Station Type Station type for this interface DTE DCE or DXE unassigned role DXE indicates the instance is enabled but negotiation has not yet occurred Network Type Network type GOSIP or NET2 Sample Display show lapb disabled LAPB Disabled Table Line LLIndex Circuit Station Type Network Type Total entries
375. ilter State of hardware filtering Enabled or Disabled When enabled the Link Module filtering hardware prevents the software from copying local frames into system memory Filtering hardware drops local frames at the interface Bridging software performance is improved because it no longer uses resources to receive and reject local frames 2 278 117380 A Rev A show fddi Sample Display show fddi alerts FDDI Modules on Alert BOF L HW Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter B 1 F31 Init 00 00 A2 03 01 79 3 4495 Enabled Found 1 matches out of 1 entry in table base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base level information for all FDDI circuits or a specific FDDI circuit For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show fddi base FDDI Modules BOF L HW Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TO MTU Filter 3 IESI Init 00 00 A2 03 01 79 3 4495 Enabled 1 entry in table 117380 A Rev A 2 279 Using Technician Interface Scripts disabled Displays FDDI circuits that a user has manually disabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In this case State is Down Sample Display show fddi disabled FDDI Modules Disabled BOFL HW Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Found 0 matches out of 3 entries in table enabled Displays FDDI circuits that a user has m
376. implementation of AURP refer to Configuring AppleTalk Services The enable disable aurp commands support the following subcommand options base connection lt IP address gt base Enables or disables AURP on the router Sample Display enable aurp base AURP base record enabled connection lt P address gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable aurp connection 205 1 10 2 AURP connection 205 1 10 2 enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 9 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable autoneg Use the enable autoneg lt option gt commands to enable automatic line speed negotiation on 100Base T Ethernet interfaces services on a Bay Networks router and the disable autoneg lt option gt commands to disable autonegotiation services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of autonegotiation services refer to Configuring Ethernet FDDI and Token Ring Services The enable disable autoneg commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit name gt connection lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables autonegotiation on a specific circuit Sample Display enable autoneg E21 AUTONEG Circuit E21 enabled connection lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables autonegotiation on a specific connector Sample Display enable autoneg connection 2 1 AUTONEG connector 2 1 enabled
377. in the following command categories show Displays configuration state and statistical information about a router service This command helps you isolate problems such as circuits that are not working packets that are not being forwarded and so on It uses the show bat file monitor Displays the same information as the show command but refreshes the display periodically so you can observe trends and changes Since you can use monitor in place of show this manual does not describe syntax for the monitor command This command uses the monitor bat file enable disable _ Enables or disables system features protocols drivers or individual circuits These commands use the enable bat and disable bat files menu Provides a menu interface to the scripts Also provides a menu building feature that enables you to create custom menus This command uses menu bat and various mnu files Each show command supports a subset of commands that display statistical and configuration information about a particular service or driver running on the router 117380 A Rev A 1 3 Using Technician Interface Scripts Some show commands present a broad or collective view of router status and resources For example show circuits Displays information about all drivers running on the router You can use this command to display information about all circuits without needing to know the driver that runs on each circuit show drivers Displays informati
378. ind a route to their destination This value includes any packets meeting this criterion under Forwards in the XNS Circuits Statistics table It also includes datagrams that a host could not route because its default gateways were down Sample Display show xns stats errors XNS Circuit Error Statistics Table CLECULE XNS Address Out No Routes Unknown In Protocol Discards Discards Address Errors Header Errors No Entries 117380 A Rev A show xns traffic filters lt circuit name gt Displays traffic filter information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the traffic filter applies to XNS Address Network address of the interface running on the circuit Mode State of filter use which is Enabled activated or Disabled not activated Status Current status of the traffic filter which is one of the following e Active Rule is being used e Inactive Rule is not in use e Error Application detected an error in the rule Rx Matches Number of packets received that have matched the rule Rule Number Identifier for the rule Fragment Number Number of a rule fragment for large rules Sample Display show xns traffic XNS Traffic Filter Status Table Rx Rule Fragment Circuit XNS Address Mode Status Matches Number Number No Entrie s version Displays the current version numb
379. ine index Most lines have an LLIndex of 0 Slot Slot number Module Module number Conn Connector number Enable Indicates whether the compression facility is enabled or disabled Compression Mode History Size Buffer Size for this line Compression mode for this circuit CPC Continuous Packet Compression or PPC Packet by Packet Compression History size for the compression facility 32 KB or 8 KB Buffer size allocated for the lines displayed Very Large Large Normal or None 2 682 117380 A Rev A show wcp Sample Display show wep lines WCP Line Entries Line Compression History Buffer Number LLIndex Slot Module Conn Enable Mode Size Size 203101 1 COM1 Disabled CPC 32K Normal 204101 1 COML Enabled CPC 32K Normal 2 WCP line s configured ves lt ine number llindex circuit number VC ID gt Displays configuration information for all existing WCP virtual circuits This command displays the following information Line Number LLIndex Cct Name Vc Id Compression State Decompression State Compression Mode History Size Line number for the physical WCP port Logical line index Most lines have an LLIndex of 0 Circuit name Virtual circuit ID Virtual circuit compression state Data operational state Disabled Disconnected Init initializing or Rexmit_Nak retransmit ting Virtual circuit decompression state Data Disabled Disconnected Init initializ
380. information If you do not specify a table this subcommand displays the additional information for the default resolution table that is r Displays ATM ARP information for a specific IP address 117380 A Rev A 2 71 Using Technician Interface Scripts The default r and v ATM ARP resolution tables display the following information IP address IP address of an ARP entry in the ATMARP cache Life Age of the ARP entry decrements from 900 s ATM address ATM address to which the IP address resolves Vpi vci Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Channel Identifier for the VCs to the IP address If this is not present then no VC exists to the destination Sample Display show atmarp table also show atmarp table r ATMARP Table for interface 5 5 5 7 IP address Life ATM address Vpi vci ESES 844 47000580ffe1000000f2151540 0000a20e9fcc00 0 212 ATMARP Table for interface 6 6 6 7 IP address Life ATM address Vpi vci 6 6 6 6 823 47000580ffe1000000 2151540 0000a20e9fFcc01l 0 211 6 6 6 8 425 47000580ffe1000000 2151540 0000a20e9fc701 0 174 2 72 117380 A Rev A show atmarp Sample Display show atmarp table v ATMARP Table for interface 5 5 5 5 Vpi vci Atm address IP address Life 0 32 39000000000000000000000000 0000a20d74a300 5 5 5 6 993 0 55 39000000000000000000000000 0000a20cd5c100 5 5 5 7 627 ATMARP Table for interface 6 6 6 6 Vpi vci Atm address IP address Life 0 34 3900000
381. information about the Bay Networks implementation of XNS refer to Configuring XNS Services The enable disable xns commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit name gt base Enables or disables XNS on the router Sample Display enable xns base XNS base record enabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit 117380 A Rev A 3 61 Symbols character 2 1 character 2 1 A at 2 44 Adaption Layer Controller 1 9 2 90 Address Resolution Protocol IP 2 327 addresses smds 2 560 adjacency decnet 2 191 osi 2 453 adjacent hosts ip 2 326 ipx 2 356 xns 2 716 agent BootP relay 2 138 alarms statistical 2 599 alerts at 2 45 atm 2 60 atm line 2 91 atmdxi 2 77 aurp 2 102 autoneg 2 112 bisync 2 127 bridge 2 148 circuits 2 155 117380 A Rev A Index console 2 165 csmacd 2 172 decnet 2 192 dls 2 205 dslel 2 217 el 2 264 fddi 2 275 fr 2 291 hssi 2 312 ip 2 327 ipx 2 357 isdn 2 393 isdn bri 2 405 lapb 2 422 Inm 2 427 osi 2 454 packet capture 2 469 ppp 2 484 smds 2 561 span 2 573 sr 2 580 srspan 2 592 sync 2 625 tl 2 644 token 2 658 vines 2 671 x25 2 695 xb 2 705 xns 2 716 AppleTalk parameters ppp 2 485 protocol 2 43 to 2 58 Update Based Routing protocol 2 102 to 2 111 Index 1 APPN 2 2 to 2 42 enable disable commands 3 2
382. ing Rexmit Reset Connecting Disconnecting Compression mode for this virtual circuit CPC Continuous Packet Compression or PPC Packet by Packet Compression History size for this virtual circuit 32 KB or 8 KB 117380 A Rev A 2 683 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show wcp vcs WCP Virtual Circuit Entries Line Ve Compression Decompression Compression History Number LLIndex Cct Name Id State State Mode Size 201301 0 Demand 2 0 Data Data CPC 32K 1 WCP virtual circuit s configured stats errors lt ine number llindex circuit number VC ID gt Compression Ratio Compressor In divided by Compressor Out Decompression Ratio Compressor Out divided by Compressor In Compressor In Number of bytes inputed into the compression facility Compressor Out Number of bytes outputed from the compression facility Decompressor In Number of bytes inputed into the decompression facility Decompressor Out Number of bytes outputed from the decompression facility CPC Packets Transmitted Number of CPC packets sent to the destination CPC Packets Received Number of CPC packets received from the source PPC Packets Transmitted Number of PPC packets sent to the destination PPC Packets Received Number of PPC packets received from the source 2 684 117380 A Rev A show wcp Sample Display show wcp stats WCP Performance And Data Statistics Line Vc Compression Decompression Number LLI
383. iods elapse without a successful frame transmission When timeout occurs the interface is disabled and and then enabled again automatically MTU Maximum transfer unit size for frames on this line HW Filter Status of hardware filtering Enabled or Disabled When enabled the Link Module filtering hardware prevents the copying of local frames into system memory Filtering hardware drops local frames at the interface Bridging software performance is improved because it no longer uses resources to receive and reject local frames Line Speed Circuit s configured line speed 10 Mb s or 100 Mb s Note The alerts base disabled and enabled tables all include the same information Sample Display show csmacd alerts CSMACD Modules on Alert BOF L HW Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Speed 0 0 Not Pres nil 5 1518 Disabled 10Mbps 2 31 Down 00 00 A2 0B 67 0C 5 1518 Disabled 100Mbps Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 173 Using Technician Interface Scripts autoneg circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the line speed characteristics of Ethernet circuits that are configured with automatic line negotiation Some Ethernet modules can run at either 10 Mb s or 100 Mb s using a hardware process to detect the speed to use Use this command to identify the status of auto negotiation The table includes the following information Slot The Ethernet module s slot identifier
384. ion IP Interface State Supply Listen 192 32 174 129 Up Enabled Disabled 1 Entries rip alerts Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP configured but the state of RIP is down For more information on column definitions see the rip command Sample Display show ip rip alerts IP RIP Interface Table Alerts IP Interface State Supply Listen 192 32 175 34 Down Enabled Enabled 1 Entries found 117380 A Rev A 2 337 Using Technician Interface Scripts rip disabled Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP configured but disabled For more information on column definitions see the rip command Sample Display show ip rip disabled IP RIP Table of Disabled Interfaces IP Interface State Supply Listen 192 32 174 129 Disabled Enabled Disabled 1 Entries found rip enabled Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP enabled on them For more information on column definitions see the rip command Sample Display show ip rip enabled IP RIP Table of Enabled Interfaces IP Interface State Supply Listen 192 32 174 129 Up Enabled Disabled 1 Entries found 2 338 117380 A Rev A show ip routes A type local bgp egp ospfirip lt P address gt find lt search pattern gt Note To display Equal Cost Multipath ECMP routes you must use the ip routes command See Using Technician Interface Software for more information about the
385. ion about all RTP connections or a specific RTP connection RTP Conn Name Name of the RTP connection Destination CP Name Fully qualified name of the destination network node The name can be from three to 17 characters Format is lt network_ID gt lt CP_name gt Ist Hop Ls Name Name of the link station which supports the RTP connection COS Class of service for the RTP connection Local TCID Local Transport Connection Identifier of the RTP connection Remote TCID Remote Transport Connection Identifier of the RTP connection 2 30 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show appn rtp connection APPN RTP Connections show appn RTP lst Hop Conn Destination Ls COS Local Remote Name CP Name Name TCID TCID R000001 USWFLT01 DURHAM RALEIGH SNASVCMG 0000000001000000 0000000005000000 ROOO002 USWFLT01 DURHAM RALEIGH CONNECT 0000000002000000 0000000006000000 R000003 USWFLT01 DURHAM RALEIGH INTER 0000000003000000 0000000007000000 R000004 USWFLTO1 DURHAM RALEIGH BATCH 0000000004000000 0000000008000000 CR000005 USWFLTO1 VEGAS BOSTON SNASVCMG 0000000005000000 0000000009000000 ROO0006 USWFLTO1 VEGAS BOSTON CONNECT 0000000006000000 O00000000A000000 4 Entries rtp route Displays the RTP route selection control vector for all RTP connections or a specific RTP connection RTP Conn Name Route Sample Display show appn rtp route Name of the RTP connection
386. ion protocol ARP Cache information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table displays the following information Cct Circuit Name IsRemote Entry Type Status Circuit number of the LEC Circuit name that Site Manager assigned Indicates whether the MAC address belongs to a remote client Indicates how this table entry was created LEARNED LEARNED CTRL LEARNED DATA STATIC VOL STATIC NONVOL OTHER In the router s case the LEC will always learn this entry via the Control VCC the entry type will never be STATIC Row status ENABLE or DISABLE In the router s case the status will always be ENABLE 2 416 117380 A Rev A show lane VPI Virtual Path Interface VPI that will be used for this MAC address VCI Virtual Channel Interface VCI that will be used for this MAC address MAC Address Remote MAC address ATM Address ATM address representing the MAC address Sample Display show lane learp ATM mulation Client MAC to ATM ARP Cache Cct Circuit Name IsRemote EntryType Status VPI VCI 3 ATMSR_1405101 3 TRUE LEARNED_CTRL ENABLE 0 38 MAC Address ATM Address FF FF FF FF FF FF 39 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 08 00 20 1A 42 C4 88 Cct Circuit Name IsRemote EntryType Status VPI VCI 4 ATMSR_1405101 4 TRUE LEARNED CTRL ENABLE 0 45 MAC Address ATM Address 00 00 A2 0E 9F CO 39 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0
387. ions see the alerts command Sample Display show fr disabled Sshow fr disabled Line LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard Drop 201301 0 131 AnnexD Primary Disabled 1 0 0 1 entry s found enabled Displays the interfaces that are currently enabled For column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show fr enabled Sshow fr enabled Line LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard Drop 201302 0 1 entry s found 132 AnnexD Normal Running 0 0 0 117380 A Rev A 2 295 Using Technician Interface Scripts backup lt ine gt lt ine lindex gt Displays the interfaces that currently support dial backup lt line gt Limits the display to the specified line identifier lt line llindex gt Limits the display to the specified instance identifier The table includes the following information Primary Line LLIndex Instance identifier or interface specification for the frame relay primary interface Circuit Name of the main frame relay primary circuit this interface is associated with Status State of the primary interface as follows e Fault Interface is not operating e Init Interface is initializing has not yet started e NotPres Interface is not yet present e Running Interface is operating properly Backup Line LLIndex Instance identifier or interface specification for the frame relay backup interface Type Interface Type for the bac
388. ircuit Name of the frame relay circuit for the PVC unless the circuit is hybrid If this is a hybrid circuit Circuit is the name of the hybrid circuit 2 300 117380 A Rev A show fr Sample Display show fr pvcs Sshow fr pvcs Line LLIndex DLCI State Type Mode Congestion Serv Circuit 201302 0 0 Control Dynamic Group Inherit 132 201302 0 100 Active Dynamic Group Inherit 2 132 201302 0 101 Active Dynamic Group Inherit 2 132 201302 0 102 Inactive Dynamic Group Inherit 2 132 201302 0 103 Inactive Dynamic Group Inherit 2 132 201302 0 104 Inactive Dynamic Group Inherit 2 5132 6 entry s found service circuit lt ine gt lt line llindex gt lt line llindex cct gt Displays information about all or selected frame relay service records or circuits lt line gt lt line llindex gt lt line llindex cct gt Limits the display to the specified line Limits the display to the specified interface Limits the display to the specified line lt line llindex gt specifies the interface lt cct gt specifies the service record The table includes the following information Line LLIndex Cct Circuit Status Num VCs Default Multiline Name Line or instance identifier for the service record Name of the main circuit this interface is associated with See alerts command Number of VCs in this service record Specifies whether this is the default service record Specifies whether the service record is
389. ircuits that have auto negotiation enabled Note The alerts base disabled and enabled tables all include the same information See the description with the show autoneg alerts command 117380 A Rev A 2 115 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show autoneg enabled Auto Negotiation Interfaces Enabled Auto Negotiation Remote Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling Capability In Use 5 1 E51 Up Complete FALSE 100Base X Found 1 match out of 4 entries in table version Displays the current version and modification date of the at bat script Sample Display show autoneg version autoneg bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 116 117380 A Rev A show bgp show bgp The show bgp lt option gt command displays state configuration and statistical information about the Border Gateway Protocol BGP For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of BGP refer to Configuring IP Services The show bgp command supports the following subcommand options errors summar peers timers routes lt address gt from lt peer address gt version find lt search pattern gt stats weights 117380 A Rev A 2 117 Using Technician Interface Scripts errors Displays the error message generated the last time a connection between a router and its BGP peer failed This message was either received from or sent to the BGP peer The report in
390. irectory statistics Displays information concerning the performance of the directory services function Maximum Cached Entries Current Cached Entries Current Home Entries Current Registered Entries Directed Locates Received Broadcast Locates Received Directed Locates Sent Maximum number of cache entries allowed Current number of cache entries Current number of home entries Current number of registered entries Number of directed locates received Number of broadcast locates received Number of directed locates sent 2 12 117380 A Rev A show appn Broadcast Locates Sent Number of broadcast locates sent Directed Locates Not Found Number of directed locates returned with a not found Broadcast Locates Not Found Number of broadcast locates returned with a not found Outstanding Locates Current number of outstanding locates both directed and broadcast This value varies A value of zero indicates that no locates are unanswered Sample Display show appn stats directory APPN Directory Statistics O O Maximum Cached Entries Current Cached Entries Current Home Entries Current Registered Entries Directed Locates Received Broadcast Locates Received Directed Locates Sent Broadcast Locates Sent Directed Locates Not Found Broadcast Locates Not Found Outstanding Locates e a a e a a E e a e E O e E o E a E a dic lt DLC name gt Displays information for all
391. is entity and slot number Attribute that controls the entity s warning messages e On The router or BNX platform generates this trap whenever a Warning event occurs for this entity and slot number e Off The router or BNX platform does not generate this trap whenever a Fault event occurs for this entity and slot number Attribute that controls the entity s info messages e On The router or BNX platform generates this trap whenever an Info event occurs for this entity and slot number e Off The router or BNX platform does not generate this trap whenever a Fault event occurs for this entity and slot number Attribute that controls the entity s trace messages e On The router or BNX platform generates this trap whenever a Trace event occurs for this entity and slot number Off The router or BNX platform does not generate this trap whenever a Fault event occurs for this entity and slot number Attribute that controls the entity s debug messages e On The router or BNX platform generates this trap whenever a Debug event occurs for this entity and slot number e Off The router or BNX platform does not generate this trap whenever a Fault event occurs for this entity and slot number Entering the show snmp traps command without any lt entity_name gt lt entity_number gt or lt slot_number gt option invokes the forgoing data for all entities configured on the router 2 570 117380 A Rev A Sample Di
392. isabled In this case State is always Down 2 562 117380 A Rev A show smds Sample Display show smds disabled SMDS Disabled Table Circuit Mode State S22 Disabled Down enabled Displays all enabled SMDS interfaces Sample Display show smds enabled SMDS Circuit Interface Enabled Table Circuit State S21 Init S23 Up stats lt circuit_name gt Displays sent and received SIP Level 3 frames for all SMDS interfaces or for a specific interface The totals include only PDUs without errors The table includes statistics for both individual and group addressed PDUs that are sent received and discarded You can use this information with the synchronous and protocol statistics to determine where frames are going and at what level they may have been dropped Sample Display show smds stats SMDS Statistics L3 PDUs Sent L3 PDUs Received Addr Verify Circuit Individual Group Individual Group Discards 112 0 9 0 9 0 117380 A Rev A 2 563 Using Technician Interface Scripts version Displays the current version number and modification date of the smds bat script Sample Display show smds version SMDS bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 564 117380 A Rev A show snmp show snmp The show snmp lt option gt commands display status configuration and performance information about the Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP ser
393. isables the DCM board installed on an ARN Ethernet expansion module Sample Display disable dcm expansion_module DCM on Expansion module has been Disabled middleware Enables or disables the DCM software subsystem DCM middleware DCMMW on an AN ANH or ARN router The DCMMW driver runs on the base module it controls the DCM and provides access to collected RMON statistics Sample Display enable dcm middleware DCM Middleware and all probes have been Enabled 3 16 117380 A Rev A enable disable decnet enable disable decnet Use the enable decnet lt option gt commands to enable DECnet services on a Bay Networks router and the disable decnet lt option gt commands to disable DECnet service For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of DECnet refer to Configuring DECnet Services The enable disable decnet commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit name gt base Enables or disables DECnet on the router Sample Display enable decnet base DECNET base record enabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable decnet circuit e21 DECNET Circuit e21 enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 17 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable dis Use the enable dls lt option gt commands to enable Data Link Switching DLSw services on a Bay Networks
394. isconnect counts for normal and abnormal conditions for all lines or for a specific line slot and connector The table includes the following information Line Total VC Connections Failed VC Connections Normal VC Disconnects Abnormal VC Disconnects Line slot and connector Total number of virtual connections performed since starting up Number of unsuccessful VC connections performed since starting up Number of normal VC disconnections Number of abnormal VC disconnections 117380 A Rev A 2 697 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show x25 connections Total VC Failed VC Normal VC Abnormal VC Line Connections Connections Disconnects Disconnects Ziel 6 0 6 0 1 Connection Entries ipex maps Displays the IPEX mappings for the router Each entry appears in two lines with the first line displaying information for the source connection and the line below it displaying information for the destination The table includes the following information Cct Circuit of the IPEX connection Name VC that sends the tunneled message to the destination Type Source or destination connection type PVC SVC or TCP Mapping ID Mapping ID number for the IPEX session Remote IP Remote Port Remote IP address for an SVC source connection type and the remote port number for a TCP destination connection type Remote DTE The remote DTE Mode Mapping type Local End2END or Gateway Sample Display
395. isplays all currently enabled circuits Sample Display show circuits enabled CSMACD Modules Enabled BOFL HW Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter 3 1 E31 Up 00 00 A2 03 00 6E 5 1518 Disabled 3 2 E32 Down 00 00 A2 03 00 6F 5 1518 Disabled 3 3 E33 Up 00 00 A2 03 00 70 5 1518 Disabled 3 4 E34 Up 00 00 A2 03 00 71 5 1518 Disabled Found 4 matches out of 4 entries in table HSSI Modules Enabled show circuits BOFL WAN Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number 0 0 Not Pres nil Off 4608 FRAME RELAY 0 0 0 Not Pres nil 1 4608 FRAME RELAY 0 Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table TOKEN RING Modules Enabled Ring Early Token Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release 2 1 021 CableFlt 00 00 A2 01 4B 4E 4568 16 Mbps Enabled Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table 117380 A Rev A 2 159 Using Technician Interface Scripts hwfilters Displays all hardware filter configurations on the router Sample Display show circuits hwfilters Hardware Filters Modules Line Maximum Current Used Dropped Slot Conn Circuit State Type Tbl Siz Tbl Siz Entries Frames 0 entries in table receive errors lt circuit name gt Displays the receive error statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit Sample Display show circuits receive errors CSMACD Module Receive Errors Checks
396. isplays configuration and statistical information about the IPv6 base record show ip6 Configuration information consists of the current settings for IPv6 global parameters IPv6 global parameters are described in Configuring IPv6 Services Sample Display show ip6 base IPv6 Base Record Configuration Information Protocol IPv6 State Up Forwarding Enabled Path MTU Discovery Enabled Discovered MTU Timeout 10 minutes Default Hop Limit 64 Minimum Link MTU 576 octets Maximum Traffic Filters 31 octets Load Mask MSB is slot 1 0x78000000 IPv6 Base Record Statistical Information Total IPv6 Interfaces 8 Total Known Networks 38 Total Known Nodes 42 117380 A Rev A 2 353 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats icmp lt interface_index gt Displays the following information about ICMP messages sent and received on the interface you specify Interface The index number identifying an IPv6 interface Received ICMP messages received on this interface Sent ICMP messages sent on this interface Sample Display show ip6 stats icmp IPv6 ICMP Statistics Interface 2 Total messages Router Advertisement Neighbor Solicit Received Sent 0 187 0 185 0 2 There was no other ICMP messages received or sent 2 354 117380 A Rev A show ip6 stats traffic lt interface_index gt Displays information about IPv6 packets sent and received on the in
397. isplays the general circuit information in addition to current DS 3 E 3 information for the specified circuit or for all circuits For more information on column definitions see the ccts command The table displays the following information General Circuit Information Circuit Name Index Sec into Interval of Intervals Line Coding Line Type Status Name of the circuit associated with this line Line and line level identifier The number of seconds into the current 15 minute interval The number of complete 15 minute intervals The line coding on this circuit The line coding options are B3ZS e HDB3 The line type of this circuit The options are e DS3_M23 ANSI T1 107 1988 e DS3_Cbit ANSI T1 107a 1989 e E3_framed CCITT G 751 e E3_plcp ETSI T NA 91 18 The line status of the interface The possible status variables are e NoAlarm no alarm present e RRAI receiving yellow remote alarm indication e TRAI transmitting yellow remote alarm indication e RAIS receiving Alarm Indications Signal AIS failure state e TAIS transmitting AIS failure state e LOF receiving Loss of Frame LOF failure state e LOS receiving Loss of Signal LOS failure state e Loopback looping the received signal e TestCode receiving a test pattern e LowSignal low signal 117380 A Rev A 2 243 Using Technician Interface Scripts Line Stats Circuit Name Interval LESs SEFSs UASs LCVs Pbit
398. isplays the state of the OSI NCP for all circuits on which PPP is configured State is either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command The display includes the following information Circuit Displays the circuit number State Displays whether OSI NCP is enabled or disabled Sample Display show ppp osi PPP OSI NCP Information Circuit State S31 Disabled 32 Starting 2 Entries found pap local remote local Displays the configured Password Authentication Protocol PAP identifier and password of the local router The display includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on Line LLIndex Line number associated with the circuit LCP State State of the Line Control Protocol either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command 2 504 117380 A Rev A Local PAP ID Local PAP Password show ppp PAP identifier assigned to this interface During the authentication phase all password Authenticate Request messages that the peer sends to this interface must include this PAP ID PAP password assigned to this interface During the authentication phase all Authenticate Request messages that the peer sends to this interface must include this password Sample Display show ppp pap local PPP Line Local PAP Configuration Line LCP Local Local Circuit LLIndex State PAP ID PAP Password S31 2
399. isten Interface listens to SAP Periodic and Triggered updates from neighboring networks and conveys received routing information to its internal routing table e Supply Interface transmits all SAP Periodic and Triggered updates to routers in neighboring networks 117380 A Rev A 2 373 Using Technician Interface Scripts In Packets Number of SAP packets received on this interface Out Packets Bad Packets Sample Display show ipx sap IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information Circuit SAP In Out Number of SAP packets sent out this interface Number of bad SAP packets received on this interface A11 Bad Index Interfac Stat Mode Packets Packets Packets 1 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 2 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 3 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 4 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 5 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 6 0x2E025290 Up Lstn Sply 0 13587 0 7 0x2E025360 Up Lstn Sply 13313 1 0 8 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 SAP Interfaces configured 2 374 117380 A Rev A show ipx sap alerts Displays IPX SAP interfaces whose Disable Enable parameter conflicts with their state For column definitions see the sap command Sample Display show ipx sap alerts IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information Alerts Circuit SAP In Out Bad Index Interfac Stat Mode Packets Packets Packets 1 one Disabled Lstn Sply 0 0 0 2 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 3 one Absent Lst
400. it For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In addition to the states listed under the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show hssi base HSSI Modules BOF L WAN Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number 3 1 H31 Up 00 00 A2 03 C1 C3 1 4495 WF STANDARD 703101 1 entry in table disabled Displays HSSI circuits that a user has manually disabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In this case State is Disabled 117380 A Rev A 2 317 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show hssi disabled HSSI Modules Disabled BOF L WAN Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number Found 0 matches out of 1 entry in table enabled Displays HSSI modules that a user has manually enabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show hssi enabled HSSI Modules Enabled BOF L WAN Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number 3 1 H31 Up 00 00 A2 03 C1 C3 1 4495 WF STANDARD 703101 Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit
401. it enable disable xb lt option gt Xerox Networking Systems Protocol base circuit enable disable xns lt option gt Using the Menu Utility You can run scripts from Technician Interface menus as an alternative to entering commands at the Technician Interface prompt You can also create or customize scripts menus Use scripts menus to access the full set of Technician Interface scripts including those embedded within the router software Displaying Menus After you configure the run setpath command you can display the scripts main menu by entering the menu command at the Technician Interface prompt The main menu contains a numbered list of system protocols and services as shown in the following example 1 16 117380 A Rev A Introducing Technician Interface Scripts 1 APPN 2 AT 3 ATM 22 FDDI 23 Frame Relay Main Menu 24 25 26 45 46 Frame Relay Switch 47 SDLC FTP 48 SMDS Hardware 49 SNMP Router Redundancy 68 X25 Reservable Resources To display a scripts submenu for a particular protocol enter its sequence number from the main menu For example to display the IP scripts submenu enter 28 at the prompt under the main menu The IP menu appears Enter menu number or TI command 28 IP Menu 1 Adjacent Hosts 13 IP Cache Hits Stats 2 Alerts 14 IP Datagram Stats 3 ARP Table 15 IP Fragmentation Stats 4 Base Info 16 IP RIP Filters 5 Circuits 17 IP
402. its LUs or for a specific LU LU Logical Unit name NN Server Network Node server name LU Owner Logical Unit owner name Location Location of the Logical Unit Local Domain or XDomain cross domain 117380 A Rev A 2 11 Using Technician Interface Scripts Type Wildcard Directory type Home Cache or Registered Home means that the LU is in the domain of the local network node and that the LU information has been configured at the local node Cache means that the LU has previously been located by a broadcast search and that the location information has been saved Register means that the LU is at an end node that is in the domain of the local network node Registered entries are registered by the served end node Type of wildcard Explicit Partial or Full Explicit means the full LU name has been specified Partial means the entry is a partial wildcard Full means the entry is a full wildcard and all searches for unknown LUs will be directed to this node Sample Display show appn directory entry APPN Directory Entries LU NN Server LU Owner Location Type Woodard USWFLTO1 TESTEN USWFLTO1 RALEIGH USWFLTO1 TESTEN Domain Registr Explicit USWFLTO1 RALEIGH USWFLTO1 RALEIGH USWFLTO1 RALEIGH Local Home Explicit USWFLTO1 TESTENLU USWFLTO1 RALEIGH USWFLTO1 TESTEN Domain Registr Explicit 3 Entries d
403. its whose state is not up The table does not show configured DLSw circuits that have been disabled Circuit The name of the circuit on which DLSw is running State State of the circuit which is Down Bridge ID Identification number of the Source Routing Bridge LAN ID Identification number of the Internal LAN DLC Type The type of circuit on which DLSw is running Sample Display show dls alerts DLS Circuits Circuit State Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type O11 1 LEZ UP OxF 0x278 LLC SRB base Displays information on the DLSw base record state The base record controls DLSw for the entire system State is any of the following Disabled User has manually disabled DLSw Down DLSw is malfunctioning Init DLSw is initializing on the system Not Present DLSw is configured but has not started Up DLSw is operating on the system 117380 A Rev A 2 205 Using Technician Interface Scripts TCP Window Uncfg Peer Int Ring Bridge Virt Ring Virt MTU ProtoPriority PPriUnCfgPeer PkgMaxSize MAC Age NB Age WanKeepAlive PkgTimeOut Maximum amount of DLSw data that local or remote TCP entities can send before requiring an acknowledgment or receive before acknowledging This number is in octets Specifies the current accept or reject unconfigured peers setting Specifies the bridge s internal LAN ID Identification number of the Bridge Virtual ring identifier for the network Specifies a Maximum Trans
404. ive deltas of these counters are meaningful These counter cannot be reset to 0 2 536 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show rptr stats 802 3 Repeater HUB Statistics Port Readabl Readab1l Total Auto Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions 1 104 6719 24 14 43 456 2 0 63 4294967289 6 4294967295 150 3 931675 296890590 22 6 4294967295 5862 4 1354357247 1629798783 4294967289 4 4294967295 1620234528 5 10 4271 4294967289 9 4294967295 195 6 348 111353 4294967289 177 4294967295 951 7 297 95157 4294967289 522055204 4294967295 962400002 8 317023833 1077284480 4294967289 87 36 7187 9 4294967295 4294967295 4160749557 4 4294967295 35 10 4294967295 4294967295 4294967285 1096835530 4294967295 570 11 4294967295 4294967295 4294967289 4 4294967295 4 T2 576590566 2908601712 2324114227 201334951 2569404471 101226678 13 2157788935 1628793423 1100513600 14 194 2832631700 show rptr 117380 A Rev A 2 537 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show rpir stats all 802 3 Repeater HUB Statistics Port Repeater Repeater Repeater Repeater Transmit Collisions otal Readab1l Frames Readabl Octets Total Frames Total Octets Errors 111726086 3246687465 3290410074 805377464 Total Errors Auto Partitions Runts Collisions MArANaA OF WNEHE 104 0 931688 1354357247 10 348 297 317023833 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 57
405. ject How to evaluate the threshold with respect to the threshold values e Greater than Generates threshold events when the value of the statistic is greater than the thresholds specified e Less than Generates threshold events when the value of the statistic is less than the thresholds specified Sample Display show sta configuration Statistical Thresholds and Alarm Configuration Object 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 4 1 1 24 2 1 Threshold State State Low Medium High Current Action Enabled Valid 12 20 60 0 Greater than 2 600 117380 A Rev A show sta stats lt object ID gt Displays statistical information for all objects that are keeping statistics or for a specific object The table includes the following information Object Identifier of the MIB object to examine for threshold alarms Number of Low Alarms Number of low threshold alarms generated Number of Medium Alarms Number of medium threshold alarms generated Number of High Alarms Number of high threshold alarms generated Sample Display show sta stats Statistical Thresholds and Alarm Statistics Object 1 3 6 1 4 1 18 3 4 1 1 24 2 1 Number of Number of Number of Low Alarms Medium Alarms High Alarms version Displays the current version number and modification date of the sta bat script Sample Display show sta version STA bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 601 Using Technician Interface Scripts show
406. k DS1E1 Clock Status DS1E1 ModuleEntry MIB Current Primary Secondary Slot Mod clock clock clock 5 1 Loop1 Loop1 Internal KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KR KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KK KK KK KKK KK ClockEntry MIB pre empts ModuleEntry MIB settings KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KKK KKK KK KK KKK KKKKKK KKK KKK KKK KKKKKKKKKKK DS1E1 ClockEntry MIB Current Primary Secondary Slot Mod Port clock clock clock 5 1 905101 Internal Internal Internal 5 1 905102 Loop4 Loop4 Internal 5 1 905103 Loop4 Loop4 Internal 5 1 905104 Loop4 Loop4 Internal DS1E1 Clock Status Loop1 Loop2 Loop3 Loop4 External Slot Mod clock clock clock clock clock 5 1 Present Present Present Present Not Present 1 entry in table 2 220 117380 A Rev A show ds1e1 disabled Displays DS1E1 circuits that a user has manually disabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In this case State is Disabled Sample Display show ds1e1 disabled DS1E1 Logical Lines Disabled Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr Found 0 matches out of 3 entries in table e1framer current total interval lt interval numbers Displays error information about the E1 framer Sample Display show ds1e1 e1framer current El Current Framer Statistics Bipolar CRC 4 Far End Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote
407. kets from clients State State of BOOTP services on the interface Absent Down Init initializing Invalid Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up Min Seconds Minimum number of seconds the router waits before forwarding any BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packet to the server If this value exceeds the value in the seconds field of aBOOTREQUEST or DHCP packet from the client the router drops the packet Max Hops Maximum number of hops a BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packet can take between the client and the server If this value is less the value in the hops field of a BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packet from the client the router drops the packet PassThruMode Type of packets that this interface accepts BOOTP only DHCP only or both BOOTP and DHCP 2 136 117380 A Rev A show bootp Sample Display show bootp base Bootp Base Information Interface Min Max Address State Seconds Hops PassThruMode 192 32 514 592 Up 0 4 BOOTP DHCP 1 entries clients Displays information about each BOOTP Data Link Control Interface DLCI client The table includes the following information Client DLCI DLCI for the virtual circuit that this BOOTP client uses Client IP Address IP address for this BOOTP client Sample Display show booip clients BOOTP Clients Client Client DLCI IP Address 20 192 32 4 1 24 192 32 5 1 2 Entries 117380 A Rev A 2 137 Using Technician Interface Scripts prefserv Displays informati
408. kup circuit Shared the backup interface uses the primary configuration Secondary the backup interface uses it own configuration Circuit Name of the main frame relay primary circuit this interface is associated with Status State of the backup interface as follows e Fault Interface is not operating e Init Interface is initializing has not yet started e NotPres Interface is not yet present e Running Interface is operating properly 2 296 117380 A Rev A show fr Sample Display show fr backup Primary Backup Line LLIndex Circuit Status Line LLIndex Type Circuit Status 201301 0 131 Fault 1000201301 0 Shared S131 Running 1 entry s found demand lt ine gt lt line llindex gt Displays information about all or some of the frame relay demand lines configured on the router For column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show fr demand Line LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard Drop 1010000002 0 FR Dema AnnexD Demand Init 0 0 0 nd 2 1 entry found 117380 A Rev A 2 297 Using Technician Interface Scripts congestion lt ine gt lt ine lindex gt lt line llindex DLCI gt Displays information about congestion control on frame relay interfaces You can use the following options with the congestion command lt line gt Limits the display to the specified line lt line llindex gt Limits the display to the specified interface lt line
409. l Frames Sent Number of frames transmitted over this APPN tunnel Frames Dropped Number of frames dropped by this APPN tunnel due to congestion Sample Display show appn tunnel APPN Tunnels Frames Frames Frames CCT Partner Node State Revd Sent Dropped 100 USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM Active 26 7 0 1 Entry version Displays the current version and modification date of the appn bat script Sample Display show appn version APPN bat Version Date mm dd yy vrn lt VRN name gt Displays state information for all Virtual Routing Nodes VRNs or for a specific VRN VRN Fully qualified network name that is locally defined at each network node in the format lt network_ID gt lt CP_name gt State Current state of this VRN Inactive Pending Active Active Pending Inactive 117380 A Rev A 2 41 Using Technician Interface Scripts Port Administratively assigned name for this APPN port The name can be from one to eight characters Port State Current state of this port Inactive Pending Active Active Pending Inactive Sample Display show appn vrn APPN Virtual Routing Nodes VRN State Port Port State USWFLTO1 CN1 Pending Active PORT31 Inactive 2 42 117380 A Rev A show at show at The show at lt option gt commands display information about the AppleTalk protocol and services For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of AppleTalk services refer to Configu
410. l TCP configuration and connection information configurations Displays the TCP configuration parameters The table includes the following information Timeout Minimum Timeout Maximum Maximum Window Size Timeout Algorithm Minimum value in milliseconds permitted for the retransmission timeout When one side of a TCP connection sends a frame and the other side of the connection does not acknowledge the transmission within the timeout period the sending station retransmits the frame Maximum value in milliseconds permitted for the retransmission timeout When one side of a TCP connection sends a frame and the other side of the connection does not acknowledge the transmission within the timeout period the sending station retransmits the frame Maximum transmit and receive window size that TCP allows for each connection Algorithm for determining when to retransmit unacknowledged packets Currently Bay Networks implements the Van Jacobson algorithm only 2 652 117380 A Rev A show tcp Sample Display show tcp configuration Tcp protocol is enabled he Time Out Minimum 250 milliseconds he Time Out Maximum 240000 milliseconds he Maximum Window Size 4096 in octets Out Algorithm Van_Jacobson he Time Th umber of Segments Sent 10015 Th umber of Segments Received 13621 Th umber of Th umb The Number of of Segments Retransmitted 453 Bad Segments Received 4
411. l adjacent network nodes since last initialization Number of TDUs built by this node to be sent to all adjacent network nodes since last initialization Number of topology node updates received by this node with a RSN less than the current RSN Both even and odd RSNs are included in this count Number of topology node updates received by this node with a RSN equal to the current RSN Both even and odd RSNs are included in this count Number of topology node updates received by this node with an RSN greater than the current RSN Number of topology node updates received by this node with an odd RSN greater than the current RSN Number of topology node records built as a result of internally detected node state changes that affect APPN topology and routing Number of topology node record inconsistencies detected by this node Number of topology node records built for this node s resource due to timer updates Number of topology node records purged from this node s topology database 117380 A Rev A 2 35 Using Technician Interface Scripts TG Record Statistics Received Low RSNs Received Equal RSNs Received High RSNs Received Bad RSNs State Updates Errors Timer Updates Records Purged Routes Calculated Number of topology transmission group updates received by this node with an RSN less than the current RSN Both even and odd RSNs are included in this count Number of topology transmission g
412. l slots should be running the same configuration file originating from the same volume or backup volume Sample Display show hardware config_file Boot Time Configuration File Information Slot File Name Source Load Date and Time 2 5 pvc0 cfg 3 01 30 1995 14 09 42 GMT 12 00 3 5 pvc0 cfg 5 01 25 1995 08 26 15 GMT 12 00 4 5 pvc0 cfg 3 01 25 1995 08 26 19 GMT 12 00 5 5 pvc0 cfg 3 01 25 1995 15 30 46 GMT 12 00 Note If the pathname of the configuration file is too long to fit into the tabular format the script displays the information in a vertical table image Displays the router s software image for each slot including the integration that is the source of the image the date and time of the image s creation and the filename that contains the image If the filename is too long to fit in a horizontal table the script displays the information in a vertical table similar to the one shown for the config_file command 2 310 117380 A Rev A show hardware Sample Display show hardware image Active Image Information Slot File Name Source Date and Time 2 5 bn exe int 8 10 46 Fri Jan 20 09 18 52 EST 1995 3 5 bn exe int 8 10 46 Fri Jan 20 09 18 52 EST 1995 4 5 bn exe int 8 10 46 Fri Jan 20 09 18 52 EST 1995 5 5 bn exe int 8 10 46 Fri Jan 20 09 18 52 EST 1995 memory lt s ot number gt Displays memory configuration and capacity information about all slots or a specific slot
413. lass DYNAMIC or STATIC Sample Display show decnet adjacency DECnet Adjacency Information Adjacency Adjacency Circuit Address State Type Class E21 382 UP AREA DYNAMIC E41 22 UP AREA DYNAMIC Total of 2 Adjacency s 117380 A Rev A 2 191 Using Technician Interface Scripts alerts area routes find lt area gt Displays all circuits configured as enabled but not currently up Use this command to display information about the physical circuits State in this case is Down Sample Display show decnet alerts DECnet Circuits Circuit State J ECnet Address E21 Down 1 Entries found 331 Displays attributes of the level 2 routing table You can use the following option to display area routes for a specific area find lt area gt where lt area gt is the number of a specific area Use this option to search through the routing table and display information about the specified area number or display an empty table if the area number does not exist The table includes the following information Area Circuit State Cost Route s area number Circuit that the route uses If the node or area is directly connected within a router this column shows two dashes State of the route as follows Reachable Destination area is reachable e Unreachable The destination area is unreachable in which case you should display the adjacency that corresponds
414. led ATM Interface Line Disabled Tabl Line Circuit State 1103101 A31 Disabled Total entries 1 2 60 117380 A Rev A show atm enabled Displays the ATM interfaces that are configured as enabled For more information about column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm enabled ATM Interface Line Enabled Tabl Line Circuit State 1404101 0 Absent 1405101 A51 Up Total entries 2 interfaces lt ine gt Displays all ATM interfaces or ATM interfaces for a specified line This table includes the following information VPCs Maximum number of Virtual Path Connections supported by the ATM interface VCCs Maximum number of Virtual Channel Connections supported by the ATM interface Address Type Type of ATM address configured for use by the ATM interface Private NSAP E 164 Native E 164 Other Null or NotDefined Signaling Whether signaling is enabled or disabled on the ATM interface Sig Standard The signaling standard configured for the ATM interface UNI3 0 or UNI3 1 For more information about column definitions see the alerts command 117380 A Rev A 2 61 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show atm interfaces ATM Interface Table Line Circuit State VPCs VECS Address Type Signaling Sig Standard 1404101 A41 Up 0 0 NotDefined Enabled UNI3 0 Total entries 1 line lt ine option gt Note See the show atm line
415. led Displays all enabled SDLC interfaces For more information on column definitions see the circuits command Sample Display sdic show enabled SDLC Circuits Circuit State Role Link Type Duplex Duplex SDLC Primary Secondary Address T Enabled Negotiable Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex 2 Enabled Secondary Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex 4 4 Enabled Secondary Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex 6 3 Entries found 2 558 117380 A Rev A show sdlc stats lt circuit number gt Displays statistical information for all circuits or for a specified circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Circuit number of this interface SDLC Add Poll address of the secondary link station in this SDLC link It uniquely identifies the SDLC link station within a single SDLC port I Frames Received Total number of information frames received from an adjacent SDLC link station since last reset or system startup I Frames Sent Total number of information frames transmitted to an adjacent SDLC link station since last reset or system startup Re Tx s Total number of information frames retransmitted to an adjacent SDLC link station since last reset or system startup Rejects Received Total number of reject frames received from an adjacent SDLC link station since last reset or system startup Rejects Sent Total number of reject frames transmitted to an adjacent SDLC link station since last reset or system sta
416. led Down 1 entries found ip base Displays the state of Source Route IP Encapsulation The SR IP Mode is Enabled or Disabled and SR State is Down or Up Sample Display show sr ip base Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Base Record Information Protocol SR IP Mode SR State SR IP Enabled Up 2 586 117380 A Rev A show sr ip circuits lt circuit_name gt Displays all Source Routing IP interfaces or a specific interface Mode is Enabled or Disabled and State is Down or Up You can use this display to determine the Source Route IP interfaces present Sample Display show sr ip circuits Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Circuit Information Circuit SR Mode SR State O21 Enabled Down S51 Enabled Up 043 Enabled Down 3 entries found ip configuration Displays the Source Route IP Encapsulation global configuration SR IP Ring ID can range from 0x011 to OxFFF Mtu Size is any integer Sample Display show sr ip configuration Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Base Record Configuration SR IP Mode SR IP Ring ID MTU Size Disabled 0x000 4562 117380 A Rev A 2 587 Using Technician Interface Scripts ip configuration circuit Displays the Source Route IP Encapsulation interface record configuration SR Mode is Enabled or Disabled and Forwarding Explorers is Yes or No Sample Display show sr ip configuration circuit Source Route IP Encapsulation SR IP Cir
417. les a specific NetBIOS over IP interface Sample Display enable nbip interface 130 1 1 1 NBIP interface 130 1 1 1 enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 35 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable nml Use the enable nml lt option gt commands to enable Native Mode LAN NML services on a Bay Networks router and the disable nml lt option gt commands to disable NML services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of NML refer to Configuring Bridging Services The enable disable nmi commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit name gt seclist lt circuit name gt circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables NML on a specific circuit Sample Display enable nml circuit e21 NML circuit e21 enabled seclist lt circuit name gt Enables or disables all ranges in the NML security list on a specific circuit Sample Display enable nml seclist e21 NML Security list on e21 enabled 3 36 117380 A Rev A enable disable osi enable disable osi Use the enable osi lt option gt commands to enable Open Systems Interconnection OSI services on a Bay Networks router and the disable osi lt option gt commands to disable OSI services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of OSI refer to Configuring OSI Services The enable disable osi commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit name
418. les and displaying commands by entering t at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt as shown in the example Enter menu number or TI command t At the main menu the screen displays the menu commands you do not need to enter mnu when executing a menu command Main Menu 1 menu appn mnu 24 menu frsw mnu 47 menu sdlc mnu 2 menu at mnu 25 menu ftp mnu 48 menu smds mnu 3 menu atm mnu 26 menu hardware mnu 49 menu snmp mnu 21 menu egp mnu 44 menu rptr mnu 67 menu xns mnu 22 menu fddi mnu 45 menu rredund mnu 68 menu x25 mnu 23 menu fr mnu 46 menu rsc mnu A Add a command H Change menu title Q Quit C Clear all commands L Load new menu S Save menu commands D Delete command M Menu control off T Toggle title display E Edit command Enter menu number or TI command With menu control on at the submenu level entering t at the prompt invokes the list of Technician Interface commands equivalent to the subcommand menu entries The following example sequence of three screens shows what happens when you enable menu control from a submenu then toggle the submenu to display Technician Interface commands instead of menu titles 1 22 117380 A Rev A Introducing Technician Interface Scripts PPP subcommand menu with menu control OFF disabled ArANaA oO FWN FE 15 D PPP Menu Alerts 16 AppleTalk Conf LTs AppleTalk Neg T84 Bad Packets 19 Bridge Conf 20 Bridge Neg
419. line Replen Misses Number of times the buffer fails to clear after receiving information Overflow Frames Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the device s FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA cycle No buffer resources are available LackRescs Chars Number of characters received and discarded due to lack of resources such as buffers Sample Display show bisync receive BISYNC Module Receive Errors Bad Runt Receiv Replen Overflow lLackRescs Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Errors Misses Frames Chars i a Sil 0 0 0 0 0 1 entry in table 117380 A Rev A 2 131 Using Technician Interface Scripts sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt Displays data sampled from BISYNC over a period of 10 seconds You can change the number of seconds over which you want to sample the data and you can display sampled data for a specific circuit only The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Rx Frames Number of frames received on this line Tx Frames Number of frames sent on this line Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers Sample Display show bisync sample
420. line you can customize the output to display cpu usage for a particular process or slot on the router show process cpu lt process gt sample lt seconds gt lt repeat gt lt slot gt 2 512 117380 A Rev A show process process Specifies the process for which you want to view cpu statistics Specify all to display cpu statistics for all processes running on the router Specify total to display only cpu statistic totals For information on how to obtain a list of available processes refer to the show process list command later in this section sample lt seconds gt lt repeat gt Periodically samples and displays cpu usage statistics The mandatory lt seconds gt argument indicates the time interval between samples The manadatory lt repeat gt argument indicates the number of times to sample cpu usage If you use sampling the values displayed represent the amount of cpu usage for the interval last sampled The minimum sample interval is 30 seconds If you specify a shorter interval the command automatically substitutes the minimum interval of 30 seconds If you choose not to use sampling the values displayed represent the total cpu usage since slot boot time slot Limits display to statistics for the slot you specify Sample Display show process cpu total Total Cpu Use Statistics Slot Max Idle Used Used 2 17463 17191 272 1 3 17315 17045 270 1 4 19427 16075 3352 17 Note The FRE 1 proces
421. line has the following six parts e Number of the packet within the capture buffer e Date the packet was captured e Time the packet was captured e Media type the packet was captured on e Original size of the packet in bytes e Direction the packet was captured from transmitting Tx or receiving Rx 2 470 117380 A Rev A show packet Sample Display show packet capture 102101 Pkt 1 06 24 94 06 59 03 018 CSMACD 52 Tx 00000000 01 80 c2 00 00 00 00 00 a3 00 00 Oc 00 26 42 42 00000010 03 00 00 00 00 00 80 00 00 00 a3 00 00 Oc 00 00 00000020 00 00 80 00 00 00 a3 00 00 Oc 80 01 00 00 14 00 00000030 02 00 Of 00 20 20 20 6c 65 74 20 20 72 65 6d 20 configuration lt ine number gt Displays the configuration of a specific Packet Capture line instance lt line_number gt Physical interface to which the capture is connected See the capture command The configuration table displays the following fields which are explained in more detail in Using Technician Interface Software Delete Disable State FileName Control Capture LineNumber BufSize PktSize Direction Count State of existence of the MIB instance Created or Deleted State of the Packet Capture instance Enabled or Disabled State of the Packet Capture subsystem as follows e Up Registered and enabled e Down Registered but disabled e Init Loaded but no interface registered for the instance e Not Present Not loaded on the
422. lk AARP Table Address Physical Address Circuit 60020 19 00 00 A2 01 51 AD 60060 193 00 2B 60100 213 00 00 A2 00 F9 BO 60120 2 lt null PPP gt 60130 179 00 00 89 01 A3 8A 60130 226 00 80 D3 A0 0A 62 6 total entries 32 S31 E24 S34 E23 E23 2 44 117380 A Rev A show at alerts Displays all AppleTalk circuits that are enabled but not up Mode is always Enabled but the state will be down Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the port is on Mode Mode will be Enabled in this case Network Network start and end numbers that constitute the range of the network numbers These numbers are in the range of through 65 279 Address Network address of the port which is Dynamic meaning that the seed router assigns it or a manually configured network address and identifier Zone List List containing all the zones configured for the network range Sample Display show at alerts AppleTalk Circuit Alerts Enabled but state is down Circuit Mode Network Address Zone List S31 Enabled 60060 60060 Dynamic WAN 1 entries found 1 total entries 117380 A Rev A 2 45 Using Technician Interface Scripts base Displays the base record information for AppleTalk The base record controls AppleTalk for the entire system The table includes the following information
423. lly acquired b to copy the Software solely for backup purposes in support of authorized use of the Software and c to use and copy the associated user manual solely in support of authorized use of the Software by Licensee This license applies to the Software only and does not extend to Bay Networks Agent software or other Bay Networks software products Bay Networks Agent software or other Bay Networks software products are licensed for use under the terms of the applicable Bay Networks Inc Software License Agreement that accompanies such software and upon payment by the end user of the applicable license fees for such software 2 Restrictions on use reservation of rights The Software and user manuals are protected under copyright laws Bay Networks and or its licensors retain all title and ownership in both the Software and user manuals including any revisions made by Bay Networks or its licensors The copyright notice must be reproduced and included with any copy of any portion of the Software or user manuals Licensee may not modify translate decompile disassemble use for any competitive analysis reverse engineer distribute or create derivative works from the Software or user manuals or any copy in whole or in part Except as expressly provided in this Agreement Licensee may not copy or transfer the Software or user manuals in whole or in part The Software and user manuals embody Bay Networks and its licensors confidential and pro
424. lot gt 117380 A Rev A 2 511 Using Technician Interface Scripts process sample lt seconds gt lt repeat gt slot Specifies the process for which you want to view buffer statistics Specify all to display buffer statistics for all processes running on the router Specify total to display only buffer statistic totals For information on how to obtain a list of available processes refer to the show process list command later in this section Periodically samples and displays buffer usage statistics The mandatory lt seconds gt argument indicates the time interval between samples The manadatory lt repeat gt argument indicates the number of times to sample buffer usage If you use sampling the values displayed represent the amount of buffer usage for the interval last sampled The minimum sample interval is 30 seconds If you specify a shorter interval the command automatically substitutes the minimum interval of 30 seconds If you choose not to use sampling the values displayed represent the total buffer usage since slot boot time Limits display to statistics for the slot you specify Sample Display show process buffers total Total Buffer Use Statistics Slot Max Free Used Used 2 781 458 323 41 3 781 457 324 41 4 781 457 324 41 cpu Displays the use in 100ths of seconds and percentage of cpu used by all processes on the router By specifying the options that appear in the following command
425. lt circuit name gt Displays all DVMRP neighbor information or neighbor information for a specified circuit The table displays the following information Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface Local Tunnel IP Local tunnel ID of the virtual interface This value is Physical for non tunneled interfaces Otherwise it contains the IP address of the local tunnel endpoint Neighbor IP IP address of the neighboring router Neigh Timer Current value of the neighbor timer Sample Display show dvmrp neighbors DVMRP Neighbors Circuit Local Tunnel IP Neighbor IP Neigh Timer E21 Physical LOZ 3228221 135 E21 192 32 28 33 192 32 51e02 140 2 Total entries routes main lt P address gt lt search pattern gt Displays the main DVMRP routing table You can specify routes that match an IP address or routes with a source network number matching a portion of an IP address for example 192 34 The table includes the following information Source Network Source network of multicast datagrams Mask Mask for the specified source network Next Hop Addr Next hop multicast router to the specified source network Next Hop CCT Circuit name of the next hop virtual interface In the case of tunneled interfaces the remote tunnel endpoint is the value in the Next Hop Address field 2 260 117380 A Rev A show dvmrp Age Current value of the route timer Cost Current route metric State Set of flags indicating t
426. mes Transmit Bytes Transmit Frames Total Errors Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of octets received without error Number of frames received without error Number of octets transmitted without error Number of frames transmitted without error Total number of errors of all types 117380 A Rev A 2 635 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show sync stats SYNC Module I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 5 1 S51 12547667 242153 12750286 246188 7 5 2 S52 12545913 242593 12752036 245763 2 2 entries in table system errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Receive Rejects Transmit Rejects T1 Timeouts Memory Errors Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of reject frames received Number of reject frames transmitted Number of T1 timeouts detected The T1 timer is the link retransmission timer Link control frames are retransmitted when the T1 expires This timer tracks the number of timeouts Number of memory errors detected A memory error occurs when the
427. mission Unit MTU size for frames sent from local LAN attached systems to systems on remote LANs The smallest MTU size supported among all remote LANs in your configuration determines the maximum value of the Virtual Ring MTU parameter for the local router Enabled or disabled protocol prioritization for configured DLSw peers setting Enabled or disabled protocol prioritization for unconfigured DLSw peers setting Specifies the maximum package size in bytes when sending multiple DLSw frames in a single TCP frame for transmission over a wide area network Specifies the maximum number of seconds that inactive MAC addresses can exist in the MAC to DLSw Peer mapping cache Specifies the maximum number of seconds that inactive NetBIOS names can exist in the NetBIOS to DLSw Peer mapping cache Specifies the time interval after which the router sends a DLSw keepalive message to inactive established TCP connections to verify that the connection is still available Specifies the time interval in milliseconds to delay a package before sending it to TCP 117380 A Rev A show dls Sample Display show dis base DLS Base Information State TCP Window Uncfg Peer Int Ring Bridge Virt Ring Virt MTU Up 8000 Accept 0x154 OxF 0x64 1532 ProtoPriority PPriUnCfgPeer PkgMaxSize Enabled Enabled 1532 Timers MAC Age NB Age WankKeepAlive PkgTimeOut Sec lt 300 300 60 1 circuits lt circui
428. mmand 2 20 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show appn isr parameters APPN ISR Parameters Receive Paci Congestion Upper Congestion Lower ISR RSC ISR State Maximum RU Size ng Window Maximum ISR Sessions Threshold Threshold V Storage isr route lt FQCP name gt Enabled 1024 1000 900 800 Yes show appn Displays routing information for all ISR sessions or for ISR sessions from a specific node For more information about column definitions see the isr address command Note ISR RSCV storage must be enabled in order to display the route Sample Display show appn isr route APPN ISR Session Routing Info FQ CP Name PCID Route USWFLTO1 TESTEN eebbbebc4774cd92 USWFLTO1 TESTEN gt TG 21 gt USWFLTO1 RALEIGH gt TG 1 gt USWFLTO1 Al 1 WFAS400 1 Entry EN gt TG 21 gt USWEFLTO 117380 A Rev A 2 21 Using Technician Interface Scripts isr statistics lt FQCP name gt Is anr Displays session statistics for all ISR sessions or for ISR sessions from a specific node For more information about column definitions see the endpoint statistics and isr address commands Sample Display show appn stats isr APPN ISR Session Statistics BIU Pacing FQ CP Name PCID Hop Size Max Cur Frames Bytes USWFLTO1 TESTEN eebbbebc4774cd92 P Rx 1929 1 1 388 29K P Tx 1929 3 3 388 10K S Rx 2048 5 3 388 10K S Tx 2048
429. modules that a user has manually enabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show ds1e1 enabled DS1E1 Logical Lines Enabled Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr 2 1 1 Tl Boston Up 10902101 WF STND 56K LSB 7 7 Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 223 Using Technician Interface Scripts fdl ansi1 ansi2 att1 att2 Displays the Facility Data Link FDL error statistics in both ANSI 403 and AT amp T 54016 modes ansi1 Displays only the first half of ANSI 403 mode FDL errors ansi2 Displays only the second half of ANSI 403 mode FDL errors att1 Displays only the first half of AT amp T 54016 mode FDL errors att2 Displays only the second half of AT amp T 54016 mode FDL errors The tables display the following information DS1E1 FDL Errors ANSI 403 mode first half Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier CRC Counts Number of CRC 6 errors The FDL calculates CRC 6 on the incoming data Each time the calculation does not match the CRC 6 code word in the incoming enhanced super frame ESF data stream this count increments BPV Counts Number of bipolar line code violations The FDL counts bipolar violations whether its synchronizer is in sync or not If the FDL is set to receive B8ZS code words it does not count these code words as bipol
430. mory Card International Association Point to Point Protocol Parallel Packet Express Programmable Read Only Memory Quad Ethernet Random Access Memory Reverse Address Resolution Protocol Routing Information Protocol Routing Information Protocol version 6 Routing Information Field Request for Comment Service Access Point Synchronous Data Link Control Single In line Memory Module Switched Multimegabit Data Services SubNetwork Access Protocol Simple Network Management Protocol Source Routing System Resources Link Module Statistics Thresholds and Alarms System Controller board Switched Services Transport Control Protocol Trivial File Transfer Protocol Terminal Interface Program Transaction Program Virtual Circuit Virtual Networking System xviii 117380 A Rev A About This Guide WAN Wide Area Network XB Translation Bridge XNS Xerox Networking Systems Ordering Bay Networks Publications To purchase additional copies of this document or other Bay Networks publications order by part number from Bay Networks Press at the following numbers e Phone U S Canada 888 422 9773 Phone International 510 490 4752 e FAX U S Canada and International 510 498 2609 The Bay Networks Press catalog is available on the World Wide Web at support baynetworks com Library GenMisc Bay Networks publications are available on the World Wide Web at support baynetworks com Library tpubs 117380 A Rev A xix Usin
431. mple Display show appn port hpr APPN Port Defined HPR info Implicit Implicit Implicit HPR Link Level Link Deact HPR Port Enabled Error Recovery Time sap PORT0003 Yes 120 C8 PORTO005 No o 5 none 2 Entries port status lt port name gt Displays port status information regarding the Exchange Identification XID and link role for all ports or for a specific port Port Number State Link Role Good XIDs Bad XIDs Administratively assigned name for this APPN port The name can be from one to eight characters Port number associated with the port name State of this port Inactive Pending Active Active PendingInactive Initial role for the link stations activated through this port Primary Secondary Negotiable or ABM Asynchronous Balance Mode Number of successful XID sequences that have occurred on all defined link stations on this port since the last time this port was started Number of unsuccessful XID sequences that have occurred on all defined link stations on this port since the last time this port was started 117380 A Rev A 2 29 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show appn port status APPN Port Status Port Number State Link Role Good XIDs Bad XIDs PORTOOO1 0 Active Negotiable I 0 PORTOO002 0 Active Negotiable 0 0 PORTO003 0 Active Primary 1 0 PORTO004 0 Active Primary 1 0 4 Entries rtp connection Displays informat
432. mpled Data over 10 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 3 1 H31 11 12 0 0 1 entry in table Sample Display show hssi sample circuit H31 HSSI Sampled Data over 5 seconds Rx cx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 3 1 H31 5 6 0 0 Found 1 matches out of 1 entry in table stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays HSSI input output statistical information for all HSSI circuits or for a specific circuit The table contains the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error Receive Frames Number of frames received without error Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error 2 320 117380 A Rev A Transmit Frames Total Errors show hssi Number of frames transmitted without error Total number of errors of all types Sample Display show hssi stats HSSI Module I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 3 1 H31 600808237 10617073 3692023 141294 0 1 entry in table system errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following info
433. mpled Data over 5 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 5 1 E51 1 de 0 0 Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays transmission and receive statistical information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model Conn Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to router model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector number on the slot Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error Receive Frames Number of frames received without error Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error Transmit Deferred Number of transmissions delayed for a short time because the network was busy Total Errors Total number of errors of all types 117380 A Rev A 2 181 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show csmacd stats CSMACD Module I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Deferred Errors 2 1 E21 208227053 404889 755536 2393 284 1 5 1 E51 30336 474 688894 1747 0 0 5 2 E52 688958 1748 30400 475 0 0 3 entries in table system errors circ
434. mpt invokes the list of all show at subcommand options In command syntax lt pattern gt means that you can use wildcard searching with the and characters Use to find a string of any characters and any length Use to designate any character in a specific position of the search string For example to locate all networks whose addresses begin with 29 enter the search string 29 This pattern will locate the addresses 2901456 and 2967 Or if you have a set of names that begin and end with the same characters but have different characters in the middle such as xxxl yy xxx2 yy and so on you can enter the search pattern xxx yy to locate them 117380 A Rev A 2 1 Using Technician Interface Scripts show appn The show appn lt option gt commands display configuration state and statistical information about the Advanced Peer to Peer Networking APPN service For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of APPN refer to Configuring APPN Services The show appn command supports the following subcommand options adjacencies lt node name gt ls definition lt LS name gt base Is hpr cos node lt COS name gt ls status lt LS name gt cos priority lt COS name gt memor cos tg lt COS name gt mode lt mode name gt directory entry lt LU name gt port definition lt port name gt directory statistics port hpr dlc l
435. much data involved and response time is very important INTERSC and BATCHSC are secure versions of INTER and BATCH CPSVCMG and SNASVCMG are used for APPN control data Size of the COS database weight cache assigned to a particular node given its resistance and congestion characteristics Minimum route addition resistance allowed Route addition resistance indicates the relative desirability of using this node for intermediate session traffic The value which can be an integer from 0 to 255 is used in route computation The lower the value the more desirable the node is for intermediate routing Maximum route addition resistance allowed Minimum congestion allowed Maximum congestion allowed 117380 A Rev A 2 7 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show appn cos node APPN COS Nodes Resist Resist Congest Congest COS Weight Min Max Min Max BATCH 5 0 31 0 0 BATCH 10 0 63 0 0 BATCH 20 0 95 0 0 BATCH 40 0 127 0 0 BATCH 60 0 159 0 0 BATCH 80 0 191 0 0 BATCH 120 0 223 0 1 BATCH 160 0 259 0 l INTER 5 0 31 0 0 INTER 10 0 63 0 0 INTER 20 0 95 0 0 INTER 40 0 127 0 0 INTER 60 0 159 0 0 INTER 80 0 191 0 0 INTER 120 0 223 0 1 INTER 160 0 255 0 1 CPSVCMG 5 0 31 0 0 17 Entries cos priority lt COS name gt Displays the transmission priority for all COS types or for a specific COS type For more information about COS types see the cos node comma
436. mulation discarded due to detecting a length field error in a received SAR PDU Number of packets transmitted at the transceiver transmit interface Number of packets received at the transciever receive interface that have not been discarded Note This command polls for ATM FRE 2 link module statistics before it looks for ARE link module statistics 117380 A Rev A 2 65 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show atm stats ATM Interface VC Statistics ATM FRE 2 Line VPI VCI 1105101 0 33 Cells Transmitted 0X 00 00 00 00 EB 93 0A A6 Cells Received OX 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Checksum Errors 0 Length Errors 0 Total entries 1 ATM Interface VC Statistics ATM Routing Engine Line VPI VCI 1405101 0 3 Cells Transmitted 0 Cells Received 0 Pkts Transmitted 0 Pkts Received 0 1405101 0 5 Cells Transmitted 2324 Cells Received 2233 Pkts Transmitted 2223 Pkts Received P 2223 1405101 0 16 Cells Transmitted 15 Cells Received 16 Pkts Transmitted 8 Pkts Received 8 Total entries 3 2 66 117380 A Rev A show atm stats ves lt ine gt lt line VPI gt lt line VPI VCI gt Displays all ATM VC statistics or a subset of ATM VC statistics lt line gt Displays all PVCs for a specified line lt line VPI gt Displays all PVCs for a specified VPI on that line lt line VPI VCI gt Displays a specific PVC Note This command
437. must all be enabled and up for IBM LAN Network Manager to be able to link The state of the LNM Servers circuit is enabled or disabled only 117380 A Rev A 2 429 Using Technician Interface Scripts State External Ring ID Internal MAC Address External MAC Address State of the protocol which is one of the following e Disabled User has manually disabled the protocol on that circuit e Down Protocol or server is not functioning When LNM is disabled on the circuit the individual LNM Servers LRM LBS REM RPS REM or CRS go into a Down state e Enabled LNM Servers as an entity has been enabled on the circuit e Init Protocol or server is initializing on the circuit e Not Present Circuit is down the server has not yet started e Up Protocol or server is functioning on the circuit Source Route External Ring ID If the ID differs from the Segment number that IBM LAN Network Manager has for the Bay Networks bridge you may need to delete and redefine the Bay Networks bridge in IBM LAN Network Manager LNM Internal MAC address which should be the same as the one configured in IBM LAN Network Manager If the field contains dashes the address is in canonical format and you must convert it to TR format before entering it or comparing it with the addresses entered in IBM LAN Network Manager TR External Mac address which should be the same as the one configured in IBM LAN Network Manager If the field co
438. n Sply 0 0 0 4 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 5 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 SAP Interfaces configured sap disabled Displays IPX SAP interfaces that are disabled For column definitions see the sap command Sample Display show ip sap disabled IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information Disabled Circuit SAP In Out Bad Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets 1 None Disabled Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 SAP Interfaces configured 117380 A Rev A 2 375 Using Technician Interface Scripts sap enabled Displays IPX SAP interfaces that are enabled For column definitions see the sap command Sample Display show ipx sap enabled IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information Enabled Circuit SAP In Out Bad Index Interfac Stat Mode Packets Packets Packets 2 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 3 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 4 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 5 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 6 Ox2E025290 Up Lstn Sply 0 13621 0 7 0x2E025360 Up Lstn Sply 13383 1 0 8 one Absent Lstn Sply 0 0 0 8 SAP Interfaces configured server name level filters Displays all name level service filters on the router Name level filters filter individual services based on the name of the server and the type of service The display includes the following information Prio Server State Circuit Index IPX Interface Priority of this filter compared to other filters o
439. n bri Use the enable isdn bri lt option gt commands to enable Integrated Services Digital Network Basic Rate Interface ISDN BRI services on a Bay Networks router and the disable isdn bri lt option gt commands to disable ISDN BRI services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of ISDN BRI refer to Configuring Dial Services The enable disable isdn bri commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit name gt connector lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables an ISDN circuit Sample Display enable isdn bri circuit ISAC ISDN BRI circuit ISAC enabled connector lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables an ISDN BRI connector on a specific slot Sample Display enable isdn bri connector 1 2 ISDN BRI connector 1 2 enabled 3 32 117380 A Rev A enable disable lapb enable disable lapb Use the enable lapb lt option gt commands to enable Link Access Procedure Balanced LAPB services on a Bay Networks router and the disable lapb lt option gt commands to disable LAPB services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of LAPB refer to Configuring X 25 Services The enable disable lapb command supports the lt ine lindex gt subcommand option as follows lt line llindex gt Enables or disables LAPB on a specific line and lower layer index Sample Display enable lapb 201101 0 LAPB line 20
440. n requests This parameter is used with the PU Type IDBLOCK and XID Format parameters to determine the station exchange identification XID value Sample Display show dls local DLSw Local SDLC Devices Destination MAC DSAP Circuit Addr State Source MAC SSAP PU Type IDBLOCK IDNUM 12 OxD1 UP 40 00 00 03 17 22 4 Type 2 0 017 AOO4A 40 00 00 00 00 D1 4 mac Displays the MAC address of a destination link station its IP address and the current number of CANUREACH queries Destination MAC Remote IP Address CANUREACH MAC Queries The Destination MAC identifies the Token Ring or Ethernet host the local device will reach via SDLC services The IP address of the destination link station Specifies the current number of canureach messages sent to a remote DLSw peer 117380 A Rev A 2 211 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show dis mac DLSw MAC Entries Destination Remote CANUREACH MAC Address IP Address Mac Queries 40 00 00 03 17 22 154 154 154 154 167 netbios Displays the names and IP addresses of remote NetBIOS peers and the current number of queries to each remote NetBIOS peer Remote Station Name The name of the NetBIOS peer Remote IP Address The IP address of the NetBIOS peer NETBIOS_NQ The current number of NetBIOS queries sent to the remote Queries NetBIOS peer Sample Display show dls netbios DLSw Netbios Name Entries Remote R
441. nabled the router immediately terminates the secondary line Sample Display show sws bandwidth circuit Switched Services Bandwidth Circuit Information Primary Bandwidth Bandwidth Forced Forced Circuit Pool Mode Protocol Dial TakeDown S51 1 Monitor PPP Disabled Disabled Total of 1 Bandwidth Circuits 117380 A Rev A 2 611 Using Technician Interface Scripts bandwidth pool lt poo ID gt lt circuit name gt Displays detailed line information for each line in each pool You can display information about all pools a specific pool and or a specific circuit in the specified pool The display includes the following information Circuit Information Primary Circuit Identifies the primary circuit Bandwidth Mode Operating mode of the router as follows e Monitor designates the router as the congestion monitor for the primary line e Non monitor indicates that the router does not monitor congestion on the primary line Inactivity Time Sec Number of seconds the router waits without receiving data across the line before bringing down the connection Outgoing Phone Number Telephone number of the remote router Extension Extension line for a main telephone number Phone Type Indicates whether the phone type is Dial or ISDN Synchronous Line Information Slot Num Identifies the slot where this line resides Port Num Identifies the port where the line connects Line State State of the line which can be one
442. nabled stats circuit lt circuit name gt hwfilters system errors circuit lt circuit name gt mac circuit lt circuit name gt transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt port version 117380 A Rev A 2 277 Using Technician Interface Scripts alerts Displays all FDDI modules that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line State State of the line driver Disabled Down Init initializing LLC off or Not Pres not present The Not Pres state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver software The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration MAC Address Physical address of the line BOFL TMO Number of seconds the driver waits before notifying protocol level software of a service loss if service is lost for some reason If service is restored before this number expires the driver does not notify the protocol level software MTU Maximum transfer unit size the maximum frame length allowed on the wire excluding frame delimiters such as preamble and the ending delimiter The MTU of a FDDI frame is 4495 octets HW F
443. nal AIS failure state e TAIS transmitting AIS failure state e LOF receiving Loss of Frame LOF failure state e LOS receiving Loss of Signal LOS failure state e Loopback looping the received signal e TestCode receiving a test pattern e LowSignal low signal 2 246 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show dsx3 current show dsx3 Sec into of Line Circuit Name Index Interval Intervals Coding Line Type Status A41 m 1404101 747 68 HDB3 eee wanes Line stats eke wae Interval LESs SEFSs UASs LCVs A41 current 0 0 0 Pbit status A ace tae Interval PESs PSESs UASs PCVs A41 g N g 0 E 0 Chit stats Hee Sain eee Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs A41 current 0 0 0 FarEnd Cbit stats eA Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs A41 eres g 0 Se 0 Sec into of Line Circuit Name Index Interval Intervals Coding Line Type Status A61 7 1405101 749 g 68 B3ZS Pere Oe Line stats Sr e Interval LESs SEFSs UASs LCVs A61 current 0 0 0 Pbit status 117380 A Rev A 2 247 Using Technician Interface Scripts Circuit Name Interval PESs PSESs UASs PCVs A61 j current j 0 0 0 0 Chit stats ee ae Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs ren E yaent k 0 g 0 o T 0 FarEnd Cbit stats Circuit Name Interval CESS CSESs UASs CCVs A61 current 0 0 0 0 DS3 Plcp stats Circuit Name Interval SEFSs UASs Statu
444. names do not specify the port s use All ports are serial ports used for Technician Interface sessions only For example port MODEM 1 may be a modem connection or a dummy terminal connection depending on its configuration While port 4 is called PRINTER it is exactly like ports 1 2 and 3 Port 4 doesn t support a printer It has that name because that s what is printed near the port connector on the link module Slot on which the login session for the serial port is running Current baud rate setting for the serial port Number of data bits in the serial port s configuration Serial port s current parity setting Number of stop bits in the serial port s configuration Configuration of modem control as follows e Disabled Port is directly connected to a device such as a dummy terminal or a terminal server e Enabled Port is attached to a modem and modem leads are enabled Number of lines the serial port displays before displaying the more prompt Setting of the Technician Interface more feature Enabled or Disabled according to the MIB record The Technician Interface more command affects only the current login session doesn t change the MIB and therefore doesn t affect the setting of this field Technician Interface prompt Maximum number of login retries relevant only if modem control is enabled This value determines the maximum number of failed login attempts a system allows on the serial port If t
445. nd The priority can be Low Medium High or Network 2 8 117380 A Rev A show appn Sample Display show appn cos priority APPN COS Priorities COS Priority PSVCMG NASVCMG 7 Entries cos tg lt COS name gt BATCH Low INTER High CONNECT Medium BATCHSC Low INTERSC High S Displays Transmission Group TG information for all COS types or for a specific COS type Eff Cap Min Eff Cap Max Connect Min Connect Max Byte Cst Min Byte Cst Max Minimum effective capacity Effective capacity is the bit transmission rate of the transmission group It is derived from the link bandwidth and maximum load factor with the range of 0 through 255 Maximum effective capacity Minimum cost per connection time This value represents the relative cost per unit of time to use the transmission group Range is from 0 which means no cost to 255 which indicates maximum cost Maximum cost per connection time Minimum cost of transmitting a byte over this connection Range is from 0 lowest cost to 255 Maximum cost of transmitting a byte over this connection Range is from 0 lowest cost to 255 117380 A Rev A 2 9 Using Technician Interface Scripts Security Min Security Max Delay Min Delay Max User 1 Min User 1 Max User 2 Min User 2 Max User 3 Min User 3 Max Minimum security with security represented as an integer with a
446. nd you can display sampled data for a specific circuit only The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector identifier Log Line Logical line number for this line Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Rx Frames Number of frames received on this line Tx Frames Number of frames sent on this line Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of resources for example CPU is overworked Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources for example transmit queue length is too small 117380 A Rev A 2 229 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ds1e1 sample Taking first sample seconds DS1E1 Sampled Data over Waiting 10 Taking second sample 10 seconds Log Rx TX Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 2 1 1 Boston 2 2 0 0 2 1 2 Chicago 3 3 0 0 2 2 1 Seattle 2 9 0 0 3 entries in table Sample Display show ds1e1 sample 5 Taking first sample Waiting 5 seconds DS1E1 Sampled Data over Taking second sample 5 seconds Log RX Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 2 1 1 Boston 1 8 0 0 2 1 2 Chicago 2 8 0 0 2 2 1 Seattle 1 1 0 0 3 entries in table 2 230 117380 A Rev A show ds1e1 stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays DS1E1 inp
447. ndex Circuit Id Ratio Ratio 201301 0 Demand 2 0 62321 6 5 1 Compressor Compressor Decompressor Decompressor In Out In Out 8732 1372 1334 8732 CPC Packets CPC Packets PPC Packets PPC Packets Transmitted Received Transmitted Received 18 18 0 0 1 Entry Sample Display show wep stats 201301 0 2 0 WCP Performance And Data Statistics Line Vc Compression Decompression Number LLIndex Circuit Id Ratio Ratio 201301 0 Demand 2 0 85 381 82320 Compressor Compressor Decompressor Decompressor In Out In Out 13098 1560 1566 13098 CPC Packets CPC Packets PPC Packets PPC Packets Transmitted Received Transmitted Received 27 27 0 0 1 Entry 117380 A Rev A 2 685 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show wep stats errors WCP Error Statistics Line Vc Compression Decompression Number LLIndex Circuit Id Ratio Ratio 201301 0 Demand 2 0 6 3 21 645 51 AntiExp Packets AntiExp Packets Reset Packets Reset Packets Transmitted Received Transmitted Received 0 0 0 0 Rexmit Reqs RexmitReqs RexmitNaks RexmitNaks Transmitted Received Transmitted Received 0 0 0 0 DataOutOfSeq RexmitOutOfSeq RexmitTimeouts ExceededKs 0 0 0 0 1 Entry Sample Display show wep stats errors 201301 0 2 0 WCP Error Statistics Line Vc Compression Decompression Number LLIndex Circuit Id Ratio Ratio 201301 0 Demand 2 0 10 0 1 Je TeL AntiExp Packets AntiExp
448. ndex DLCI Frames Clipped Fr Octets Hi Water Dropped Fr Large Fr 201102 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 201102 0 400 0 0 8455 OOOO CO oO O R OO Om 2 entries found stats pve lt ine gt lt ine lindex gt lt line llindex DLCI gt Displays statistics for all PVCs or for a specified PVC The table includes a count of frames and octets sent and received Discard and Drops count frames that the router recognized as belonging to this virtual circuit but threw away because of errors To show statistics for all PVCs enter the stats command with no options or with only the pvc option You can also use the following options lt line gt Limits the display to all PVCs on the specified line lt line llindex gt Limits the display to all PVCs on the specified interface lt line llindex DLCI gt Limits the display to the specified PVC Sample Display show fr stats Sent Received Line LLIndex DLCI Frames Octets Frames Octets Discard Drops 201302 0 0 132 1848 136 2458 0 0 201302 0 100 106 56705 109 3929 2 0 201302 0 101 59 29539 58 2105 0 0 201302 0 102 3 90 4 120 1 0 201302 0 103 0 0 0 0 0 0 201302 0 104 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 circuit s found 2 304 117380 A Rev A show fr stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistics associated with all frame relay circuits or a specified circuit Because of multiline a frame relay circuit can have several frame relay interfaces associated with it Circuit statistics count
449. nector lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable sync connector 3 2 SYNC connector 3 2 enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 51 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable t1 Use the enable t1 lt option gt commands to enable T1 services on a Bay Networks router and the disable t1 lt option gt commands to disable T1 services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of T1 refer to Configuring WAN Line Services The enable disable t1 commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit name gt connector lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable t1 circuit t1 21 T1 circuit T1 21 enabled connector lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable t1 connector 2 2 Tl connector 2 2 enabled 3 52 117380 A Rev A enable disable tcp enable disable tcp Use the enable tcp lt option gt commands to enable Transmission Control Protocol TCP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable tcp lt option gt commands to disable TCP services For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of TCP refer to Configuring IP Utilities The enable disable tcp command supports the lt base gt subcommand option as follows base Enables or disables TCP at the base record thus enablin
450. nen 2 154 SNOV CONE OS saaya aa a nue eRe Aa 2 165 SMP A a a A E A A E E A E E N E E AE 2 172 ENON OCI oiai aa a Miawdeiaedaeaaas 2 185 AEE LE E E EE I A E E P OE E Beate eae 2 190 show dls n a erence PEE E E EE ET EE E iripinida 2 204 Aao a TE 12s cca EE E A E E A E E E E T 2 216 SOF US E A E TA OEN OE A T A E E 2 241 SNOW AVMIP ssccsssersiisis cutis saehpanedadmeaetsladaene eine meets PEE PT E nda eee 2 254 iS od Meee epee ee Cre ee etree E enV ee A O NET Tree I TE ere re re rer Terr rrr Te 2 264 aa a E E tata A E E A E AA E E T A A AT 2 271 GIORGIO e E E E E T 2 274 BER a a a a 2 290 CALS 811 2 ina a renee rere ee cere rr 2 303 vi 117380 A Rev A Me UNI MANAT cit daca led seat wales A A 2 305 a LG ET T A TETEE E A IEI A A A Cacdual 2 312 SNOW OMD srnniniiianankn a 2 321 SON ii Terr erent reer errr errr etre Tere Ter errr Ter ree tre retest ere pre Tere 2 325 SNOW IpO scencainiceaenenias P EE E E A PPE E E 2 349 SIO o E E E E E E E 2 355 a d eT e E T E OT T E E N E A 2 389 SNOW JSON secs ccsardccandsinds S E E cere E PEE E EAT E E 2 392 Show USING Disa ads denisaasaa Sobiceaagantiaewns ionieal neds 2 404 MFG TIN ceeds A E E A A detente EE T E ins 2 412 SHOW ODO sercan 2 422 STOFT gaa 2 427 SNOW MOST senises re Gites Aa E T E ere errr 2 437 SNOW NOD ecrane a nando caked sheridan tiaras 2 442 MiG TIMI cued tacccres carncthaaiad ucteeha A ea atueteteanaielnenemcnne om acuteeias 2 445 SNOW MD ccasstasdidencewanias EE EEE EE E E E
451. nerated CRC errors In D4 mode this count represents the framing bit errors 2 648 117380 A Rev A show t1 Sample Display show t1 frame errors T1 Module Frame Errors Frame Bit Out of Super Slot Conn Circuit Errors Frame Errs Frame Errs 2 Et 27 0 0 0 2 2 T1L 22 0 0 0 2 entries in table Sample Display show t1 frame errors circuit t1 21 T1 Module Frame Errors Frame Bit Out of Super Slot Conn Circuit Errors Frame Errs Frame Errs 2 t TI 2 0 0 0 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table line errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays several categories of line errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line 117380 A Rev A 2 649 Using Technician Interface Scripts BiPolar Violtns Number of bipolar violations on this line On a T1 line 1 s are transmitted as alternating negative and positive pulses and 0 s are simply the absence of pulses Thus a bipolar violation occurs if there are two or more consecutive pulses of the same polarity This error count indicates the quality of the T1 line Yellow Alarms Revd Number of times the router has received a yellow alarm on this line A yellow alarm indicates that we have not lost sync but the remote side of the connection has de
452. net Whether this interface accepts and forwards bridged traffic that is Ethernet encapsulated Enabled or Disabled Bridge Fddi Whether this interface accepts and forwards bridged traffic that is FDDI encapsulated Enabled or Disabled Bridge Token Ring Whether this interface accepts and forwards traffic that is Token Ring encapsulated Enabled or Disabled 2 488 117380 A Rev A show ppp Sample Display show ppp bridge config PPP BRIDGE NCP Configured Information Bridge Bridge Bridge Circuit State Enet Fddi Token Ring S31 Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled 32 Starting Enabled Enabled Enabled 2 Entries found negotiated Displays the result of bridge MAC type negotiation on configured parameters The display includes the same columns as bridge config Sample Display show ppp bridge negot PPP BRIDGE NCP Negotiated Information Bridge Bridge Bridge Circuit State Enet Fddi Token Ring S31 Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled S32 Starting Enabled Enabled Enabled 2 Entries found chap local remote The displays for the local and remote include the following information Circuit Circuit name Line LLIndex Logical Line Index Identifies the line number associated with the circuit 117380 A Rev A 2 489 Using Technician Interface Scripts LCP State Local Remote CHAP Name Local Remote CHAP Secret local Indicates the state of the link control protocol
453. ng circuit lt circuit name gt enabled system errors circuit lt circuit name gt receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt sample lt period in seconds gt circuit version lt circuit name gt Displays all Token Ring modules that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line 2 658 117380 A Rev A show token State State of the line in this case Beaconing Disabled Down Init initializing or Not Pres enabled but not yet started Beaconing indicates that the interface doesn t see the token and should be a transient condition The Not Pres state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver software The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration MAC Address Physical address of the line This is a 48 bit address in canonical format MTU Maximum transfer unit size for this interface the largest frame that can be transmitted or received across the Token Ring module The MTU is 4568 bytes Ring Speed Speed of the Token Ring media 4 Mb s or 16 Mb s Early Token Release
454. ng Routing Bridge Bridge Circuit In Frames Out Frames In Frames In Frames O31 1 0 1 1 1 entries found 117380 A Rev A 2 711 Using Technician Interface Scripts stations Displays how the Translation Bridge will convert packets destined for Ethernet stations MAC Address will be in default format and Station Type is either Ethernet or 802 3 Use the display to determine how packets are converted Sample Display show xb stations Translation Bridge XB Station Types MAC Address Station Type 44 44 44 44 44 43 Ethernet 44 44 44 44 44 44 Ethernet 2 entries found tb circuit lt circuit name gt Displays all Transparent Bridge circuits that have not been configured for translation You can also display a specific circuit Mode is Enabled or Disabled and State is Down Up Init initializing or Not Present Use this display to identify the Transparent Bridge interfaces that are present 2 712 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show xb tb Transparent Bridge Circuits Circuit Mode State 202102 0 Enabled Down 40 202102 0 Enabled Down 41 202102 0 Enabled Down 40 S21 Enabled Up E32 Enabled Down 202102 0 Enabled Down Aa 6 entries found tb stats circuit lt circuit name gt show xb Displays statistical information about traffic flowing through the Translation Bridge Each count represents one packet For frames traveling from a Transparent Bridge network to a
455. nk Access Protocol D channel LAPD Maximum Transfer Units Terminal Endpoint state of the S T interface Inactive 1 Sensing 2 Deactivated 3 Await Signal 4 Identify Input 5 Synchronized 6 Activated 7 Lost Framing 8 Whether B Channel Loopback is enabled Used for conformance testing Maximum amount of time in seconds the router has to activate the S T interface Amount of time in milliseconds the router waits for the line to recover from a deactivated state Sample Display show isdnbri alerts ISDN BRI Modules on Alert Slot Conn State DSL Line BChannel Tmr Tmr Number MTU TE State Loopback 3 4 1 12 Init 1 32 Init 0 1301102 400 Deactivated Disabled 10 750 1 1301302 400 Activated Disabled 10 750 117380 A Rev A 2 405 Using Technician Interface Scripts base Displays base record information for all ISDN BRI circuits or for a specified circuit For definitions of the columns in the table refer to the alerts command Sample Display show isdnbri base ISDN BRI Modules DSL Line BChannel Tmr Tmr Slot Conn State ID Number MTU TE State Loopback 3 4 1 12 Init O 1301102 400 Deactivated Disabled 10 750 1 32 Init 1 1301302 400 Activated Disabled 10 750 disabled Displays the circuits that a user has manually disabled In this case State is Disabled For definitions of the columns in the table refer to the alerts command Sample Display show isdnbri disabled ISDN BRI Mo
456. nked 032 08 00 5a 97 7a ld Not Linked Not Linked Not Linked 117380 A Rev A 2 435 Using Technician Interface Scripts passwords lt circuit name gt Displays the passwords currently configured for all LNM Servers circuits or for a specific circuit If a password doesn t exist the default password is 00000000 Sample Display show Inm passwords LNM Servers Circuit Passwords Cntrllng Observng Observng Observng Manager Managr 1 Managr 2 Managr 3 Circuit Password Password Password Password O31 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 032 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 041 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 042 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 version Displays the current version and date of the nm bat script Sample Display show Inm version LNM bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 436 117380 A Rev A show mospf show mospf The show mospf lt option gt command displays information about OSPF multicast extensions MOSPF For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of MOSPF refer to Configuring IP Multicasting and Multimedia Services The show mospf command supports the following subcommand options base neighbors interfaces forward base Displays the following information Router ID The ID of the router on which MOSP is running Inter Area Multicast Whether MOSFP is running on an internal area router or a Forwarder border router I
457. ns unlimited Memory in Use Memory in use by the APPN service Warning Threshold Warning memory threshold 0 means no threshold Critical Threshold Critical memory threshold 0 means no threshold Sample Display show appn memory APPN Memory Utilization Available Memory 0 Memory in Use 147915 Warning Threshold 0 Critical Threshold 0 2 26 117380 A Rev A mode lt mode name gt show appn Displays mode to COS mappings for all modes or for a specific mode For information on the columns see the cos node and cos priority commands Sample Display show appn mode APPN Mode to COS Mappings ode COS AT CH N AT ER CHSC IN S oD B T PSVCMG B I ERSC NASVCMG Entries BATCH INTER CPSVCMG BATCHSC INTERSC SNASVCMG port definition lt port name gt Displays port definition information for all ports or for a specific port Port Number DLC Receive BTU Size Send BTU Size Max Window Port Type Link Address Administratively assigned name for this APPN port The name can be from one to eight characters Port number associated with the port name Indicates the name of the DLC supporting this port Maximum Basic Transmission Unit BTU size that a link station on this port can receive Maximum BTU size that a link station on this port can send Maximum number of I frames that can be
458. ntains dashes the address is in canonical format and you must convert it to TR format before entering it or comparing it with the addresses entered in IBM LAN Network Manager Sample Display show Inm cannoitlink LNM Servers Cannot Link Protocol State Internal Bridge LNM Base Up LLC Base Up SR Base Up LAN ID ID BO 5 BO 5 2 430 117380 A Rev A show Inm Sample Display show Inm cannotlink circuit LNM Servers Cannot Link Circuit External Internal External Circuit Protocol State Ring ID MAC Address MAC Address 031 LNM Cct Enabled 00 00 45 00 00 09 LLC Cct Up SR COE Up 10 TR Cct Up 00 00 a2 00 c9 a4 LNM LRM Up LNM LBS Up LNM RPS Up circuit lt circuit name gt NM REM Disable LNM CRS Disabled Displays the LNM Servers states on all circuits or on only a specified circuit The LNM column shows whether LNM Servers is Enabled or Disabled on the circuit The servers LNM LRM LNM LBS and so on can have the following states Down Init Not Pres Up State of individual servers goes to Down when LNM Servers becomes disabled on the circuit Server is initializing Circuit is down the server has not yet started Server is functioning on the circuit 117380 A Rev A 2 431 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show Inm circuit LNM Servers Circuit Information Circuit LNM LNM LRM LNM LBS LNM REM LNM RPS LNM CRS
459. nter AS Mutlicast Whether MOSPF is running on a boundary router Forwarder Sample Display show mospf base MOSPF Base Information Inter Area Inter AS Multicast Router ID Forwarder 201 45 1 4 Yes No 117380 A Rev A 2 437 Using Technician Interface Scripts interfaces Displays the following information IP Address IP address of the MOSPF interfaces Area ID The ID of the area to which the interface is connected Multicast Forwarding Whether the router supports multicast forwarding on this interface State The state of the link to which the interface is connected Sample Display show mospf interfaces MOSPF Interfaces IP Address Area ID Multicast Forwarding State 20170424T 0 0 0 0 multicast P to P 20 Lak 1 1 i a reales multicast DR ZO Led Z eel Teuz a multicast DR 3 Entries 2 438 117380 A Rev A show mospf neighbors Displays the following information IP interface The local IP interface on which this neighbor relationship has been established Router ID The ID of the router on which MOSPF is running Neighbor IP Address The remote IP interface on which this neighbor relationship has been established State The state of the neighbor connection Type Dynamic or configured specifies whether this is a dynamically or statically configured neighbor OSPF Virtual Neighbors The area ID router ID and state of each
460. o convey configuration and topology change data Bridge Forward Delay Value all bridges use for Forward Delay when this bridge is acting as the root specifies the time in hundredths of a second that a circuit spends in the Listening and Learning states Sample Display show span configuration Spanning Tree Configuration Table Bridge Bridge Bridge Bridge ID Max Age Hello Time Forward Delay 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 2000 200 1500 configuration circuits lt circuit name gt Displays configuration parameters for all Spanning Tree circuits or for a specified Spanning Tree circuit These parameters are user configurable The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this port is on Mode Mode of the port Enabled or Disabled 2 576 117380 A Rev A show span Priority Value of the priority field contained in the first octet of the 2 octet port ID for this circuit This value specifies the relative priority of the port The lower the priority the more likely this will be the root bridge Path Cost Contribution of this port to the root path cost offered in all configuration BPDUs that the bridge transmits 802 9 Translation Status of the translation parameter Enabled or Disabled Enabled means that the Spanning Tree protocol is used as part of the transparent to source routing translation bridged network for this interface Sample Display show span configuration circuits Spanning T
461. o the dial up device Interface type that the attached dial unit supports RS232 RS422 V 35 or X 21 ID number of the line ID number of the line pool ID number of the line Number of B channels in the pool Specifies the router s order of preference for using each line pool Indicates whether any of the available channels are in use 117380 A Rev A 2 613 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show sws bandwidth pool 1 Switched Services Bandwidth Pool Information PRIMARY CIRCUIT INFORMATION FOR POOL 1 Primary Bandwidth Inactivity Outgoing Phone Circuit Mode Time Sec Phone Number Extension Type S51 Monitor 60 1234567 Not Used DIAL Total of 1 Primary Circuits found for this Bandwidth Pool LINE INFORMATION FOR POOL 1 Sync Dial Bandwidth Entries Hold Slot Port Line Active Down Media Cable Line Num Num State Circuit Time Type Type Number 5 5 Up None NA V 25bis RS232 205105 ISDN Bandwidth Pool Entries Pool Line Channel Channels ID Number Count Priority In Use No ISDN Bandwidth pool entries found Total of 1 Dial Bandwidth Entries Configured for this Pool 2 614 117380 A Rev A caller resolution table show sws Displays the entries in the caller resolution table The router uses the caller resolution table for identification and security purposes The display includes the following information Caller Name CHAP Secret PAP Password
462. oads an image in the DCM board s shared DRAM DOWNLOAD Name of the active DCM image Whether DCM saves the boot image in shared memory to the DCM board Flash memory SAVE or leaves it in RAM to be lost at the next boot NO_SAVE Whether DCM uses the configuration information in its Flash memory LOCAL or a configuration file in the DCM board s shared DRAM SHARED Whether DCM saves configuration information currently in RAM to the DCM board Flash memory WRITE or leaves it in RAM to be lost at the next boot NO_WRITE Maximum number of host address entries in the RMON Host Control table This limit changes according to the amount of memory available to DCM If the table reaches the maximum value DCM deletes entries based on an LRU least recently used algorithm Current number of host address entries configured in the RMON Host Control table Whether DCM sets up the RMON Default Host table at every boot ENABLED or lets an RMON application set up the table DISABLED Some RMON network management applications expect the DCM to set up a host configuration Others enable and disable their own configurations during normal operations Note that the DCM allows only one host table Whether DCM sets up the RMON Matrix Control table at every boot ENABLED or lets an RMON application set up the table DISABLED Some RMON network management applications expect the DCM to set up a matrix configuration Others enable and
463. od along with proof of the date of shipment This warranty does not apply if the media has been damaged as a result of accident misuse or abuse The Licensee assumes all responsibility for selection of the Software to achieve Licensee s intended results and for the installation use and results obtained from the Software Bay Networks does not warrant a that the functions contained in the software will meet the Licensee s requirements b that the Software will operate in the hardware or software combinations that the Licensee may select c that the operation of the Software will be uninterrupted or error free or d that all defects in the operation of the Software will be corrected Bay Networks is not obligated to remedy any Software defect that cannot be reproduced with the latest Software release These warranties do not apply to the Software if it has been i altered except by Bay Networks or in accordance with its instructions ii used in conjunction with another vendor s product resulting in the defect or iii damaged by improper environment abuse misuse accident or negligence THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES AND LIMITATIONS ARE EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Licensee is responsible for the security of 117380 A Rev A iii its own data and information and for maintaining adequate procedures
464. ode State of the network Enabled or Disabled Sample Display show ipx static netbios routes IPX Netbios Static Route Table Information Name Target Net lode DANIEL 0x0000FC00 Enabled 1 Netbios Static Routes configured 2 382 117380 A Rev A show ipx static routes Displays all configured Static Routes The table includes the following information Static Net Address of the statically configured network Mode State of the network Enabled or Disabled Nexthop Ckt Idx Circuit index of IPX interface a unique number for each IPX interface on the router Nexthop Net IPX address of the next hop network Nexthop Host Host address of the next hop network Ticks Cost of the static route in numbers of ticks Hops Cost of this route in numbers of hops Sample Display show ipx static routes IPX Static Route Table Information Nexthop Static Net Mode Ckt Idx Nexthop Net Nexthop Host Ticks Hops 0x00000001 Enabled 1 None 0x000000000001 0 0 1 Static Routes configured static services Displays all configured Static Services Name Internal Network Host address and Hops only The table includes the following information Server Name of the target server Internal Net Internal network address for this service Host Address Host address for this service Hops Cost of this route in numbers of hops 117380 A Rev A 2 383 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ipx sta
465. of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 2 1 F21 2 3 0 0 1 entry in table Sample Display show fddi sample 5 circuit F21 FDDI Sampled Data over 5 seconds Rx cx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 2 1 F21 4 5 0 0 Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table smt circuit lt circuit name gt Displays Station Management SMT parameters for all FDDI circuits or for a specific circuit The table contains the following information Slot Slot identifier associated with the FDDI circuit Conn Identifier of the connector associated with the FDDI circuit Circuit Name of the circuit associated with the FDDI circuit 117380 A Rev A 2 287 Using Technician Interface Scripts Connection Policy Table that represents the requested connection possibilities for this node Each column identifies whether a connection should be accepted or rejected for a specific pair of port types The top header row shows the port types that are local to this node The next header row represents the port types of the neighbor port The table also displays the requested connection policy accept or R reject for this node for each port pair ECM State State of Entity Coordination Management ECM within SMT ECM controls the optional optical bypass switch and signals other entities within SMT when the medium is available ECM passes through a variety of states as follows e By_Check C
466. of the following e Down Line is not operational e DSR Wait External equipment such as a modem DSU or CSU is not currently up and thus is not sending a Data Set Ready signal e HoldDown Line is in holding mode e Init Line is initializing e LMI Wait Line is waiting for the WAN protocol to indicate that a link layer connection has been established to another device e Not Pres Line is enabled but not active This state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration e Up Line is operating normally 2 612 117380 A Rev A Active Circuit Hold Down Time Media Type Cable Type Line Number ISDN Line Information Pool ID Line Number Channel Count Priority Channels In Use show sws Name of the circuit using this line Number of seconds the router waits before bringing up the line This delay prevents the line from going up and down if this is a reactivated primary line and there are problems on the line Signaling method used for this line as follows e RaiseDTR Router can initiate monitor and terminate dial connections using a programmed number in the attached dial up device e V25bis Router can initiate monitor and terminate dial connections using telephone numbers that the router passed t
467. of this route If the next hop is an unnumbered interface the command displays 0 0 0 n where n is the number of the circuit on which the interface has been configured In the following sample display the next hop field for destinations 10 0 0 0 55 0 0 0 and 99 0 0 0 indicates that the next hop is an unnumbered interface configured on circuit 2 Weight value assigned to the route displayed only if you specify all routes A Indicates a route that is used by IP applies only if you specify all routes A Sample Display show ip routes IP Routes Network Mask Proto Age Slot Cost NextHop Address AS 0 0 0 0 0 RIP 5 2 27 VO2 3217 46 33 6 0 0 0 8 Direct 370 2 0 6 6 6 6 128 128 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 192532174533 129 128 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 130 128 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 131 119 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 292 322174 33 134 177 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 141 251 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 192 3 2 3174 33 146 240 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 170 41 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2E9232 LTA 172 14 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 172 15 0 0 16 RIP 5 2 2 V92 5326177 aes 33 192 1 1 0 24 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 192 1 2 0 24 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 192 32 1 0 24 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 192 32 2 0 24 RIP 5 2 2 VO2832 V7 4633 192 32 4 0 24 RIP 5 2 2 T9232 r L77433 192 32 5 0 24 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 192 32 6 0 24 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 192 32 8 0 24 RIP 5 2 2 192 32 174 33 Total Networks on Slot 2 268 2 340
468. ol Direct VCI Control Distributed Line Control Distributed VPI Control Distributed VCI Multicast Send Line Multicast Send VPI Multicast Send VCI Multicast Forward Line Multicast Forward VPI Multicast Forward VCI show lane Circuit number of the LEC Circuit name that Site Manager assigned Interface associated with the Configuration Direct VCC If the value is 0 no Configuration Direct VCC exists The Virtual Path Identifier VPI that identifies the Configuration Direct VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC The Virtual Channel Identifier VCI that identifies the Configuration Direct VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC Interface associated with the Control Direct VCC If the value is 0 no Control Direct VCC exists The VPI that identifies the Control Direct VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC The VCI that identifies the Control Direct VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC Interface associated with the Control Distributed VCC If the value is 0 no Control Distributed VCC exists The VPI that identifies the Control Distributed VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC The VCI that identifies the Control Distributed VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC Interface associated with the Multicast Send VCC If the value is 0 no Multicast Send VCC exists
469. olume IDs specifying 1 6 Ww WCP 2 681 to 2 687 enabling disabling 3 58 weights bgp 2 125 wildcard searching 2 1 X X25 subcommands 2 694 to 2 704 X 25 services 2 694 to 2 704 enabling disabling 3 59 XB subcommands 2 705 to 2 714 Xerox Network Systems XNS 2 715 to 2 725 enabling disabling 3 61 Index 13 NCP PPP 2 510 RIP interfaces 2 720 subcommands 2 715 to 2 725 Z Zone Information Protocol AppleTalk 2 56 statistics 2 54 zones at 2 56
470. omplete 8 Line State Current operational state of modem interface States are e Unknown 1 e On Hook 2 e Off Hook 3 e Connected 4 e Busied Out 5 e Reset 6 Sample Display show sync modem_state Slot Conn Init State Line State 1 1 8 unknown 2 632 117380 A Rev A show sync receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Bad Frames Runt Frames Frame Rejects Frames Too Long Overflow Frames Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of bad receive frames caused by Frame Check Sequence FCS errors or nonoctet aligned errors Number of runt frames received on this line Number of frame reject errors received on this line Number of frames received on this line that exceed the MTU Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the device s FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA cycle No buffer resources are available Sample Display show sync receive SYNC Module Receive Error Ss Bad Runt Frame Frames Overflow Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Rejects Too Long Frames 5 1 S51 0 7 0 0 0 5 2592 1 1 0 0 0 2 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 633 Using Technician Interface Scripts sample lt period in seconds gt
471. on Circuit Circuit Index IPX Network Mode Status Rx Matches Rule Number Fragment Number Name of the circuit the filter applies to Unique number for each IPX interface on the router Network address of the interface Status of the interface Enabled or Disabled Current status of the traffic filter as follows e Inactive Filter is not in use e Active Filter is currently in use e Error Application has detected an error in the rule Number of received packets that have matched this rule Identifier for the rule Number of the rule fragment or section used for large rules 117380 A Rev A 2 387 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ipx traffic filter IPX Traffic Filter Information Circuit IPX Rx Rule Fragment Circuit Index Address Status Matches Number Number ESL 1 None Inactive 0 0 0 1 Traffic Filters configured version Displays the current version and modification date of the ipx bat script Sample Display show ipx version IPX bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 388 117380 A Rev A show iredund show iredund The show iredund lt option gt commands display information about the Interface Redundancy protocol and services For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of Interface Redundancy services refer to Configuring Interface and Router Redundancy The show iredund command supports the following subcommand options
472. on SPAN bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 579 Using Technician Interface Scripts show sr The show sr lt option gt commands display information about Source Routing interfaces For detailed information on Source Routing refer to Configuring Bridging Services The show sr command supports the following subcommand options alerts enabled base ip bridges stats circuit lt circuit name gt stats circuit lt circuit name gt configuration circuit lt circuit name gt version disabled alerts Displays Source Routing interfaces that have been enabled but are not currently up In this case Mode is always Enabled and State is always Down The table helps determine which Source Routing interfaces are not forwarding traffic 2 580 117380 A Rev A show sr Sample Display show sr alerts Source Routing SR Interface Information Circuit Mode State O31 Enabled Down 1 entries found base Displays global Source Routing information Base Record The base record controls Source Routing for the entire system The table indicates whether or not Source Routing is operating and includes the following information Protocol Name of the protocol in this case Source Routing Mode Mode of SR Enabled or Disabled State State of SR Up or Down Sample Display show sr base Source Routing SR Base Record Information Protocol Mode State
473. on about each entry in the preferred servers table The table includes the following information Agent Address IP address of an interface which receives BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets from clients Pref Server Address IP address of the server to which the router forwards BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets it receives on the above interface State State of the forwarding entry Enabled or Disabled Request Mode Type of packets that the router forwards to the server BOOTP only DHCP only or both BOOTP and DHCP Sample Display show booip prefserv Bootp Preferred Server Agent Address Pref Server Address Stat RequestMod 192 32 14 92 206 2 2 2 Enabled DHCP ragents Displays information about each entry in the BOOTP relay agent forwarding table The table includes the following information Agent Address IP interface address of an interface that accepts BOOTPREQUEST or DHCP packets from clients Outbound Address IP address of the interface through which the router forwards BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets that it receives on the above interface 2 138 117380 A Rev A stats State PassthruMode show bootp State of the forwarding entry Enabled or Disabled Type of packets that the BOOTP router forwards through this outbound address BOOTP only DHCP only or both BOOTP and DHCP Sample Display show booip ragents Bootp Relay Agents Agent Address Outbound Address State PassThruMode 192 32 14 92
474. on about the configuration of all link modules in the router show hardware Displays backplane configuration file image memory PROM and slot information about the router s hardware show protocols Displays information about the protocols configured on every slot in the router show state Displays information about the current state of services running on the router show system Displays information about router memory buffers drivers and configured protocols Note You can abbreviate command names using the first three characters of the command name as long as the abbreviation uniquely identifies the command To establish the search path used to find the script files use the run setpath command It defines the aliases that integrate scripts into the Technician Interface command set The section Setting Up Scripts explains the run setpath command which uses the setpath bat script 1 4 117380 A Rev A Installing Introducing Technician Interface Scripts bat and mnu Files You can use the Bay Networks implementation of File Transfer Protocol FTP to install bat version scripts and mnu script menu files on a memory card in the router FTP enables you to install more than one script at a time Before installing any scripts on a router e Log in to the router Refer to Chapter 1 of Using Technician Interface Software if you need more information on login procedures e Enable the FTP service on
475. on the serial port the sum of all frame parity overrun and FIFO errors that the serial port DUART chip has detected A high number of errors over a short period of time indicates a possible problem with the line Sample Display show console stats Console Serial Port Statistical Information User Manager Other Port Port Port Total Login Login Login TTY I O Number Name State Logins Errors Errors Errors Errors 1 CONSOLE Up fl 0 0 0 2 MODEM1 Disabled 0 0 0 0 3 MODEM2 Up 0 0 0 0 4 PRINTER Disabled 5 0 0 0 4 serial ports configured version Displays the current version number and modification date of the console bat script Sample Display show console version CONSOLE bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 171 Using Technician Interface Scripts show csmacd The show csmacd lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection protocol CSMA CD Ethernet uses this protocol to control access to the medium End stations use CSMA CD to monitor the medium and wait until it is idle before transmitting data For more information refer to Configuring Ethernet FDDI and Token Ring Services The show csmacd command supports the following subcommand options alerts hwfilters autoneg circuit lt circuit name gt receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt bas
476. onfirms that both the primary and secondary optical bypass switches have switched e Bypassed Initial state of ECM after path test If an optical bypass switch is present it is in a bypassed state e Deinsert State allows time for the optical bypass switch to deinsert e In Normal state for a completed connection e Insert State that allows for the switching time of the optical bypass switch The ECM remains in this state until the optical bypass switch has completed switching e Leave Transition to allow enough time to break any existing connections e Pathtest Node performs a test of its entities as data paths ECM enters this state after completing the trace function e Trace State used to identify a stuck beacon condition which indicates that the interface doesn t see the token This state should be a transient condition If it persists contact your customer service representative 2 288 117380 A Rev A show fddi Connect State State of Configuration Management CFM within SMT CFM interconnects physical connections and MAC entities to configure the ports and MACs within a node The states are as follows e Isolated Port is not inserted into any path e Local A The A port is inserted into a local path and the B port is not e Local B The B port is inserted into a local path and the A port is not e Local AB Both the A and B ports are inserted into the local path e Wrap A Secondary path is wrap
477. onn Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error Receive Frames Number of frames received without error Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error Total Errors Total number of errors of all types Sample Display show fddi stats FDDI Module I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 2 1 F2l 76578 995 841559713 13963966 0 1 entry in table system errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line 2 290 117380 A Rev A Parity Errors Ring Errors Port Operation Errors Internal Operation Errors Host Errors show fddi Number of parity errors Parity errors may indicate faulty hardware If this count exceeds five call your customer service representative Number of ring errors Number of DMA controller port operation errors Port operation errors may indicate faulty hardware If this count exceeds five call your customer service representative Number of internal operation errors Num
478. ons dial forced lt circuit name gt takedown_forced lt circuit name gt dial_forced lt circuit name gt Enables or disables forced dialing on a circuit We support this feature only for on demand dialing When you enable forced dialing on a circuit you make it possible for someone to initiate a connection across the line When you disable forced dialing you inhibit a connection across the line Sample Display enable sws dial_forced s31 Switch Services Forced Dial Enabled for Circuit s31 takedown_forced lt circuit name gt Enables or disables the ability to take down a specific circuit When you enable this parameter you are choosing to take the circuit down When you disable this parameter you are making it possible to use the line Sample Display enable sws takedown_forced s31 Switch Services Forced TakeDown Enabled for Circuit s31 3 50 117380 A Rev A enable disable sync enable disable sync Use the enable sync lt option gt commands to enable synchronous services on a Bay Networks router and the disable sync lt option gt commands to disable synchronous services The enable disable sync commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit name gt connector lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable sync circuit s31 SYNC circuit S31 enabled con
479. option gt Y statistics traffic filters Bay Networks Compression Protocol service circuits show wcp lt option gt A lines virtual circuits statistics Bay Networks WAN Encryption Protocol service show wep lt option gt oY circuits lines virtual circuits statistics X 25 service configuration connections lines services show x25 lt option gt A statistics virtual circuits Translation Bridge service configuration RIFs SAPs show xb lt option gt Y Source Routing interfaces and statistics stations Transparent Bridge interfaces and statistics Xerox Networking Systems Protocol service adjacent show xns lt option gt Y hosts configuration RIP routes statistics traffic filters virtual circuits 117380 A Rev A 1 13 Using Technician Interface Scripts Using the enable and disable Commands After you set up scripts with the run setpath command you can enable or disable specific protocols or services with the enable and disable script commands Table 1 2 lists the protocols or services you can enable or disable in this way For a detailed description of enable disable command options refer to Chapter 3 Table 1 2 Enabling and Disabling Services To Enable or Disable This Service Use This Command Advanced Peer to Peer Networking Protocol directory DLC LS port tunnel VRN enable disable appn lt option gt AppleTalk base circuit enable disable at lt option gt Asynchronous Tr
480. options alerts statistics authentication lt s ot_number gt server statistics accounting lt s ot_number gt config version Displays the server alerts The table includes the following information IP Address Server IP address Mode Indicates that the server is configured for authentication accounting or both Type Indicates that this server is primary or alternate Auth State Authentication up or down Acct State Accounting up or down Sample Display show radius alerts RADIUS Server Alerts IP Address Mode Type Auth State Acct State 192 168 131 53 Both Primary Down Up Total of 1 alert on configured server 2 520 117380 A Rev A server show radius Displays information about the RADIUS server The table includes the following options lt authentication gt limits the display to authentication information lt accounting gt limits the display to accounting information server authentication Describes the state of the authentication servers It includes the following information Server IP Address Mode Type State UDP Port Response Timeout Max Retry Reset Timer Automatic Reset Secret Specifies the server s IP address Indicates that the server is configured for authentication accounting or both Indicates that this server is primary or alternate Indicates that the server is up or down Specifies the authentication UDP port Specifies the number of
481. ored in the serial number PROM for this connector Time in seconds between transmissions of Breath of Life messages from this interface A timeout occurs if five periods elapse without a successful frame transmission When timeout occurs the interface is disabled and then enabled again automatically Maximum transfer unit size the buffer size for the HSSI port also the largest frame that can be transmitted or received across the HSSI port The value ranges from 3 to 4608 bytes WAN protocol enabled on this interface as follows e ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode e FRAME RELAY frame relay e PPP Point to Point e SMDS Switched Multi Megabit Data Service e WF STANDARD Wellfleet Standard a proprietary protocol used between two Bay Networks routers Based on the CCITT HDLC High level Data Link Control protocol Wellfleet Standard provides LLC1 connectionless datagram service The line number for this line Use this value to correlate driver level information with information displayed using scripts for PPP frame relay SMDS or ATM 2 316 117380 A Rev A show hssi Sample Display show hssi alerts HSSI Modules on Alert BOF L WAN Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number 4 1 CAwait 00 00 A2 03 60 C2 1 4495 WE STANDARD 0 Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base level information for all HSSI circuits or a specific circu
482. ork ID Metric Gateway Netid Slot Circuit Gateway Hw Addr Network identifier of the network Routing metric to get to this network Network ID of the gateway to this network Number of the slot connected to this network Name of the circuit connected to this network Remote Media Access Control address of the gateway to this network Sample Display show vines routes VINES Routes Network Id Metric Gateway Netid Slot Circuit Gateway Hw Addr 17 624 625 1136 1137 OaOoOD DAD amp 17 17 17 17 17 2 E21 00 00 A2 00 00 11 2 E21 00 00 A2 00 00 11 2 E21 00 00 A2 00 00 11 2 E21 00 00 A2 00 00 11 2 E21 00 00 A2 00 00 11 stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays basic statistical information or you can use the circuit option to display basic circuit statistics for VINES IP packets within the router The table varies according to the options entered The table from the stats command entered without options includes the following information Circuit In Packets In Errors Out Packets Name of the circuit this interface runs on Number of packets received on this interface Number of packets received in error Number of packets transmitted on this interface 117380 A Rev A 2 677 Using Technician Interface Scripts Out Errors Number of errors on packets transmitted Forward Drops Number of packets dropped because of no forwarding information for the destination Zero Ho
483. ormation Protocol State Area Address Node Address Name of the protocol which in this case is OSI State of the protocol on the router Disabled manually disabled Down Init initializing Not Present not yet initialized or Up Address of the local area in the routing domain where this router resides Address of this node router in the local area 2 454 117380 A Rev A show osi Sample Display show osi base OSI Base Record Information Protocol State Area Address Node Address OST Up 0x490040 OxAAAAAAAAAAAA circuits lt circuit name gt Displays the state of all OSI circuits or a specific circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit that OSI runs on State State of OSI on the circuit Disabled manually disabled Down Init initializing Not Present not present on the circuit or Up Forwarding Status of forwarding over the circuit Enabled or Disabled Sample Display show osi circuits OSI Circuit Information Circuit State Forwarding E31 Up Enabled E32 Up Disabled 117380 A Rev A 2 455 Using Technician Interface Scripts OSI Circuit Information Circuit State Forwarding E31 Up Enabled disabled OSI Circuit Information Sample Display show osi disabled Circuit State Forwarding E31 Disabled Enabled enabled OSI Circuit Information Sample Display show osi enabled Sampl
484. ors Loss of Loss of Out of Cell Slot Conn Circuit Signal Pointer Delineation 4 1 A41 10 0 3 5 1 A51 1 0 a 2 entries in table Sample Display show atm line phy errors circuit A51 ATM Module Physical Interface Errors Loss of Loss of Loss of Out of Cell Slot Conn Circuit Signal Pointer Frame Delineation 5 1 A51 1 0 1 1 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 95 Using Technician Interface Scripts receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays receive error information for the specified circuit or for all circuits Dropped Cells Number of cells received at the transceiver receive interface that have been discarded Address Translation Errors Number of address translation errors received Rev Q Full Errors Number of full queue errors received Rev Q Write Errors Number of write queue errors received Write failures occur when the SAR device tries to write to an already full queue Rev Q Empty Errors Number of empty queue errors received Empty errors occur when the SAR device has no place to put the data it has received For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line receive errors ATM Module Receive Errors Address Rev Q Rev Q Rev Q Dropped Translation Full Write Empty Slot Conn Circuit Cells Errors Errors Errors Errors 4 1 A41 0 0 0 0 5 1 A51 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table 2 96 117380 A
485. orts console 2 169 DLSw protocol priority queues 2 516 to 2 519 subcommands 2 204 to 2 215 DS1E1 2 216 to 2 240 enabling disabling 3 19 dsu csu config sync 2 628 service status codes 2 629 stats sync 2 629 DVMRP 2 254 to 2 263 enabling disabling 3 20 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP 2 136 to 2 140 E E1 2 264 to 2 270 enabling disabling 3 21 El subcommands 2 264 to 2 270 ECHO protocol statistics 2 54 EGP subcommands 2 271 to 2 273 enable command described 1 3 enable disable commands 3 1 to 3 61 appn 3 2 at 3 5 atm 3 6 3 8 aurp 3 9 3 10 3 11 bridge 3 12 circuits 3 13 csmacd 3 14 dcmmw 3 15 decnet 3 17 dls 3 18 dslel 3 19 dvmrp 3 20 el 3 21 117380 A Rev A fddi 3 22 fr 3 23 ftp 3 24 hssi 3 25 igmp 3 26 ip 3 27 ipx 3 28 iredund 3 29 isdn 3 30 isdn bri 3 32 lapb 3 33 Inm 3 34 nbip 3 35 nml 3 36 osi 3 37 ospf 3 38 packet 3 39 ppp 3 40 rarp 3 41 rptr 3 42 rredund 3 43 sdic 3 44 snmp 3 45 span 3 46 sr 3 47 srspan 3 48 sta 3 49 sws 3 50 sync 3 51 tl 3 52 tcp 3 53 telnet 3 54 tftp 3 55 token 3 56 vines 3 57 wep 3 58 x25 3 59 xb 3 60 xns 3 61 enabled circuits all drivers 2 159 at 2 49 2 391 2 545 atm 2 61 atm line 2 93 Index 5 atmdxi 2 78 aurp 2 105 autoneg 2 115 bisync 2 129 bridge 2 151 csmacd 2 177 decnet 2 197 dls 2 209 dslel 2 223 dvmrp 2 256 el 2 267
486. osi stats clnp OSI Circuit CLNP Statistics CLNP CLNP Rx Echo Rx Echo Tx Echo Tx Echo Circuit Received Forwarded Rep Req Rep Req E31 0 0 0 0 0 0 E32 0 0 0 0 0 0 O41 0 0 0 0 0 0 stats errors Displays error statistics for each OSI circuit The table includes the following information Init Failures Number of times this circuit failed to initialize Rejected Adjs Number of adjacencies rejected on this circuit Bad LSPs Number of bad link state packets LSPs received on this circuit Bad Snps Number of bad Sequence Number PDUs received on this circuit Bad Eshs Number of bad End System hellos received on this circuit Bad LlIihs Number of bad Level 1 IS IS hellos received on this circuit Bad L2Iihs Number of bad Level 2 IS IS hellos received on this circuit 117380 A Rev A 2 459 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show osi stats errors OSI Error Statistics Init Rejected Bad Bad Bad Bad Bad Circuit Failures Adjs LSPs Snps Eshs Lilihs L2Iihs E31 3 0 0 0 0 0 E32 1 0 0 0 0 0 version Displays the current version number and modification date of the osi bat script Sample Display show osi version OSI bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 460 117380 A Rev A show ospf show ospf The show ospf lt option gt commands display state configuration and statistical information about the Open Shortest Path First OSPF protocol For details on the Bay Ne
487. ote A circuit name of Special means that PPP created the circuit for negotiating addresses on a demand backup or bandwidth line Currently no dial circuit is active on the two lines marked Special They could be demand backup or bandwidth circuits For more information see the show sws command parameters Displays the parameters associated with the specific PPP connection The display includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on Line LLIndex Line number associated with the circuit LCP State State of the Line Control Protocol either Disabled or if Enabled any of the states listed under the alerts command Magic Number Number that the line uses MRU Maximum receive unit which specifies the MTU size to use for the line Local Auth Prot Local authorization protocol that the peer needs to use for the originator s side of the link Remote Auth Prot Remote authorization protocol that the peer wants the originating router to use on its side of the link 117380 A Rev A 2 499 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ppp line param PPP Line Parameter Information Line LCP Local Remote Circuit LLIndex State Magic Number MRU Auth Prot Auth Prot S31 203101 0 Opened Oxd45cf8f 9 1594 None None S32 203102 0 Stopped O0x5eeac969 1594 None None 2 Entries found Iqr configuration stats configuration Displays all configurable parame
488. oth Whether the server is primary or alternate Whether the server is up or down The authentication UDP port The number of seconds the RADIUS client waits before retransmitting a request to the RADIUS server The number of times the RADIUS client retransmitted a request The number of minutes the RADIUS client waits before retrying the primary server after it fails to respond If the primary server fails to respond the client considers it unreachable and switches to the alternate server After this specified time period the client tries to reconnect to the primary server Whether the server can reset automatically The RADIUS password that the server and client share Sample Display show radius server account RADIUS Server Information for Accounting IP Address Mode Type State UDP Port 1923207 7 od Both Primary Up 1646 192 168 131 34 Both Alternate Up 1646 Server Response Max Reset Automatic IP Address Mode Timeout Retry Timer Reset Secret 192 32 77 11 Both 3 2 10 Disabled bayeast 192 168 131 34 Both 3 2 3 Disabled bayeast Total of 2 accounting servers configured 117380 A Rev A 2 523 Using Technician Interface Scripts config Displays the RADIUS configuration The table includes the following information Slot Slot number on the router Client IP Address Client IP address Auth Status Whether authentication is enabled or disabled Acct Status Whether accounting is enabled or disabled A
489. out all pools a specific pool and or a specific circuit on the pool The display includes the following information 117380 A Rev A 2 617 Using Technician Interface Scripts Circuit Information Circuit Connection Mode Inact Time MaxUp Time Outgoing Phone Number Extension Phone Type Circuit name of the demand circuit Operating mode of the router as follows e Master Retries the call when the first connection attempt fails as a result of a collision on the network e Slave Waits for the master router to retry the call if the first attempt fails as a result of a collision on the network e No Dial Never initiates calls always waits for another router to call Number of seconds the router waits without receiving data across the line before bringing down the connection Specifies the maximum duration of the call in minutes Once the call meets the specified time the router terminates the connection Telephone number of the remote router Extension line for a main telephone number Indicates whether the phone number type is Dial or ISDN Synchronous Line Information Slot Num Port Num Line State Identifies the slot where this line resides Identifies the port where this line connects State of the line which can be one of the following e Down Line is not operational e DSR Wait External equipment such as a modem DSU or CSU is not currently up and thus is not asserting a
490. outer The table includes the following information Circuit Port CUG Value Security Type SAID Value Security Action Name of the circuit configured for NML Circuit number of the port that supports a LAN belonging to the closed user group Each LAN in aclosed user group is connected to a bridge through an NML port Closed user group ID CUGID assigned to the circuit Type of security configured Add an access circuit Check a trunk circuit or Drop a transient internal state Circuit s security access ID How to handle a packet if it matches a CUGID in the circuit s security list Drop or Forward If the action is Drop the list is an exclusive list and the port drops all frames labelled with the CUGID If the action is Forward the port forwards frames labelled with the CUGID to the attached LAN 117380 A Rev A 2 445 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show nml circuits NML Circuit Table CUG Security SAID Security Circuit Port Value Type Value Action F31 1 0 Check 0 Forward E21 2 22 Add 0 Drop 2 Entries disabled Displays only NML circuits that are disabled The display contains the same information the circuits command produces enabled seclists lt circuit name gt Displays only NML circuits that are enabled The display contains the same information the circuits command produces Displays information about each NML circuit s security list or
491. ow ip stats IP Statistics In Out In Out Circuit IP Address Receives Requests Forwards Discards Discards S31 192 32 174 65 2150309 211845 34771 0 0 E23 192 32 174 97 1305158 76700 30495 0 0 E21 1922321742129 3191531 163026 3238130 0 0 E22 192 32 175 129 51219 59655 3070948 0 0 stats cache lt circuit name gt Displays statistics about the cached forwarding tables that IP uses for forwarding traffic for all circuits or a specified circuit The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit that the interface runs on IP Address Internet address of the interface Cache Networks Number of entries in the forwarding table Cache Misses Number of times the forwarding table did not contain information about a destination and IP had to look up the route Cache Removes Number of entries removed from the forwarding table because they timed out Sample Display show ip stats cache IP Cache Statistics Cache Cache Cache Circuit IP Address Networks Misses Removes S31 192 32 174 65 128 4 78 E23 192 32 174 97 238 1768 1797 117380 A Rev A 2 343 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats datagrams lt circuit name gt Displays error statistics about IP datagrams that IP has processed for all interfaces or for a specific interface The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on IP Address Internet address of the interface Header Errors
492. owing information Interface IP address of the interface Mode Whether the router is confirmed as an ATM ARP client or server Server Address if client ATM address of the server If the router is an ATM ARP server the server address does not appear Sample Display show atmarp configuration Interface Mode Server Address if client Foge ga Client 47000580FFE1000000F2151540 0000A20E9FCC00 6 6 6 7 Server 2 Atmarp Interfaces 117380 A Rev A 2 69 Using Technician Interface Scripts interface lt P address gt Displays interface information for all ATMARP interfaces or a specific interface lt P_address gt Displays ATM ARP information for a specific interface The table displays the following information Interface IP address of the interface Address ATM address this interface uses Server Conn State Indicates the state of the VC connecting the client to the server and whether the client is currently registered with the server Sample Display show atmarp interface Interface Address Server Conn State Deeds A 47000580FFE1000000F2151540 0000A20CD5C100 Open Registered 6 6 6 7 47000580FFE1000000F2151540 0000A20CD5C101 Server 2 Atmarp Interfaces stats lt P address gt Displays statistics information for all ATMARP interfaces or a specific interface lt P_address gt Displays ATM ARP information for a specific interface The table displays the following information Interfa
493. own Line is disabled e Init Line is initializing e NotPres Line is not functioning e Up Line is functioning fully Number of virtual circuits enabled for the line Convergence sublayer configuration of the line AAL3 4 AALS or None AAL3 4 is ATM Adaption Layer 3 4 AALS is ATM Adaption Layer 5 Multiprotocol Encapsulation that the PVC uses RFC1294 RFC1483 or None Number of frames dropped at the line level Sample Display show atmdxi line ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI Line Table Converg Line LLIndex Circuit Mode State VCs Sublayer Encaps Drop 1 0 ATM Enabled Up 2 AAL3 4 RFC1294 0 2 0 NONE Disabled NotPres 0 AAL3 4 RFC1294 0 117380 A Rev A 2 79 Using Technician Interface Scripts pvcs lt line lindex gt lt line llindex VPI gt lt line llindex VPI VCI gt Displays all or a subset of ATM DXI Permanent Virtual Circuits PVCs lt line llindex gt Displays all PVCs for the specified line level lt line llindex VPI gt Displays all PVCs for the specified virtual path on the specified line level lt line llindex VPI VCI gt Displays the PVC for the specified virtual path and virtual channel The displays include the following information Line LLIndex Identifier of the PVC line and line level Direct Cct PVC s Direct Circuit name or number if there is one State State of the PVC as follows e Down PVC is disabled e Init PVC is initializing
494. p Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from 1 to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line 117380 A Rev A 2 315 Using Technician Interface Scripts State MAC Address BOFL TMO MTU WAN Protocol Line Number State of the line driver as follows e BOF Lwait Driver is waiting for its own Breath of Life frames to be successfully transmitted or for a BOFL frame from the Bay Networks router at the other end of the WAN connection This applies only to the Wellfleet Standard protocol CAwait External equipment such as a modem DSU or CSU is not currently up Disabled Module is not operational Init Module is initializing LMIwait Driver is waiting for any of four WAN protocols to indicate that a link layer connection has been established to another entity This applies to the frame relay SMDS ATM and PPP protocols e Not Pres Module is enabled but not yet started This state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver software The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration Physical address of the line The line driver fills this address in from the 48 bit address st
495. p Drops Number of packets dropped because of a zero hop count Sample Display show vines stats VINES Circuit Statistics In In Out Out Forward Zero Hop Circuit Packets Errors Packets Errors Drops Drops E21 294165 0 268486 0 0 0 S31 259688 0 274792 3 0 0 33 6915 0 14912 as 0 0 stats arp lt circuit name gt Displays VINES Address Resolution Protocol ARP statistics for the whole router or for a specific circuit stats datagrams Displays basic Receive Transmit statistics for VINES IP packets within the router stats echo lt circuit name gt Displays VINES ECHO Protocol statistics for the whole router or for a specific circuit stats fragments Displays the total number of packets fragmented for transmission Sync media and the total number of packets that the router has reassembled 2 678 117380 A Rev A show vines stats icp lt circuit name gt Displays VINES Internet Control Protocol ICP statistics for the whole router stats rtp lt circuit name gt Displays VINES Routing Update Protocol RTP statistics for the whole router or for a specific circuit total neighbors Displays the total number of entries in the VINES neighbor table Sample Display show vines total neighbors Number of VINES Neighbors 2 total routes Displays the total number of entries in the VINES route table traffic filters Displays all configured VINES traffic filters for all circuits
496. p capturing For detailed information about the Packet Capture utility refer to Using Technician Interface Software The show packet command supports the following subcommand options alerts linenumbers capture lt line number gt s lt start gt c lt count gt loaded configuration lt line number gt status lt line number gt disabled version enabled alerts Displays Packet Capture instances that are enabled but not Up State is either Down the physical interface has not connected to Packet Capture or Absent Packet Capture is not loaded on the slot connected to this line number 117380 A Rev A 2 469 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show packet alerts Packet Capture Line Information Alerts Line Number State 102103 Down 103101 Absent capture lt ine number gt s lt start gt c lt count gt Displays packets captured on a specific line In the table the header line is followed by one or more lines of hexadecimal data lt line_number gt Displays the physical interface the capture is connected to This is a unique 10 digit decimal number Leading zeros are eliminated The number identifies the physical media type slot module and connector s lt start gt Displays the first packet to display from the capture buffer C lt count gt Displays the number of packets to display from the capture buffer The header
497. p line parameters 3 show ppp appletalk negotiated 18 show ppp lgr configuration 4 show ppp bad packets 19 show ppp lgr stats 5 show ppp bridge configured 20 show ppp osi 6 show ppp bridge negotiated 21 show ppp pap local 7 show ppp circuit 22 show ppp pap remote 8 show ppp decnet 23 show ppp chap local 9 show ppp disabled 24 show ppp chap remote 10 show ppp enabled 25 show ppp version 11 show ppp ip 26 show ppp vines 12 show ppp ipx configured 27 show ppp xns 13 show ppp ipx negotiated 28 show ppp multilink circuits 14 show ppp ipx name local 29 show ppp multilink information 15 show ppp ipx name remote 30 show ppp wcp A Add a command H Change menu title Q Quit C Clear all commands L Load new menu S Save menu commands D Delete command M Menu control off T Toggle title display E Edit command Enter menu number or TI command Saving Changes Made to Menus With menu control on save your changes for future sessions by entering s at the Enter menu number or TI command prompt add a filename then press the Return key Refer to the following example Enter menu number or TI command S Enter file name main mnu testing mnu Saving commands to testing mnu The Technician Interface saves the file to the default volume The current menu session now uses the file you specified If you do not specify a filename at the Enter file name main mnu prompt the Technician Interface overwri
498. p multilink information PPP Multilink Information Bundle Circuit Line Count Speed Line S132 0 0 None Demand 3 1 64000 201303 0 2 Entries found 2 502 117380 A Rev A circuits Circuit Configured Mode Actual Mode Tx Packets Rx Packets Fragmented Packets show ppp Displays information about each circuit in the multilink bundle The display includes the following information Name of the circuit Mode you configured for this circuit Normal a nonmultilink circuit e ML a multilink circuit Monitor The circuit is a multilink circuit and the router for which this circuit is configured is the congestion monitor e Dynamic Monitor The circuit is a multilink circuit using BAP This option enables the router to function as the monitor when it initiates a call and the non monitor router when it receives a call Actual mode in which this circuit is operating Number of packets transmitted over the circuit Number of packets received over the circuit Number of packets that were fragmented Sample Display show ppp multilink circuits PPP Multilink Circuits Configured Num Packets Circuit Mode Actual Mode Tx Packets Rx Packets Fragmented Nept_BAP Dynamic Monitor Inactive 4432 863 0 Homer_MP ML Monitor Inactive 0 0 0 Homer_Tl ML Monitor ML_Monitor 27481 109918 0 Bart_PPP Normal Normal 0 0 0 117380 A Rev A 2 503 Using Technician Interface Scripts osi D
499. ped to the A port e Wrap B Primary path is wrapped to the B port e C Wrap A Primary and secondary paths are joined internal to the node and wrapped e C Wrap B Primary and secondary paths are joined internal to the node and wrapped to the B port e Wrap AB Primary path is wrapped to the B port and the secondary path is wrapped to the A port e Thru Primary path enters the A port and emerges from the B port The secondary path enters the B port and emerges from the A port T Notify secs Interval in seconds between successful iterations of the Neighbor Notification Protocol This protocol identifies the MAC address of the FDDI upstream and downstream neighbors detects duplicate MAC addresses on the ring and generates periodic keep alive traffic that verifies the local MAC transmit and receive paths Sample Display show fddi smt FDDI Modules SMT Parameters Connection Policy R Reject Local MMMMSSSSBBBBAAAA Neighbor MSBAMSBAMSBAMSBA T Pe fame FR E Wa a i d l l ECM Connect Notify Slot Conn Ermeugt ph Ae ee lh eo ike cep alee State State secs 2 1 F21 RRRRRRRR RR R RIn C_Wrap_B 22 1 entry in table 117380 A Rev A 2 289 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats circuit lt circuit name gt Displays FDDI input output statistical information for all FDDI modules or for a specific circuit The table contains the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 C
500. play show wep stats Line number Instance identifier Name of the circuit VC identifier Displays error statistics Limits the display to a specified line and circuit State of the connection Up Down Initializing Number of data bytes that have been encrypted on this circuit Number of data bytes that have been decrypted on this circuit WEP Performance And Data Statistics Line LL Ve Bytes Bytes Number Index Circuit Id Encrypted Decrypted 202101 0 S21 0 0 0 Line LL Ve Bytes Bytes Number Index Circuit Id Encrypted Decrypted 202102 0 22 123 7339 12539 2 entries 2 692 117380 A Rev A show wep version Displays the current version number and modification date of the WEP bat script Sample Display show wep version WEP bat Version 1 1 Date 6 6 96 117380 A Rev A 2 693 Using Technician Interface Scripts show x25 The show x25 lt option gt commands display information about X 25 services For complete information about the Bay Networks implementation of X 25 services refer to Configuring X 25 Services The show x25 command supports the following subcommand options alerts qllc maps base lines lt slot connector gt configuration lt slot connector gt services lt slot connector circuit name gt connections lt slot connector gt stats lt slot connector gt Ipex Maps version ipex sessions virtu
501. plays the current setting of RIPv6 parameters on the interface you specify For detailed information RIPv6 parameters refer to Configuring IPv6 Services Sample Display show rip6 config RIPv6 Configuration Information Interface 3 State Up Route Supply Enabled Route Listen Enabled Default Route Supply Enabled Default Route Listen Enabled Poisoned Reversed Method Poisoned Triggered Updates Enabled Broadcast Timer 30 seconds Route Timeout 90 seconds Holddown Timer 90 seconds Network Diameter 15 117380 A Rev A 2 531 Using Technician Interface Scripts stats lt interface_index gt Displays statistics for the RIPv6 interface you specify Sample Display show ip6 stats RIPv6 Statistics Interface 3 Total Messages Received 2490 Total Messages Sent 2542 Requests Received 5 Requests Sent 1 Responses Received 2485 Responses Sent 2541 Full Updates Sent 2476 Triggered Updates Sent 65 2 532 117380 A Rev A show rptr show rptr The show rptr lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about Bay Networks Access Node products For detailed information on ANs refer to Configuring BayStack Remote Access and Connecting ASN Routers to a Network The show rptr command supports the following subcommand options info last_addr status ports sample lt period in seconds gt port lt port number gt version stats all
502. plays the following information Cct Circuit number of the LEC Circuit Name Circuit name assigned by Site Manager LAN Name Emulated LAN name this client will use the next time it returns to the Initial state LAN Type Data frame format that this client will use the next time it returns to the Initial state Unspecified IEEE 802 3 or IEEE 802 5 State State for the LEC INITIAL LECSCONNECT CONFIGURE JOIN INITIAL_REG BUSCONNECT OPERATIONAL LES ATM addr Configured ATM address of the LAN Emulation Server LECS ATM addr Configured ATM address of the LAN Emulation Configuration Server Sample Display show lane config ATM LAN Emulation Client Table Cct Circuit Name LAN Name LAN Type State 5 ATMSR_1405101 5 UNSPECIFIED LECSCONNECT LES ATM addr 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 9A LECS ATM addr 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 9A Total entries 1 2 414 117380 A Rev A show lane data_vcs lt circuit_name gt Displays ATM LAN Emulation control and data VCC information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table displays the following information Cct Circuit number of the LEC Config Direct The VPI VCI pair that identifies the Configuration Direct VCC if it exists at the point where it connects to this LEC If the value is 0 0 no Configuration Direct VCC exists Control Direct The VPI VCI pair
503. ple Display show autoneg alerts Auto Negotiation Interfaces on Alert Auto Negotiation Remote Capability Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling In Use 2 31 E231 Down Disabled FALSE 100Base X Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base record information for auto negotiation Note The alerts base disabled and enabled tables all include the same information See the description with the show autoneg alerts command Sample Display show base Auto Negotiation Information Auto Negotiation Remote Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling Capability In Use 2 1 E21 Not Pres NOT SUPPORTED 3 1 E31 Up Disabled FALSE 100Base X FD Cong Ctrl 4 1 E41 Disabled NOT SUPPORTED 5 1 E51 Up Disabled FALSE 100Base X 4 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 113 Using Technician Interface Scripts capabilities circuit lt circuit name gt Displays Ethernet line capabilities You can display this information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges according to router model Conn Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to router model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector number on the slot Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line State State of the line driver Disable
504. polls for ATM FRE 2 link module statistics before it looks for ARE link module statistics For more information about column definitions see the stats command Sample Display show atm stats vcs 1405101 0 5 ATM Interface VC Statistics ATM FRE 2 Line VPI VCI ATM PVC Stats Record not found Total entries 0 ATM Interface VC Statistics ATM Routing Engine Line VPI VCI 1405101 0 5 Cells Transmitted 2699 Cells Received 2598 Pkts Transmitted 2588 Pkts Received 2588 Total entries 1 117380 A Rev A 2 67 Using Technician Interface Scripts version Displays the current version number and modification date of the atm bat script Sample Display show atm version ATM bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 68 117380 A Rev A show atmarp show atmarp The show atmarp lt options gt command displays ATMARP information For details about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM refer to Configuring ATM Services The show atmarp command supports the following subcommand options configuration lt IP address gt table r v a l lt IP address gt interface lt IP address gt version stats lt IP address gt configuration lt P address gt Displays configuration information for all ATMARP interfaces or a specific interface lt P_address gt Displays ATM ARP information for a specific interface The table displays the foll
505. pplication defined it which in this case is Port Disabled Designated Root Unique Bridge ID recorded as the root in the Configuration BPDUs The Designated Bridge for the segment to which this port is attached transmits this value Designated Port Port Identifier on the Designated Bridge for this port s segment 117380 A Rev A 2 573 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show span alerts Spanning Tree Circuit Alert Information Designated Circuit State Designated Root Port E51 E TEDA 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 o 32770 S31 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32771 S41 Port Disabled 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32772 3 Entries found base Displays Spanning Tree global parameters in the base record The table includes the following information State Current state of the Spanning Tree Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up Root Bridge ID Bridge ID of the root of the Spanning Tree This is the lowest Bridge MAC address or if there is no Bridge MAC address the bridge with the lowest priority Time Since last top chg Time in hundredths of a second since the bridge detected the last change in topology Number of Topology Total number of topology changes that this bridge has detected since Changes it was last reset or initialized Bridge ID Identifier of the bridge the script is running on You can compare this ID to the Root Bridge ID above it 2 574 1173
506. prietary intellectual property Licensee shall not sublicense assign or otherwise disclose to any third party the Software or any information about the operation design performance or implementation of the Software and user manuals that is confidential to Bay Networks and its licensors however Licensee may grant permission to its consultants subcontractors and agents to use the Software at Licensee s facility provided they have agreed to use the Software only in accordance with the terms of this license 3 Limited warranty Bay Networks warrants each item of Software as delivered by Bay Networks and properly installed and operated on Bay Networks hardware or other equipment it is originally licensed for to function substantially as described in its accompanying user manual during its warranty period which begins on the date Software is first shipped to Licensee If any item of Software fails to so function during its warranty period as the sole remedy Bay Networks will at its discretion provide a suitable fix patch or workaround for the problem that may be included in a future Software release Bay Networks further warrants to Licensee that the media on which the Software is provided will be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use for a period of 90 days from the date Software is first shipped to Licensee Bay Networks will replace defective media at no charge if it is returned to Bay Networks during the warranty peri
507. ption strength set to 40 bit 56 bit Inherit from Line Both TEK Update Rate bytes Number of data bytes between changes in the value of the Traffic Encryption Key TEK TEK Update Rate seconds Number of seconds between changes in the value of the TEK Sample Display show wep circuits WEP Circuit Entries Circuit Circuit Cipher TEK Update Rate TEK Update Rate Name Number Enable Mode bytes seconds S21 2 Enabled Inherit 65535 10 S22 3 Enabled Inherit 65535 10 2 WEP circuit s configured 117380 A Rev A 2 689 Using Technician Interface Scripts lines lt line_number llindex gt Displays the state of the lines lt line_number llindex gt Limits the display to the specified line The table includes the following information Line Number Line number LL Index Instance identifier Slot Slot identifier Module Module identifier Conn Connector identifier Cipher Mode Encryption strength set to 40 bit 56 bit Both TEK Update Rate bytes Number of data bytes between changes in the value of the Traffic Encryption Key TEK TEK Update Rate seconds Number of seconds between changes in the value of the TEK Sample Display show wep lines WEP Line Entries Line LL Cipher TEK Upd Rate TEK Upd Rate Number Index Slot Module Conn Enable Mode bytes seconds 202101 0 2 1 COM1 Enabled 40bitDES 65535 10 202102 0 2 1 COM2 Enabled 40bitDES 65535 10
508. r Sample Display enable span base SPAN base record enabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit 3 46 117380 A Rev A enable disable sr enable disable sr Use the enable sr lt option gt commands to enable Source Routing services on a Bay Networks router and the disable sr lt option gt commands to disable Source Routing services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Source Routing refer to Configuring Bridging Services The enable disable sr commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit name gt base Enables or disables Source Routing on the router Sample Display enable span base Source Routing SR base record enabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit 117380 A Rev A 3 47 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable srspan Use the enable srspan lt option gt commands to enable Source Route Spanning Tree Bridging services on a Bay Networks router and the disable srspan lt option gt commands to disable Source Route Spanning Tree Bridging services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Source Route Spanning Tree Bridging refer to Configuring Bridging Services The enable disable srspan commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit name gt base Enables or disa
509. r subcommands directly from the router by entering at the Technician Interface prompt show lt entity_name gt or show lt entity_name gt help For example to list the AppleTalk subcommands enter show at or show at For a detailed description of all show commands and samples of the information they generate refer to Chapter 2 1 8 117380 A Rev A Table 1 1 Displaying Service Information Introducing Technician Interface Scripts To Display Information about This Service Use This Command Command Type runs from a batch or embedded file batch embedded Advanced Peer to Peer Networking service adjacencies class of service directories DLC DLUR endpoints ISR memory mode ports topology tunnels VRN show appn lt option gt Y AppleTalk service AARP circuits configuration routes statistics zones zone filters show at lt option gt Asynchronous Transfer Mode service interfaces lines PVCs statistics show atm lt option gt ATM Address Resolution Protocol service ATMARP client server mode identification ATM addresses interface statistics show atmarp lt option gt Asynchronous Transfer Mode DXI service lines PVCs statistics show atmdxi lt option gt ATM line signaling service ATM ILMI and SAAL statistics show atmsig lt option gt Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM Adaption Layer Controller ALC link module service circuits
510. r Passive 2 86 117380 A Rev A show atmsig Poll Timer SSCOP Poll Timer value in tenths of a second Alive Timer Keep Alive Timer value in tenths of a second NoResp Timer No Response Timer value in tenths of a second CnCtrl Timer Connection Control Timer value in tenths of a second MaxCn Ctrl Maximum Connection Control Timer value MaxPd SSCOP maximum Poll Data PD value Max Stat Maximum number of list elements allowed in a STAT PDU Version Version UNI30 or UNI31 Sample Display show atmsig saal ATM SAAL Entry Table SSCOP Arbi Poll Alive NoResp CnCtrl MaxCn Max Ver Line Circuit State tration Timer Timer Timer Timer Ctrl MaxPd Stat sion 1405101 A51 Up Active 7 20 70 10 4 25 67 UNI30 Total entries 1 sig lt ine gt Displays all instances in the ATM Signaling Entry Table or a specific instance lt line gt Displays ATM Signaling information for a specific line The table displays the following information Line Line number of the router Circuit Circuit number of the ATM driver associated with this instance State State of the entity Up Down Initializing Not Present 117380 A Rev A 2 87 Using Technician Interface Scripts Max of SvcApps Max Pt Pt Max Pt Mp Max Parties In MultiPt Min Buf Threshold VPI VCI Version of Restart of Stat Enquiries T303 T308 T309 T310 T313 T316 T316C T322 TDisc T398 T399 Maximum number of se
511. r for a specific destination address The table includes the following information Destination SysID Next Hop Cost NSAP address of the destination system NSAP address of the intermediate system that is the next hop on the path to the destination end system Number of hops it takes to reach the destination 117380 A Rev A 2 457 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show osi level2 routes OSI Level II Routing Information Destination SysId Next Hop Cost 0x490044 0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCCO0 20 0x490044 0x490044CCCCCCCCCCCCO0 20 2 Total entries Sample Display show osi level2 routes find 490044 OSI Level II Routing Information Destination SysId Next Hop Cost 0x490044 0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCCO0 20 0x490044 0x490044CCCCCCCCCCCCO0 20 2 Entries found stats Displays statistics of each OSI circuit The table includes the number of Protocol Data Units received sent and dropped on each circuit Sample Display show osi stats OSI Circuit Statistics Received Send Dropped Circuit Packets Packets Packets E31 464 891 181 E32 211 402 69 2 458 117380 A Rev A show osi stats cinp Displays statistics for the ConnectionLess Network Protocol CLNP packets on each OSI circuit The table includes the number of CLNP packets received and forwarded the number of Echo Replies received Rx and sent Tx and the number of Echo Requests received Rx and sent Tx Sample Display show
512. r redundancy and are enabled currently A circuit is enabled if the disable enable parameter is set to enable and the state is up For definitions of the columns in the table see the circuits command 117380 A Rev A 2 545 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show rredund enable Router Redundancy Circuit Table Circuit Port State Send PDU Primary MAC Addr E41 1 Enabled Enabled 00 00 A2 03 42 96 E42 2 Enabled Enabled 00 00 A2 03 42 97 2 Entries found remote Displays information about the other routers in the router redundancy group The table includes the following information Group ID Member ID IP Address Role State Identification number of the router redundancy group Identification number of the remote member of the group The IP address of the remote member Role of the remote member Primary or Secondary State of the remote member States include the following Up Down Init initializing and bidding Not Pres enabled but not yet started Wait SOS Reply waiting for a reply to an SOS PDU Wait Pri Gdby waiting for a Primary Goodbye PDU Revd Pri Gdby received a Primary Goodbye PDU Wait New Pri Waiting for a New Primary PDU Delay Bidding 2 546 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show rredund remote Router Redundancy Remote Members show rredund Group ID Member ID IP Address Role State 1 2 0 0 0 0 Primary Up resources Displays resources the
513. ragraph c 1 ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252 227 7013 Notwithstanding any other license agreement that may pertain to or accompany the delivery of this computer software the rights of the United States Government regarding its use reproduction and disclosure are as set forth in the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52 227 19 Statement of Conditions In the interest of improving internal design operational function and or reliability Bay Networks Inc reserves the right to make changes to the products described in this document without notice Bay Networks Inc does not assume any liability that may occur due to the use or application of the product s or circuit layout s described herein Portions of the code in this software product are Copyright 1988 Regents of the University of California All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms of such portions are permitted provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation advertising materials and other materials related to such distribution and use acknowledge that such portions of the software were developed by the University of California Berkeley The name of the University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from such portions of the software without specific prior written permission SUCH POR
514. rcuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Speed 2 1 E21 Up 00 00 A2 00 DC A9 5 1518 Disabled 10Mbps 5 1 E51 Up 00 00 A2 0B 66 AF 8 1518 Disabled 100Mbps 5 2 E52 Up 00 00 A2 0B 66 B0 8 1518 Disabled 100Mbps Found 3 matches out of 3 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 177 Using Technician Interface Scripts hwfilters Displays status and statistical information about the hardware filters in use if any The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model Conn Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to router model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector number on the slot Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line State Status of the filtering hardware on the line Down Full or Up Line Type CSMACD Maximum Tbl Siz Maximum number of table entries that a line can use based on the hardware filter devices present and available Current Tbl Siz Current capacity of the hardware filter table The protocol dynamically allocates hardware filter table resources as needed in increments of 256 up to the available table size Used Entries Number of hardware filter table entries used Dropped Frames Number of frames dropped because they matched the hardware filter Sample Display show csmacd hwiilters Hardware Filters Modules Line Maximum Current Used Dropped Slot Conn Circuit State Type Tbl Siz Tbl
515. rcuit e21 enabled 3 12 117380 A Rev A enable disable circuits enable disable circuits Use the enable circuits lt option gt commands to enable a driver circuit on a Bay Networks router and the disable circuits lt option gt commands to disable a driver circuit You can enable or disable CSMA CD DS1E1 E1 FDDI HSSI Synchronous T1 and Token Ring circuits For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of drivers refer to Configuring Ethernet FDDI and Token Ring Services or Configuring WAN Line Services The enable disable circuits command supports the lt circuit_name gt subcommand option as follows lt circuit name gt The name of the circuit that you want to enable or disable Sample Display enable circuit e21 CSMACD circuit E21 enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 13 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable csmacd Use the enable csmacd lt option gt commands to enable Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection CSMA CD services on a Bay Networks router and the disable csmacd lt option gt commands to disable CSMA CD services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of CSMA CD refer to Configuring Ethernet FDDI and Token Ring Services The enable disable csmacd commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit name gt connector lt slot connector gt circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disabl
516. rcuit name gt Displays the ATM base record state for all ATM link module circuits or for a specified circuit For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line base ATM Modules Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU 4 1 A41 1104101 Up 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 3 4500 5 1 A51 1105101 Up 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 3 4500 2 entries in table Sample Display show atm line base circuit A51 ATM Modules Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU 5 1 A51 1105101 Up 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 3 4500 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table 2 92 117380 A Rev A show atm line disabled Displays the ATM link modules that are configured as disabled For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line disabled ATM Modules Disabled Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table enabled Displays the ATM link modules that are configured as enabled For more information on column definitions see the alerts command Sample Display show atm line enabled ATM Modules Enabled Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU 4 1 A41 1104101 Up 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 3 4500 5 1 A51 11051
517. re command supports the following subcommand options backplane proms lt slot number gt config file slots lt slot number gt image version memory lt slot number gt backplane Displays information about the state of the backplane hardware The table includes the backplane type revision and serial number The revision and serial numbers are in decimal format The extended display shown only for a BCN or BLN system includes the status of the power supply fan and temperature 2 308 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show hardware backplane Hardware Backplane Information Backplane Type BCN Backplane Revision 1 Backplane Serial Number 2181 Power Supply 1 OK Power Supply 2 OK Power Supply 3 OK Power Supply 4 OK Fan Status OK Temperature Status OK Sample Display show hardware backplane Hardware Backplane Information Backplane Type BLN Backplane Revision 2 Backplane Serial Number 341 Sample Display show hardware backplane Hardware Backplane Information Backplane Type ASN Backplane Revision 0 Backplane Serial Number 0 show hardware 117380 A Rev A 2 309 Using Technician Interface Scripts config_file Displays the configuration file used to boot the router or reset a slot The table shows the name and volume that was the source of the configuration as well as the slot that delivered the configuration file to the reset slot Al
518. received by the Exchange Identification XID sender before an acknowledgement is received Identifies the type of line used by this port Leased Switched or Shared Access Transport Facility SATF Link address using MAC address and SAP 117380 A Rev A 2 27 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show appn port definition APPN Port Definitions Receive Send Max Port Port Number DLC BTU Size BTU Size Window Type Link Address PORTOOO1 0 DLC00001 2048 2048 7 Leased 201 PORTOO002 0 DLCO0002 2048 2048 7 Leased 203 PORT0003 0 DLC00003 2048 2048 7 Leased 05 PORT0004 0 DLC00004 2048 2048 7 Leased 07 PORT0008 0 DLC00008 2057 2057 7 SATF 000045222224 04 PORT0010 0 DLC00010 2057 2057 7 SATF 000045C0E4B6 04 6 Entries port hpr Displays High Performance Routing capabilities for a single port or multiple ports Port Administratively assigned name for this APPN port The name can be from one to eight characters Implicit HPR Enabled Specifies whether HPR support has been enabled for dynamic link stations on this port Implicit Link Level Error Specifies whether link level error recovery support has been Recovery selected for dynamic link stations on this port Implicit Link Deactivation Specifies the link deactivation time in seconds for dynamic link Time stations on this port HPR SAP Defines the chosen SAP for HPR traffic on this port 2 28 117380 A Rev A show appn Sa
519. red 117380 A Rev A 2 169 Using Technician Interface Scripts enabled Displays the port number port name and state of all enabled serial ports Also displays the number of enabled serial ports and the total number of serial ports configured on the system Sample Display show console enabled Console Serial Port Enabled Information Port POTE Port Number Name State 1 CONSOLE Up 3 MODEM2 Up 2 serial ports enabled stats lt port number gt 4 serial ports configured Displays login information and serial port error statistics for all serial ports configured on your system or for a specific port lt port_number gt Limits the display to a specified port number currently 1 through 4 The table includes the following information Port Number Port Name Port State Total Logins User Login Errors Port number for the information displayed Corresponding port name Port s current state Absent Disabled Down Init or Up Number of logins failed and successful on the serial port Number of failed login attempts the User login account has made on the serial port 2 170 117380 A Rev A Manager Login Errors show console Number of failed login attempts the Manager login account has made on the serial port Other Login Errors Number of failed login attempts made by login accounts other than User and Manager on the serial port TTY IO Errors Number of data errors
520. ree Circuit Configuration Parameters Circuit Mode Priority Path Cost 802 9 Translation S21 Enabled 128 1 Disabled E51 Enabled 128 1 Disabled S31 Enabled 128 1 Disabled S41 Enabled 128 1 Disabled disabled Displays Spanning Tree circuits that are disabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show span disabled Spanning Tree Disabled Circuit Information Designated Circuit State Designated Root Port 0 Entries found 117380 A Rev A 2 577 Using Technician Interface Scripts enabled Displays Spanning Tree circuits that are currently enabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show span enabled Spanning Tree Enabled Circuit Information Designated Circuit State Designated Root Port S21 Forwarding 00 0A 00 00 00 00 00 01 32769 1 Entries found stats Displays Spanning Tree traffic statistics The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this port is on Rx Packets Number of BPDU packets received on this port Tx Packets Number of BPDU packets transmitted out this port Sample Display show span stats Spanning Tree Statistics Circuit Rx Packets Tx Packets S21 0 1521 E51 0 0 S31 0 0 S41 0 0 2 578 117380 A Rev A show span version Displays the current version number and date of the span bat script Sample Display show span versi
521. ring AppleTalk Services The show at command supports the following subcommand options aarp lt net gt lt node gt find lt net gt filters zone circuit lt circuit name gt alerts routes nets find lt netlow gt lt nethigh gt zones base stats aarp ddp rtmp zipquery zipgni zipes nbp echo lt circuit name gt circuit lt circuit name gt total routes nets zones aarp configuration circuit lt circuit name gt version disabled zones zip find lt pattern gt enabled 117380 A Rev A 2 43 Using Technician Interface Scripts aarp lt net gt lt node gt find lt net gt Displays all entries in the AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol AARP table only the AARP entry for a specific node or all entries that have a network address that matches a specified pattern lt net gt lt node gt find lt network_pattern gt Displays the AARP entry for the specified network node in the format lt network_ID gt lt node_ID gt Displays the AARP entries that have a network address that matches the given pattern The table includes the following information Address Physical Address Circuit Sample AppleTalk network address of the node Hardware address of the node for example the Ethernet address Name of the circuit on which the address resolution is in effect Display show at aarp AppleTa
522. ripts calls time Displays the duration of an active call The table displays the following information Slot Slot that has the ISDN interface DSL ID Digital Subscriber Loop ID Call ID Duration Minutes Duration of the call Entry in the ISDN Call Information Table Connect Time Hour Min Sec Time of day that the router establishes the call Sample Display show isdn calls time DSL DurationConnect Time Slot ID Call ID Minutes Hour Min Sec 1 0 32769 0 16 46 33 Total of 1 call is active 2 396 117380 A Rev A inphone show isdn Displays the configuration set up for incoming phone numbers The table displays the following information Index Index number for this line instance Incoming Phone Number Telephone number of the remote router Sub Addr Subaddress for a main telephone number Phone Type Whether the phone number type is Dial or ISDN Type of Phone ISDN numbering type Unknown International National Specific Subscriber or Abbreviated Plan Type ISDN numbering plan Unknown Telephony X 121 Telex Standard or Private Sample Display show isdn inphone ISDN Incoming Phone Number Configuration Incoming Phone Type of Plan Index Phone Number Sub Addr Type Phone Type il 5084367001 None DIAL N A N A 2 5084367002 None DIAL N A N A 3 5084368005 None DIAL N A N A 4 5084368006 None DIAL N A N A 5 5084366005 None DIAL N A N A 6 5084366006 None DIAL N A N A Total o
523. rmation Slot Conn Circuit Rx Ring Errors Tx Ring Errors Internal Op Errors Host Errors Port Errors Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector identifier ranges from to 4 Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of errors that the DMA controller has detected while processing the receive ring Number of errors that the DMA controller has detected while processing the transmit ring Number of internal operation errors Number of parity errors occurring while the host driver accesses a register on the DMA controller Host errors may indicate faulty hardware If this count exceeds five call your customer service representative Number of DMA controller port operation errors Port errors may indicate faulty hardware If this count exceeds five call your customer service representative 117380 A Rev A 2 321 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show hssi system errors HSSI Module System Errors Rx Ring Tx Ring Internal Host Port Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Op Errors Errors Errors 3 1 H31 0 0 0 0 0 1 entry in table transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier ranges from 1 to 4 Circuit Name of the circuit assoc
524. rors transmitted on this line Lack Rescs Number of characters not transmitted due to lack of resources such as buffers Underflow Frames Number of retransmission underflow errors These occur when the device s FIFO buffer empties before the device obtains the next DMA request Sample Display show bisync transmit errors BISYNC Module Transmit Errors Transmit Lack Underflow Slot Conn Circuit Errors Rescs Frames 1 1 11 0 0 0 1 entry in table 2 134 117380 A Rev A show bisync version Displays the current version and modification date for the bisync bat script Sample Display show bisync version bisync bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 135 Using Technician Interface Scripts show bootp base The show bootp lt option gt command displays configuration state and statistical information about Bootstrap Protocol BOOTP services and Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP services For details on the Bay Networks implementation of BOOTP and DHCP refer to Configuring SNMP RMON BOOTP DHCP and RARP Services The show bootp command supports the following subcommand options base prefserv clients stats prefserv version Displays information about the IP interfaces which you have configured for BOOTP or DHCP services The table includes the following information Interface Address IP address of an interface that receives BOOTREQUEST or DHCP pac
525. roup updates received by this node with an RSN equal to the current RSN Both even and odd RSNs are included in this count Number of topology transmission group updates received by this node with an RSN greater than the current RSN Number of topology transmission group updates received by this node with an odd RSN greater than the current RSN Number of topology transmission group records built as a result of internally detected node state changes that affect APPN topology and routing Number of topology transmission group records inconsistencies detected by this node Number of topology transmission group records built for this node s resource due to timer updates Number of topology transmission group records purged from this node s topology database Number of routes calculated for all class of services since the last initialization 2 36 117380 A Rev A show appn Sample Display show appn topology statistics APPN Topology Statistics Node Record Statistics Max Nodes 0 Current Nodes 38 Received TDUs 45 Sent TDUs 50 Received Low RSNs 3 Received Equal RSNs 39 Received High RSNs 19 Received Bad RSNs 10 State Updates 0 Errors Timer Updates Records Purged oO d TG record Statistics Received Low RSNs 18 Received Equal RSNs 210 Received High RSNs 125 Received Bad RSNs 43 State Updates 5 Errors Timer Updates Records Purged Routes Calculated 0 S amp S
526. router and the disable dls lt option gt commands to disable DLSw services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of DLSw refer to Configuring DLSw Services The enable disable dls commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit name gt base Enables or disables DLS on the router Sample Display enable dis base DLS base record enabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable dls circuit e21 DLS Circuit e21 enabled 3 18 117380 A Rev A enable disable ds1e1 enable disable ds1e1 Use the enable ds1e1 lt option gt commands to enable MCT1 and MCEI services on a Bay Networks router and the disable ds1e1 lt option gt commands to disable MCT1 and MCE1 services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of MCT1 and MCE refer to Configuring WAN Line Services The enable disable dste1 commands support the following subcommand options circuit lt circuit name gt connector lt slot connector logical line gt circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables all circuits or a specific circuit Sample Display enable ds1e1 circuit DS1E1 circuits enabled connector lt s ot connector logical line gt Enables or disables a specific circuit Sample Display enable ds1e1 connector 4 1 DS1E1 connector 4 1 enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 1
527. router can access by the IP addresses of the resources The table includes the following information Circuit Name Circuit Number The name of the circuit such as E54 The circuit number representing the circuit name in the MIB IP Address The IP address of the resource Update Updates information about whether resources are reachable by this router Configurable to Enable or Disable Status Results of update Reachable Unreachable Unknown Sample Display show rredund resources Router Redundancy Resources Circuit Circuit IP Address Update Status Name Number E54 4 23 23 23 23EnableReachable 117380 A Rev A 2 547 Using Technician Interface Scripts role Displays the roles of known members of this redundancy group from the point of view of this router The first member displayed is the local member others are the remote members The table includes the following information Member ID Identification number of the member of the group Role Role of the router Primary or Secondary Good IF Count of usable interfaces on the member Good RES Count of resources the member can reach Priority The member s priority to become the primary router if the current primary router fails Sample Display show rredund role Router Redundancy Role Selection Information Member ID Role Good IF Good RES Priority 1 Secondary 2 0 1 2 Primary 2 0 1 sonmp Displays the status of sonmp The table includes th
528. routing method is direct NLSP RIP or static lt IP_address gt Limits the display to the network with the specified Internet address in hexadecimal format find lt search_pattern gt Limits the display to the networks that match the given destination network address pattern hexadecimal net lt search_pattern gt Limits the display to the networks that match the given next hop network address pattern hexadecimal host lt search_pattern gt Limits the display to the next hop hosts that match the given network address pattern hexadecimal Note A search pattern is case sensitive so make sure that you enter the exact uppercase or lowercase characters for the addresses you want to retrieve The table includes the following information Dest Net Identification of the route s destination network Ckt Idx Circuit index unique number for each IPX interface on the router NextHop Net Network address of the next hop host for this network NextHop Host Host identifier of the next hop host for this network Method Routing mechanism through which the router learned this route as follows e Direct From the local router e Static Through a network management application e RIP or NLSP Through the Routing Information Protocol or the NetWare Link Services Protocol 2 370 117380 A Rev A show ipx Age Number of seconds since the router updated this route or determined it to be valid The significance of
529. rrent version and modification date of the isdn bat script Sample Display show isdn version ISDN BAT Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 403 Using Technician Interface Scripts show isdn bri The show isdn bri lt option gt commands display information about the ISDN Basic Rate Interface ISDN BRI service For information about ISDN BRI refer to Configuring Dial Services Note The isdn bri set of commands is a subset of the isdn command Refer to show isdn preceding this section for more information on the isdn command The show isdn bri command supports the following subcommand options alerts sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt base stats disabled system errors enabled transmit errors receive errors version 2 404 117380 A Rev A alerts show isdn bri Displays all enabled circuits that are not active Use this display to identify the ports that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Conn State DSL ID Line Number MTU TE State B Channel Loopback Timer 3 Timer 4 Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector s instance identifier ranges from 1 to 4 State of the line driver Disabled Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up ID of this Digital Subscriber Loop interface Line number for this line instance Acceptable Li
530. rrors Errors Too Long Errors Errors 2 1 E21 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 1 E51 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 2 E52 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 179 Using Technician Interface Scripts sample lt period in seconds gt circuit lt circuit name gt Displays data sampled over a period of 10 seconds from CSMACD You can change the number of seconds over which you want to sample the data and you can display sampled data for a specific circuit only The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model Conn Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to router model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector number on the slot Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Rx Frames Number of frames received Tx Frames Number of frames transmitted Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of system resources for example buffers Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of system resources for example buffers Sample Display show csmacd sample CSMACD Sampled Data over 10 seconds Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources 2 1 E21 401 3 0 0 5 1 E51 2 2 0 0 5 2 E52 2 2 0 0 3 entries in table 2 180 117380 A Rev A show csmacd Sample Display show csmacd sample 5 circuit E51 CSMACD Sa
531. rsion Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 153 Using Technician Interface Scripts show circuits The show circuits lt option gt commands display specific configuration state and statistical information for all drivers on the router CSMA CD DSIE1 El FDDI HSSI SYNC T1 and or Token Ring modules For example you can display the receive error statistics for all drivers by entering only one command show circuits receive errors You can also display selected information for a specific circuit without knowing the circuit s type The show circuits command looks up the circuit in the MIB and invokes the correct driver to display the information you have requested Refer to the sections on the specific driver commands for more sample displays and for the definitions of display columns generated by the show circuits lt option gt commands The show circuits command supports the following subcommand options alerts receive errors lt circuit name gt base lt circuit name gt stats lt circuit name gt configuration lt circuit name gt system errors lt circuit name gt disabled transmit errors lt circuit name gt enabled version hwfilters 2 154 117380 A Rev A Displays all enabled circuits whose state is not Up Sample Display show circuits alerts CSMACD Modules on Alert show circuits BOF L
532. rtup Sample Display show sdlc stats SDLC Statistics Circuit SDLC I Frames I Frames Rejects Rejects Add Received Sent Re Tx s Received Sent 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 193 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 0 0 0 0 0 4 5 0 0 0 0 0 4 6 38 22 4 i 2 version Displays the current version number and modification date of the sdlc bat script Sample Display show sdlc version SDLC bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 559 Using Technician Interface Scripts show smds The show smds lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about the Switched Multi Megabit Data Service SMDS protocol For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of SMDS refer to Configuring SMDS The show smds command supports the following subcommand options addresses lt circuit_name gt enabled alerts stats lt circuit_name gt circuits lt circuit name gt version disabled addresses lt circuit_name gt Displays the individual group and ARP addresses of all SMDS circuits or for a specific circuit The information displayed is useful for determining whether you have properly configured the station to receive and send data The table contains the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on Individual Address MAC layer address a complete SMDS E 164 address provided by the SMDS subscription agreement Group Address
533. rvice access points SAPs allowed for this circuit Maximum number of simultaneous point to point connections allowed for this circuit Maximum number of simultaneous point to multipoint connections allowed for this circuit Maximum number of simultaneous parties in a point to multipoint connection allowed for this circuit Minimum percentage of the buffer memory that must be free to enable new calls Virtual Path Identifier for the Signaling VC Virtual Channel Identifier for the Signaling VC Signaling Protocol Standard Uni 3 0 UNI_V30 Uni 3 1 UNI_V31 or Trillium Symmetrical Uni UNI_LSYM Number of RESTART messages permitted before the link is considered down Number of STATUS ENQUIRY messages permitted before the link is considered down Setup Sent Timer value in seconds Release Sent Timer value in seconds SAAL Data Link Connect Timer value in seconds Call Proceeding Received Timer value in seconds Connect Sent Timer value in seconds Restart Request Sent on Interface Timer value in seconds Restart Request Sent on Channel Timer value in seconds Status Enquiry Sent Timer value in seconds SAAL Data Link Disconnect Timer value in seconds Drop Party Sent Timer value in seconds Add Party Sent Timer value in seconds 117380 A Rev A show atmsig Sample Display show atmsig sig ATM Signaling Entry Table Q 93B Max of Max Max MaxParties Min Buf Line Circuit State
534. s A61 total 0 0 LOF history lt circuit name gt Displays the general circuit information in addition to historical DS 3 E 3 information for the specified circuit or for all circuits For more information on any of the following column definitions see the cct and current commands The table displays the following information General Circuit Information Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line Index Line and line level identifier Sec into Interval The number of seconds into the current interval of Intervals The number of complete intervals Line Coding The line coding on this circuit The line coding options are B3ZS HDB3 2 248 117380 A Rev A Line Type Status Line Stats Circuit Name Interval LESs SEFSs UASs LCVs Pbit Status Circuit Name show dsx3 The line type of this circuit The options are e DS3_M23 ANSI T1 107 1988 e DS3_Cbit ANSI T1 107a 1989 e E3_framed CCITT G 751 e E3_plcp ETSI T NA 91 18 The line status of the interface The possible status variables are e NoAlarm no alarm present e RRAI receiving yellow remote alarm indication e TRAI transmitting yellow remote alarm indication e RAIS receiving Alarm Indications Signal AIS failure state e TAIS transmitting AIS failure state e LOF receiving Loss of Frame LOF failure state e LOS receiving Loss of Signal LOS failure state e Loopback looping the received si
535. s Sample Display show vines base VINES Base Record Information Protocol State Beast Class Config Netid Router Netid RTP Mode Seq Num VINES Up BCAST 0 810025115 AUTO 2997171688 circuit lt circuit name gt Displays information about all VINES circuits or a specific circuit For column definitions in the display see the alerts command Sample Display show vines circuit VINES Circuit Table End Remote Split Circuit State Arp Station Clt Priv Horizon MAC Address E31 Up Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00 00 A2 03 00 6E S21 Up Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00 00 A2 01 4B 4F E32 Not Pres Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled nil 117380 A Rev A 2 673 Using Technician Interface Scripts configuration circuit lt circuit name gt Displays configurable parameters from the VINES protocol base record For column definitions in the display see the show vines base command Sample Display show vines configuration VINES Base Record Information Protocol Bcast Class Config Netid Router Netid RTP Mode Seq Num VINES BCAST 0 810025115 AUTO 2997171688 disabled Displays VINES interfaces that have been configured as disabled and whose state is not active For column definitions in the display see the alerts command Sample Display show vines disabled VINES Circuit Table End Remote Split Circuit State Arp Station Clt Priv Horizon MAC
536. s qstats Sample Display show protopri filters Protocol Priority Traffic Filters Rule Fragment Rx Filter Name Number Number Matches lode Status SNA_High 1 1 225228 Enabled Active NetBIOS_Low 2 de 2183 Enabled Active 2 Entries found Displays current queue statistics for DLSw priority queues The table includes the following information Peer IP Address Queue Number Bandwidth Percent Bytes Xmitted Packets Xmitted IP address of configured DLSw peers Associated DLSw priority queue number Percent of bandwidth assigned to this queue Number of bytes transmitted for this queue Number of packets transmitted for this queue Sample Display show protopri q_stats Protocol Priority Queue Statistics Peer IP Queue Bandwidth Bytes Packets Address Number Percent Xmitted Xmitted rooney 0 90 137055412 225245 DDVA 1 10 546115 2156 2 Entries found 2 518 117380 A Rev A show protopri version Displays the current version number and modification date of the protopri bat script Sample Display show protopri version protopri bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 519 Using Technician Interface Scripts show radius alerts The show radius lt option gt commands display information about RADIUS For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of RADIUS refer to Configuring RADIUS The show radius command supports the following subcommand
537. s 12 Established 40 00 00 03 17 22 154 154 154 154 0 0 40 00 00 00 00 D1 78 78 78 78 0 0 2 208 117380 A Rev A show dls disabled Displays all DLSw circuits that the user has manually disabled In this case State is Disabled For information on the remaining column definitions in the display see the alerts command Sample Display show dls disabled DLS Circuits Circuit State Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type O11 11c2 Disabled OxF 0x278 LLC SRB enabled Displays all DLSw circuits currently with their current state enabled State is Down INIT initializing Not Present not yet started or Up For information on the remaining column definitions in the display see the alerts command Sample Display show dls enabled DLS Circuits Circuit State Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type 011 11c2 Down OxF 0x278 LLC SRB S12 Up OxF 0x0 SDLC 117380 A Rev A 2 209 Using Technician Interface Scripts filters local Displays the currently configured DLSw traffic filters Filter Name Name of the configured traffic filter Status Status of the connection either up or down Filter Hits The number of successful criteria matches on this filter Rule The current filter sequence number Circuit The configured circuit number on which the filter is active Sample Display show dls filters DLSw Traffic Filters Filter Name Status Filter Hits Rule Circuit Drop_NB_storm UP 1230 lt 3 Accept_10Macs UP 440 2 3 Displ
538. s aborted and the packet is dropped This could indicate a network problem or be the result of an overloaded network Number of transmits that occur after an out of window collision These collisions usually indicate wiring or other hardware problems Number of transmitter out of window collisions while receiving the next packet Usually indicates wiring or other hardware problems Sample Display show csmacd collisions CSMACD Module Collision Information Single Multiple Late Late Collision Collision Excessive Collision Collision Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Collisions Transmit Receive 2 1 E21 0 0 0 0 0 5 1 E51 0 0 0 0 0 5 2 E52 0 0 0 0 0 3 entries in table 2 176 117380 A Rev A show csmacd disabled Displays the circuits that a user has manually disabled In this case State is Disabled For definitions of the columns in the table refer to the alerts command Sample Display show csmacd disabled CSMACD Modules Disabled BOF L HW Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Speed I 11 E111 Disabled 00 00 A2 0D 73 37 5 1518 Disabled 100 Mbps Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table enabled Displays circuits that a user has enabled In this case State is Down Init Not Present or Up For definitions of the columns in the table refer to the alerts command Sample Display show csmacd enabled CSMACD Modules Enabled BOFL HW Line Slot Conn Ci
539. s an address entry remains in the translation bridge s forwarding or RIF table when no data from that address has been received between 2 and 600 seconds Sample Display show xb configuration Translation Bridge XB Base Record Configuration Transparent Bridge Default Broadcast Aging Mode Ring ID Mode Conversion Time Enabled OxFFE Ethernet Enabled 300 disabled Displays the Source Routing and Transparent Bridge circuits that are disabled Mode is always Disabled and State is always Down Use this display to identify the Source Route or Transparent Bridge circuits that are not enabled The Source Routing Circuits table includes all circuits that have translation enabled on the corresponding Transparent Bridge circuit The Transparent Bridge Circuits table shows only the circuits that have Translation disabled 117380 A Rev A 2 707 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show xb disabled Source Routing Circuits Circuit Mode State O31 Disabled Down 1 entries found Transparent Bridge Circuits CLECuULt Mode State E22 Disabled Down 1 entries found enabled Display the Source Routing and Transparent Bridge circuits that are enabled Mode is always Enabled and State is either Up or Down Use this display to identify the Source Route or Transparent Bridge circuits that are currently enabled The Source Routing Interfaces table includes all circuits that have
540. s in the table see the circuit command Sample Display show iredund enable Interface Redundancy Circuit Table Circuit Slot Port State Role Active E43 4 3 Enabled primary standby E43 4 4 Enabled backup active 2 Entries found 117380 A Rev A 2 391 Using Technician Interface Scripts show isdn The show isdn lt option gt commands display information about the Integrated Services Digital Network ISDN service For information about ISDN refer to Configuring Dial Services Note Refer to the show isdn bri section for more information on the isdn bri command The show isdn command supports the following subcommand options alerts local messages received calls circuit messages sent calls general ools calls time switch inphone version 2 392 117380 A Rev A show isdn alerts Displays all enabled circuits that are not active Use this display to identify the ports that are not working Sample Display show isdn alerts ISDN Alerts Slot 1 does not have Line Manager loaded Slot 2 does not have ISDN loaded Total of 2 slot s on alert bri Note See show isdn bri 117380 A Rev A 2 393 Using Technician Interface Scripts calls circuit Displays the circuit information for an active ISDN call The display includes the following information Cct Circuit number of the ISDN interface Circuit Type of d
541. s list e Two Way Router and neighbor see each other s hello packets e Exch Start Router and the neighbor are negotiating a master slave relationship for the Database Exchange process e Exchange Router and the neighbor are exchanging their Link State Databases e Loading Router and the neighbor are synchronizing their Link State Databases e Full Router and the neighbor have fully synchronized databases Type of neighbor e Dynamic The router and neighbor learn about each other on Broadcast and Point to Point networks e Cfg Static configuration of neighbors which occurs on Non Broadcast Multi Access networks Sample Display show ospf neighbors OSPF Neighbors 192 32 174 65 192 32 174 66 192 32 174 97 192 32 174 66 Neighbor IP Addr State Type 192 32 174 66 Full Dynamic 192 32 174 98 Full Dynamic 117380 A Rev A 2 467 Using Technician Interface Scripts version Displays the current version number and modification date of the ospf bat script Sample Display show ospf version OSPF bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 468 117380 A Rev A show packet show packet The show packet lt option gt commands display configuration and status information about Packet Capture instances on routers The Packet Capture utility is a network analyzer that captures packets into a capture buffer for examination You can filter packets to determine what packets to save and when to start and sto
542. s of the next hop on the route If the next hop is an unnumbered interface the Next Hop field displays the circuit number associated with the unnumbered interface Value that indicates whether or not the configuration is valid Indicates whether this static route is enabled The default is Yes 117380 A Rev A 2 341 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ip static IP Static Routes 2 Entries stats circuit lt circuit name gt IP Destination Network Mask Cost Nexthop Valid Enabled 59 0 04 1 255 0 0 0 1 Unn Cct 2 Yes Yes oA e 30 255 0 0 0 1 Unn Cct 2 Yes Yes Displays packet statistics that the router collects for all circuits or a specified circuit The table includes the following information Circuit IP Address In Receives Out Requests Forwards In Discards Out Discards Name of the circuit that the interface runs on Internet address of the interface Number of packets received on the interface including errors Number of packets that local clients including ICMP supplied to IP for transmitting Number of packets forwarded through this interface included in the In Receives count Number of packets that IP received and discarded because of lack of resources for example buffers Number of packets given to IP to transmit but discarded because of lack of resources for example insufficient buffers 2 342 117380 A Rev A show ip Sample Display sh
543. s whose network ID matches the given ID pattern 117380 A Rev A 2 675 Using Technician Interface Scripts The table includes the following fields Network ID Network identifier of this neighbor Subnet ID Subnetwork identifier of this neighbor Type Type of node server or client WorkStat Circuit Name of the circuit connected to this neighbor Cost Cost for reaching this neighbor Remote Hw Address Media Access Control address of the remote system neighbor Nbr State Current state of NBR Init initializing Full Request Change Request or Up Nbr Sequence Num NBR s sequence number Sample Display show vines neighbors VINI ES Neighbors Network Subnet Nbr Nbr ID ID Type Circuit Cost Remote Hw Address State Sequence Num routes lt V NES network address gt find lt VINES network address pattern gt Displays route information from the VINES routing table The routing table receives routing information through RTP packets sent from servers and other routers This information includes the known networks their metrics and the next hop gateway for each You can use the following options with the routes command lt VINES_network_address gt limits the display to a specific network find lt VINES_network_address_pattern gt limits the display to networks that match the given network address pattern 2 676 117380 A Rev A show vines The table includes the following fields Netw
544. sabled BOT Disabled Circuits Circuit Interface Interface Packet slot cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count 1 2 Sil Disabled Disabled Multi Point Primary 742 Total entries 1 For column definitions see the alerts command enabled Displays all enabled circuits that contain an BTS port A circuit is enabled if you set the Enable parameter to enable and the state is up Sample Display show bot enabled BOT Enabled Circuits Circuit Interface Interface Packet slot cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count 132 Sil Enabled Up Multi Point Primary 742 Total entries 1 For column definitions see the alerts command 117380 A Rev A 2 145 Using Technician Interface Scripts peers Displays all BTS peer connections for this router Sample Display show bot peers BOT Peer Table Local Peer Local Peer Conn Listen Listen TCP TCP cctname Enable Peer IP Origin Port Port Port Port S11 Enabled 193 32 33 2 Self 0 1027 17271 1027 Total entries 1 stats lt circuit name gt Displays general statistical information for all BTS connections or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information cctname Name of the circuit Enable Peer IP IP address of the BTS interface on the peer router Conn Origin Originator of TCP connection as follows e Self this router initiates the connection e Partner peer router initiates the connection Local Listen
545. sarily indicate a problem Sample Display show system tasks Tasks stats Slot Total In Queue In Queue oe 2 175 2 I 3 126 L 0 ae 2 642 117380 A Rev A show system version Displays the current version and modification date for the system bat script Sample Display show system version SYSTEM bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 643 Using Technician Interface Scripts show t1 The show t1 lt option gt commands display configuration status and statistical information about T1 lines For detailed information about configuring T1 lines refer to Configuring and Managing Routers with Site Manager The show t1 command supports the following subcommand options alerts frame errors circuit lt circuit name gt base circuit lt circuit name gt line errors circuit lt circuit name gt disabled version enabled alerts Displays all T1 modules that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector identifier 1 or 2 Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line 2 644 117380 A Rev A Frame Type Line Bldout B8ZS Support Clock Mode MiniDacs Configuration show t1 Framing format The following two framing formats differ in the number of frames per superframe and in the use of the
546. seconds the RADIUS client waits before retransmitting a request to the RADIUS server Specifies the number of times the RADIUS client retransmitted a request Specifies the number of minutes the RADIUS client waits before retrying the primary server after it fails to respond If the primary server fails to respond the client considers it unreachable and switches to the alternate server After this specified time period the client tries to reconnect to the primary server Indicates whether the server can reset automatically Specifies the RADIUS password that the server and client share 117380 A Rev A 2 521 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show radius server auth RADIUS Server Information for Authentication IP Address Mode Type State UDP Port LOD 3200 Tal Both Primary Up 1645 192 168 131 34 Both Alternate Up 1645 Server Response Max Reset Automatic IP Address Mode Timeout Retry Timer Reset Secret 192 32 77 11 Both 3 2 10 Disabled bayeast 192 168 131 34 Both 3 2 3 Disabled bayeast Total of 2 Authentication servers configured 2 522 117380 A Rev A server accounting show radius Describes the state of the accounting servers It includes the following information Server IP Address Mode Type State UDP Port Response Timeout Max Retry Reset Timer Automatic Reset Secret Server s IP address Whether the server is configured for authentication accounting or b
547. sessions to a specific LU The Route column indicates the route used by the endpoint sessions CP sessions between adjacent nodes do not show routes For more information about column definitions see the endpoint address command Note Routing information is only available if the endpoint session RSCV storage option is enabled 117380 A Rev A 2 17 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show appn endpoint route APPN Endpoin t Session Routing Info Partner LU PCID Route USWFLTO1 WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cc USWFLTO1 RALEIGH gt TG 1 gt USWFLTO1 AFN gt TG 21 gt USWFLTO1 WFAS400 USWFLTO1 WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cb USWFLTO1 RALEIGH gt TG 1 gt USWFLTO1 AFN gt TG 21 gt USWFLTO1 WFAS400 USWFLTO1 WF3174A dbf36 442150b151 USWFLTO1 WF3174A fbbf52e94a9b96c9 USWFLTO1 AFN ccebbc 6 be8 9F3909 USWFLTO1 AFN fbbf52e94a9b96c8 USWFLTO1 STEN flbbf 52e94a9b96c7 USWFLTO1 TESTEN eebbbebc4474cd92 8 Entries endpoint statistics lt PLU name gt Displays statistics for all endpoint sessions or for sessions to a specific LU Dir BTU Size Pacing Max Pacing Cur Frames Bytes Indicates the direction Rx receive or Tx transmit Maximum send Basic Transmission Unit size on each hop of this session Maximum send pacing on each hop of this session Current send pacing on each hop of this s
548. sfully delivered to IPX user protocols Out Request Number of IPX datagrams that local IPX user protocols supplied in transmission requests doesn t include datagrams counted in Forwards Forward Number of input datagrams for which this router was not the final IPX destination When this is the case the router tries to find a route for forwarding the datagram to the appropriate final destination If the router isn t an IPX gateway this counter includes only the packets that were source routed through the router successfully In Discard Number of input IPX datagrams discarded because of an environmental problem such as insufficient buffer space doesn t include those discarded while awaiting reassembly Out Discard Number of output IPX datagrams discarded because of an environmental problem such as insufficient buffer space includes datagrams counted under Forwards if they match this criterion 117380 A Rev A 2 385 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ipx stats IPX Statistical Information Circuit IPX In In Out In Out Circuit Index Network Receive Deliver Request Forward Discard Discard F51 1 one 0 0 0 0 0 0 E22 2 None 0 0 0 0 0 0 203101 0 3 None 0 0 0 0 0 0 S32 iwup 4 None 0 0 0 0 0 0 S33 iwpp 5 one 0 0 0 0 0 0 042 6 0x2E025290 0 0 16714 16714 0 0 S34 smds 7 0x2E025360 16376 16376 427 427 0 0 E24 8 one 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 Entries in table stats datagrams
549. si2 att1 att2 version receive errors circuit lt circuit name gt 2 216 117380 A Rev A show ds1e1 Displays all DS1E1 logical lines that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify the logical lines that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Conn Log Line Line Type Circuit State Line Number WAN Protocol Rate Adapt Loc Adr Rem Adr Slot identifier Connector identifier Logical line number for this line Type of line in use Unframed T1 ESF SF E1 ELCRC EI MF E1CRCMF or Unframed E1 Name of the circuit associated with this line State of the logical line as follows Up Down Init initializing LMI Wait Loopback Dying Dead or Not Pres not present Line number for this line assigned during configuration This line number uniquely identifies this interface and is not equal to any of the line numbers assigned to logical lines configured through this port WAN protocol enabled on this interface ATM FRM RLAY frame relay LAPB PASSTHRU PPP SMDS WF STND Wellfleet Standard or X 25 Wellfleet Standard is a proprietary protocol used between two Bay Networks routers Based on the CCITT HDLC High level Data Link Control protocol Wellfleet Standard provides LLC1 connectionless datagram service Rate adaption the number of bits and their positions within the timeslot as follows e 64K Uses all 8 bits in the tim
550. smission group is operational Quiescing Indicates whether the transmission group is quiescing CP CP Sessn Indicates whether CP CP sessions are supported on this transmission group Sample Display show appn tg status APPN Topology TG Status TG Quie CP CP TG Owner TG Destination Num FRSN RSN Up scing Sessn USWFLTO1 PLUTO USWELTO1 DURHAM 21 2512 522 Yes No Yes USWFLTO1 DURHAM USWFLTO1 PLUTO 21 2538 272 Yes No Yes USWFLTO1 DURHAM USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 1 2551 264 No No Yes USWFLTO1 DURHAM USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 2 2546 170 Yes No Yes USWFLT01 DURHAM USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 3 2504 142 No No Yes USWFLTO1 DURHAM USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM 4 2504 22 No No Yes USWFLTO1 DURHAM USWFLTO1 WF3174A 21 2538 166 Yes No Yes USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM USWFLTO1 DURHAM 1 2553 86 No No Yes USWFLT01 ANAHEIM USWFLTO1 DURHAM 2 2532 82 Yes No Yes USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM USWFLTO1 DURHAM 3 2532 60 No No Yes USWFLTO1 ANAHEIM USWFLTO1 WFAS400 21 2592 38 No No Yes USWFLT01 WF3174A USWFLTO1 DURHAM 21 2537 168 Yes No Yes 12 Entries tunnel lt circuit gt Displays APPN tunnel information for all circuits or for a specific circuit CCT Circuit number of the circuit running over this APPN tunnel Partner Node Partner LU for this APPN tunnel State Current state of the tunnel Up Down Init initializing or Not Present 2 40 117380 A Rev A show appn Frames Revd Number of frames received over this APPN tunne
551. sor card does not currently support the show process cpu command 117380 A Rev A 2 513 Using Technician Interface Scripts memory Displays the number and percentage of memory used by all processes on the router The output can be tailored to only display memory usage for a particular process or a particular slot by using the options described below show process memory lt process gt sample lt seconds gt lt repeat gt lt slot gt process sample lt seconds gt lt repeat gt slot Specifies the process for which you want to view memory statistics Specify all to display memory statistics for all processes running on the router Specify total to display only memory statistic totals For information on how to obtain a list of available processes refer to the show process list command later in this section Periodically samples and displays memory usage statistics The mandatory lt seconds gt argument indicates the time interval between samples The manadatory lt repeat gt argument indicates the number of times to sample memory usage If you use sampling the values displayed represent the amount of memory usage for the interval last sampled The minimum sample interval is 30 seconds If you specify a shorter interval the command automatically substitutes the minimum interval of 30 seconds If you choose not to use sampling the values displayed represent the total memory usage since slot boot
552. splay show isdnbri transmit errors ISDN BRI Module Transmit Errors Underflow D Channel Slot Conn Frames Collisions 1 12 0 0 T 32 0 0 version Displays the current version number and date of the isdnbri bat script Sample Display show isdnbri version isdnbri bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 411 Using Technician Interface Scripts show lane The show lane lt options gt command displays information about ATM LAN Emulation For details about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM refer to Configuring ATM Services The show lane command supports the following subcommand options clients lt circuit_name gt mac lt circuit_name gt config lt circuit_name gt servers lt circuit_name gt data_vcs lt circuit_name gt stats lt circuit_name gt learp lt circuit_name gt clients lt circuit_name gt Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client running information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table displays the following information Cct Circuit number of the LEC Circuit Name Circuit name assigned by Site Manager LecID LEC ID that the LE Server LES assigns during the Join state State State for the LEC INITIAL LECSCONNECT CONFIGURE JOIN INITIAL_REG BUSCONNECT OPERATIONAL Fail Code Status code from the last failed Configure or Join response Cfg Sre Indicates whether this LEC used the LAN Emulation
553. splay show rarp circuits RARP Circuits CLEcuLte IP Address State E21 192 32 28 65 Enabled E22 192 32 36 61 Disabled 2 entries disabled Displays all RARP circuits that a user has manually disabled In this case State is Disabled The table also includes the name of the circuit and the RARP server s IP address Sample Display show rarp disabled Disabled RARP Circuits Circuit IP Address State E22 192 32 36 1 Disabled 1 entries 117380 A Rev A 2 529 Using Technician Interface Scripts enabled Displays all enabled RARP circuits In this case State is Enabled The table also includes the name of the circuit and the RARP server s IP address Sample Display show rarp enabled Enabled RARP Circuits Circuit IP Address State E21 192 32 28 65 Enabled 1 entries version Displays the current version number and modification date of the rarp bat script Sample Display show rarp version RARP bat Version Date mm dd yy 2 530 117380 A Rev A show rip6 show rip6 The show rip6 lt option gt command displays information about RIP for IP version 6 For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of IPv6 refer to Configuring IPv6 Services The show rip6 command supports the following subcommand options config lt interface_index gt stats lt interface_index gt config lt interface_index gt Dis
554. splay show snmp traps SNMP Trap Enti ty Information show snmp Entity Entity Slot Fault Warn Info Trace Debug Name umber Number STATE Message Message Message Message Messag IP 2 2 Enabled Off off On Off off TETP 7 2 Enabled Off off On Off off TCP 47 2 Enabled Off off On Off off WILDCARD 255 2 Enabled On On On On On Sample Display show snmp traps entity 2 SNMP Trap Entity Information Entity Entity Slot Fault Warn Info Trace Debug Name umber Number STATE Message Message Message Message Messag IP 2 2 Enabled Off off On Off off Sample Display show snmp traps entity IP SNMP Trap Entity Information Entity Entity Slot Fault Warn Info Trace Debug Name umber Number STATE Message Message Message Message Messag IP 2 2 Enabled Off off On Off off Sample Display show snmp traps slot 2 Entity Entity Slot Fault Warn Info Trace Debug Name umber Number STATE Message Message Message Message Messag IP 2 2 Enabled Off off On Off off TFTP 7 2 Enabled Off off On Off off TCP 47 2 Enabled Off off On Off off WILDCARD 255 2 Enabled On On On On On 117380 A Rev A 2 571 Using Technician Interface Scripts exceptions entity lt entity_number gt name lt entity_name gt event lt event_number gt Displays information about exceptions to SNMP traps configured on the router or BNX platform Using options to the show snmp exceptions command you can view
555. splays all BISYNC circuits that are enabled but not up Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit State Line Number MTU Media Type Char Mode Slot identifier Connector identifier Name of the circuit associated with this line State of the line driver as follows e Disabled User has manually disabled the driver e Down Driver is not operational DSR Wait External equipment such as a modem DSU or CSU is not currently up and thus is not asserting a Data Set Ready signal e Init Driver is initializing e Not Pres Driver is enabled but not yet started This state occurs for several reasons For example the Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis The software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver software The slot may be running diagnostics Or there may be a problem with the configuration e Up Driver is functioning fully Line number for this line Maximum transfer unit size the buffer size for the BISYNC port also the largest frame that can be transmitted or received across the BISYNC port The value ranges from 1 to 4568 bytes Media type this BISYNC module uses as follows e default Normal connection e raiseddtr Connection to a modem that dials out when Data Terminal Ready DTR gets raised e V25 Connection to a V25 BIS modem Code set that the BSC protocol
556. ss Timer Value Specifies how much time in seconds will pass before this group times out Sample Display show igmp groups IGMP Groups Circuit Group Address Timer Value E31 238 21 121 100 E34 238 100 E22 238 1 1 1 100 E32 238s Lalet 100 E33 23gal L 100 5 Total entries 2 326 117380 A Rev A show igmp stats lt circuit name gt Displays statistics for all IGMP circuits or a specified IGMP circuit The table displays the following information Circuit Designated Rtr Local IP In Pkts In Query Out Query Discards Circuit name of this interface Current IGMP designated router or the IGMP router sending the IGMP host queries if there are multiple routers on a multi access network IP address currently in use on this circuit This is the IP address used to generate multicast traffic Number of input datagrams received from the IGMP interfaces Number of host membership query messages that have been received on this IGMP interface Number of host membership query messages sent out of this IGMP interface Number of IGMP messages received on this interface that were discarded due to bad checksums illegal message types bad values in fields etc Sample Display show igmp stats IGMP Circuit Statistics Circuit Designated Rtr Local IP In Pkts In Query Out Query Discards E31 Aa e A ESSI el ee k 0 0 475 0 E34 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 0 0 475 0 E22 200 200 200 1 200 200 200 1 0 0 475 0
557. ssions are supported by this link station Numeric value between 256 and 4105 inclusive indicating the maximum number of bytes in a Basic Transmission Unit BTU that can be sent on this transmission group This is an administratively assigned value Link address using MAC address and SAP or SDLC address 117380 A Rev A 2 23 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show appn Is definition APPN Link Station Definition TG CP CP Max LS CP Name Port Num Sessn BTU Link Address DURHAM USWFLTO1 DURHAM PORT22 0 Yes 1417 00004500e476 04 WFAS400 USWFLTO1 WFAS400 PORT22 0 Yes 1476 40000104877a 04 2 Entries Is hpr Displays High Performance Routing capabilities for a single link station or multiple link stations LS CP Name HPR Enabled Link Level Error Recovery Administratively assigned name for the link station The name can be from one to eight characters Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station The name can be from three to 17 characters Format is lt network_ID gt lt CP_name gt Specifies whether HPR support has been enabled for this link station Specifies whether link level error recovery support has been selected for this link station 2 24 117380 A Rev A show appn Sample Display show appn Is hpr APPN Link Station HPR info HPR Link Level LS CP Name Enabled Error Recovery RALEIGH USWFLTO1 RALEIGH Yes No
558. t enabled version 117380 A Rev A 2 715 Using Technician Interface Scripts alerts Displays the XNS interfaces that are enabled but not currently up Use this command to identify interfaces that are not forwarding traffic The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit State State of the interface which will be Down XNS Address Network address of the XNS interface Encaps Method Level 0 protocol frame format or encapsulation that the circuit uses is Ethernet Token Ring FDDI frame relay or SMDS Sample Display show xns alerts XNS Circuit Table Alerts Circuit State XNS Address Encaps Method 0 Entrie s found adjacent hosts Displays the configurable parameters for each statically configured adjacent host router from which hellos have been received The table includes the following information Host Network Address Network address of the adjacent router Host ID Address Host identifier for the adjacent router XNS Interface XNS address of the network device WAN Address Corresponding WAN address of the adjacent XNS level host ID 2 716 117380 A Rev A base Sample Display show xns adjacent hosts show xns XNS Static Adjacent Hosts Host Network Address Host ID Address XNS Interface WAN Address 0x00000002 0x0000A2020202 0x00000002 0x02 0x00000003 0x0000A2030303 0x00000003 0x04 Displays base record information for XNS In t
559. t Conn Circuit Errors Errors Buffer Carrier 2 1 E21 0 1 0 0 5 1 E51 0 0 0 0 5 2 E52 0 0 0 0 3 entries in table transmit errors circuit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Late Collision Excessive Collision Frames Too Long Underflow Errors Internal MAC Transmit Errors Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to router model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector number on the slot Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of collisions that occur after the timeslot of the channel has elapsed Number of times the transmitter failed in 16 attempts to successfully transmit a message due to repeated collisions on the interface Number of frames transmitted larger than 1518 octets Number of frames in which the transmitter was unable to obtain an entire packet from memory fast enough to keep up with the interface Number of excessive deferrals An excessive deferral indicates that during the previous transmission the deferral time was greater than 2 46 ms and the transmission was aborted 117380 A Rev A 2 183 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show csmacd transmit CSMACD Module Transmit Errors
560. t DLC name gt port status lt port name gt dlur lu lt LU name gt rtp connection dlur pu lt LU name gt rtp route 2 2 117380 A Rev A show appn dlus lt DLUS name gt rtp statistics endpoint address lt PLU name gt switch lt rtp connection name gt endpoint route lt PLU name gt topology node lt CP name gt endpoint statistics lt PLU name gt topology statistics isr address lt FOCP name gt topology tg definition lt owner name gt 1sr parameters topology tg status lt owner name gt isr route lt FOCP name gt tunnel lt circuit gt isr statistics lt FQCP name gt version ls anr vrn lt VRN name gt 117380 A Rev A 2 3 Using Technician Interface Scripts adjacencies lt node name gt Displays the following information for all APPN nodes or for a specific APPN node Node CP CP Status Out of Seq TDUs Last FRSN Sent Last FRSN Received Administratively assigned name for a specific node in the format lt network_ID gt lt CP_name gt Status of the Control Point to Control Point session between this node and an adjacent node Inactive indicates that no CP CP sessions exist between the network node and adjacent node Active indicates that CP CP sessions are active Number of out of sequence Topology Database Updates In a quiesced state
561. t Parity Error event occurs when the DS 3 E 3 M frame receives a P bit code that is not identical to the corresponding locally calculated code 117380 A Rev A Cbit Stats Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs FarEnd Cbit Stats Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs show dsx3 Name of the circuit associated with this line The current interval The number of C bit errored seconds CESs in the current interval An CES is a second with one or more CCVs one or more OOF defects or a detected incoming AIS This count is only for the C bit Parity DS3 applications The CES value does not increment when counting UASs The number of C bit severely errored seconds CSESs in the current interval A CSES is a second with 44 or more CCVs one or more OOF defects or a detected incoming AIS This count applies only to C bit Parity DS3 applications The CSES value does not increment when counting UASs The number of unavailable seconds UASs in the current interval The number of C bit coding violations CCVs in the current interval For C bit Parity and SYNTRAN DS3 applications this is the count of coding violations reported via the C bits For C bit Parity it is a count of CP bit parity errors occurring in the accumulation interval Name of the circuit associated with this line The current interval The number of C bit errored seconds CESs in the current interval An CES is a second with one or more CCVs one
562. t circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific ATM circuit Sample Display enable atm line circuit A51 ATM circuit A51 enabled 3 6 117380 A Rev A enable disable atm line connector lt s ot connector gt Enables or disables a specific ATM connector Sample Display enable atm line connector 5 1 ATM connector 5 1 enabled service lt circuit number gt Enables or disables a specific circuit number Sample Display enable atm service 2 ATM Service Record circuit number 2 enabled 117380 A Rev A 3 7 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable atmdxi Use the enable atmdxi commands to enable Asynchronous Transfer Mode Data Exchange Interface ATM DXI services on Bay Networks router and the disable atmdxi commands to disable ATM DXI services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM DXI refer to Configuring ATM Services The enable disable atm command supports the lt ine lindex gt subcommand option as follows lt line llindex gt Enables or disables a specific ATM DXI line Sample Display enable atmdxi 2 0 ATM DXI Line 2 0 enabled 3 8 117380 A Rev A enable disable aurp enable disable aurp Use the enable aurp lt option gt commands to enable AppleTalk Update based Routing Protocol AURP services on a Bay Networks router and the disable aurp lt option gt commands to disable AURP services For more information about the Bay Networks
563. t name gt Displays the state of DLSw on all circuits or a specific circuit State is either Up or Down these are the only possible states for DLSw on the circuit For definitions of the remaining columns see the alerts command Sample Display show dls circuit DLS Circuits Circuit State Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type 011 11c2 Down OxF 0x278 LLC SRB S12 Up OxF 0x0 SDLC 117380 A Rev A 2 207 Using Technician Interface Scripts configuration Displays the configuration information for the DLSw base record circuits slots peers SAPs MACs NetBIOS names filters and SDLC local devices Refer to the appropriate show dls command for definitions connections Displays connections currently established between two stations using DLSw Circuit Name of the circuit for the DLSw connection Status Status of the connection In this case the status is always Connected Destination MAC Source MAC destination address on the top line and the source MAC MAC address on the bottom line Remote IP local IP Remote internet IP address on the top line and the local IP address on the bottom line Tx Rx Frames The number of IFrames sent and received on this circuit Tx Rx RNRs The number of Receiver Not Ready frames sent and received on this circuit Sample Display show dls connections DLSw Connections Destination MAC Remote IP Tx IFrames Tx RNRs Circuit Status Source MAC local IP Rx IFrames Rx RNR
564. te of enabled e Disabled NTP has a configured state of disabled The actual dynamic state of the local NTP client e Disabled User has manually disabled NTP e Up NTP is operating on the router e Down NTP is not functioning on the router e Init NTP is initializing on the router e Not Present NTP has been configured but not started on the router The current version of NTP software on the router The IP address of the remote NTP peer that is the system peer to which the local NTP client is synchronized The number of NTP peers that exist between the local NTP client and the NTP stratum server for this network The stratum number includes the local NTP client Sample Display show ntp base Application State NTP Enabled NTP State NTP Version Reference ID Stratum UP VERSION 3 Veale 16 2 450 117380 A Rev A show ntp peers Displays configuration and status information about NTP servers known to the NTP client on the router The table shows the following information IP Address The IP address of this remote NTP peer Config Peer Mode The mode in which this remote NTP peer operates on the network Server Since NTP operates locally in client mode only all remote peers known to the router are servers State State of the remote NTP server e Up e 2 Down Reference ID The IP address of the system peer to which this remote NTP peer is synchronized See also Refer
565. tected a problem with this line Carrier Loss Number of instances of carrier loss detected on this line This typically occurs during cable removal Red Alarms Recvd Number of instances of out of frame errors detected for periods exceeding 2 5 seconds typically a mismatched framing format causes this condition Sample Display show t1 line T1 Module Line Errors BiPolar Slot Conn Circuit Violtns Yellow Alarms Recvd Carrier Loss 2 t TI 21 396177689 2 2 T1 22 396063622 2 entries in table Red Alarms Recvd 3 0 2 650 117380 A Rev A show t1 Sample Display show t1 line errors circuit t1 21 T1 Module Line Errors Yellow Red BiPolar Alarms Carrier Alarms Slot Conn Circuit Violtns Recvd Loss Recvd 2 PT 1 396183809 0 1 3 Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table version Displays the current version number and modification date for the t bat script Sample Display show t1 version tl bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 651 Using Technician Interface Scripts show tcp The show tcp lt option gt commands display information about the Transmission Control Protocol TCP For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of TCP refer to Configuring IP Utilities The show tcp command supports the following subcommand options configurations connections Entering show tcp without any lt option gt invokes al
566. tered without options the stats command displays traffic statistics lt IP_address gt Limits the display to the specified connection Sample Display show aurp stats AURP Traffic Statistics In DDP Out DDP In AURP Out AURP Connection Packets Packets Packets Packets 192 32 14 85 0 0 0 8 192 32 14 86 0 0 0 4 2091610 gL 13276 13459 102 100 traffic Displays incoming and outgoing data DDP packets and incoming and outgoing AURP packets for all connections or for a specified connection Sample Display show aurp stats traffic AURP Traffic Statistics In DDP Out DDP In AURP Out AURP Connection Packets Packets Packets Packets 192 32 14 85 0 0 0 8 192 32 14 86 0 0 0 4 205 1 10 1 13310 13497 102 100 2 108 117380 A Rev A show aurp Sample Display show aurp stats traffic 205 1 10 1 AURP Traffic Statistics In DDP Out DDP In AURP Out AURP Connection Packets Packets Packets Packets 205 1 10 1 16293 16497 155 152 peer Displays information about AURP peer routers The display includes the following information Connection IP address of the peer router Peer Domain ID Domain identifier for the domain this router resides in Rate Rate in tens of seconds that the peer router specified in its Open Response Environ Flags Environment Flags in the peer router s Open Response e None No flags active e HCR Hop Count Reduction is active e Remap Network number remapping is active on th
567. terface runs on XNS Address Network address of the interface In Receives Total number of input datagrams received from interfaces including those received in error 2 722 117380 A Rev A show xns Out Requests Total number of XNS datagrams that local XNS user protocols supplied in transmission requests Doesn t include datagrams counted in Forwards Forwards Number of input datagrams for which this router was not their final XNS destination When this is the case the router tries to find a route for forwarding the datagram to the appropriate final destination If the router isn t an XNS Gateway this counter includes only the packets that were source routed through the router successfully In Discards Number of input XNS datagrams discarded because of an environmental problem such as lack of buffer resources Doesn t include those discarded while awaiting reassembly Out Discards Number of output XNS datagrams discarded because of an environmental problem such as lack of buffer space Includes datagrams counted under Forwards if they match this criterion Sample Display show xns stats XNS Circuit Statistic s Table In Out In Out Circuit XNS Address Receives Requests Forwards Discards Discards E21 0x00000001 0 23 23 0 0 E31 0x00000002 0 23 23 0 0 E22 0x00000003 0 23 23 0 0 stats errors lt circuit name gt Displays error information for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table incl
568. terface you specify Sample Display show ip6 stats traffic IPv6 Traffic Statistics Interface 3 Received packets 2487 Successfully delivered to local user protocols 2487 Locally sources packets 2532 Number prefixes in forwarding cache 2 Cache misses 2 All other counters are zero 117380 A Rev A 2 355 Using Technician Interface Scripts interface lt interface_index gt Displays configuration information about the IPv6 interface you specify Configuration information consists of the current settings for IPv6 interface parameters IPv6 interface parameters are described in Configuring IPv6 Services Sample Display show ip6 interface IPv6 Interface Configuration Information Interface 3 State Up since 09 05 97 18 35 50 Description PPP SYNC to Garfield Circuit 7 S51 Neighbor Discovery Disabled Router Advertisements Disabled Configured Address Token Autoconfigured Actual Address Token 00 00 00 00 00 4C 3F 6A 64 Configured MAC Address nil Actual MAC Address nil Effective Link MTU 1590 ax Datagram Size 4664 Cache Size 128 ICMP Redirect Enabled ICMP Rate Limit 100 messages per second 2 356 117380 A Rev A show ip6 circuits Displays the following information about IPv6 circuits configured on the router Circuit number The number of each IPv6 circuit configured on the router Name The name of each IPv6 circuit configured on the router
569. terfaces xb 2 710 ST 2 protocol reserved resources 2 550 STA subcommands 2 599 to 2 601 state subcommands 2 602 to 2 604 static adjacencies decnet 2 198 Index 11 ip 2 338 ipx 2 382 2 383 routes xns 2 722 station management FDDI 2 284 stations xb 2 712 statistical thresholds 2 599 statistics 2 152 all driver circuits 2 161 at 2 54 atm 2 65 to 2 67 atm line 2 99 to 2 101 atmdxi 2 81 to 2 84 aurp 2 108 to 2 110 bgp 2 123 bisync 2 133 bootp 2 139 bridge 2 152 bts 2 146 cache ip 2 340 circuit fr 2 302 console 2 170 csmacd 2 181 datagrams ip 2 341 decnet 2 199 to 2 202 dslel 2 231 dvmrp 2 260 to 2 262 egp 2 273 errors xns 2 723 fddi 2 287 fr 2 301 fragments ip 2 342 hssi 2 317 icmp ip 2 343 to 2 346 igmp 2 324 ip 2 339 ipx 2 385 isdn bri 2 409 lapb 2 425 nml 2 447 osi 2 458 to 2 460 receive atm 2 97 rptr 2 536 to 2 540 sdlc 2 559 Index 12 security ip 2 346 2 347 smds 2 563 span 2 578 sr 2 591 srspan 2 597 sta 2 601 sync 2 635 token 2 664 to 2 667 vines 2 677 to 2 678 x25 2 702 xb sr 2 711 tb 2 713 xns 2 722 status packet capture lines 2 477 subcommands listing 1 8 summary bgp 2 123 Switch Services 2 605 to 2 623 Switched Multi Megabit Data Service 2 560 to 2 564 SYNC 2 624 to 2 638 enabling disabling 3 51 subcommands 2 624 to 2 638 system errors all driver circuits
570. terfaces or for a specified interface The table includes the following information Circuit IP Address SrcQunch Messages In Out Redirect Messages In Out Name of the circuit this interface is on Internet address of the interface Number of ICMP Source Quench messages received and sent Number of ICMP Redirect messages received and sent 117380 A Rev A 2 347 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ip stats icmp misc ICMP Miscellaneous Statistics SrcQunch Messages Redirect Messages Circuit IP Address In Out In Out S31 192 32 174 65 0 0 0 0 stats icmp out lt circuit name gt Displays statistics about ICMP packets that the router generates for all interfaces or for a specified interface The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on IP Address Internet address of the interface ICMP Sent Total number of ICMP messages that this router has generated ICMP Out Errors Number of ICMP messages that this router did not send because of internal problems such as lack of buffers Destintn Unreach Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent Snd Time Exceeded Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent Snd Parm Problem Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages sent Sample Display show ip stats icmp out ICMP Out Statistics ICMP ICMP Out Destintn Snd Time Snd Parm Circuit IP Address Sent Errors Unreach Exc
571. ters associated with line quality reporting LQR The display includes the following information Circuit Line LLIndex Line Quality Protocol Remote Timer LQR Repeat Period Inbound Quality Outbound Quality Name of the circuit the protocol runs on Line number associated with the circuit Link quality protocol configured for the line State of the LQR timer Enabled or Disabled only one side maintains the timer Time in seconds between the transmission of LQR packets Percentage of LQR packets that the originating router expects to receive from the peer averaged over the last five LQR reporting periods A value of 100 indicates that the router will tolerate no loss Percentage of LQR packets that the peer router expects to receive from this router averaged over the last five LQR reporting periods 2 500 117380 A Rev A show ppp Sample Display show ppp Iqr config PPP Line Line Quality Reporting Configuration Line Line Qual Remote LOR Repeat Inbound Outbound Circuit LLIndex Protocol Timer Period Quality Quality S31 203101 0 LOR Enabled 3 90 90 32 203102 0 None Enabled 3 90 90 stats Displays the number of line quality reporting packets exchanged as well as the line quality The display includes the following information Circuit Line LLIndex LCP State LQR Repeat Period Inbound Quality Outbound Quality In LQRs Out LQRs Name of the circuit the protocol runs on
572. tes the main mnu file stored on the router s file system once you press the Return key If you mistakenly type s type q and press the Return key to quit Chapter 2 provides a complete reference for all show and monitor scripts in the system Refer to it for more information sample displays and references to other manuals that describe each protocol in detail 1 24 117380 A Rev A Chapter 2 Using the show Command Use the show command to display routing configuration interface and statistical data from the Management Information Base MIB The type and amount of data displayed depends on the specific protocol or network service you want to view In the command syntax items in square brackets indicate optional information Items in curly braces indicate choices that complete a command and you must enter one of the choices offered Text in angle brackets lt gt indicates the type of information to enter as an optional part of the command syntax for example lt circuit name gt Use lowercase for all commands they are case sensitive Note For online help After loading the scripts you need on a given router you can display a list of available script subcommands by entering show lt option gt without additional options or with a question mark as an option For example after you load at bat and associated baseline script files on a router entering show at or show at at the Technician Interface pro
573. that have been retransmitted State State of the instance running LAPB Enabled or Disabled Sample Display show lapb stats 201101 LAPB Line Statistics Sent Received Line LLIndex Frames Octets Frames Octets ReXmits State 201101 0 64552 3161980 64500 193557 0 Enabled Total entries 1 version Displays the version number and modification date of the lapb bat script Sample Display show lapb version LAPB Version 1 1 Date 6 3 94 2 426 117380 A Rev A show Inm show Inm The show Inm lt option gt commands display information about services that LNM Servers provide For detailed information about LNM Servers refer to Configuring LNM Services The show Inm command supports the following subcommand options alerts disabled base enabled cannotlink circuit lt circuit name gt links lt circuit name gt circuit lt circuit name gt passwords lt circuit name gt configuration circuit lt circuit name gt version alerts Displays all enabled LNM Servers circuits whose state is not up The table does not include disabled circuits or enabled circuits that are up It shows only circuits that are not up for some reason The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the server is on LNM Status of LNM Servers as an entity This is always blank for alerts LNM LRM State of the LAN Reporting Mechanism LR
574. that have not been predefined from adjacent nodes Indicates whether the APPN node supports the ability to control the flow of BINDs Indicates whether the APPN node supports resource registration Indicates whether the APPN node supports border nodes Indicates whether the APPN node is a central directory server Indicates that the APPN node supports route tree caching Indicates that the APPN node supports incremental updates to the route selection tree cache Indicates that the APPN node supports mapping of mode name and COS and transmission priority Indicates whether the APPN node supports multi domain traffic flows Indicates whether the APPN node supports Route Selection Control Vectors RSCVs storage during ISR sessions Maximum number of alerts that are held while waiting for the establishment of a link to a reporting point Size of the COS database weight cache Maximum number of entries that can be stored in the directory database at the network node 117380 A Rev A 2 5 Using Technician Interface Scripts Max Directory Entries Route Tree Cache Size Route Tree Use Limit Max Nodes in Topology Max TGs in Topology Maximum number of cached directory entries that can be stored in the local directory database at any one time Size of the topology and routing services tree database Maximum number of Route Selection Trees RSTs cached Maximum number of times an RST will be used before Route S
575. the client has tried to connect to an alternate server Sample Display show radius stat auth RADIUS Authentication Statistics Information Server Auth Req Auth Req Auth Resp Auth Resp IP Address Count Outstanding Accepted Rejected a S s ree ia 192 168 131 34 2 1 0 2 192168 1315 0 0 0 0 192 168 131 53 1 0 0 0 Server Auth Auth Resp Auth Resp Alt Server IP Address No Resp Invalid Timeouts Retries 117380 A Rev A 2 525 Using Technician Interface Scripts 192 168 131 34 0 0 0 0 192 168 131 51 0 0 0 0 192 168 131 53 0 0 3 1 radius stat acc Display the RADIUS accounting statistics The table includes the following information lt slot_number gt limits the display to the specified slot Server IP Address IP address of the RADIUS server Acct Req Start Number of accounting session requests Acct Req Stop Number of accounting sessions that have ended Acct Resp Number of times the accounting server has responded to a request Acct Resp Timeouts Number of accounting response timeouts that have occurred Acct Resp Failed Number of times the accounting response has failed Alt Server Retries Number of times the client has tried to connect to the alternate server Sample Display show radius stat acc Server Acct Req Acct Req Acct Acct Resp Acct Resp Alt Server IP Address Start Stop Resp Timeouts Failed Retries 192 168 131 34 0 0 0 00 0 192 168 131 511 0 0 0 0 0 0 192 168 131 53
576. the router e Run the dir command to verify that you have sufficient contiguous freespace on the NVFS volume reserved for scripts and their associated menu files Refer to Chapter 4 of Using Technician Interface Software if you need more information on how to run the dir command e Run the compact command on the NVFS volume reserved for scripts and their associated menu files Refer to Chapter 8 of Using Technician Interface Software if you need more information on how to run the compact command To install all the bat scripts and mnu menu files located in a directory on a UNIX workstation change to that directory using the cd command Then enter the following commands at the UNIX command line prompt ftp lt router IP address gt Name Manager Password lt Jechnician_Interface_password gt ftp gt cd lt router volume gt ftp gt bin ftp gt prompt ftp gt mput bat ftp gt mput mnu The prompt command disables the prompt that asks whether you want to transfer each file 117380 A Rev A Using Technician Interface Scripts Note You must have Manager access to write to an NVFS volume using the Bay Networks implementation of FTP This procedure installs all of the bat and mnu files on a file system volume in the router To conserve space on a router s local file system load only scripts for the protocols and drivers you need to run on that router If you want to use the Trivial File Transfer
577. the same information as the show sr stats command displays However this command enables you to specify a specific circuit version Displays the current version and modification date of the sr bat script Sample Display show sr version SR bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 591 Using Technician Interface Scripts show srspan alerts The show srspan lt option gt commands display information about Source Route Spanning Tree Bridge services For detailed information about the Spanning Tree algorithm and parameters refer to Configuring Bridging Services The show srspan command supports the following subcommand options alerts disabled base enabled circuits lt circuit name gt stats configuration version configuration circuits lt circuit name gt Displays all enabled circuits that are not up Use this display to identify the ports that are not working The table includes the following information Circuit State Designated Root Designated Port Name of the circuit this port is on Current state of the port as the Source Route Spanning Tree Protocol application defined it which in this case is Port Disabled Unique Bridge ID recorded as the root in the Configuration BPDUs The Designated Bridge for the segment to which this port is attached transmits this value Port Identifier on the Designated Bridge for this port s segment 2 592 11
578. this value depends on the routing protocol in use Ticks Cost of the static route in numbers of ticks Hops Cost of this route in numbers of hops Sample Display show ipx routes IPX Routing Table Information Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host lethod Age Ticks Hops 0x00000002 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 23 13 0x00000003 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 25 14 0x00000022 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 17 6 0x00000042 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 20 9 0x00000043 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 19 8 0x00000044 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 20 9 0x00000100 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 21 10 0x00000123 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 20 9 0x00000192 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 22 9 0x00000730 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 20 9 0x00000986 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 4 3 0x00002FCA 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 18 7 0x00005555 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 18 7 0x0000AAA1 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 20 9 Ox0000F2AB 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 19 8 Ox0000F2B8 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 20 9 16 Routes in table 117380 A Rev A 2 371 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ipx routes type local IPX Routing Table Information Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops 0x2E025290 6 0x2E025290 0x000045C00443 Local 0 1 0 0x2E02536
579. tiation on 100Base T Ethernet interfaces Some Ethernet modules can run at either 10 Mb s or 100 Mb s using a hardware process to detect the speed to use For more information refer to Configuring Ethernet FDDI and Token Ring Services The show autoneg command supports the following subcommand options alerts disabled base circuit lt circuit name gt enabled capabilities circuit lt circuit name gt version Displays Ethernet circuits that are capable of auto negotiation but are not currently up The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit State Auto Negotiation State Remote Signaling Capability in Use Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to router model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector number on the slot Name of the circuit associated with this line Current state of the circuit Disabled Down Init initializing Not Present enabled but not yet started or Up Current state of automatic line speed negotation Disabled Configuring Complete Current state of signalling at the remote end of the link True or False The configured line speed Options are 100Base X 100Base TX or 100Base FX 100Base X FD Full Duplex 100Base X FD Cong Ctrl Full Duplex with congestion control 2 112 117380 A Rev A show autoneg Sam
580. tic services IPX Static Service Table Information Internal Server Network Host Address Hops oneputt 0x23AAFF00 0x000000002345 1 1 Static Services configured static services additional Displays an alternative format that includes next hop type socket and server name information The table includes the following information Server Server name Nexthop Ckt Idx Circuit index of IPX interface a unique number for each IPX interface on the router Nexthop Net IPX address of the next hop network Type Type of service Multiple routes to a single destination can appear Sock in the table but access to such multiple entries is dependent on the table access mechanisms defined by the network management protocol in use Socket for this service Sample Display show ipx static services additional IPX Static Service Table additional Information Nexthop Server Ckt Idx Nexthop Net Type Sock oneputt 1 None 0x0002 0x0023 1 Static Services configured 2 384 117380 A Rev A show ipx stats Displays general forwarding statistics for IPX interfaces The table includes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router IPX Network Network address of the interface In Receive Number of input datagrams received from interfaces including those received in error In Deliver Number of input datagrams succes
581. time Limits the display statistics to the specified slot Sample Display show process memory total Total Memory Use Statistics Slot Max Free Used SUsed 2 2839760 2111768 727992 25 3 2839760 2111608 728152 25 4 2839760 1994088 845672 29 2 514 117380 A Rev A show process list Displays a list of all the processes that are or may have run on the router since boot time The show process list command supports only the lt s ot gt option show process list lt s ot gt If you do not specify a slot the command returns a list of processes that have run on all slots Use the slot option to display processes only on the slot you specify Sample Display show process list List of Processes Name Slot kernel 2 kernel 3 kernel 4 qenet 2 qenet 3 genet 4 ilacc 2 ilacc 3 ilacc 4 version Displays the current version number and modification date of the process bat script Sample Display show process version PROCESS bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 515 Using Technician Interface Scripts show protopri The show protopri lt option gt commands display information about DLSw protocol prioritization queues For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of protocol prioritization for DLSw traffic refer to Configuring Traffic Filters and Protocol Prioritization The show protopri command supports the following subcommand options cc_ stats qstats
582. tion Sample Display show packet linenumbers Packet Capture Configured Line Number s Line Number Logical Line Media Type Slot Module Connector 102101 0 Ethernet 2 1 als 102102 0 Ethernet 2 1 2 105101 0 Ethernet 5 1 1 loaded Displays the list of slots that have Packet Capture loaded Sample Display show packet loaded Packet Capture is loaded on slot s 25 2 476 117380 A Rev A status lt ine number gt show packet Displays the status of the lines configured for packet capture You can display all lines or limit the display to a specific line The table displays the following information Line Number State Capture Count Number of the line connected with the packet capture Line state for definitions refer to the disable command State of the capture Started or Stopped Number of packets in the capture buffer Sample Display show packet status Packet Capture Line Status Line Number State Capture Count 102101 Up Started 11 102102 Up Stopped 0 102103 Down Stopped 0 102104 Down Stopped 0 103101 Absent Stopped 0 version Displays the version number and the modification date of the packet bat file Sample Display show packet version PACKET bat Version Date mm dd yy 117380 A Rev A 2 477 Using Technician Interface Scripts show ping config The show ping lt option gt commands display information about the Bay Networks Ping MIB service
583. tions 2 298 117380 A Rev A show fr Sample Display show fr congestion 1 1 show fr conges Line LLIndex DLCI 201102 0 0 201102 0 400 2 entries found tion Enable State Method Timer Counter Rx FECN Rx BECN Inherit Forwarding Inherit 1 0 20 0 0 Inherit Forwarding Inherit 1 0 20 0 0 lines lt ine gt lt line llindex gt Displays information about all or some of the frame relay lines configured on the router lt line gt lt line llindex gt The table includes the Line LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard Drop Limits the display to the specified line identifier Limits the display to the specified instance identifier following information Line or instance identifier for the interface Name of the main circuit this interface is associated with See alerts command Interface type Normal leased service with no backup service Primary Shared the backup circuit uses the primary configuration Primary Secondary the backup circuit uses its own configuration See alerts command In addition to those listed Status is Disabled by a user Number of times the interface has been in fault status Number of outbound frames discarded because of errors Number of inbound frames dropped because of errors 117380 A Rev A 2 299 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show fr lines Sshow fr lines Line LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type
584. tistics show console lt option gt CSMA CD service hardware filters receive transmit show csmacd lt option gt A and system errors statistics sample data N11 Data Collection Module DCM information for the show dem lt option gt Y 8 Port Access Node Hub ANH DECnet service adjacency circuits designated router show decnet lt option gt vA routes statistics traffic filters Data Link Switching service circuits configuration show dls lt option gt Y connections MAC NETBIOS peer SAPs slot numbers DS1 E1 lines clock E1 framer and E1 port FDL show ds1e1 lt option gt A receive transmit and system errors sample data statistics T1 framer and T1 port timeslots DS3 E3 lines circuit stats for ATM interfaces show dsx3 lt option gt A Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol service show dvmrp lt option gt Y circuits neighbors routes statistics tunnels E1 lines frame and line errors show e1 lt option gt A Exterior Gateway Protocol service neighbors statistics show egp lt option gt V Fiber Distributed Data Interface service hardware filters show fddi lt option gt Y MAC port and SMT parameters receive transmit and system errors sample data statistics Frame Relay service lines PVCs statistics show fr lt option gt VY File Transfer Protocol service login error and transfer show ftp lt option gt VY rate statistics Hardware options backplane configuration and router show
585. tly the Software or related technical data or information without first obtaining any required export licenses or other governmental approvals Without limiting the foregoing Licensee on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries and affiliates agrees that it will not without first obtaining all export licenses and approvals required by the U S Government i export re export transfer or divert any such Software or technical data or any direct product thereof to any country to which such exports or re exports are restricted or embargoed under United States export control laws and regulations or to any national or resident of such restricted or embargoed countries or ii provide the Software or related technical data or information to any military end user or for any military end use including the design development or production of any chemical nuclear or biological weapons 9 General If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the state of California Should you have any questions concerning this Agreement contact Bay Networks Inc 4401 Great America Parkway P O Box 58185 Santa Clara California 95054 8185 LICENSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LICENSEE HAS READ THIS AGREEMENT UNDERSTANDS IT AND AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITION
586. troller to HDLC controller For example the sample display shows the Mini Dacs Configuration on circuit 21 as 111111111111111 L000 This string shows timeslots 16 assigned to the HDLC controller 1 and timeslots 17 24 idle 1 117380 A Rev A 2 645 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show t1 alerts T1 Modules on Alert Frame Line B8ZS Clock Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration 2 R23 ESF 1 off Internal 1111111111111111IIIIIIII 2 2 T1 22 ESF 1 off Slave 2222222222222222TIIITIITII Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base level information for all T1 circuits or a specific circuit For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command Sample Display show t1 base T1 Modules Frame Line B8ZS Clock Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration 2 T Tl 21 ESF 1 Off Internal 1111111111111111IIIIIIII 2 2 TI 22 ESF 1 off Slave 2222222222222222TIIIIITII 2 entries in table 2 646 117380 A Rev A show t1 Sample Display show t1 base circuit t1 21 T1 Modules Frame Line B8ZS Clock Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration 2 deepal 2 3 ESF 1 off Internal 11111111111111111ITIIIIII Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table disabled Displays T1 circuits that a user has manually disabled For definitions of the
587. ts The larger the sequence number the more recent the advertisement Sample Display show ospf Isdb OSPF LSDB OSPF Area 0 0 0 0 LS Type Link State ID Adv Router E Metric ASE Fwd Addr Age Seq Nbr ROUTER 192 32 28 18 19232 2818 609 80000002 AS_EX 4 0 0 0 192 32 28 19 2 3 192 32 28 36 1289 80000014 AS_EX 15 0 0 0 19232 2819 2 2 192 32 28 36 1289 80000012 AS_EX 16 0 0 0 192 32 28 19 2 2 192 32 28 36 1290 80000012 AS_EX L31 1 0 0 192 322819 2 9192 32 28 1 1290 80000012 AS_EX 141 1 0 0 192 32 28 19 2 5 192 32 28 1 1290 80000012 AS_EX 192 30 133 0 192 32 28 19 2 4 192 32 28 1 1291 80000012 AS_EX 192 31 133 0 19232 2819 2 4 192 32 28 1 1291 80000012 neighbors Displays a table of all OSPF s neighbors The table includes the following information Interface IP address of the interface Router Id IP address of the router Neighbor IP Addr IP address of the neighbor 2 466 117380 A Rev A State Type show ospf State of the neighbor which is the following e Down Neighbor is not operational This state can occur only if the neighbor is configured for Non Broadcast Multi Access networks e Attempt Router is trying to establish communication with the neighbor can occur only if the neighbor is configured for Non Broadcast Multi Access networks e Init Router has seen the neighbor s hello packet but the packet does not include this router in it
588. ts command Sample Display show csmacd base CSMACD Modules BOFL HW Line Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Speed 2 1 E21 Up 00 00 A2 00 DC A9 5 1518 Disabled 10Mbps 5 1 ESL Up 00 00 A2 0B 66 AF 8 1518 Disabled 100Mbps 5 2 E52 Up 00 00 A2 0B 66 BO 8 1518 Disabled 100Mbps 3 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 175 Using Technician Interface Scripts collisions circuit lt circuit name gt Displays status on bus collisions You can display collision information for a specific circuit or all circuits The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Single Collision Frames Multiple Collision Frames Excessive Collisions Late Collision Transmit Late Collision Receive Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to router model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector number on the slot Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of frames that encountered a single collision before it was successfully transmitted This is normal CSMA CD activity Number of frames that encountered 2 to 16 collisions before they were transmitted successfully This could indicate a network problem or that the network is simply heavily loaded Number of frames that encountered more than 16 collisions and were therefore not transmitted The transmission i
589. ts Updates Updates Drop Drop Address In Out Rec d Sent In Out E21 LOD 2 dae 1090940 37273 8875 37267 1117 0 1 Total entries stats vifs lt P address gt lt search pattern gt Displays the DVMRP routing table s virtual interface statistics for all routes or for a specified IP address or source network number matching a portion of an IP address for example 192 34 The table displays the following information Source Network Source network of multicast datagrams Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface Remote Tunnel Endpoint Remote tunnel ID of this virtual interface This value is Physical for non tunneled interfaces Otherwise it contains the IP address of the remote tunnel endpoint In Packets Number of inbound packets accepted for forwarding Out Packets Number of outbound packets accepted for forwarding 2 264 117380 A Rev A show dvmrp In Drop Number of inbound packets discarded because the interface is not on the shortest path Out Drop Number of outbound packets discarded because the interface is not on shortest path Thrshld Drop Number of outbound packets discarded because of the threshold Sample Display show dvmrp stats vifs DVMRP Virtual Interface Route Statistics Source Circuit Remote Tunnel In Out In Out Thrshld Network Endpoint Packets Packets Drop Drop Drop 10 0 0 0 E21 Physical 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 E21 POD 821 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 Entries found tunnels lt
590. ttached dial up device e V25bis Router can initiate monitor and terminate dial connections using telephone numbers that the router passed to the dial up device Cable Type Interface type that the attached dial unit supports RS232 RS422 V 35 or X 21 Line Number ID number of the line ISDN Line Information Pool ID ID number of the line pool Line Number ID number of the line Channel Count Number of B channels in the backup pool Priority Specifies the router s order of preference for using each line pool Channels In Use Indicates whether any of the available channels are in use 2 608 117380 A Rev A show sws Sample Display show sws backup _ dialing pools 1 Switched Services Dial Backup Pool Information PRIMARY CIRCUIT INFORMATION FOR POOL 1 Primary Primary Outgoing Phone Circuit DownTime Phone Number Extension Type 12 5 2213527 Not Used ISDN Total of 1 Primary Circuits found for this Backup Pool LINE INFORMATION FOR POOL 1 Sync Dial Backup Entries Hold Slot Port Line Active Down Media Cable Line Num Num State Circuit Time Type Type Number No Syne Lines configured ISDN Backup Pool Entries Pool Line Channel Channels ID Number Count Priority In Use 1 1301102 2 1 0 Total of 1 Dial Backup Entries Configured for this Pool 117380 A Rev A 2 609 Using Technician Interface Scripts backup_ dialing schedules Displays the scheduled availability o
591. tworks implementation of OSPF refer to Configuring IP Services The show ospf command supports the following subcommand options area Isdb lt area number gt ase lt LSID gt neighbors base version interface area Displays a list of configured OSPF areas on the router For each area the table shows the following information Area Id Area identifier State State of the area Up or Down Stub Area Whether or not the area is a stub area Yes or No Authentication Authentication type for the area None or Simple Password 117380 A Rev A 2 461 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ospf area OSPF Area Information Stub Area Id State Area Authentication 0 0 0 0 Up No None ase lt LS D gt Displays information about Autonomous System External advertisements You can display information about all Link State Ds in your system or for a specified Link State ID The table includes the following information Link State Id Network number that this Autonomous System AS External advertisement represents Originating Router Router that generated the advertisement Age Age in seconds of the advertisement Metric Metric of the advertisement the cost of the external route Forwarding Address Address used to get to this network If the address is 0 the traffic is forwarded to the originating router Type ASE s type 1 or 2 Tag Field that contains information that
592. ual Path Identifier for the ILMI VC VCI Virtual Channel Identifier for the ILMI VC Get ILMI Get Request Timer value in seconds Get Retry Maximum number of retransmissions of the ILME GET request before the link is considered down 117380 A Rev A 2 85 Using Technician Interface Scripts Get Next ILMI GetNext Request Timer value in seconds GetNext Retry Maximum number of retransmissions of the ILMI GET NEXT request before the link is considered down Set ILMI Set Request Timer value in seconds Set Retry Maximum number of retransmissions of the ILMI SET request before the link is considered down Sample Display show atmsig ilmi ATM ILMI Entry Table UME ILMT Low Up Get Get GetNext Set Line Circuit State Thre Thre VPI VCI Get Retry Next Retry Set Retry 1405101 A51 Up 2 2 0 16 3 3 3 3 6 3 Total entries 1 saal lt ine gt Displays all instances in the ATM Signaling ATM Adaptation Layer SAAL Entry Table for the Service Specific Connection Oriented Protocol SSCOP service or displays a specific instance lt line gt Displays ATM SAAL information for a specific line The table displays the following information Line Line number of the router Circuit Circuit number of the ATM driver associated with this instance State State of the SAAL entity Up Down Init Not Present Arbitration Determines if the SAAL initiates link connections or waits for connections Active o
593. udes the following information Circuit Name of the circuit this interface runs on XNS Address Network address of the interface 117380 A Rev A 2 723 Using Technician Interface Scripts Header Errors Address Errors Unknown Protocol In Discards Out Discards No Routes Number of input datagrams discarded because of errors in their XNS header including bad checksums version number mismatch format errors and so on Number of input datagrams discarded because the XNS address in their XNS header s destination field was not a valid address to be received at this router This count includes invalid addresses such as 0 0 0 0 and addresses of unsupported classes such as Class E If a router is not an XNS Gateway and does not forward datagrams this value includes datagrams discarded because the destination address was not a local address Number of locally addressed datagrams received successfully but discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol Number of input XNS datagrams discarded because of an environmental problem such as lack of buffer resources Doesn t include those discarded while awaiting reassembly Number of output XNS datagrams discarded because of an environmental problem such as lack of buffer space Includes datagrams counted under Forwards in the XNS Circuits Statistics table if they match this criterion Number of XNS datagrams discarded because the router could not f
594. uit RIP enable disable ip lt option gt Internet Packet Exchange Protocol base circuit enable disable ipx lt option gt continued 117380 A Rev A Introducing Technician Interface Scripts Table 1 2 Enabling and Disabling Services continued To Enable or Disable This Service Use This Command Interface redundancy ports enable disable iredund lt option gt Integrated Services Digital Network B Channel Bri Filter enable disable isdn lt option gt Integrated Services Digital Network BRI circuit connector enable disable isdn bri lt option gt Link Access Procedure Balanced line llindex enable disable lapb lt option gt LAN Network Manager base circuit enable disable Inm lt option gt NetBIOS over IP base interface enable disable nbip lt option gt Native Mode LAN circuit security list enable disable nml lt option gt Open Systems Interconnect base enable disable osi lt option gt OSPF area base interface enable disable ospf lt option gt Packet Capture capture line enable disable packet lt option gt Point to Point Protocol line enable disable ppp lt option gt Reverse Address Resolution Protocol base enable disable rarp lt option gt Repeater port reset test enable disable rptr lt option gt Router redundancy enable disable rredund lt option gt
595. uit lt circuit name gt Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit The table includes the following information Slot Conn Circuit Memory Errors Collision Errors Internal Buffer Loss of Carrier Slot identifier ranges vary according to router model Connector s instance identifier ranges vary according to router model and Ethernet module For routers other than ASN indicates the physical connector number on the slot Name of the circuit associated with this line Number of internal memory errors If this error persists replace the Ethernet interface hardware Number of times the driver detects that the external transceiver has not performed the SQE test after frame transmissions When the SQE test is enabled on the transceiver the transceiver asserts collision to the Ethernet interface after every transmission to provide an ongoing confidence test of the collision detection circuitry An increase in this statistic may mean only that you need to enable the SQE test on the transceiver Number of internal buffer errors If this error persists replace the Ethernet interface hardware Number of loss of carrier errors in which the transceiver fails to sense the carrier signal on the interface 2 182 117380 A Rev A show csmacd Sample Display show csmacd system CSMACD Module System Errors lemory Collision Internal Loss of Slo
596. uits or a specific SYNC circuit For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In addition to the states listed under the alerts command State can also be Up Sample Display show sync base SYNC Modules Line WAN Loc Rem Med Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address Number MTU Protocol Adr Adr Typ 5 1 S51 Up 00 00 A2 00 A1 73 00205101 1600 WE STND 7 7 STD 5 2 892 Up 00 00 A2 00 A1 74 00205102 1600 WE STND 7 7 STD 2 entries in table disabled Displays SYNC circuits that a user has manually disabled For definitions of the columns in the table see the alerts command In this case State is Disabled Sample Display show sync disabled SYNC Modules Disabled Line WAN Loc Rem Med Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address Number MTU Protocol Adr Adr Typ Found 0 matches out of 4 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 627 Using Technician Interface Scripts dsucsu_config Displays configuration information about a DSU CSU module installed in a BayStack AN ANH or ARN router The display includes the following information Hardware Revision Hardware revision of the DSU CSU module Software Revision Firmware revision of the DSU CSU module Opmode Type of Telco service 56K DDS1 or CC 64K Transmit Clock Whether this DSU CSU receives timing from the Telco source Slave or provides transmit timing in a private wire configuration Master Transmit Monitor Whether the 64K Transmit Monitor is enable
597. um Alignment Overflow Frames Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Errors Too Long 3 1 E31 7 7 0 0 3 2 E32 0 0 0 0 3 3 E33 0 0 0 0 3 4 E34 0 0 0 0 4 entries in table HSSI Module Receive Errors Frames Slot Conn Circuit CRC Errors Overruns Aborts Too Long 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table TOKEN RING Receive Errors Line Burst Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors 2 1 021 0 0 1 entry in table 2 160 117380 A Rev A stats lt circuit name gt show circuits Displays the Input Output statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit Sample Display show circuits stats CSMACD Module I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Deferred Errors 3 1 E31 383755961 1689896 76728438 242760 592 15 3 2 E32 0 0 0 0 0 77438 3 3 E33 0 0 72749532 208962 0 dl 3 4 E34 69919188 199953 72770404 208060 20 4 entries in table HSSI Module I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 entries in table TOKEN RING I O Statistics Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit MAC Rx Total Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Frames Errors 2 1 021 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 entry in table 117380 A Rev A 2 161 Using Technician Interface Scripts system errors lt circuit name gt Displays the system error
598. umber of the line pool ID number of the line Number of B channels in the pool Specifies the router s order of preference for using each line pool Indicates whether any of the available channels are in use 117380 A Rev A 2 619 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show sws ondemand_dialing pools 1 Switched Services Dial OnDemand Pool Information CIRCUIT INFORMATION FOR POOL 1 Connection Inact MaxUp Outgoing Phone Circuit Mode Time Time Phone Number Extension Type Demand 3 SLAVI Gl 20 60 7001 Not Used ISDN 7002 Not Used ISDN Total of 1 Circuits found for this Dial On Demand Pool LINE INFORMATION FOR POOL 1 Sync Dial On Demand Entries Hold Slot Port Line Active Down Media Cable Line Num Num State Circuit Time Type Type Number No Syne Lines configured ISDN Demand Pool Entries Pool Line Channel Channels ID Number Count Priority In Use 1 1301102 2 1 0 Total of 1 Dial On Demand Entries Configured for this Pool 2 620 117380 A Rev A ondemand_dialing schedules show sws Displays the scheduled availability of each demand circuit in a demand pool Circuit Pool Day s Start Time End Time Identifies the name of the circuit Specifies the demand pool that the circuit uses Days that the circuit is available The beginning of the time interval that the circuit is available The end of the time interval that the circuit
599. up with a range of from 0 to 255 For more information about COS types and weight see the cos node command 2 10 117380 A Rev A show appn Sample Display show appn cos tg APPN COS TGs Eff Cap Connect ByteCst Securty Delay User 1 User 2 User 3 COS Wgt Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max BATCH 30 68 255 0 0 0 0 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 BATCH 60 56 255 0 0 0 0 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 BATCH 90 56 255 0 128 0 128 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 BATCH 120 48 255 0 0 0 0 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 7255 BATCH 150 48 255 0 128 0 128 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 BATCH 180 48 255 0 196 0 196 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 BATCH 210 40 255 0 196 0 196 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 BATCH 240 0 255 0 255 0 255 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 INTER 30 118 255 0 0 0 0 1 255 0 76 0 255 0 255 0 255 INTER 60 68 255 0 0 0 0 1 255 0 113 0 255 0 255 0 255 INTER 90 68 255 0 128 0 128 1 255 0 113 0 255 0 255 0 255 INTER 120 56 255 0 0 0 0 1 255 0 113 0 255 0 255 0 255 INTER 150 56 255 0 128 0 128 1 255 0 145 0 255 0 255 0 255 INTER 180 48 255 0 0 0 0 1 255 0 145 0 255 0 255 0 255 INTER 210 48 255 0 196 0 196 1 255 02255 0 255 0 255 0 255 INTER 240 0 255 0 255 0 255 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 CPSVCMG 30 118 255 0 0 0 0 1 255 0 76 0 255 0 255 0 255 17 Entries directory entry lt LU name gt Displays directory information for all Logical Un
600. upport the following subcommand options base service lt slot connector cct index gt line lt slot connector gt base Enables or disables X 25 at the base record Sample Display enable x25 base X25 base record enabled line lt slot connector gt Enables or disables a specific X 25 line Sample Display enable x25 line 2 1 X 25 line 2 1 enabled service lt s ot connector cct index gt Enables or disables a specific X 25 service 117380 A Rev A 3 59 Using Technician Interface Scripts enable disable xb Use the enable xb lt option gt commands to enable Translation Bridge services on a Bay Networks router and the disable xb lt option gt commands to disable Translation Bridge services For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Translation Bridge refer to Configuring Bridging Services The enable disable xb commands support the following subcommand options base circuit lt circuit name gt base Enables or disables XB on the router Sample Display enable xb base XB base record enabled circuit lt circuit name gt Enables or disables a specific circuit 3 60 117380 A Rev A enable disable xns enable disable xns Use the enable xns lt option gt commands to enable Xerox Network Systems XNS services on a Bay Networks router and the disable xns lt option gt commands to disable XNS services For more
601. uration and performance information about this router and change the router s configuration Internet address of this manager Name of this manager 117380 A Rev A 2 567 Using Technician Interface Scripts Trap Port Trap Type UDP port on which this manager is listening for traps Valid trap types to be sent to the manager as follows e None Prohibits the agent software from transmitting traps to this manager e Generic Lets the agent software transmit the well defined SNMP traps coldStart warmStart egpNeighborLoss linkUp linkDown authenticationFailure and enterpriseSpecific to the manager e Specific Lets the agent software transmit all enabled log event traps to this manager e All Transmits both generic and specific trap types to this manager Entering the show snmp community command without any lt typeslmanagers gt option invokes the forgoing data for all SNMP community types and managers known to the router Sample Display show snmp community SNMP Community Information Community Community Name Access public Read Write SNMP Managers and their respective communities Manager Address 0 0 0 0 192 32 5160 39 192 32 160 40 Manager Trap Trap Community Community Name Port Type Name Access 162 All public Read Write 162 Generic public Read Write 162 All public Read Write 2 568 117380 A Rev A Sample Display show snmp community types SNMP s V
602. ured lines are up Interface Anomaly One or more configured lines are down Other Anomaly One or more configured lines are initializing or not present 117380 A Rev A 2 77 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show atmdxi base ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI Base Record Protocol State Lines ATM Other Anomaly 2 disabled Displays the ATM DXI interfaces that are configured as disabled For more information on column definitions see the lines command Sample Display show atmdxi disabled ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI Line Disabled Table Line LLIndex Circuit Mode State 2 20 NONE Disabled NotPres enabled Displays the ATM DXI interfaces that are configured as enabled For more information on column definitions see the lines command Sample Display show atmdxi enabled ATM Data Exchange Interface DXI Line Enabled Tabl Line LLIndex Circuit Mode State 2 0 NONE Enabled NotPres 2 78 117380 A Rev A lines lt l ine lindex gt show atmdxi Displays all ATM DXI interfaces or a just a specific line The table includes the following information Line LLIndex Circuit Mode State VCs Converg Sublayer Encaps Drop Identifier of the line and line level Name or number of the circuit that the interface runs on Mode for which the interface has been configured enabled or disabled State of the line as follows e D
603. ures to automatically run the setpath bat script the run setpath command Specify a file system search path Manager or User script file and logout mechanism using following wfSerialPortEntry router serial port attributes e Login Script Search Path e Manager s Login Script e User s Login Script e Force User Logout You can set up separate Manager and User autoscript files for login The User autoscript contains a switch that enables you to lock the user into the script With the switch enabled the autoscript automatically logs out a user that tries to break out of the script For more information on the autoscript feature see Chapter 2 of Using Technician Interface Software 117380 A Rev A 1 7 Using Technician Interface Scripts Using Script Commands This section provides an overview of the show monitor and enable disable commands Using the show Command After you set up scripts with the run setpath command you can use the show lt subcommand gt lt option gt command to obtain a snapshot view of various data stored in the router For continuously updated polled views of system statistical and configuration data use the monitor command in place of the show command For all protocols you can view circuit alerts the base record disabled or enabled circuits and statistics Table 1 1 lists the show monitor subcommands for a specific service or software entity Alternatively obtain an active list of show monito
604. uses EBCDIC or ASCII 117380 A Rev A 2 127 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show bisync alerts BISYNC Modules on Alert Line Media Char Slot Conn Circuit State Number MTU Type ode 1 1 S11 Init 01501101 1580 DEFAULT EBCDIC Found 0 matches out of 1 entry in table base circuit lt circuit name gt Displays the base level information for all BISYNC circuits or a specific BISYNC circuit Sample Display show bisync base BISYNC Modules Line Media Char Slot Conn Circuit State Number MTU Type ode i 1 sil Up 01501101 1580 DEFAULT EBCDIC 1 entry in table For column definitions see the alerts command 2 128 117380 A Rev A show bisync disabled Displays BISYNC circuits that a user has manually disabled Sample Display show bisync disabled BISYNC Modules Disabled Line Media Char Slot Conn Circuit State Number MTU Type Mode T if sil Disabled 01591101 1580 DEFAULT EBCDIC Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table For column definitions see the alerts command enabled Displays BISYNC circuits that a user has manually enabled Sample Display show bisync enabled BISYNC Modules Enabled Line Media Char Slot Conn Circuit State Number MTU Type ode 1 1 S11 Up 01501101 1580 DEFAULT EBCDIC Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table For column definitions see the alerts command 117380 A Rev A 2 129
605. ut output statistical information for all DS1E1 circuits or for a specific circuit The table contains the following information Slot Slot identifier Conn Connector number Log Line Logical line number for this line Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error Receive Frames Number of frames received without error Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error Total Errors Total number of errors received A single frame may receive more than one error By examining the wfLogicalLineEntry MIB dslel mib you can view errors by type Note The attribute wfLogicalLineEntry wfLogicalLineRxErrors counts the total number of frames that contain at least one error Since one errored frame may contain multiple errors the Total Errors column in show ds1e1 stats output indicates the total number of errors not the number of errored frames Sample Display show ds1e1 stats DS1E1 Logical Line I O Statistics Log Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Conn Line Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 2 1 1 Boston 7124 274 190596 700 1257 2 a 2 Chicago 7124 274 190636 700 0 2 2 1 Seattle 153838 557 179276 644 43 3 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 231 Using Technician Interface Scripts Sample Display show ds1e1 stats circuit Boston DS1E1 Logical Line
606. vailable seconds UASs for each interval category The number of P bit coding violations PCVs for each interval category Name of the circuit associated with this line A historical breakdown of intervals including e The current interval incomplete e All but the last two intervals that is all of the intervals except the current interval and the previous interval e The previous interval that is the last complete interval e All of the intervals total The number of C bit errored seconds CESs for each interval category The number of C bit severely errored seconds CSESs for each interval category The number of unavailable seconds UASs for each interval category The number of C bit coding violations CCVs for each interval category Name of the circuit associated with this line 2 250 117380 A Rev A Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs DS3 Plep Stats Circuit Name Interval SEFSs show dsx3 A historical breakdown of intervals including e The current interval incomplete e All but the last two intervals that is all of the intervals except the current interval and the previous interval e The previous interval that is the last complete interval e All of the intervals total The number of C bit errored seconds CESs for each interval category The number of C bit severely errored seconds CSESs for each interval category The number of unavailable seconds UASs
607. ved Number of DVMRP route update messages sent Number of inbound datagrams discarded because the source route was not found Number of outbound datagrams discarded because the source route was not found Sample Display show dvmrp stats circuits DVMRP Circuit Statistics Circuit In Pkts Out Pkts Updates rec Updates sent In Drops Out Drops 1 Total entries stats tunnels lt circuit name gt E21 134235 1079169 6795 8022 0 0 Displays all DVMRP tunnel statistic for all circuits or for a specified circuit The table displays the following information Circuit Remote IP Address Packets In Circuit name of this virtual interface Unicast IP address of remote tunnel endpoint of this virtual interface Number of datagrams received on this interface 117380 A Rev A 2 263 Using Technician Interface Scripts Packets Out Number of datagrams sent on this interface Updates Rec d Number of DVMRP route update messages received Updates Sent Number of DVMRP route update messages sent Drop In Number of inbound datagrams discarded because the source route was not found or because of an invalid inner address that is the destination address of the encapsulated datagram was not a multicast address Drop Out Number of outbound datagrams discarded because the source route was not found Sample Display show dvmrp stats tunnels DVMRP Tunnel Statistics Circuit Remote IP Packets Packe
608. ver net level filters IPX Server Net Level Filter Information Circuit IPX Action Priority Target Net State Index Interface Type Mode T 0x00000001 Enabled 3 0x0000DD00 0x0001 Adv Acpt 0ut 1 Server Net Level Filters configured service addresses Displays the internal network address and host address of each service Sample Display show ipx service addresses IPX Service Address Information Server Internal Net Host Address FENDER 0xF006014 0x000000000001 HIWATT OxFA72401 0x000000000001 2 Services in table 2 378 117380 A Rev A show ipx services lt name search pattern gt type lt hex search pattern gt Net lt name search pattern gt Displays the service type age and hop count within the router s SAP table lt name_search_pattern gt Limits the display to servers with names that match the character based search pattern which is case sensitive type lt hex_search_pattern gt Limits the display to server types that match the hexadecimal search pattern which is case sensitive net lt name_search_pattern gt Limits the display to networks that match the given next hop network address pattern in character format which is case sensitive The table includes the following information Server Name of the server Type Type of server allowed to pass SAP broadcasts to the locally attached network segment a 4 digit number in hexadecimal format Network The network ad
609. vers Circuits Disabled Circuit LNM LNM LRM LNM LBS LNM REM LNM RPS LNM CRS O31 Disabled Disabled 1 Entries found enabled Displays the current state of all LNM Servers circuits that are currently enabled The state of LNM will display as Enabled The state of specific servers for example LNM LRM is one of the following Init Protocol or server is initializing on the circuit Not Pres Circuit is down the server has not yet started Up Protocol or server is functioning on the circuit If the server is disabled the value under its name is blank 2 434 117380 A Rev A show Inm Sample Display show Inm enabled LNM Servers Circuits Enabled Circuit LNM LNM LRM LNM LBS LNM REM LNM RPS LNM CRS O31 Enabled Up Up Up 032 Enabled Up Up Up Up Up O41 Enabled Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres 042 Enabled Up Up Up Up Up 4 Entries found links lt circuit name gt Displays the LNM links currently existing between LNM Servers as an entity and IBM LAN Network Manager and their addresses When no link exists for a specific address the display shows Not Linked instead of the address You can display all circuits or only a specific circuit Sample Display show Inm links LNM Servers Circuit Links Controlling Observing 1 Observing 2 Observing 3 Circuit Manager Address Manager Address Manager Address Manager Address O31 08 00 5a 97 7a ld Not Linked Not Linked Not Li
610. vices For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of SNMP refer to Configuring SNMP RMON BOOTP DHCP and RARP Services The show snmp command supports the following subcommand options base exceptions entity lt entity number gt name lt entity name gt event lt event_number gt community lt types managers gt traps entity lt entity number gt name lt entity name gt slot lt slot number gt Entering the show snmp command without any options invokes the show snmp base option by default base Displays the base record for SNMP The base record controls SNMP for the entire system The table includes the following information State Authentication Type Received PDUs Transmitted PDUs MIB Objects Retrieved Operating state of SNMP Enabled or Disabled Type of authentication the agent uses as follows e Trivial Standard SNMP network security e Party Reserved for future use e Proprietary Bay Networks network security only for set requests With this type you can prohibit specific users from executing set requests Number of PDUs that SNMP has received from the transport entity Number of PDUs that SNMP has transmitted to the transport entity Number of MIB objects retrieved for SNMP managers that belong to communities defined on the router or BNX platform 117380 A Rev A 2 565 Using Technician Interface Scripts MIB Objects Set G
611. vines 2 676 xns 2 721 Routing Table Maintenance Protocol RTMP statistics 2 54 rredund enable disable commands 3 43 RSVP subcommands 2 554 to 2 555 S sample data csmacd 2 180 dslel 2 229 fddi 2 283 hssi 2 316 sync 2 132 2 634 token 2 663 sap atm 2 83 dls 2 213 enabled IPX 2 376 ipx 2 373 table IPX 2 379 xb 2 710 scripts menus 1 16 SDLC 2 556 to 2 559 enabling disabling 3 44 security lists nml 2 446 statistics in 2 346 out 2 347 serial port Index 10 configuration 2 166 to 2 169 error statistics 2 170 server level filters ipx 2 377 servers BOOTP 2 138 DHCP 2 138 service record fr 2 298 service status dsu csu 2 629 services ipx 2 378 x25 2 702 shaping fr 2 299 stats fr 2 300 show command described 1 3 show commands appn 2 2 to 2 42 at 2 43 to 2 58 atm 2 59 to 2 68 atm line 2 90 to 2 101 atmdxi 2 76 to 2 84 aurp 2 102 to 2 111 autoneg 2 112 bgp 2 117 to 2 125 bisync 2 126 to 2 135 bootp 2 136 to 2 140 bot 2 141 to 2 147 bridge 2 148 to 2 153 circuits 2 154 to 2 164 console 2 165 to 2 171 csmacd 2 172 to 2 184 dem 2 185 to 2 189 decnet 2 190 to 2 203 dls 2 204 to 2 215 dslel 2 216 to 2 240 dvmrp 2 254 to 2 263 el 2 264 to 2 270 egp 2 271 to 2 273 fddi 2 274 to 2 289 fr 2 290 to 2 302 117380 A Rev A ftp 2 303 hardware 2 305 to 2 311 hssi 2 312 to 2 320 igmp 2 321 to 2 324 ip 2 325 to 2 348 ip6 2 34
612. w fr The show fr lt option gt commands display configuration state and statistical information about frame relay services For details on the Bay Networks implementation of frame relay see Configuring Frame Relay Services The show fr command supports the following subcommand options alerts The table includes the following information disabled service circuit lt line gt lt line llindex gt lt line Jlindex cct gt enabled shaping line lt line gt lt line llindex gt line llindex cct gt backup lt line gt lt line llindex gt stats shaping I lt line gt lt line lindex gt line llindex cct gt demand lt line gt lt lin llindex gt stats pve lt line gt lt line Ilindex gt lt line lindex DLCI gt congestion line lt line gt lt line llindex gt stats circuit lt circuit name gt line llindex cct gt lines lt line gt lt line llindex gt 117380 A Rev A 2 293 Using Technician Interface Scripts alerts Displays information about interfaces that are enabled but not running The table includes the following information Line LLIndex Instance identifier or interface specification for the frame relay interface Circuit Name of the main frame relay circuit this interface is associated with Mgt Type Type of Data Link Control Management Interface DLCMI configured for the interface as follows e Annex A Mana
613. ytes the router transmits over the circuit Number of frames the router transmits Number of total errors for the circuit Sample Display show isdnbri stats ISDN BRI Module I O Statistics Dsl Receiv Receiv Transmit Transmit Total Slot Chan Conn Id Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors 1 D 2 4683 976 4760 975 0 1 B 1 1359818 2095 550674 3854 4 1 B 3 521828 1074 456067 1034 0 3 entries in table 117380 A Rev A 2 409 Using Technician Interface Scripts system errors Displays statistical information about general interface errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit Slot Conn Timer 3 Timeouts Timer 4 Timeouts Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Connector s instance identifier ranges from 1 to 4 Number of Timer 3 timeouts that occurred for the circuit Number of Timer 4 timeouts that occurred for the circuit Sample Display show isdnbri system errors ISDN BRI Module System Errors Timer 3 Slot Conn Timeouts Timer 4 Timeouts aE 12 el 1 32 0 11 0 2 410 117380 A Rev A show isdn bri transmit errors Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit Slot Slot identifier ranges from 1 to 14 Conn Connector s instance identifier ranges from 1 to 4 Underflow Frames Number of underflow frames anomalies for the circuit D Channel Collisions Number of collisions on the D channel Sample Di

Avaya Using Technician Interface Scripts User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents